WeQhGbebededehss+be8+i-bebeteset os... arpa ergy epee ts Sow! ey oe oat etrbateae ge ~ ai perbes ‘ . (ted . : ; Sees 8 ty amegnnwrnboganer ‘ i pnts a =Wobeni : : matshe-deplbaunenauanente Fe in hehate tate taredetiietteherheia let nese) ure ‘ “ : me , : : rs ene etin pee Wall wlimdmy S va lc .-lltt—we tne rtee, - a, —_ Pe nn oe healt me hen eee ee the Fe Gebete apohehetes~ WR minh ete Netw mAh atbed-e peg talers pence abo hm ic ‘ . n — . = = ee Pe ee Weer P AT tor? Holt a aa Hs Mh, an ee ee eer ee Sei SeraU RRS Teas SSS Nghe meen Onna etn mS. Ha atacand Wind iv Bus aasiec sere meron abaeirnieney ” any Bonansa ureter 4: dame Aewbadapeaa ‘* ; atese Boer shapaaasiren tet ete Sielabetabalensece bree eaate Sibiteen ere pey nt ; oa +i ina ap ora io@ honda LOHR G4 Bas A brn sernateeteng recent ity eee pane iy PP * Siteseeeaty? Prt ne roty obec sete Blo) OLY £ Her lke ane ot aria tere) Wteleselesgeasmsptartariity a titee sip atete titted ish Dalitaaascoe conte tetas Pia Ne aro Bet ako Lec tie aeMeROPER vet ok Cyst POP Taek by cane Tey PHS LE) ibe lh td databace es be gh og 2 bl tile Pepin teeta ae ave " gh Bary tae bl i i f eal er bl Mbapnr tt ofraeian ty errr OF eo ho > . ° ~ vee irteen baby tet ere eM retain aL tetramers ata gr LEH Mh i Le 1 Sth aeias Hinata are he er 2D babe a Pet ela pete ep r o , Recmaa ea oe, feoks . eet oe era : - 4 v3 ie ioe Do) : ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM VOLUME XXXVIII 6018 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM POLUME AXXVIIT @ Ty ‘| pesasey oto (exe: (ay 5 iter oR THE TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM BY NEILL AND CO. LTD., 212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH. 1950. TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM. Professor R. S. Apamson, F.R.S.S.Afr. The Rev. S. J. Fort. Professor D. L. ScHoutz, D.Sc. C. J. Srppett, J.P. S. H. Sxatre, Ph.D., F.R.S.S.Afr., J.P. SCIENTIFIC STAFF OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM. KeppeL Harcourt BARNARD, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Director. ALBERT JoHN Hessz, B.Sc., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of the Entomological Department. LizuwE Drrx Boonstra, D.Sc., Assistant in Charge of the Palaeontological Department. Miss E. Marcarer SHaw, B.A., Assistant in Charge of the Ethnological and Numismatic Department. Miss G. Joyce Lewis, B.A., Assistant in Charge of the Botanical Department. A. J. H. Goopwin, M.A., Honorary Keeper of the Archaeological Collections. < 8 <3 ee it : i ‘ 1 a Y bre ‘ f | ; ' f } é ‘ ' v ’ : Wy he ) ‘ ; \ y Poe a : { } ‘ | 7 2 b Pei At “| ~ ai . ~ ca : . ) = 4 P 2 s ¥ ; ‘ } Oe re ig 2 oe 2 ’ i ? a i w . = 3 = : 3 vy F Les F i f } \ \ sh i i c e. j 4 } % | J ; i i j Wi iy yy ‘ 1 Bea ( “t i { ‘ . yi ; } ' :: i a : i} ry F - | } [ 5 he 5 { } ‘ I \ D * * | it A ’ mf t i ny pt é 4 - - é a ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM VOLUME XXXVIII. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea (Crabs and Shrimps).—By K. H. Barnarp, D.Sc., F.L.S. (With 154 Text-figures.) Addenda. Descriptive Inst of South African Stomatopod Crustacea (Mantis Shrimps).—By K. H. Barnarp, D.8c., F.L.S. (With 4 Text-figures.) O53 yoyo. Big Cea i t i AY “att ISSUED MARCH 1950. PRICE £38, 15s. PRINTED FOR THE TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM, CAPE TOWN BY NEILL AND CO. LTD. 212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH CONTENTS. K. H. BaRnarp. PAGE Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea (Crabs and Shrimps) . : : ; 5 : ‘ : : , ‘ 1 Addenda . : ; : : : : : : : . 816 Index . ‘ : 3 : : ‘ ‘ : : . 824 Descriptive List of South African Stomatopod Crustacea (Mantis Shrimps) . é - : é : ; : , : . 838 DATE OF PUBLICATION MARCH 1950. The Trustees express their acknowledgments to the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant-in-aid covering the major part of the cost of publication of this monograph. ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM VOLUME XXXVIII. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. By K. H. Barnarp, D.S8c., F.L.S. (With 154 Text-figures.) A KNOWLEDGE of the Crustacean fauna of South Africa has been gradually built up, on the basis of the more or less casual collecting of early travellers and voyagers around the Cape, and by later and more intensive collecting by scientific collectors and expeditions. Students of South African Crustacea owe a debt of gratitude to the late Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing,, F.R.S., for bringing all these scattered records together into a General Catalogue, which is not merely a fauna-list but has the further merit of containing abundant references to the antecedent literature.* Moreover, Stebbing himself contributed more to South African carcinology than any previous worker by means of his reports on the collections of the Cape Government trawler s.s. Preter Faure and of the South African Museum,7f and in his reports on Natal Crustacea.{ The last of these reports was published in 1924, and altogether they record some 150 new species and new records additional to those in the 1910 Catalogue. The Catalogue was not a descriptive catalogue, and consequentiy the identification of South African crabs and prawns, unless illustrated * Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, 1910, pp. 281-593 (Decapoda, pp. 283-395). 7 In “Marine Investigations in South Africa,” i-iv, 1900-5 (correct date of publication printed at end of each paper, sometimes earlier than date of the bound volume; vol. viforms part*of vol. vi of Ann. S. Afr. Mus.), and Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vi-xix, 1908-24. t In Annals Durban Museum, i-iii, 1917-21. VOLE.” XXX van: 1 APR 1 3 1950 2 Annals of the South African Museum. — in Stebbing’s papers, is a difficult matter for anyone not having access to a reference collection such as is preserved in the South African Museum. To remedy this, the following descriptive account of the Decapod Crustaceans (Crabs, Hermit-crabs, Prawns, Shrimps) has been pre- pared. Although it contains a considerable number of new records, it is necessarily far from being even an approximately complete list of the actual fauna. The area off the coasts of Zululand and Portu- guese East Africa, containing a wealth of Indo-Pacific species, has been very little investigated. Many additions to the fauna-list may be expected from this area. In recent years good work in the littoral and shallow waters has been done by the Zoology Departments of the Universities of the Witwatersrand and Cape Town, the former at Delagoa Bay, the latter at various localities around the coast of the Union of South Africa. The geographical boundary here adopted is the parallel of 15°S. lat.,* a boundary which coincides approximately with Mossamedes on the west coast and Mozambique Island on the east coast. As thus limited the South African region includes, besides a truly South African area with its own special fauna, a small portion on the west with an Atlantic facies, and a much larger portion on the east with an Indo- Pacific facies. Hard-and-fast boundaries, of course, are not to be laid down, no more than in the case of the currents which largely determine the type of fauna. It is unfortunate if no more detailed locality.can be given than merely ““Cape” or “Cape of Good Hope” (these occur, e.g., in Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxv, 1933, p. 32, probably translated from Balss, Arch. Naturg., Ixxxvili, 1922; Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxx1x, 1937, pp. 384, 385; Balss, Fauna Col. Frang., v, 1934, p. 522). It is not so vague as “S. Africa,” and consequently is definitely misleading. For example, the species to which the above references apply, do not extend to anywhere near the locality usually understood nowadays as the Cape of Good Hope. These locality names date from the early days when they signified, for both land and sea animals, “Kaffraria,’ or even the greater part of the region now comprised in the Union of South Africa. To-day, however, we require for purposes of discussion of geographical distribution more precise localities. In the present work wherever “False Bay” is mentioned, the large * As in the Monograph of Marine Fishes, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxi. See also Stebbing’s General Catalogue, p. 326. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 3 bay in the south-west Cape is intended, not the subsidiary bay enclosed within St. Lucia Bay, Zululand. As in Hilgendorf’s paper,* ““Mozambique” is to be understood as the Island of Mozambique, not the whole province, which is here referred to as Portuguese Hast Africa. In spite of Hilgendorf’s state- ment, his records of freshwater Palaemon species must refer to a locality on the mainland, as there are no freshwater streams on the island. Certain anomalies of distribution within South African waters, or the presence of certain Huropean and other species, may possibly be due to transportation on ships’ bottoms. The most noteworthy importation seems to be the Crab Palumnoides perlatus (p. 257). This is a South American species which has occurred singly or in small numbers at Plymouth (England) and Queenstown (Ireland), but which occurs in sufficient numbers to breed on the west coast of South Africa. Its occurrence here has only recently been detected, and future observers will note whether it extends its range. Possibly it is not an importation at all. Within our waters it is possible that Upogebia capensis has extended its range from the west coast to Simon’s Bay and Mossel Bay by the agency of ships, especially the old wooden ships. Although the harbour areas, e.g. Table Bay, Simon’s Bay, Mossel Bay, Algoa Bay, and Durban, are those in which most collecting has hitherto been done, and certain species recorded from these areas may later be found to have a wider distribution, nevertheless species collected only in or near harbours are suspect; f e.g. Macropodia rostrata, Atelecyclus septemdentatus. It is perhaps strange that up to the present there is no record in our waters of Carcindes maenas, the common shore-crab of Britain, Hurope, and the Atlantic coast of North America. In other parts of the world this crab has a rather remarkable distribution which leads one to think that accidental transportation may have occurred.t{ Three large and well-known West Indian Decapods, Stenocionops furcata, Calappa flammea, and Petrochirus bahamensis, were stated to have been captured by H.M.S. Challenger in Simon’s Bay. But they have never again been reported from South Africa, and Odhuer’s * MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 784. 7 Stebbing, History of Crustacea, 1893, pp. 98,99. Chilton, Trans. New Zealand ‘Inst., xliii, 1911, p. 131. t Broekhuysen, Arch. néerl. Zool., ii, pp. 257-399. Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Muss oxcxix, LOS ip. ask. + Annals of the South African Museum. suggestion is eminently reasonable that the records should be regarded as due to an error in labelling, and these species omitted from the South African fauna-lst.* For observations on the geographical distribution, and the com- position of the South African fauna, see the works of Ortmann (1894), Weber (1897), Doflein (1904), Odhner (1923). Except for minor points regarding the identity or synonymy of certain species, the present work contains no new researches. The systematic arrangement is in the main that of Borradaile (1907) and Calman (1909), with slight modifications. The diagnoses of the families, genera, etc. have been compiled from the works of previous authors so far as these have been available in South Africa. Lengthy descriptions of the species have not been given in most cases. The terminology has been kept as simple as possible, but technical terms are often unavoidable. In some places, to save space, abbreviations have been used, e.g. ant. for antenna, mx. for maxilla, and mxp. for maxilliped. The identity of some species 1s still open to doubt, especially where the South African specimens have been “identified with” a species known from some other region without actual comparison of specimens. References have as a rule been limited to those later than 1910, except in cases of species not hitherto recorded. References, however, to figures given by Stebbing in South African periodicals, references to McLeay and Krauss, are always given; together with certain other references which the present author has found useful. All references have been checked as far as the original works are available to me, but in many instances references have been taken from other authors. Sometimes one author’s mistake is perpetuated by later authors who have not been able to consult original works, e.g. Alcock (J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixvii, p. 101) quotes Milne Edwards’ Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 377, pl. 16, fig. 14; on referring to the latter work one finds that Milne Edwards himself has given in his text “fig. 14” instead of figs. 1-3, although the explanation of plate 16 is correct (Atlas, p. 15). It is regrettable that the time (and expense) spent on photographing crabs and shrimps is in most cases wasted. Such photographs when reproduced may be handy for suggesting the family, or perhaps the * Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxxi, 1923, p. 32. It may be noted that the Challenger proceeded from the West Indies to North America, and thence via the Cape Verdes and South America to the Cape, without touching at any home port and, presumably, without disembarking any of her scientific collections. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 5 genus, to which a specimen belongs; but unless the specific characters are very bold and the specimen has been specially set out for the purpose, they are quite useless for the serious study and comparison of specific differences.* On the other hand, a simple outline drawing, emphasizing the particular specific characters (and occupying perhaps 10-15 minutes to execute), may often be infinitely more helpful to the student. The present work is therefore illustrated by such freehand drawings. Although without artistic pretensions, a certain degree of accuracy may be claimed forthem. They are intended to indicate the features which a student should look for when seeking to identify specimens, and which cannot always be appreciated from a verbal description, however explicit. The material available for the present descriptive account includes pre-eminently that collected by the Cape Government trawler s.s. Pieter Faure between the years 1898 and 1907 (dates in the log-book when the vessel was actually at sea collecting), and forming part of the collections of the South African Museum. This collection formed the basis of Stebbing’s researches and reports. Many of the actual specimens (types and co-types) named by Stebbing, and, after 1910 when the Pieter Faure collection was vested in the South African Museum and the Museum continued the supply of material to Stebbing, the majority of the specimens, have been returned to the Museum. I have worked through the whole of the Preter Faure material, much of which had never been submitted to Stebbing; and also other material in the Museum derived partly from correspondents and casual donations, partly from collecting by myself (including a visit to Delagoa Bay and Mozambique) and other members of the staff. Dr. C. J. van der Horst (Witwatersrand University) submitted the material collected by him and his students in the course of several visits to Delagoa Bay. I have also seen the collection made by the late Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist in the s.s. Pickle off the coast of Portuguese Kast Africa; + and a collection belonging to the Museu Dr. Alvaro de Castro at Lourenzo Marques from the same area. Dr. T. A. Stephenson (formerly of the University of Cape Town) * Odhner’s photographs of Xanthid crabs (Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxxvii, 1925), where evidently great care has been taken to employ two sources of lighting, thus obviating undue shadows which obscure and deform the real shape and sculpture, are an outstanding and pleasing exception to the above complaint. 7 Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, 1926. 6 Annals of the South African Museum. submitted the material collected by him and his students in the course of an Ecological Survey around the coast of the Union of South Africa. The Union Government Fisheries and Marine Biological Survey, under the directorship formerly of the late Dr. Gilchrist, and now of Dr. Cecil von Bonde, has continued the work of the Cape Government Marine Survey, and some of the Crustacea have been briefly reported on by Stebbing (1923), Calman and Hansen (1925). One of the earliest collections of Crustacea made in this country was that gathered together by Dr. Sir Andrew Smith, founder and first Curator of the South African Museum.* This collection was entrusted by Dr. Smith, on his return to England in 1837, to W. 8. McLeay for description in Smith’s classic publication “Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa.” McLeay’s work was first published in 1838 under the title ““Annulosa of South Africa.” Under what terms the collection of Crustacea was handed over to McLeay is not known, but the collection seems to have been regarded as lost, and while some of the species described by McLeay have been readily recognized by later writers, the identity of others has remained obscure. In 1937, however, Mr. Melbourne Ward informed me that he had discovered the Smith Collection, including all but five of McLeay’s types, in the Australian Museum at Sydney. We must assume, therefore, that McLeay regarded the collection as his own property, and took it with him when he migrated to Australia in 1839, where later he became a Trustee of the Australian Museum.t The discovery, after a hundred years, that McLeay’s types are still extant, well preserved, and in safe keeping, is a most interesting and important event in the history of South African carcinology. Although Mr. Ward tells me he intends to publish a report on McLeay’s species, giving their modern designations, he has very kindly sent me a set of photographs, from which I have been able to satisfy myself as to the identity of McLeay’s species. Without giving a detailed history of South African Carcinology, the progress in our knowledge of the Crustacean fauna may be * P. Kirby, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxxvi, 1942, p. 1. + William Sharp Macleay, 1792-1865. R. Etheridge, jun., in Rec. Austral. Mus., xi, 1916, p. 67, says: “In early official documents the family name was spelt M’Leay. . . .” The initials to the preface of the “Annulosa of South Africa”’ are printed thus: W. 8. M‘L. t J. J. Fletcher, Macleay Memorial Volume, Linnean Society of New South Wales, p. x, 1893; R. Etheridge, jun., in Rec. Austral. Mus., xii, 1919, p. 394, records W.S8. Macleay as Committeeman, 1841-53; Trustee, 1853-62. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. if _ indicated by the number of “new species” collected by the more important collectors and expeditions, although, for several reasons, this is not the most reliable index of a collector’s energy. Krauss travelled for a considerable time in this country (1838-40) shore-collecting at various localities; and the Cape Government trawler s.s. Pieter Faure over a period of nearly ten years investigated almost the whole of the South African area from the mouth of the Orange River on the west to St. Lucia Bay and Cape Vidal on the east, deep and shallow water. On the other hand, the U.S. Exploring Expedition (1838-42), the U.S. North Pacific Exploring Expedition (1853-56), the Challenger (at the Cape, 1873), Gazelle (at the Cape, 1874), Valdivia (Cape, Agulhas Bank to Port Elizabeth, 1898), Gauss (Cape and Durban, 1901 and 1903) paid only comparatively fleeting visits to South African harbours mainly for revictualling and refitting. Further, the majority of the species in the South African fauna-list have been first collected and described from other regions. Thus one collector may obtain a number of species merely new to the fauna-list, whereas another may just happen to find several “new species.”’ Also progress in taxonomy may sink a supposed n.sp. as a synonym of a species known from another region, or separate the local from the extra-South African species with which it had been included or misidentified. With these qualifications, however, it may be interesting to note that Smith (McLeay) collected 8 new species, Krauss 15, the U.S. North Pacific Exploring Expedition (Stimpson) 5, the Valdivia (Doflein) 2, the Gauss (Lenz and Strunck) 1, and the Preter Faure (Stebbing, Barnard) 54 new species. (These figures include, of course, only Decapod Crustacea.) The most notable of the Preter Faure discoveries were aie Giant Stone Crab from deep water off the Cape, and two Palinurids. In many cases Mauritian species have been included in the keys to species, because some of them may eventually be collected on the South African coast. A regular steamship service between Durban and Mauritius may possibly facilitate transportation. But not all the species recorded from Mauritius have been included, as some of the literature is not available. (See A. Milne Edwards in Maillard’s Ile de Réunion, 1862; Richters, 1880; Miers, 1880, 1882, 1884; Bouvier, 1910 and 1915; Ward, 1942.) ~Colloquial names for South African crabs, prawns, and shrimps are almost non-existent. As there is such a vast variety of species, many of them indistinguishable from one another except by the specialist, 8 Annals of the South African Museum. it is doubtful whether the introduction of such names would be of any practical value. The large crayfishes, and-some of the larger and most striking of the commoner crabs, have been given names. Grateful acknowledgments for assistance in many ways is herewith tendered to: Dr. W. T. Calman (formerly of the British Museum), Dr. Isabella Gordon (British Museum), Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt (U.S. National Museum), Professor C. J. van der Horst (Witwatersrand University, Johannesburg), Professor T. A. Stephenson (formerly University of Cape Town), Mr. Melbourne Ward (Australian Museum, Sydney). Iam specially indebted to Dr. Gordon, who has generously devoted a considerable amount of time to checking references and making tracings for me. To the memory of the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, whose unstinted help and encouragement at the beginning (1911) of my studies on South African Crustacea were invaluable, this work is but a small tribute. As far as possible references to the more important papers, published after the completion of the MS. (3lst December 1940), have been inserted. Stephensen in his work on the Brachyura of the Iranian (Persian) Gulf (1945) has given a valuable summary of the male Ist and 2nd pleopods, with a list of hitherto published descriptions and figures of the species arranged systematically. These appendages are essential for the correct identification of crabs. Gal) 16). 3lst March 1947. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 9 REPTANTIA. The 5 pairs of abdominal appendages often reduced or absent, never used for swimming. (See Borradaile, 1907.) BRACHYURA. Key to the Divisions (Tribes, Subtribes). I. Mouth-frame (buccal cavity) more or less quadrate (figs. 1-3, 37). A. Last pair of legs normal, rarely reduced, and only exceptionally dorsal in _ position. Female genital openings sternal. Ist pleopod 2 absent. Gills few . : Brachygnatha, p. 9. 1. Carapace triangular, narrowed in tent; usually a distinct rostrum (figs. 1-15). Orbits generally incomplete . . Oxyrhyncha, p. 9. 2. Carapace broad in front, rostrum reduced or wanting (figs. 16-52). Orbits well developed (figs. 22, 37, 45) ; . Brachyrhyncha, p. 75. B. Last pair of legs modified, situated dorsally. Female genital openings coxal. Ist pleopod @ present. Gills usually numerous . : : , : . Dromiacea, p. 305. II. Mouth-frame (buccal cavity) triangular (figs. 66-68, 71). Last pair of legs normal or modified. Ist pleopod @ absent. Gills few. A. Posterior thoracic sternites broad (bases of walking legs far apart). Last pair of legs normal in position, or last two pairs dorsal. Female genital openings sternal (except in Cyclodorippinae) . : Oxystomata, p. 345. B. Posterior thoracic sternites narrow, Reel: like (bases of 2nd—4th legs close together). Last pair of legs dorsal in position. Female genital openings coxal . : : . Gymnopleura, p. 396. BRACHYGNATHA. OXYRHYNCHA. SPIDER-CRABS. 1903. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., ii, p. 681 (key to families). 1907. Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xix, p. 480 (key to families). 10 Annals of the South African Museum. 1910. Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 283. 1925. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 129, pp. 1-613, pls. and text-figs. (American species). 1929. Balss, Decap. Rot. Meer. “Pola” Ergebn., xxxvi, Denkschr. Ak. Wiss. Wien. Math. Naturw. K1., cii, pp. 1-30 figs. (classification). Carapace more or less triangular and narrowed in front, usually produced to form a rostrum. Epistome usually large; buccal cavity quadrate, its anterior margin generally straight. Orbits mostly incomplete. Ist antennae (antennules) folded longitudinally. Female genital openings on sternite of 3rd (7.e. 2nd walking) legs; male openings on coxae of last legs (except in Hymenosomatidae where they are sternal). Remarks.—The most notable feature of the great majority of the Spider-crabs is the presence of hooked setae or bristles, by means of which various extraneous substances such as seaweeds, hydroids, sponges, ascidians, polyzoans, etc. are affixed to the carapace and often also the legs, thus affording a very effective concealment (fig. 1). Key to the Families. I. Carapace not flat, integument not thin. Chelipeds mobile or powerful with bent fingers. Male genital openings on the 5th coxae. A. Basal joint of ant. 2 well developed, occupying all the space between socket of ant. 1 and eye (figs. 1, 2, 3, 7, b), generally fused with epistome and sometimes also with side of rostrum. Chelipeds usually not vastly larger than other legs. 1. Basal joint of ant. 2 slender (figs. 1, 2, 3). Orbits not defined. Eye-stalks usually long, non-retractile, or re- tractile against sides of carapace . Inachidae, p. 11. 2. Basal joint of ant. 2 stout (fig. 7, 0). a. Orbits not defined. Eye-stalks very short or obsolescent, concealed beneath a supra-ocular spine or sunk in sides of the large beak- like rostrum. Basal joint of ant. 2 truncate-triangular (fig. cach ee 5 ; : . Acanthonychidae, p. 35. b. Orbits partly defined. Post-ocular process always present, hollowed for reception of the short eye- stalks (figs. 11, 12) . : . Blastidae, p. 48. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. c. Eye-stalks long or short, retractile into distinctly defined orbits (fie 13; °0;"¢).. ¢ : . Mamaiidae, p. 58. B. Basal joint of ant. 2 very small, not fused with epistome or front. Chelipeds usually much longer and more massive than other legs (fig. 14) . { ; : ‘ II. Carapace flat, integument thin (fig. 15). Chelipeds not long or specially mobile or with bent fingers. Male genital openings on the last thoracic sternite ; e : 5 : : . Hymenosomatidae, p. 66. | Famity INACHIDAE. 1910. Stebbing, /. c., p. 283. The chief characteristic of this family as opposed to the other Parthenopidae, p. 63. Oxyrhynch families is the slender basal joint of antenna 2. Key to the South African Genera. I. Peduncle of ant. 2 composed of 2 movable joints and a basal immovable joint which is proximally fused with epistome, without distinct suture. Antennal glands more or less distant from the apparent base of ant. 2 (figs. 1, 2, 3). Eyes more or less dumbbell shaped, proximal part of stalk wider than distal part, and cornea more or less enlarged (figs. 1-5). A. Eye-stalks strongly curved. Free joints of peduncle of ant. 2 densely hairy. Sockets of lst antennae coalesced into a single cavity (fig. 1) B. Eye-stalks nearly straight. Free joints of peduncle of ant. 2 not densely hairy. Sockets of Ist antennae separate (fig. 2). 1. Eyes projecting, non-retractile. No _ post- ocular tooth. Lower surface of basal joint of ant. 2 convex, smooth or with one or more spines (figs. 2, 3). a. Rostrum of 2 more or less elongate and contiguous spines (fig. 2) . 5 6b. Rostrum shortly bilobed or bifid (fig. 3) . 2. Eyes retractile. Post-ocular tooth present. Lower surface of basal joint of ant. 2 channelled between 2 rows of spinules (fig. 4). a. 2nd leg not markedly longer than others. Post-ocular tooth spiniform, not hollowed ; é ; : 6. 2nd leg markedly stronger and longer than others. Post-ocular tooth hollowed . Camposcia. Macropodia. Achaeus. Achaeopsis. Inachus. 12 Annals of the South African Museum. II. Peduncle of ant. 2 composed of 3 joints, the basal one of which has a distinct suture at junction with epistome and is more or less freely movable. Antennal glands immediately at base of ant. 2 (fig. 6, 5). A. Margin of buccal cavity close behind antennal glands (fig. 6, b). Cornea distinctly wider than eye- stalk. 1. Inter-antennular spine very large, project- horizontally, rostrum thus appearing tri- spinose. Eye-stalk short, stout, cornea globular (fig. 6, a) . : . Platymaia. . Inter-antennular spine not very es dafiesed Eye-stalk more or less slender, cornea ovoid (fig.6,d) : . Cyrtomaa. B. Margin of buccal cavity some dligtanos pehind antennal glands. Cornea very little wider than eye-stalk : : : : : . Pleistacantha. Gen. Camposcia Latr. 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 184. Carapace pyriform. Rostrum broad, very short, apically indented. A post-ocular tooth. Eye-stalks strongly curved, cornea oblique and not dilated. Sockets of ist antennae coalesced to form a single cavity. Basal joint of ant. 2 fused to epistome, antennal gland rather near its base, the 2 free peduncular joints flattened and densely hairy. 4th joint of 3rd maxilliped narrower than 3rd, inner apical corner of latter produced, palp moderate. Chelipeds slender, legs long. Abdomen in both sexes with 7 segments, in ¢ almost as broad asin 2, covering the greater part of sternum. Camposcia retusa Latr. iol. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 784. 1895. Alcock, l. c., p. 184 (references). 1918. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 48. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., , p. 71. Carapace, chelipeds, and especially the legs densely covered with hooked setae and bristles. Length of carapace up to 40 mm., breadth 27 mm. The hairy covering more or less reddish. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 13 Localities.—Durban (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (8S. Afr. Mus.); Mozambique (Hilgendorf, Miers). Distribution.—Mauritius; Ibo, Portuguese Hast Africa; Chagos; Indo-Pacific. Fic. 1.—Camposcia retusa Latr. Lower surface of rostrum, Ist antenne removed from socket a,.f. a,, 2nd antenna. a.g., antennal gland. 6.c., buccal cavity. Upper surface of carapace, left side cleaned, right side with hairs and pieces of seaweed. Gen. Macroropia Leach 1899. M. Edwards and Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, xiii, p. 47 (Stenorhynchus non Lam.) (key to N. Atlantic species). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 284. 1911. Rathbun, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 242. 1927. Lebour, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plym., n.s., xiv, p. 806, figs. (larval stages). Carapace pyriform or triangular, with distinct “neck” (especially in g) behind the projecting, non-retractile eyes. Rostrum elongate (usually), of two slender contiguous spines. Cornea oblique, with apical tubercle or seta. Abdomen with 6 segments in both sexes. Chelipeds considerably larger in $ than in 9; legs very long and slender. Remarks.—A genus with several very closely allied species. Steno- rhynchus Lam. has a simple spiniform rostrum (Rathbun, 1925, I. c., pp. 11, 18). S. seticornis (Herbst) (=sagittarius Fabr.) has been recorded by Odhner from Port Alexander (Medd. Géteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 19). Key to the South African Species. 1. Outer rims of antennular sockets not splayed outwards. No spines on basal joint of ant. 2. Rostrum short (fig. 2,a@) ; ; ; c . rostrata. 14 Annals of the South African Museum. 2. Outer rims of antennular sockets splayed outwards, partly covering basal joint of ant. 2 (fig. 2, 6, 9). a. Rostrum very long. Basal joint of ant. 2 with one spine. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs with spines along whole inner margin . : ; : b. Rostrum short. Basal joint of ant. 2 without or with 2 spines. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs with spines only on proximal half of inner margin : . formosa and var. falcifera. Macropodia rostrata (Linn.) European Long-legged Spider-crab. Fig. 2, a. 1849. Cuvier, Régne Anim. Crust., pl. 35, figs. 3, 3, a—g (Steno- rhynchus phalangium). 1853. Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 2, fig. (S. phalangium). 1899. M. Edwards and Bouvier, lJ. c., pp. 48, 49 (S. rostratus). 1904. Doflein, Wiss. Erg. D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 69 (S. rostratus). 1908. Lagerberg, Goteb. Vet. Samh. Hand. (4), xi, p. 82. 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol. Exp., xv, p. 272 (S. rostratus). 1922. Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, lxu, p. 78, pl. 5, figs. 6-8 (S. rostratus). 1923. Odhner, Medd. Géteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 18. Rostrum short, not reaching beyond last peduncular joint of ant. 2. Outer rims of antennular sockets not splayed outwards. Epistome and basal joint of ant. 2 without spines or tubercles (Bell: a very minute tubercle on epistome in front of antennal gland). 4th joint of 3rd maxilliped oval, subequal to 3rd joint (excluding internal process of latter). Basal joint of ant. 1 with a few spinules near insertion of 2nd joint. Cornea with apical seta. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs with about 12-15 recurved spines concealed in fur along whole length of inner margin. Sternum of ¢ with a few inconspicuous tubercles as in falccfera. Length (incl. rostrum), g 17 mm., 9 12 mm.; breadth, ¢ 10 mm., 29mm., cheliped 926mm. Pink or reddish, chelipeds and legs often darker red. Locality. —Simon’s Bay (Lenz and Strunck). Distribution.—N. Atlantic and Mediterranean, to Madeira, Canaries, Cape Verdes, Senegal, and off mouth of Congo R.; Port Alexander, Angola. O-108 metres. Remarks.—The single record from Simon’s Bay (part of False Bay), albeit based on several specimens, might perhaps have been regarded Fie. 2.—Macropodia rostrata (Linn.). a, ventral surface of rostrum. Macropodia falcifera (Stimpson). 6, ventral surface of rostrum g. c, sternum 3 between chelipeds. d, dactyl of 4th or 5th leg (some of the setae on apex of 6th joint omitted). e, apex of 4th joint of 2nd leg. ff, lst pleopod @. Macropodia formosa Rathbun. g, dactyl of 4th or 5th leg. h, apex of 4th joint of 2nd leg. 7, 1st pleopod ¢. Macropodia formosa var. (S. Afr. Mus., No. Al412). Jj, ventral surface of rostrum 9. (In a, 6, j only the basal joint of Ist antenna is indicated.) 16 Annals of the South African Museum. as due to transportation by ships, because the Preter Faure obtained no examples during the course of a fairly intensive survey of False Bay. Recently (1946), however, the University of Cape Town Ecological Survey, under Professor J. H. O. Day, has rediscovered this species in False Bay, 4-15 fathoms; also found in Knysna harbour (1947). Macropodia falcifera (Stimpson) Cape Long-legged Spider-crab. Fig. 2, b-f. 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 284. 1913. Balss, Schultze Reise Stidafr., v, p. 109. 1914. Lenz and Strunck, /. c., p. 273 (Stenorhynchus f.). 1923. Odhner, l. ¢., p. 26. Rostrum very long, extending well beyond end of peduncle, usually to end of flagellum, of ant. 2. Carapace with a single large erect spine on the gastric and one on the cardiac region, and smaller spines or tubercles on the other regions. Outer rims of antennular sockets splayed outwards, sometimes minutely denticulate. Two small tubercles on posterior rim of sockets, one at base of ant. 2 (usually present in g, usually absent in @) and one in front of antennal gland. Cornea with apical setiferous tubercle. Basal joint of ant. 1 with 2-3 minute tubercles. Basal joint of ant. 2 with a single spine in middle of its ventral margin. 4th joint of 3rd maxilliped oval, subequal to 3rd joint (excluding inner projection of latter). Cheliped covered with short thick fur, with longer bristles, the joints spinose along upper and lower margins, a strong spine on outer apex of 4th joint, finger and thumb channelled externally, in 2 inner margins denticulate and contiguous, in g with large gap proximally, each with a squarish tooth at base, apically denticulate and contiguous. 2nd—5th legs with curled hairs and straight bristles, a spinous process at apex of 4th joint, usually trifid in 2nd leg, trifid or bifid in 3rd and 4th, bifid or simple in 5th leg; dactyls of 2nd and 3rd legs elongate, nearly straight, with short bristles, of 4th and 5th legs shghtly, sometimes strongly falcate, with about 12-15 recurved spines concealed in short fur along whole length of inner margin; apex of 6th joint of 4th and 5th legs expanded, with a brush of stiff bristles on inner side. Sternum of 3 with 2 tubercles, often bifid, or with subsidiary denticles, between bases of chelipeds, and several smaller ones on the lateral portions of the following segments. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 17 Length (incl. rostrum), ¢ 25 mm., 9 20 mm.; breadth, ¢ 13 mm., 210 mm.; cheliped § 46 mm., 2 22 mm., longest leg ¢ 82 mm., 2 56 mm. Brick-red (Stimpson); cream, pinkish, or reddish, the chelipeds and legs often deeper red. Localities—Simon’s Bay (Stimpson, Miers, Balss, Lenz and Strunck); St. Francis and Plettenberg Bays, Agulhas Bank (Doflein); Agulhas Bank (Odhner); False Bay and Agulhas Bank eastwards to East London, 17-53 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—A strongly falcate dactyl on the 4th or 5th legs is regarded by Bouvier (I. c.) as a variation, but in the genus Achaeus it is given specific value (Alcock, 1895). Of 36 specimens of this species not one has strengly falcate dactyls. This species is common on the Agulhas Bank, extending to about East London, whence northwards its place is taken by formosa. At one station, 32° 53’ 8., 28° 11’ E., two specimens of falcifera and one of formosa were taken by the Pieter Faure in the same haul. Macropodia formosa Rathbun Fig. 2, g-. 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 242, fig. 1. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xii, p. 120. Rostrum short, not extending to end of last joint of ant. 2. Carapace as in falcifera. Outer rims of antennular sockets splayed outwards; 2 minute tubercles on posterior rim. A small tubercle in front of antennal gland. Cornea with apical tubercle. Basal jot of ant. 2 quite smooth. Basal joint of ant. 1 with minute tubercles. 4th joint of 3rd maxilliped oval, subequal to 3rd joint. Cheliped as in falczfera, but less strongly spinose. Apices of 4th joints of legs with 3 small spines on 2nd and 3rd, 2 or one (very small) on 4th and 5th legs. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs slightly falcate (9), with a dozen or more recurved spines concealed in short fur on proximal half of inner margin, distal half smooth and glabrous; in ¢ much more slender, with fewer and less conspicuous spines on proximal third of inner margin. Inner apices of 6th joint of 4th and 5th legs with brush of stiff-bristles. Length, g 12 mm., 9 14 mm.; breadth,g 7mm.,2?10 mm. One young §, which is unusually free from encrusting hydroids, etc., is pale biscuit colour, with a sienna-brown lateral stripe extending from base of 5rd leg to eye and along side of rostrum, peduncle and flagellum ' VOL. XXXVIII. 2 18 Annals of the South African Museum. of antenna 2 also brown; chelipeds and legs faintly pinkish. Other specimens, as far as the carapace is visible, are uniformly drab or greyish. Localities —Delagoa Bay (Barnard, 1 2 1912; also coll. van der Horst, 2 43, 1 ovig. 9 1939); off Hast London, and Tugela River, Natal, 24-41 fathoms, 2 99 (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Cargados Carajos (between Mauritius and Seychelles). Remarks.—These specimens are assigned to formosa mainly on geographical reasons. The original description does not mention the basal joints of either antenna | or 2, nor the flange of the antennular sockets, nor the armature of the dactyls of 4th and 5th legs. The apices of 4th joints of 2nd—5th legs each have a single, apparently well-developed spine (cf. Rathbun’s figure). Two 99, 13x10 and 15x11-5 mm., differ from the above 99 in having 2 strong spines on basal joint of antenna 2, and the outer apex of the same joint somewhat spiniform (fig. 2, 7) (S. Afr. Mus., No. A1412). Locality. Off Tugela River, Natal, 36 fathoms. Gen. ACHAEUS Leach 1886. Miers, Challenger Rep., xvu, p. 8. 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 169. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenberg. Ges., xxv, p. 654. 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 244. 1929, Balss, 1. ¢.,\p: 5: Differs from Macropodia only in having a very short bifid or bilobed rostrum. The dactyls of 4th and 5th legs are, in some species, rather strongly falcate. Key to the South African Species. 1. Peduncle of ant. 2 smooth or with minute denticles. a. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs faleate, inner margins spinulose. i. Carapace quite smooth. LEye-stalk without tubercle on front margin . : : . lacertosus. ii, Carapace with slight elevation on cardiac region. Kye-stalk with strong tubercle on front margin . : ‘ ; : : . affinis. b. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs nearly straight, inner margins smooth. EHye-stalk without tubercle. Carapace tuberculate : ; : ; . laevioculis. ) Peduncle of ant. 2 strongly spinose , : . lorina. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 19 Achaeus lacertosus Stimpson Fig. 3, a, b. 1857. Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 218. 1884. Miers, Zool. “Alert,” p. 188. 1895. Alcock, tl. c., p. 172. 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smithson. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 20, plo, fig. 1. 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 98, fig. 18, C (lp. I, 3): Rostrum short, bilobed, upper surface with 2 longitudinal ridges. Supra-ocular ridge smooth. Carapace quite smooth, but the regions fairly well defined. Hepatic region with a blunt horizontal laminar tooth. Basaljoint ofant.2smooth. Inter-antennular tooth obsolete. Kye-stalks not very stout, without tubercle on front margin. Cheliped with 4th joint considerably swollen, finger and thumb not gaping at base. 4th joint of 2nd—5th legs without apical spines. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs very strongly falcate (semicircular), inner margins with recurved spinules. Sternum of ¢ as figured for affines (fig. 3, f). Length 6 mm., breadth 4 mm. Dark yellowish or brownish, a red ring around middle of finger and thumb of chelipeds. Localities.—Durban Bay (S. Afr. Mus.); Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst). Distribution.—New South Wales and N. Australia; Indian Seas and Andaman Islands; Persian Gulf. Remarks.—The 1st pleopod of g$ seems to be unusual in that the apex curves inwards towards its fellow, instead of outwards; all three SS were alike in this respect. Achaeus cf. affinis Miers iis: 3, d—f. 1884. Miers, Zool. “Alert,” p. 188. 1893. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., v, p. 341. 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 37. i395" Alcock, 1.6. p) lize | 1905. Nobili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Univ. Torino, xx, no. 506, p. 7. 1931. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxiii, p. 323. Rostrum very short, scarcely extending beyond apex of 2nd joint of ant. 2, very shortly bifid. Carapace uneven, but the regions 20 Annals of the South African Museum. not very well defined; gastric region convex but not tuberculate; cardiac region with a low elevation bearing 2 minute setiferous tubercles. Outer rims of antennular sockets splayed outwards distally. Tubercles on posterior rim of sockets very minute or obsolete. A minute tubercle in front of antennal gland. Tooth on the inter-antennular septum short and blunt, not spiniform. No spine (or a very minute one) on upper margin of orbit. Cornea with apical tubercle, a conspicuous setiferous tubercle on front margin of stalk, largerin 9 thanin g. Basal joint of ant. 1 with several minute tubercles. Basal joint of ant. 2 with 2-3 minute tubercles, better developed in 2 than in g, 2nd joint also with 2-3 tubercles, one of which is almost spiniform. 38rd and 4th joints of 3rd maxilliped subequal in length, feebly setose, both with 2 rows of rather con- spicuous spinules. Cheliped not furry, or only feebly so, feebly spinose, no strong spine at outer apex of 4th joint, finger and thumb as in M. falcifera, but in 3 the finger has 2 conical teeth in the gap. 4th joints of 2nd—5th legs without spines, only bristles, at their apices; dactyls of 4th and 5th legs about half length of 6th joint, strongly falcate, with 7-8 recurved spines concealed in fur along the whole length of inner margin, the apical one immediately next the unguis. Sternum of g with prominent flanges at bases of chelipeds, and a crescentic, denticulate ridge between them. Ist pleopod ¢ resembling that of M. falcifera (fig. 2, f). Length, 39 mm., 275 mm.; breadth, ¢2 5-5 mm. Locality.— Off Cape Morgan, 36 fathoms, 3 3g, 1 ovig. @ (S. Afr. Mus.). i Distribution.— Australia; Malay Archipelago; Burma; Andaman Is.; Zanzibar. Remarks.—These four specimens are very close to, if not actually identical with, affinis; Miers says the cardiac prominence is usually very much elevated, which it is not in these specimens. In one ¢ the rostrum is much blunter, almost truncate, with a short slit. Possibly these specimens are brevifalcatus Rathbun 1911, from the Seychelles. Achaeus cf. laevioculis Miers Big. 3, c, 1884. Miers, Zool. * Alert,” p. 520, pl. 46, fig. A. tostrum very short, not extending beyond apex of 2nd joint of ant. 2, in two of the specimens with slight apical notch and on dorsal Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 21 Fie. 3.—Achaeus lacertosus Stimpson. a, rostrum ¢. 6, ventral view of left Ist pleopod ¢ (curves inwards towards its fellow). Achaeus cf. laevioculis Miers. c, rostrum 9. Achaeus cf. affinis Miers. d, ventral surface of rostrum ¢. e, dactyl of 4th or 5th leg (some setae on apex of 6th joint omitted). f, sternum ¢ between chelipeds. Achaeus cf. lorina (Ad. & White). g, ventral surface of rostrum ¢. (In d and g only basal joint of 1st antenna indicated.) 22 Annals of the South African Museum. surface a submarginal row of minute denticles, in the 3rd specimen this denticulate ridge forms the anterior rounded margin of rostrum. Supra-ocular ridge minutely denticulate. Carapace with 3 tubercles on gastric region, 2 on each branchial region, and a double tubercle on cardiac region, with (in 2 specimens) a single median smaller tubercle behind it; hepatic region with a blunt horizontal tubercle. Basal joint of ant. 2 feebly denticulate. Interantennular tooth obsolete. Eye-stalks stout, without tubercle on front margin, apex of cornea rounded, with very feeble denticle. 4th joints of 2nd—5th legs without apical spines. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs nearly straight, inner margins smooth. Length 7 mm., breadth 6 mm. Locality. Off Port Shepstone, Natal, 24 fathoms, 3 ovig. 99 (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Seychelles, 4-12 fathoms. Remarks.—These specimens appear to be nearest to this species which was described from a 4, the figure of which shows better marked indents behind the eyes and the hepatic regions, and also longer legs. Achaeus cf. lorina (Adams & White) Fig. 3, g. 1848. Adams and White, Zool. ““Samarang,” Crust., p. 3, pl. 2, fig. 2 (Inachus 1.). 1886. Miers, Challenger Rep., xvii, p. 10. 1900. Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 721. 1902. de Man, I. c., p. 654. 1911. Rathbun, l. c., p. 244. Rostrum short, ending in two short contiguous points, dorsally with slight median groove. Supra-orbital ridge with strong spine. No post-ocular constriction. Carapace with well-defined regions, gastric region with 2 spines antero-laterally and one median posteriorly, cardiac region with 1 median, branchial region with 1 spine anteriorly, 1 posteriorly, and a smaller one behind the latter and somewhat nearer the middle line; several sharp spinules laterally on hepatic and branchial regions; one spine on pterygostomial region at end of a slight ridge from corner of buccal cavity; some small denticles on sides of epistome, and one on hind margin of each antennular socket. Inter-antennular tooth blunt, Basal joint of ant. 2 with 4 strong spines, increasing in size distally, first free joint with 1 spine on outer Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 23 apex. Eye-stalks stout, a curved tubercle on antero-inferior apex just before the cornea, and a small setiferous tubercle at apex of cornea. Cheliped stout, 4th—6th joints swollen, with numerous spines and denticles, finger and thumb gaping in basal half, each with a strong basal tooth, distal margins (where they meet) denticulate. 4th joint of 2nd—5th legs with a single conspicuous spine on apex, and also a seta. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs shghtly falcate, more so in 5th than in 4th, inner margin with about 8 denticles, and a strong one next the unguis; no brush of setae on inner apex of 6th jot. Dactyl of 3rd leg also with a strong denticle next the unguis. Sternum of ¢ similar to that figured for affinis, but the crescentic ridge not so well marked; abdomen and sternites between abdomen and bases of legs denticuliite. lst pleopod ¢ as in affinis (and M. falczfera). Length 10 mm., breadth 8-5 mm. Locality.—Off Hood Point (East London), 49 fathoms, 1 3 (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution Philippine Is.; Singapore; East Indies; Amirante and Seychelles. Remarks.—Agrees in many respects with de Man’s description of young ¢, except that the rostral points are not divergent. I have not seen the original description and figure. Gen. ACHAEOPSIS Stimpson 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 285 (and Dorynchus). 1914. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 257. 1917. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 24. 1932. Sakai, Sci. Rep. Tokyo Zool. Inst., sect. B, no. 4. Rostrum bispimose, better developed than in Achaeus. Inter- antennular tooth strong. Eyes retractile, but the post-ocular tooth is spiniform, not hollowed. Antennular sockets very large, excavated in underside of rostral spies. Basal joint of ant. 2 ventrally channelled between two rows of spinules. 4th joint of 3rd maxilliped shorter than 3rd. Chelipeds much larger in $ than in Q, finger and thumb in $ not gaping at base. Legs long and slender, dactyls nearly straight. Key to the South African Species. 1. Rostral spines relatively short, extending to end of peduncle ofant.2. Spines at apices of 4th joints of 2nd—5th legs minute or obsolete. Smaller, shallow-water species . spinulosus. 24 Annals of the South African Museum. 2. Rostral spines longer, extending distinctly beyond apex of peduncle of ant. 2. Spines at apices of 4th joints of 2nd—5th legs well developed. Larger, deep-water species . : : : 5 : : thomsont. A. giintheri is here transferred to the genus Inachus. Achaeopsis spinulosus Stimpson Vig. 4, a-c, e. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 285. 1921. Zd., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 453. Rostral spines rather short, extending to end of, or very slightly beyond, apex of peduncle of ant. 2, slightly divergent and rather widely separated proximally. A supra-ocular spine, occasionally with a subsidiary spinule in front of or behind it. A strong erect median spine on gastric region, and a stronger one on cardiac region; a smaller tubercle or spine on antero-lateral portion of gastric region; one on the branchial region and often another on the anterior branchial region; lateral margin of branchial and hepatic regions each with 2-3 spinules. Eye-stalk with 1-2 minute spinules or tubercles in middle of anterior surface, and one at anterior apex. 3rd and 4th joints of 3rd maxilliped with 2 rows of spinules, a strong spine on inner margin of 4th joint. Cheliped in fully grown ¢ may be considerably enlarged, hand inflated and longer than finger and thumb. 4th joint of 2nd—5th legs may have 1-3 minute spinules at apex, but never conspicuous. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs with about 6 minute, widely spaced denticles on inner margin, the largest immediately next the unguis. Sternum § with more or less denticulate flanges at bases of chelipeds, and a slightly crescentic transverse ridge between them, on which are 2 erect widely separated spines and a variable number of subsidiary spinules or denticles, margin of the hollow in which the abdomen lies never trilobate. 1st pleopod 3 strongly sigmoid, apex with a membranous reflexed flap on ventral side. Length, gd up to 12 mm., 910 mm.; breadth, $ 11 mm., 2 8-5 mm.; length of cheliped, ¢ up to 85 mm. Pale brownish orange, chelipeds of a deeper tint, margins of finger and thumb white. Localities.—Simon’s Bay, 10-20 fathoms (Stimpson, Miers); off Cape Recife, 52 fathoms, and off Port Shepstone, Natal, 24 fathoms (Stebbing); off Cape Point, 80 fathoms, off Hout Bay, False Bay, and Agulhas Bank to Durban, 23-100 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—A large 3 (14x12 mm., cheliped 47 mm.) is labelled Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 25 ‘“Hoets [sec] Bay 24/xi/97”; apparently intended for Hout Bay on the west coast of the Cape Peninsula. This single record from the west coast is linked up with the False Bay and Agulhas Bank records by an even larger § (17 x 14 mm., but cheliped only 25 mm.) from off Cape Point. This species lives in shallower water than thomson. It has been taken in association with I. gtintheri, from which it is distinguished by the three gastric spines, the median one erect (not curving forwards), and the simply concave margin of the sternal hollow in which the abdomen lies. Achaeopsis thomson. (Norman) Fig. 4, d, e. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 286. 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 247 (var.). 1914. Stebbing, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 258. aii id. Non (Ss, Ate. Mus..xvii, p. 24, pl. 1 (Crust., pl. 90). 1918. Rathbun, Biol. Res. “Endeavour,” v, p. 4. 1924. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xix, p. 1. 1925. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 129, p. 29, fig. 7 (legs too hairy), and pl. 10. 1927. Hale, Crust. S. Austral., pt. 1, p. 124, fig. 120 (legs too hairy). Very closely allied to spinulosus, but attaining a larger size, and distinguished as follows: rostral spines longer, almost contiguous, or subparallel, or slightly divergent distally, but always closer together proximally than in spinulosus, and always extending distinctly (though not far) beyond apex of peduncle of ant. 2. Subsidiary denticles or spinules usually developed on sides or under surface of rostral spines, and near some or all of the major spines on the carapace, including the supra- and post-ocular spines; and the ridges from bases of rostral spines to the inter-antennular tooth are almost always denticulate. Basal joint of ant. 2 with distinct apical spine. The spines of the g sternum, and on the 4th joints of 2nd—5th legs, are more prominent. Ist pleopod g as in spinulosus. Length up to $ 30 mm., 2 20 mm.; breadth, ¢ 21 mm., 9 14 mm.; length of cheliped, ¢ 75 mm., 9 25 mm. Fingers and thumbs of chelipeds with salmon-red spots, walking legs with wide bands cf same colour but fainter. M. Edwards and Bouvier (1899, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, xiii, p. 46, pl. 1, fig. 6) give a coloured figure showing the 26 Annals of the South African Museum. whole animal orange-salmon, deeper in tint on the carapace and chelipeds. Localities.—Agulhas Bank, 150 fathoms (Miers); shallow water and 155 metres (Doflein); off Table Bay and Cape of Good Hope, 106-318 metres (Doflein); off Saldanha Bay and Cape Point, 166 fathoms he i ys Fig. 4.—Achaeopsis spinulosus Stimpson. a, carapace. 6, dactyl of 5th leg. c, sternum ¢ between chelipeds. Achaeopsis thomsoni (Norman). d, dorsal and ventral views of rostrum; in latter only basal joint of ant. 1 is indicated, and flagellum of ant. 2 omitted. e, Ist pleopod ¢ (similar in both species). (Stebbing); off Saldanha Bay, Table Bay, and Cape Point, 95-210 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Widely distributed in Atlantic and Indian Oceans, to 5. and $.E. Australia (see chart in Doflein, 1904, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 273, fig. 61), from about 55 to over 1000 fathoms. Remarks.—A common species on the Stock-fish grounds in the moderately deep water off the south-west coast, associated with Scyramathia hertwigi, and the Dromiid crabs Exodromidia spinosa and hicornis. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 27 Gen. Inacuus Fabr. 1886. Miers, Challenger Rep., xvu, p. 19. 1899. M. Edwards and Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, xiii, p. 44 (key to N. Atlantic species). 1910. Stebbing, I. c.,p. 284. @ 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 247 (Pseudo- collodes). Rostrum short, bilobate. Eyes retractile, post-ocular tooth hollowed. Basal joint of ant. 2 ventrally channelled between 2 rows of spinules. Chelipeds much stronger in ¢ than in 9, finger and thumb not gaping. Legs long and slender, the 2nd pair (Ist walking legs) longer and stronger than the following pairs, all dactyls nearly straight. Abdomen with 6 segments in both sexes. Remarks.—A curious callosity is found on the sternum of the ¢ of two European species and in both sexes of a third species. Key to the South African Species. 1. A single gastric spine, much larger than the cardiac and branchial spines. : 5 ‘ ; 2. A row of 4 small tubercles in front of the median gastric spine, which is not much larger than the cardiac and branchial spines. : : : : : . dorsettensis. giintherv. Inachus gitintheri (Miers) Fig. 5, a-c. 1879. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), iv, p. 2, pl. 4, fig. 1 (Achaeopsis g.). OE Donem) D Mersee mix. vi,.p. 44, pl. 28, fiss. 2, 3 (1. antarcticus). 1910. Stebbing, U. ¢., p. 284 (I. antarcticus) and p. 285 (Achaeopsis gtintherv). 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Stidpol. Exp., xv, p. 273, pl. 12, figs. 1-4 (I. antarcticus). 1923. Odhner, Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 26 (I. antarcticus). Rostrum extending to about middle of last peduncular joint of ant. 2. Inter-antennular tooth not prominent, often quite blunt and inconspicuous. A small supra-ocular spinule, often very incon- spicuous. A single large forwardly curving gastric spine; a small 28 Annals of the South African Museum. | spine or tubercle on each branchial region and on the cardiac region, the latter frequently with a low blunt transverse tubercle behind it. Lateral margin of hepatic region variably spinulose. Eye-stalk with Fic. 5.—Inachus giintheri (Miers). a, carapace. 6, sternum ¢ between chelipeds. c, lst pleopod 3. Inachus dorsettensis (Penn.). d, carapace. e, sternum ¢ between chelipeds. 2-3 setules on anterior apex, cornea subglobular. 4th joint of 3rd maxilliped oval, subequal to 3rd joint (excl. internal projection). A minute tubercle on posterior rim of each antennular socket, and usually 2-3 small tubercles on margin between base of ant. 2 and antennal gland. Cheliped in fully grown 3 with 4th and 6th joints nearly straight and only slightly swollen, finger and thumb shorter than rest of hand, each with one large tooth near base; in younger g Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 29 4th and 6th joints are more distinctly swcllen; 4th joint in 2 somewhat curved. 2nd leg longer and stronger than 3rd—5th; dactyls of 4th and 5th legs with several minute denticles on inner margin and a stronger one (or two) distally. Sternum in ¢ with smooth-edged flanges at bases of chelipeds, a blunt median tubercle anteriorly, and a pair posteriorly, between the latter a more or less swollen and polished area, hind margin more or less distinctly trilobate, over- hanging a rather deep depression in which the apex of the abdomen hes. Length up to g2 19 mm., breadth 17 mm.; length of cheliped, ¢ 48 mm.,2 24mm. Pale biscuit colour, eyes pale brown. Localitues.—Cape (Miers); Agulhas Bank, 155 metres (Doflein); Simon’s Bay (Lenz and Strunck); St. Sebastian Bay and Cape Barracouda, 72 metres (Odhner); False Bay and Agulhas Bank to Cape Natal (Durban), 10-100 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—lt is remarkable that in spite of Miers’ figure of the profile of this crab neither Doflein nor Lenz and Strunck recognized the species. No specimens were apparently submitted to Stebbing. There is considerable variation in the size of ovigerous 99, in the development of the median boss on the trilobate hind margin of 3 sternum, and the transverse tubercle behind the cardiac spine; the latter itself is sometimes double, 7.e. there are 2 small tubercles side by side transversely. As Doflein remarked the species appears to be closely allied to leptochirus. Inachus dorsettensis (Penn.) Heed (Cz 1777. Pennant, Brit. Zool., iv, p. 12, pl. 10, fig. 1. 1853. Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 13, fig. 1894. M. Edwards and Bouvier, es: Sci. ae Monaco, vil, p. 6. 1899. Id., bed., xiii, pp. 45, 46. 1904. Tastee L Go; Denner ?1911. Rathbun, J. ¢., p. 248, pl. 20, fig. 4 (Pseudocollodes com- plectens). 1920. Sobbing: Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 264, pl. 28, fig. A (P. complectens, * non Rathbun). 1923. Odhner, Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 19. 1927. Lebour, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plym., n.s., xiv, p. 802, figs. (larval stages). 30 Annals of the South African Museum. Rostral spines curving inwards at tips. Inter-antennular tooth as a rule prominent, curving forwards. Carapace with an erect spine on each of the gastric, cardiac, and branchial regions, a transverse row of 4 tubercles in front of the gastric spine, a tubercle on the anterior branchial region, variable denticles along lateral margins, on hepatic region, and on supra-orbital ridge. 4th joint of 3rd maxilliped slightly shorter than 3rd. In fully grown ¢ 4th and 6th joints of cheliped somewhat swollen. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs usually with a few scattered denticles, the largest one near the unguis. Sternum in ¢ with obliquely oval granulate swellings overhanging the cavity in which the abdomen les. Ist pleopod similar to that of giinthert but not so strongly curved outwards apically. Length, $2 16 mm., breadth 14 mm.; cheliped, ¢ 27 mm. Localities —Ofi Cape St. Blaize, 125 fathoms (Stebbing); Brown’s Bank, 36° 40’ 8., 21° 26’ E., 80-100 fathoms, and off Cape Natal (Durban), 54-62 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Eastern Atlantic from Norway to Cape Verde Is.; Mediterranean; Port Alexander, Angola. ? Seychelles. Remarks.—The validity of the genus Pseudocollodes seems doubtful, even if the species complectens, the 3 sternum of which is not described, is not conspecific with dersettensis. Although Stebbing did not recognize the one specimen (3), which was sent to him, as the Kuropean species, I have no hesitation in assigning the South African specimens to dorsettensis, whose distribution has already been recorded as far south as 16° 8. by Odhner. I have examined Stebbing’s specimen and 55 others. P. complectens is recorded from the Seychelles. Balss (1929, l. c., p. 4) retains the genus, and adds another species, demani, from Japan. Gen. PuatymatraA Miers 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, pp. 59, 160, 185, 271. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 286. 1916. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 50, pp. 529 sqq. 1918. Id., Biol. Res. “Endeavour,” v, p. 7. Carapace suborbicular or subtriangular. Rostrum trispinose, the large inter-antennular spine forming the median spine and projecting horizontally forwards. Hye-stalks short, stout, cornea large, sub- globular. Basal joint of ant. 2 cylindrical, freely movable. Chelipeds in g elongate. Legs very long and slender, 2nd pair strongly spinose, Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 31 6th and 7th joints of 3rd—5th pairs, or 4th and 5th pairs, flattened, more or less oar-like, thickly fringed with setae on front and hind margins. Abdomen of 7 segments in both sexes. Remarks.—Three species are now recognized from the Indo- Australian and south-east African regions, and three others (Rathbun, 1916) from the Philippines and Hast Indies. Platymaia turbyner Stebb. Fig. 6, a-c. 1902. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., 11, p. 3, pl. 5. 1910. Id., l. c., p. 286 (wyville-thomsoni, non Miers). 1918. Rathbun, l. c., p. 9. 1920. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvu, p. 232. 1923. Id., Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv. Rep. i, Spec. Rep. 3, p. 1, pl. 10. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xii, p. 120 (wyville- thomson, non Miers). (Not fully adult.) Rostrum with lower median spine much more prominent than the true rostral spines. Carapace distinctly triangular in general shape, hind margin broadly rounded; length slightly greater than breadth, and spines equally well developed in the largest as in the smallest specimens available (cf. Stebbing, 1902, pl. 5); inner margin of orbit without any spines; cornea not reaching to the largest spine on hepatic region, which thus can scarcely be described as a post-ocular spine; branchial regions well separated medio- dorsally. A blunt denticulate tooth at outer angle of buccal cavity. Basal joint of ant. 2 with 1-2 spines on lower apex, and a variable number along lower margin. Cheliped with palm of hand not longer than finger or thumb in either sex. Fringes of setae on 6th joints of 4th and 5th legs along lower front margin and the upper hind margin; this jot narrow throughout its whole length. Length (smallest and largest) 15-34 mm., breadth 13-26 mm. Stebbing (1923) had smaller specimens. Pale salmon or orange, legs with broad bands of orange. Localities —Off Cape Natal (Durban), 440 fathoms (Stebbing); off Cape Natal, 440 fathoms, and off Kast London, 400 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.); off Delagoa Bay (26° 3’ S., 33° 4’ E.), 290 metres (Barnard). Remarks.—As Miss Rathbun has shown (1918), it is difficult to identify turbyner with the Hast African and Indian Ocean form described by Doflein, who ignored both the size and the morphological peculiarities of Stebbing’s species. As regards the structure and 32 Annals of the South African Museum. proportions of the walking legs the present specimens correspond with what Doflein called Stage 1, whereas in size they correspond with Stage 4. No adult of twrbynei is known, so it is impossible to say whether the chelipeds and legs undergo changes similar to those which have been illustrated by Doflein for the species now known as alcocki Rathbun. Fic. 6.—Platymaia turbynei Stebb. a, 6, dorsal and ventral views of anterior part of carapace. In a right eye, in 6 left eye removed to show orbit (0); in 6 inter-antennular spine foreshortened in perspective. c, 1st pleopod ¢ (not fully adult). Cyrtomaia murrayi Miers. d, dorsal view of anterior part of carapace. Pleistacantha moseleyi (Miers). e, dorsal view of anterior part of carapace. (e nat. size, other figures enlarged.) In the Ist pleopod g the margins of the seminal channel are separate throughout the whole length of the appendage (fig. 6, c). The Delagoa Bay specimen was compared with the Natal examples at the time, but, being no longer in my hands, is not available for re-examination, (See Addenda.) Gen. CyrromaAtA Miers 1886. Miers, Challenger Rep., xvii, p. 14. 1893. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, p. 228 (publ. July 1893). ; Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 33 1899. Alcock, Deep-sea Brachyura “‘Investigator,”’ p. 44. 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, pp. 53, 158, 184, 190, 271. 1916. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 50, pp. 532, sqq. 1918. Id., Biol. Res. “‘ Endeavour,” v, p. 4. £929. Balss, t.'¢., p..3- Carapace broader than long, very convex. Rostrum bispinose, the inter-antennular spine not greatly exceeding the 2 rostral spines and not projecting horizontally forwards. Two very long spines on gastric region. Hye-stalks not so stout as in Platymaia, cornea ovoid, with apical tubercle. Basal joint of ant. 2 cylindrical, not fixed distally to side of rostrum, but scarcely (if at all) movable. Chelipeds in ¢ elongate. Legs very long and slender, 2nd pair spinose, 6th and 7th joints of hinder pairs sometimes fringed with setae. Abdomen of 7 segments in both sexes. Remarks.—Five or six species from the Indo-Pacific and Australian regions. Cyrtomaia murrayt Miers Hig. 6, d. 1886. Miers, I. c., p. 15, pl. 3, fig. 1. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 120. Carapace with irregularly scattered granules; the 2 long gastric spines slightly divergent, 2 small median spines behind them; the anterior branchial spine larger than the posterior one; cardiac region with 2 prominences each with 2 tubercles, the hinder one slightly the larger; a small median spine on hind margin; lateral margins and hepatic regions with several small spines and tubercles. The largest hepatic spine forms the post-ocular spine; between it and the spine above insertion of eye-stalk is a small denticle lying just outside the orbit. Basal joint of ant. 2 with 2 spines distally and 2 others proximally, 2nd and 3rd joints cylindrical, non-spinose. Hye-stalks rather slender. 4th leg with 6th and 7th joints flattened and fringed with setae (chelipeds and other legs lost). Length 15 mm., breadth 18 mm. Locality.—Off coast of Portuguese Hast Africa (Barnard). Distribution.—EKast Indies, 140 fathoms. Remarks.—Only a single ovigerous 2 was captured. Although Doflein described a species or subspecies (platyceros) from farther up the Hast coast of Africa, the present specimen agrees with murrayz in the spination and fringed 4th leg. VOL. XXXVIIE- 3 34 Annals of the South African Museum. Gen. PLEISTACANTHA Miers 1879. Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 24, and J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 646. 1881. M. Edwards, C.R. Ac. Sci. Paris, xcii (Lrgasticus). 1886. Miers, Challenger Rep., xvi, p. 29 (Hrgasticus) and p. 31 (Echinoplaz). 1894. M. Edwards and Bouvier, Res. Sci..Camp. Monaco, vii, p. 9 (Lrgasticus). 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 178 (Echinoplaz). 1899. Id., Deep-sea Brachyura “Investigator,” p. 42 (Echinoplaz). 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 76. 1922. Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, Ixii, p. 80. Carapace triangular, longer than broad, with very numerous, not very long, spines and tubercles. Rostrum bispinose, with subsidiary spines, the inter-antennular spine simple or bifid, projecting ventrally. Eye-stalks stout, cornea subglobular. Basal joint of ant. 2 cylindrical, not fused distally with side of rostrum, but scarcely if at all movable, not, or only partially, visible in dorsal view. Chelipeds in ¢ longer than in 9. Legs moderately long, 2nd pair longest, all legs spinose, with spinose and furry dactyls. Abdomen of 7 segments in both sexes. Remarks.—Atlantic, Mediterranean, and Indo-Pacific. Pleistacantha moseleyi (Miers) Hig: 6, @: 1886. Miers, l. c., p. 32, pl. 4, figs. 2, 2, a—c. 1891. Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vii, p. 259 (pungens). 1896 and 1899. Alcock, Illustr. Zool. “Investigator,” pl. 17, fig. 1 (2), and pl. 39 (g) (pungens). 1904. Doflein, I. c., p. 76, pl. 24, figs. 5, 6, pls. 25, 26. 1923. Stebbing, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv. Rep., iii, Spec. Rep. 3, p. 2. 1933. von Bonde, C., abid., Rep. 10, pp. 59, 60 (locality records). Inter-antennular spine bifid. Spines and tubercles on carapace all more or less of same size. Chelipeds and legs more strongly spinose in 2 than in 3g, though the chelipeds in the latter are more robust. Length (2) 133 mm., breadth 84 mm. (Stebbing); another 9, in S. African Museum, measures 120x82 mm. Pale yellow, eggs violet. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 35 Localities —Off Umvoti River, Natal, 130 fathoms (Stebbing, and S. Afr. Mus.); off Durban, 172-205 fathoms (Fishery Survey). Distribution.—-Philippine Is., 375 fathoms; Andaman Sea, 112-250 fathoms; Nicobars and Kast coast of Africa, 296-614 metres. Famity ACANTHONYCHIDAE. 1910. Stebbing, 1. c., p. 286. Basal joint of ant. 2 broad, especially at base, apically truncate, and completely fused with epistome. No true orbits. Post-ocular tooth, when present, not hollowed to receive the eye. Remarks.—A prominent inter-antennular spine is not developed in any of the South African species. Key to the South African Genera. I. Rostrum very large, conical, apically notched. No salient supra-orbital spine or post-ocular tooth. es com- pletely sunk (fig. 7, a) . : : . Aenocarcinus. II. Rostrum flanked by salient supra- arbital: spines. A. Walking legs not subchelate, 6th joint cylindrical. ‘1. Rostrum bifid. a. A small post-ocular tubercle. Large species . é Antilibinia. 6. An outstanding post- ae ieojeetion: Small species . : . Menaethiops. 2. Rostrum simple. No post-ocular iaberels a. Rostrum laterally compressed. Supra- orbital spine small. Eyes scarcely reaching margin of carapace. Cara- pace 2 with lateral foliaceous lobes . Huenia. 6. Rostrum dorso-ventrally depressed. Supra- orbital tooth large. Eyes short, but reaching beyond margin of carapace. Carapace 2 without foliaceous lobes. Menaethius. B. Walking legs subchelate, 6th joint with a setiferous projection on inner margin against which the dactyl impinges (fig.10,d) . : 3 . Dehaanius. Nott.—L£pialius vetchi Stebb. 1920 is an EHlamena (Hymenosomatidae). H. scutellatus (Miers 1886 and Stebbing 1910) is a Dehaanius. Gen. XENOCARCINUS White 1847. White in Jukes’ Voyage H.MS. Fly, ui, p. 335. 1865. M. Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. Fr. (4), v, p. 144 (Huenzoides). 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 191. 36 Annals of the South African Museum. 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. Néerland, iii, fase. 15, p. 69. 1938. Balss, Medd. Goteb. Mus., Ixxv, p. 20. Carapace narrow, elongate. Rostrum stout, conical, apically notched. Eyes completely sunk in carapace. No supra- or post- ocular spines. Ant. 2 completely hidden beneath rostrum. Chelipeds not much shorter or stouter than 2nd legs; 4th and 5th legs short; dactyls of 2nd—5th legs serrate on inner margins. Abdomen in 2 of 5 segments, the 4th—6th being fused. Xenocarcinus tuberculatus White Big. (aa: 1879. Miers, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 648, pl. 12, fig. 5 (rostrum). ? 1895, Alcock, inc. 192: 21898. Id., Illustr. Zool. “Investigator,” pl. 33, figs. 3, 3, a. 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 248. 1934. Gordon, I. c., pp. 69, 70, 72, fig. 37, b, c. 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 109, fig. 21, C, D.(plpe ts, 27 3): Carapace with more or iess strongly raised tubercles, typically in transverse rows. 4th joint of 2nd—5th legs smooth; dactyls with a single row of serrations. Length (ovig. 2) 23 mm., breadth 9 mm. Alcock’s specimens were reddish, with a yellow median stripe from rostrum to abdomen, and a wavy yellow line on each side. Localities.—Aliwal Shoal, Natal, 25 fathoms, and off Pondoland coast, 30 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution Hong Kong. % Ceylon, Andamans, Cargados Carajos, Chagos Archipelago. Remarks.—Dr. Gordon points out that Alcock’s specimens according to his description and figure, had nodular chelipeds and legs; in the type, and also in the South African specimens, they are quite smooth. I have seen no ¢. Gen. ANTILIBINIA McLeay ? 1878. M. Edwards, Crust. Regne Mexico, p. 138 (Taliepus). 1930. Stebbing, I. ¢., p. 287. 1916. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 50, p. 537. 1918. Id., Biol. Res. “Endeavour,” v, p. 13. ¢ 1925. Id., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 129, p. 162 (Taliepus). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 37 Large species. Carapace subcircular, dorsally smooth but more or less uneven in adult, in young with tubercles; hepatic and branchial spines near margin; glabrous in adult but covered with short thick pile in young. Rostrum short, bifid. A supra-orbital spine, and a small post-ocular tubercle which is not hollowed. Eye-stalk short, but visible in dorsal view. Movable joints of ant. 2 visible dorsally. Chelipeds stouter and usually longer than 2nd leg, especially in d, apices of finger and thumb slightly spooned. 2nd—5th legs strong, a b d ¢ Fie. 7.—Xenocarcinus tuberculatus White. a, dorsal view of carapace. b, ventral view of rostral area. Antilibinia smithit McLeay. c, dorsal view of carapace of juv. 23 mm. in length, left side cleaned. d, Ist pleopod g. dactyls with a double row of serrations on inner margin, and with strong curved unguis. Abdomen (fide Krauss) with 7 segments in both sexes. Remarks.—The deep-water 8. Australian species lappacea Rathbun 1918, with carapace distinctly longer than broad, and rather long rostral horns, does not seem to me to fit well into this genus, especially as the 9 has the abdomen with 6 segments instead of 7, although I have not been able to check Krauss’ statement in regard to the 9 of the South African species. On the other hand, there is such an obvious affinity between the Californian Taliepus and Antilibinia that I would sink the former as a synonym. Rathbun’s figures (1925, J. c., pls. 54, 55) of T. dentatus might almost be taken from a specimen of A. smithii, except for the smaller supra-orbital spine and the position of the tubercle behind 38 Annals of the South African Museum. eye; even the peculiar sculpturing of the under surface of hand of cheliped is the same in the two species. Taliepus was proposed as a subgenus of Epialtus, and Antilibinia was also regarded as such by Miers (1879, p. 650), who included dentatus in the latter subgenus. Antilibinia smithi McLeay Smith's Sprder-crab. Bice. a: 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 57, pl. 2. 1843. Krauss, Siidafr. Crust., p. 49, pl. 3, fig. 4, a-c. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 287. 1918. Zd., Ann. Durban Mus., ui, p. 49. Carapace with setiferous tubercles in young, but smooth in adult. Hepatic spine acute, curving forwards and inwards, 2 branchial knobs, acute in young, becoming quite blunt in adult. In large specimens middle branchial region more or less coarsely pitted, an oval rugose or pitted area on hinder branchial region each side of intestinal region. Chelipeds in g robust. No tooth on inner margin of 6th joint of legs. . The double row of serrations on the dactyls becomes obsolete in large specimens. Sternum and abdomen, legs and 4th and 5th joints of chelipeds sparsely punctate (large 3). Length up to ($) 72 mm., breadth 67 mm. Various shades of brown, reddish, or greenish, more or less mottled, or with small black spots, chelipeds and legs with fine striae (cf. McLeay’s figure). Localities.—Natal (McLeay, Krauss, Stebbing); Winkle Spruit, Port Shepstone, Durban, East London (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—This crab lives in rocky habitats, exposed to the breakers; unlike most Spider-crabs it is remarkably free from growths of sea- weeds, Hydroids, etc., especially when adult. It is the largest of the South African littoral and shallow-water Spider-crabs. Thaveseenno. Juveniles are easily distinguished from Dehaanius dentatus by the shape of the 6th joint of the legs. Gen. Menarrtrutiors Alcock 1895. Alcock, I. c., p. 289. 1906. Nobili, Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg., xc, p. 106 (Parahoplophrys). 1929. Balss, l. c., p. 8. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 39 Carapace ovate-triangular, more or less constricted in front of hepatic region. Rostrum bifid. No post-ocular spine (Alcock); post-ocular spine fused with the posteriorly expanded supra-orbital ridge (Balss). Basal joint of ant.2 expanded. Chelipeds not strongly enlarged. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes. Remarks.—Balss recognizes 5 species from the Western Indian Ocean, including fascicularis after examination of Krauss’ type specimens. Stephensen (1945, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 99, fig. 18, D) figures the plp. 1d of M. nodulosa (Nob.) which is similar to that of fascicularis. Menaethiops fascicularis (Krauss) Fig. 8. 1843. Krauss, Siidafr. Crust., p. 50, pl. 3, fig. 5, a-d (Pisa f.). 1886. Miers, Challenger Rep., xvii, p. 56 (Hyastenus ?). 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 288 (Pasa f., sed incert. sedis). 1918. Zd., Ann. Durban Mus., ui, p. 50 (Hyastenus f.). 1921. Td., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xviii, p. 454 (Blastus f.). 1929-Balss, 1: ¢:; ps 9) fig. 3: Carapace with regions well defined, covered with close short pile, and numerous. tufts of hooked setae. Rostral prongs rather short and stout, porrect. Inter-antennular tooth inconspicuous. Supra- orbital ridge not very prominent, rounded or feebly angulate anteriorly, and posteriorly continued into the post-ocular tooth without any slit; post-ocular tooth flattened dorso-ventrally, denticulate, not hollowed. A small tubercle on hepatic region (easily overlooked), 2-3 flattened denticles on subhepatic region, and a row of denticles from outer angle of buccal cavity across pterygostomial region. Outer apex of the broad basal joint of ant. 2 strongly produced, visible in dorsal view; a small denticle at inner (ventral) apex, and another just external to opening of antennal gland; whole outer margin minutely serrulate. Hye-stalk well developed, for most part visible in dorsal view. Cheliped in g short, 3-4 rows of tubercles on 4th and 5th joints, hand somewhat inflated, smooth and glabrous, finger and thumb gaping at base. 2nd leg not much longer than others; dactyls (incl. that of 2nd leg) with a row of rather prominent denticles on inner margin. Sternum of g$ evenly convex, without hollows at bases of legs. Abdomen of $ with 6th segment wider than 5th. 40 Annals of the South African Museum. Length 9 mm., breadth 7 mm. Drab with numerous red dots on carapace when cleaned, finger and thumb of chelipeds blotched or banded with bright crimson. tt, sd oe vibe - Si " ji 18) ie e, Sa ey TRG) og Jessie Roy g 2 e +e y rt Fie. 8.—WMenaelthiops fascicularis (Krauss). Carapace, partly cleaned, and Ist pleopod 3. Localities.—Natal (Krauss); Durban (Stebbing, and 8. Afr. Mus.); Umblali, Umtwalumi, and Impengazi (Natal and Zululand) (coll. T. A. Stephenson). Distribution.—Mauritius (Richters). Remarks.— Miers noticed that Krauss’ figure shows the orbit entire above, which is correct, but which excludes the species from the genus Hyastenus. Gen. Huenta de Haan 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 194 (references). Carapace depressed, elongate triangular in ¢g, with large lateral branchial lobe, with or without lateral hepatic teeth; subquadrangular in 2 with large foliaceous hepatic and branchial lobes. Supra-orbital spine present, post-ocular tooth absent. Rostrum simple, more or less acute, laterally compressed. Eyes very small, almost immovable. Chelipeds moderately developed in 3. 2nd leg rather long, especially in 3, the others short, 6th joint with tuft of setae on a slight projection Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 41 near end of inner margin, best developed on 2nd leg; dactyls short, stout, not much curved, inner margin doubly serrate. Abdomen with 7 segments in g, 5 in 9 (4th—6th segments fused). Huema proteus de Haan Fig. 9, a-f. 1865. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. Fr. (4), v, p. 143, pl. 4, fig. 2 (grandidert). 1884. Miers, Crust. H.M.S. Alert, pp. 191 and 520 (pacifica). 1893. Stebbing, Hist. Crust., p. 107, figs. 5-7. 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 39 (grandidierr kept separate from proteus). 1895. Alcock, l. ¢., p. 195. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 662. 1905. Lenz, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxvii, p. 342, pl. 47, figs. 2, 2, a-c (grandidiert). 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 249. 1915. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 57. 1917. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., i, p. 435. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xin, p. 120. 1927. Hale, Crust. 8. Austral., pt. 1, p. 133, fig. 132. Carapace very variable in shape, but depressed, with 2 low prominences in middle line. Rostrum short or rather long. Finger and thumb of cheliped in adult ¢ gaping at base, in 2 and young ¢ with their opposed margins meeting for nearly whole length. Length up to 30 mm. Localities —Durban (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (Barnard). Distribution.—Kast coast of Africa, Indo-Pacific to Australia, China, Japan, Fiji Is. 0-80 fathoms. Remarks.—The 2 is mostly found on the calcareous Green Alga Halimeda, the segments of which it resembles in shape; the ¢ apparently roams about more freely. Halimeda is recorded as far south as Algoa Bay. The closely allied Trigonothir (=Simocarcinus) pyramidatus occurs at Mauritius (cf. Balss, Medd. Géteb. Mus., Ixxv, p. 18, 1938). Gen. Menaetuius M. Edw. 1834. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 338. 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 197. 42 Annals of the South African Museum. Carapace triangular or pyriform, ? without foliaceous lateral lobes, surface tuberculate. Supra-orbital tooth strong, horizontal, laminar; post-ocular tooth absent. Rostrum simple, acute, dorso-ventrally depressed. Eyes short, but projecting slightly beyond margin of Fic. 9.—Huenia proteus de Haan. a-c, outlines of g. d, e, outlines of 9. f, carapace of 2 from Delagoa Bay, with side view of rostrum. Menaethius monoceros (Latr.). g, carapace, with side view of rostrum. h, 1st pleopod (right) 3, with internal view of apex. (a, c, d, after Stebbing, 1893. 6, e, after Borradaile, 1903. a is a juvenile.) carapace. Chelipeds in 3 well developed, finger and thumb gaping at base. Legs short, 2nd longest, 6th joint cylindrical, with tuft of setae on inner margin, dactyls not strongly curved, with double row of serrations on inner margin. Abdomen in ¢ with 7, in 9 with 5, segments. | inj cial Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 43 Menaethius monoceros (Latr.) Fig. 9, g, h. 1830. Rippell, Krab. Roth. Meer., p. 24, pl. 5, fig. 4, pl. 6, fig. 19 (Inachus arahicus). 1875. Paulson, Red Sea Crust., p. 6, pl. 2, figs. 2, 3, a, 6, 4 (and var. subserratus). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 39. 1895. Alcock, l. c., p. 197 (references). 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 662. 1904. Dofiein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 78. 1905. Lenz, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxvii, p. 343. 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 25, pl. 3, fig. 6 (subserratus and dentatus), p. 26 (depressus). 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 249. 1931. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxiii, p. 324. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u, p. 72. 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 105, fig. 20, A (plp.1¢). ; The rather strongly tuberculate carapace and the strong laminate supra-orbital teeth distinguish this crab from triangular-shaped examples of H. proteus. The lateral projections are often stronger and more dentiform than in the specimen here figured, which corre- sponds with Ruppell’s figure. Length up to 26 mm. Localities—Mozambique Island (K.H.B. coll. 1912); Zululand coast (S. Afr. Mus.); Delagoa Bay (van der Horst coll., also Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Disiribution.—Red Sea, East coast of Africa, Mauritius, Indo- Pacific to Australia, China, Fiji, Sandwich Is. Gen. Drnaantus McLeay 1910. Stebbing, /. c., p. 287. 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 99 (Acanthonyz) (key to Indo-Pacific species). Carapace more or less quadrangular or shield-shaped, the lateral hepatic tooth, and the branchial tooth when present, horizontal, laminar, more or less produced; surface smooth or the regions feebly marked. Rostrum bifid. Supra-orbital tooth well developed; post- ee AO = | 44 Annals of the South African Museum. ocular tooth present or absent. Chelipeds larger in ¢ than in 9. Legs short, robust, subchelate, the 6th joint having a setiferous projection on inner margin against which the dactyl impinges, inner margin of dactyls with double row of serrations. Abdomen with 7 segments in g, 5 in 9, 4th-6th segments fused, the sutures obsolete or indistinct. Remarks.—Apparently the only difference between this genus and Acanthonyz is the 7 segmented $ abdomen. The genotype of Acan- thonyx (A. lunulatus) has a 6-segmented § abdomen and no post- ocular tooth. The latter character obviously has little generic value. Ortmann saw no reason for maintaining Dehaanius, and Stephensen inclines to the same opinion. Key to the South African Species. 1. Post-ocular tooth present. a, Carapace subtriangular, (antero-) lateral margins diverging posteriorly. i. Two large triangular (hepatic and branchial) lateral teeth . ; : ‘ 5 . dentatus. ii. Three subequal teeth behind the hepatic tooth . 4-dentatus. b. Carapace shield-shaped, sides nearly parallel . . undulatus. 2. Post-ocular tooth absent. Carapace shield-shaped, sides nearly parallel ‘ : ! ; : 7 . scutellatus. Dehaanius dentatus (M. Edw.) Hig. 10) a, 0: 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8S. Afr., pp. 57 and 58, pl. 3, figs. a-c (acanthopus). ¢ 1862. Milne Edwards, F. carc. Réunion, p. 7, pl. 17, fig. 3 (con- sobrinus). 1875. Paulson, Red Sea Crust., p. 7, pl. 3, fig. 1 (consobrinus, ? non M. Edwards). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 39. ¢ 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixiv, p. 199 (consobrinus) (quotes Heller). 1910. Stebbing, J. ¢., p. 287 (references). 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol Exp., xv, Deane 1920. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 264, pl. 28, fig. B (Pugetia quadridens, non de Haan). 1923. Odhner, Med. Géteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 26. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 362. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 45 Rostral prongs rather long and usually rather slender. Carapace with regions fairly well defined in most specimens, with several small setiferous tubercles in young (Stebbing, 1920, fig.), which mostly become obsolete in adult, but 2 on anterior gastric region usually D) { 1 1 | ! { | | ! | ! ! 1 i { Fic. 10.—Dehaanius dentatus (M. Edw.). a, carapace. 6, Ist pleopod g, apex further enlarged (scutellatus and undulatus are similar). Dehaanius scutellatus (McLeay). c, carapace. d, lower surface of 6th joint and dactyl of leg, dactyl drawn somewhat obliquely to show double serration. Dehaanius 4-dentatus (Krauss), e, carapace. jf, Ist pleopod g, apex further enlarged. Dehaanius undulatus Brnrd. g, carapace. present; lateral hepatic and branchial teeth large, acute, with some- times a small blunt projection or a sharp denticle between them. Post-ocular tooth present. Outer apex of basal joint of ant. 2 acute, shortly spiniform. Eye-stalk with small tubercle on anterior apex. Carapace, sternum, abdomen, chelipeds, and legs covered with short 46 Annals of the South African Museum. close pile, the lateral points of carapace and the tubercles with hooked setae. Length up to 25 mm., breadth 20 mm., 9 slightly smaller. Smallest specimen examined 6 mm. Various shades of brown, olive, russet, red, or maroon, often mottled with white, legs often banded; or cream with red markings; according to the colour of the surrounding habitat. Localities—False Bay (Stimpson, Miers, Stebbing, Lenz and Strunck); Walker Bay, 43 metres (Odhner); Algoa Bay (Ortmann, Stebbing); Natal (Krauss); off Tugela R., Natal (Stebbing); False Bay to East London and Natal, 0-22 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.); off Cape Point, 145 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus. label sec, obviously an error). Distribution (of consobrinus).—Red Sea; Réunion; Madras. Remarks.—Both Paulson and Stebbing regarded the Red Sea specimens as synonymous with 4-dentatus. Paulson’s figure, however, seems obviously to represent a specimen of dentatus. I have not seen Milne Edwards’ figure of consobrinus from Réunion. Heller’s descrip- tion will not fit (e.g. no post-ocular tooth). The true 4-dentatus, however, is quite distinct not only in the carapace characters, but also in the Ist pleopod 3. in regard to this last character dentatus, scutellatus, and undulatus are more closely allied to each other than to 4-dentatus. i I have seen the specimen identified by Stebbing as Pugetia quad- ridens; it is merely a young D. dentatus. Dehaanius 4-dentatus (Krauss) Hye? 10,697. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 49, pl. 3, fig. 7, a-c (name written as above). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 39. 1910. Stebbing, J. ¢., p. 288 (references, excluding Paulson’s consobrinus). 1918. Jd., Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 49. Rostral prongs rather short and stout. Carapace smooth, sub- triangular, hepatic tooth moderately well developed, behind which 3 subequal triangular teeth, all setiferous. Post-ocular tooth present, and a small denticle between it and the hepatic tooth. Two tubercles at base of rostrum, 4 on gastric region (sometimes only 2), 2 on Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 47 posterior branchial region and 4 medio-dorsal, all bearing hooked setae. Other characters, except lst pleopod ¢ (fig. 10 f), as in dentatus. Length up to 23 mm., breadth 10 mm. Yellowish brown. Localities.—Natal (Krauss); Isipingo, Natal (Stebbing); Hast London, Durban, Delagoa Bay (8S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Dar-es-Salaam (Ortmann); Mauritius (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—With the exception of Ortmann’s and Stebbing’s records, this species does not seem to have been reported since Krauss’ time. Dehaanius undulatus Brurd. Bigs 10565 -¢: 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 361. Rostral prongs rather short and stout. Carapace smooth, shield- shaped, hepatic tooth moderately well developed, behind which the lateral margin is undulate with 3 blunt and feeble, setiferous denticles. Post-ocular tooth present. Two tubercles at base of rostrum, 4 on gastric region and 2 on posterior branchial regions, all setiferous. Other characters as in dentatus. Length up to 17 mm., breadth 11-12 mm. Localities—Durban (S. Afr. Mus.); Delagoa Bay (K.H.B. coll. 1912). Remarks.—Resembles Acanthonyx lunulatus (Risso) (see Monod, 1933, Bull. Com. Et. sci. Afr. occid. Frang., xv, fig. 7, D) in general shape, but has 3 tubercles on lateral margin and a post-ocular tooth. Dehaanius scutellatus (McLeay) ioe lOM tbs es cd. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa S. Aft., p. 57 (Acanthonyz s.). 1843. Krauss, Siidafr. Crust., p. 47, pl. 3, fig. 6, a—-c (A. macleaiz). 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 199 (A. macleay:). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 288 (macleaiz). 1910. Id., ibid., p. 288 (Epialtus scutellatus). 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., xiii, p. 120 (macleaz). 1947. Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 362. Rostral prongs rather short and stout. Carapace smooth, shield- shaped, nearly parallel-sided; hepatic tooth well developed, behind which lateral margin is nearly straight with a feeble setiferous tubercle. Post-ocular tooth absent. Two setiferous tubercles at base of rostrum 48 Annals of the South African Museum. and 2 feeble ones on gastric region. Outer apex of basal joint of ant. 2 blunt. Other characters as in dentatus. Length up to (2) 21 mm., breadth 15 mm. Localities.—Natal rae aiee Isipingo, Port Shepstone, Durban and Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Karachi (Alcock); Mauritius (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—McLeay stated that a tooth was present at the “external angle of orbit.” Ifthe specimen is viewed from the side, the anterior angle of orbit might be regarded as external. Krauss evidently assumed that the posterior angle of the orbit as seen in dorsal view was the “‘external”’ angle and consequently instituted a new species for his specimens, although he fully recognized the close similarity between them and McLeay’s description. That both authors are referring to one and the same species is confirmed by the photograph of McLeay’s type specimen in the Sydney Museum, for which I have to thank Mr. Melbourne Ward. Famity BLASTIDAE. 1910. Stebbing, UJ. c., p. 288. The basal joint of ant. 2 is broad as in Acanthonychidae but the orbits are more completely developed, the post-ocular tooth being always present, and hollowed for reception of the cornea. Key to the South African Genera. 1. Rostrum shortly triangular with apical slit ; . . Doclea. 2. Rostrum with 2 long spines, separate from base, and more or less divergent apically. a. Supra-orbital ridge well separated from the post-ocular tooth. i. Carapace (in the 8. African species) with flat- topped tubercles. Rostral spines simple (fig. 11, b) ‘ : ‘ . NScyramatha. ii. Carapace without flat-topped faerie Rostral spines with accessory spine on inner margin towards apex (fig. 11, d, e) , ; Nazxioides. b. Supra-orbital ridge closely approximate to post- donee tooth, separated by a narrow, more or less closed, keyhole shaped slit. i. Carapace with a few slender spines. Chelipeds and legs not strongly tuberculate ; Hyastenus. ii, Carapace,chelipeds,and legs strongly Euberculees tubercles on carapace mostly flat-topped . Hurynome. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 49 Gen. DoctEA Leach 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 225. 1918. Rathbun, Biol. Res. “‘Endeavour,” v, p. 16. 1929. Balss, l. ¢., p. 14. 1935. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxvu, pp. 467 sqq., fig. 1 (3 pleopods of 4 species). Carapace subcircular, with lateral and often also dorsal spines. Rostrum shortly triangular, apically notched or bifid. No supra- orbital tooth. Post-ocular tooth hollowed, separated from supra- orbital ridge by a narrow slit. Hyes small. Antenna 1 short; basal joint of ant. 2 produced in a sharp tooth at outer apex; flagella of both antennae much reduced. Chelipeds largerin § thanin?. Dactyls of walking legs long, especially in 2nd leg, smooth. Abdomen with 7 segments in J, 7 or 4 in &. Doclea muricata (Herbst) Bie il. 1920. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 232. A medio-dorsal line of tubercles or short spines from base of rostrum to hind margin of carapace, the spine on the hind margin being the largest; antero-lateral margin with 4 spines; 2 spines, one behind the other, on branchial region, and some small tubercles between branchial and gastric regions. A denticulate flat tooth at angle of buccal cavity. Pterygostomial region not longitudinally channelled (external to 3rd maxilliped). Abdomen of 2 with 4 segments (3rd—6th segments fused). Carapace, chelipeds, and legs (except hands of chelipeds and dactyls of legs) covered with very close short velvety pile. Length 38 mm., breadth (excl. spines) 29 mm. Locahty.—Off Port Shepstone, Natal, 34 fathoms (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Indo- Pacific. Gen. ScyRAMATHIA M. Edw. 1910. Stebbing, I. ¢., p. 289. Carapace triangular or pyriform, with spines and tubercles, the lateral hepatic and branchial ones being prominent. Rostrum of 2 long, slender simple spines, separated at their bases and usually VOL. XXXVIII. 4. 50 Annals of the South African Museum. divergent. Supra-orbital tooth or spine present. Post-ocular tooth usually not much hollowed, separated by a distinct gap from supra- orbital ridge. Eyes small. Chelipeds in adult ¢ considerably elongated; 2nd leg markedly longer than the others. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes. Remarks.—Deep and moderately deep water in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans. Scyramathia hertwigi Doflein idilee IL ae @: 1902. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., 11, p. 7, pl. 6. 1910 Wd) ves. pr 280. Rostral spines 4 (very young, 8 mm. carapace length), 2 or 4 (juv. 15 mm.) to + or } (adult) length of rest of carapace, subparallel or feebly diverging. Lateral hepatic and branchial spines conical and acute in juv., becoming blunted and flattened in adult, the hepatic spine flattened on outer side, the branchial on hinder side; median anterior gastric spine and spine on hind margin of carapace remain more or less acute throughout life; the tubercles on postero-gastric, branchial and cardiac regions are flat-topped in young (12 mm. length) except the one on branchial region flanking the cardiac tubercle; in smallest specimen examined (8 mm.) the tubercles are bluntly conical and the lateral hepatic and branchial spines very slender; the externally flattened post-ocular tooth joined to the hepatic tooth by a blunt ridge in juv., by a keeled ridge in adult. Cheliped in g, 4th and 5th joints with 2 denticulate keels dorsally, and one ventrally on 4th joint, 6th joint with keeled upper edge; hand, finger, and thumb minutely and closely granulate; in @ all ridges much less developed and without denticles on 4th and 5th joints. 2nd—5th legs smooth, lower margin of dactyls of 3rd—5th legs with a row of minute spaced denticles (at all ages). Whole body, chelipeds (except finger and thumb), and legs (except ungues) closely covered with vesicular setae, mixed with ordinary setules on the dactyls; longer hooked setae on rostral prongs, on 2 patches on gastric region, and on sides below the hepatic and branchial spines. Eggs small and very numerous. Length up to ¢ 63 mm., 2 43 mm., breadth (at level of, but excl. lateral branchial spines) g 40 mm., ? 25 mm., cheliped, ¢ 160 mm., 242mm. Buff or pale greyish. Localities. —Off Cape Peninsula, 140 fathoms (Stebbing); off Cape Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 51 Point and on Agulhas Bank as far east as 23° E., 318-500 metres (Doflein); off Table Bay, Cape Peninsula and Cape Point, as far south as 36° 40’ §., 21° 26’ E., 140-230 fathoms (8S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Very close to and possibly only a subspecies of carpenteri (Norman) which occurs in the N. Atlantic from the Shetlands to the Fic. 11.—Doclea muricata (Herbst). a, carapace, pile cleaned off left side. Scyramathia hertwigi Doflein. 6, carapace, partly cleaned. c, Ist pleopod . Naxioides hirta M. Edw. d, carapace, rostral prongs broken (copy from Hilgen- dorf, 1878). e, rostral prongs of N. robillardi Miers to show accessory spinules (copy from Miers, 1882). Hyastenus spinosus M. Edw. ff, carapace, cleaned. Azores. S. hertwigi is distinguished by its shorter and less divergent rostral spines; in this respect the young are nearer to carpenteri than the adults (cf. figure in M. Edwards and Bouvier, 1899, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, xiul, pl. 1, fig. 4). Common on the Stock-fish grounds north-west of Table Bay. Most examples are covered with Hydroids, Tunicates, or Sponges, sometimes nearly completely enveloped in a sponge. The Bopyrid parasite Scyracepon levis Brnrd. 1940 is found in the branchial cavity. 52 Annals of the South African Museum. Gen. Naxiorpes M. Edw. 1865. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. entom. Fr. (4), v, p. 142. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 784 (Podopisa). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 42 (Nama, part, key to species). 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixiv, p. 216 (Naava, part). 1929. Balss, l. c., p. 14. Carapace pyriform. Rostral spines subparallel or divergent, with a small accessory spine on inner (upper) margin near apex. Supra- orbital ridge prominent, anteriorly more or less spiniformly produced. Post-ocular tooth unequally bi- or tri-lobed. Cheliped larger in ¢ than in 9; legs smooth and rather slender, 2nd leg longer than others. Abdomen in ¢ with 7 segments, in 9 with some of the segments coalesced. Remarks.—Distinguished from Hyastenus by the accessory spinules on the rostral spines. Ortmann and Alcock place Naaioides as a synonym of Nazia. Key to the South African [Mauritian] Species. 1. Carapace with comparatively few and rather blunt tubercles. a. Nospine at end of 4th joint of 2nd—5th legs ; . harta. b. A spine at end of 4th joint of 2nd leg, and a knob on end of 4th joint of 3rd leg ‘ ‘ [spinigera]. 2. Carapace with numerous sharp spines. A spine at end of 4th joint of 2nd—5th legs ; : ; . . [robillard]. Naxioides hirta M. Edw. Big iad: 1865. Milne Edwards, l. c., p. 1438, pl. 4, fig. 1. 1878. Hilgendorf, l. c., p. 785, pl. 1, figs. 1-5 (Podopisa petersit). 1884. Miers, Zool. H.M.S. Alert, p. 523 (petersit). 1887. de Man, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxii, p. 19 (petersii). 1895. Alcock, I. c., p. 218. 1903. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., ii, p. 687. 1910. Lenz. Voeltzkow Reise Ostafr., ii, p. 541 (Nazia h.). 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 253. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., 11, p. 73. Rostral spines nearly parallel. Carapace with regions well defined, unevenly granular and tubercular; 2 stout spines on each branchial region, a large median tubercle on hind margin, and a smaller one Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 53 laterally on pterygostomial region. Supra-orbital spine obsolete. Basal joint of ant. 2 with stout spine at outer apex and a tooth in middle of outer border. No spine at apex of 4th joint of 2nd—5th legs. Length (to fork of rostrum) 46 mm., breadth 33 mm. Locality.—Mozambique (Hilgendorf). Distribution —Mauritius, Zanzibar, Amirante Is., Seychelles, Mal- dives and Laccadives, Ceylon, Andaman Is., Philippine Is. Remarks.—N. robillard: Miers (1882, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 339, pl. 20, figs 1, 1, a—c) from Mauritius, differs in having more numerous and sharper spines on carapace, and a spine at end of 4th joint on 2nd—5th legs. Gen. Hyastrenus White 1847. White, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 56. 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixiv, p. 206. 1894. Ortmann. Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 41 (key to species). 1913. Calman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xi, p. 313 (validity of name). 1917. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 25. 1938. Monod, Mem. Inst. d’ Egypte, xxxvii, p. 103, fig. 4 (figures of plp. 1 3). [Halimus Rathbun 1897, Stebbing 1908 and 1910, not Latreille.] Carapace pyriform. Rostral spines long, divergent, without accessory spinules. Supra-orbital ridge prominent, anteriorly more or less spiniformly produced, separated from the post-ocular tooth by a narrow, often half-closed or keyhole-shaped slit. Basal joint of ant. 2 broad, outer apex sometimes acutely produced. Chelipeds in S$ enlarged; 2nd leg usually much longer than the others. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes. Hyastenus spinosus M. Kdw. Big ett. i: 2 1851. Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mosambic, fasc. 5, p. 75 (Chorinus aries M. Edw.). 1872. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, viii, p. 250. ¢ 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 786 (C. arves). £895. Alcock, f. ¢., p. 211. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 285 (Halimus diacanthus, non de Haan). 1917. Id., l.c., p. 25 (uncifer non Calman). 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 120 (diacanthus var. spinosus). 54 Annals of the South African Museum. Rostral spines $—2 length of rest of carapace, shorterin?. Carapace (when denuded) smooth and polished, 2 median spines, or a spine and a tubercle, on gastric region, a low truncated prominence on cardiac region, a strong median spine near hind margin, a strong spine on the branchial region projecting laterally, a tooth on subhepatic region. Supra-orbital ridge anteriorly shortly acute. Outer apex of basal joint of ant. 2 quadrate but not acutely produced. Dactyls of legs with a single row of denticles on inner margin, except on 2nd leg where there are only 2-3 apically. Sternum of $ with deep hollows at bases of legs. Length up to 80 mm., breadth (incl. branchial spines) 48 mm. Reddish or brownish. Localities—Mozambique (M. Edwards); Natal (Stebbing and S. Afr. Mus.); Delagoa Bay (Barnard). Distribution.— Fiji. Remarks.—I have examined the specimen recorded as wnezfer and find none of the special characters of Calman’s species; it does not differ in any way from the specimen previously identified by Stebbing as diacanthus. The locality of this specimen was given as “ Umsinduzi River, Pietermaritzburg,” but it is unlikely that this species is found so far up a river in perfectly fresh water. In the smallest specimens examined (9 mm. long) the tubercles on the gastric region are undeveloped and the median one on hind margin is very feeble; at 20 mm. the gastric tubercles are just developed. Ward (1942) records wncifer from Mauritius. Gen. Eurynomer Leach 1879. Miers, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 659. 1884. Id., Zool. H.M.S. Alert, p. 523. 1894. Milne Edwards and Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, vu, p. 14. 1906. Baker, Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. 8. Austral., xxx, p. 108. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 289. 1921. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xviii, p. 454. 1929. Balss, tl. c., p. 12. Carapace pyriform, covered with granules and tubercles, but few spines. Rostral prongs flattened (dorso-ventrally), divergent, apically acute. Hye-socket deep, eyes completely retractile. A slight notch between base of rostrum and supra-orbital ridge, but no supra-orbital tooth. Post-ocular tooth separated from supra-orbital ridge by a Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 55 narrow slit containing a small denticle. Basal joint of ant. 2 broad at base, longitudinally grooved, outer apex not produced. Chelipeds in g elongate, rather robust; walking legs short; chelipeds and legs more or less granulate or carinate. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes. Remarks.—This genus is allied to Hyastenus although the chelipeds resemble those of the Parthenopidae. Key to the South African Species. 1. Legs tuberculate and carinate. 5 tubercles on either side of the central one on cardiac region . . aspera. 2. Legs smooth, but with a thin carina on 4th joint. Tubercles more numerous and more equal in size, without definite arrangement on cardiac region - : : . elegans. Eurynome aspera (Penn.) Fig. 12, a-c. 1777. Pennant, Brit. Zool., iv, p. 13, pl. 10, fig. 3 (Cancer asper). 1853. Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 46, fig. 1857. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., ix, p. 220 (longimana). feeg5- Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, p. 102, pl. 8, fig. 1 (longimana). 1900. Milne Edwards and Bouvier, “Talisman” Crust., i, p. 125, pl. 19, figs. 7-15 (literature, synonymy). 1904. Dofiein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 79. 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xix, p. 27, pl. 4, fig. 2, (longimana). 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 289 (longimana). 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Stidpol Exp., xv, p. 275 (longimana). 1918. Pesta, Dekapoden Adria., p. 352. 1923. Odhner, Medd. Géteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 20. Rostral horns rather broad. Carapace with regions well marked, with flat-topped, mushroom-like tubercles, not very numerous nor closely crowded, more or less symmetrically arranged, but variable in size; the most constant are 4 tubercles on gastric region behind a pair of conical tubercles, a row of 5 on either side of a central one on cardiac region, and a row of 5 on hind margin, the outermost one on each side somewhat projecting, with another even larger submarginal one (making a row of 7 in all); a row on the postero-lateral margin; a flattened ridge-like tubercle, capped with 2 flat-topped tubercles on 56 Annals of the South African Museum. each anterior branchial region, and a more triangular one on posterior branchial region; laterally a large triangular hepatic tooth, and 3 branchial teeth, the hindmost one subspiniform and granulate, all 4 dorso-ventrally flattened. Some of the major tubercles are some- times enlarged, those on the gastric and cardiac regions so much so as to be coalescent, forming a shield-like tubercle (var. scutellatus). Fie. 12.—ELurynome aspera (Penn.). a, carapace ? (cleaned), with tubercle further enlarged. 6, 4th joint of leg. c, ventral view of left Ist pleopod 3. Eurynome elegans Stebb. d, sculpturing on portion of gastric and cardiac regions of carapace 2. e, 4th joint of leg. Supra-orbital ridge granulate, but not heavy. Chelipeds with conical tubercles and granules; legs carinate and tuberculate, 4th joint with 3 large tubercles on hind upper edge and 3-4 on front upper edge, the latter sometimes united into an undulate carina. Ist pleopod 3 (fig. 12, c) with apex curving inwards (not outwards). Length up to 14 mm., breadth 10 mm. Chalky white or pinkish, with pink or reddish specks or mottling, and bands on legs. Localhities.—False Bay (Stimpson, Stebbing, Lenz and Strunck); off Cape Point, 145 fathoms,* False Bay and Agulhas Bank to Cape Natal (Durban), 24-54 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). * This specimen may be wrongly labelled; cf. Dehaanius dentatus; the specimens probably came from considerably shallower water. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 57 Distribution.—N. Atlantic to Cape Verde Is., Mediterranean, Port Alexander, Angola, 108 metres. | Remarks.—Although I have made no direct comparison with EKuropean specimens of aspera, there seems no reason to separate longimanus as a distinct species. The Ist pleopod g may be the crucial feature. The South African specimens, like the European ones, are very variable, and include a specimen of the var. scutellatus (cf. Bell, 1855, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxi, p. 305, footnote). Odhner’s record from Angola bridges the gap between the West African and the Cape records. I have seen no specimens exactly corresponding with Stimpson’s figure, which shows, e.g., a V-shaped gap between the rostral horns instead of a U-shaped gap, a large triangular tooth between the lateral hepatic and branchial teeth, and the 4th joint of cheliped smooth except for 3 denticles on the inner (anterior) margin. Yet there cannot be the slightest doubt that the two forms (if the figure is correct) are identical. Eurynome elegans Stebb. Hig. 12d, e: 1921. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xviii, p. 454, pl. 13 (Crust., pl. 108). 2. Rostral horns rather slender (too broad in Stebbing’s figure). Carapace more oval in general outline than in aspera, closely covered with numerous granular tubercles (not mushroom-shaped), regions less well marked. A pair of gastric conical tubercles, a group of 3 or 4 tubercles on middle of cardiac region, not enlarged but a little more elevated than the surrounding tubercles, a pair of elevated tubercles on anterior branchial region, and one on posterior branchial region; a ridge of tubercles on hind margin. Supra-orbital ridge thickened, tabulate; post-ocular tooth more acute and projecting more forward than in Stebbing’s figure. A large laminar triangular hepatic tooth laterally, followed by 4 smaller nodular projections on branchial region, the hindmost one not larger or more laterally prominent than the others. Chelipeds missing. Legs cylindrical, not tuberculate or carinate, except the 4th joint which has a thin semi-transparent keel on upper margin. Length 10 mm., breadth 6 mm. Locality.—Off Cape Vidal, Zululand, 80 fathoms (Stebbing). 58 Annals of the South African Museum. Remarks.—Only the one 2 known. Both in general outline and the cylindrical walking legs this species bears a likeness to the South Australian granulosa Baker 1906 (I. c.), though in the latter there are no keels on the 4th joints of the legs. Famity MAMATIDAR. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 290. The basal joint of ant. 2 very broad, its outer apex more or less spiniformly produced. The orbits are always complete enough to conceal the retracted cornea. Key to the South African Genera. 1. Rostrum horizontal. a. Rostral prongs short. i. Eye-stalk slender, curved, cornea oblique, more ventral than terminal ; : : . Mamaia. ii. Eye-stalk short, cornea globular, terminal (fig. 1356). . : : 5 : . NSchizophrys. b. Rostral prongs long, nearly half length of carapace . Acanthophrys. 2. Rostrum deflexed, vertical or nearly so (fig. 13, c) ; . Micrppa. Stenocionops furcata (Oliv.) (Stebbing, I. c., 1910, p. 291, and see Rathbun, J. c., 1925, p. 449, pls. 160, 161) is an American species recorded by Miers from Simon’s Bay. Probably an error in labelling has occurred (see Introduction, p. 3) and the species is not admitted here to the fauna-list. Gen. Mamata Stebb. 1909. Calman in Lankester’s Treatise Zool., vii, p. 316 (Maia Lam. 1801, non Brisson 1760, Aves). 1910. Stebbing, U. c., p. 290. Carapace broadly pyriform, regions indistinct, granular or spinose, lateral margins usually with large spines or spiniform teeth. Rostrum horizontal, of 2 rather short straight, divergent horns. Inter- antennular spine well developed. Supra-orbital ridge with hind corner produced in a spine; intermediate tooth present; post-ocular tooth strong, spiniform. Basal joint of ant. 2 with both outer and inner (ventral) apices produced in spines. LHye-stalks long, curved, cornea oval, mostly on the ventral surface. Chelipeds slender, finger and thumb styliform. Legs not long. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 59 Mamma capensis (Ortm.) Agulhas Spider-crab. Fig. 13, a. 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 40 (squinado var. capensis). 1908. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., vi, p. 3, pl. 1 (Crust., pl. 27) (quekettr). 1910. Id., 1. ¢., p. 290 (quekett:). Fic. 13.—Mamaia capensis (Ortm.). a, 1st pleopod ¢, with inner view of apex. Schizophrys aspera (M. Edw.). 6, carapace. Micippa thalia (Herbst). c, frontal view, fringe of setae on ant. 2 omitted. : d, 1st pleopod ¢. Behind the post-ocular tooth 4 marginal spine-teeth, followed by one submarginal on hinder part of branchial region; in the middle line 3 spines on gastric region, a transverse pair (Stebbing: “a stout bifid spine’’), one on hinder gastric region, one on cardiac region, a transverse pair of spines and a large median one on intestinal region; an oblique row from the branchial-gastric groove; a few other irregularly placed moderate spines; rest of surface with setiferous 60 Annals of the South African Museum. granules, tubercles and small spines; a pair of short spines on hind margin. Cheliped with granules on 4th and 5th joints, finger and thumb gaping at base in fully grown 3. No prominent spine at apex of 4th joint of legs. Length up to 145 mm., breadth (excl. lateral spines) 100 mm. Orange-red to carmine. Localities.—Algoa Bay (Ortmann, Stebbing); False Bay to Algoa Bay, 16-55 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Whether this form be regarded as a variety of squinado, verrucosa, OY spinigera, or aS a separate species, Ortmann’s name, which Stebbing seems to have overlooked, must be adopted in place of Stebbing’s. This crab, the largest of the South African Spider-crabs, was not obtained farther eastwards than Algoa Bay by the Pieter Faure, and it would seem, therefore, that Stebbing’s specimen ex Durban Museum was also probably an Algoa Bay specimen (Stebbing, UJ. c., 1908, p. 2). M. squinado is recorded from as far south as the coast of Mauritania (Monod, Bull. Com. Et. sci. Afr. occid. Franc., xv, p. 52, 1933). Gen. ScHIZOPHRYS White 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 292. Carapace broadly pyriform, regions well marked, granulate and tuberculate, lateral margins spinose. Rostrum of 2 stout spines, with 1-2 accessory spines or denticles on outer margin. Inter- antennular spine not very prominent. Intermediate tooth present, but neither it nor the supra-orbital ridge prominent. Basal joint of ant. 2 apically bifurcate. Hye-stalks short, stout, cornea globular, terminal. Chelipeds slender; legs not long. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes. Schizophrys aspera (M. Edw.) Fig. 13, b. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 58 (Mithrax quadridentatus). 1880. Richters, Meeresf. Mauritius, p. 143, pl. 15, figs. 8-14 (trian- gularis var. indica). | 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 292. 1911. Rathbun, Trans, Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 254. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 61 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 2 (references). 1927. Hale, S. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 138, fig. 139. 1937. Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxix, p. 390 (asper). 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 108 (dama Herbst 1804). Carapace breadth about 75 length from forking of rostrum to hind margin; surface closely and unevenly granular, with scattered acute tubercles. Post-ocular tooth bifid. Lateral margin with 5-6 spines. Corners of hind margin tuberculate, somewhat up-turned. Hach rostral horn with a single accessory denticle. A conical tubercle on subhepatic region, and a smaller one in middle of lower rim of orbit. Chelipeds with 4th and 5th joints tuberculate, 6th joint smooth, finger and thumb gaping in old 3. Length up to 51 mm., breadth 45 mm. Localities.—Durban (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Indo-Pacific to Japan, Australia, Samoa. Remarks.—A variable but easily recognized species. Ward (1942, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u, p. 74) considers that there are several distinct species, and records Mauritian specimens under the name serratus White. Gen. AcANTHOPHRYS M. Edw. 1834. Milne Edwards, H., Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 323 (Paramithraz). 1865. Milne Edwards, A., Ann. Soc. Entom. Fr. (4), v. p. 140 (Acanthophrys). 1880. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., iv, p. 442 (Chlorinozdes). 1906. Bouvier, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, no. 7, pp. 485 sqq. (Acanthophrys, key to species). 1929. Balss, l. ¢., p. 19. The above references do not indicate synonymy. I am not able to discuss whether Acanthophrys should be included in Paramithrax (cf. Miers, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xvii, p. 52), but it seems clear that Chlorinoides is a synonym of Acanthophrys, and that if Chorinus aculeata M. Edw. 1834 is included in Acanthophrys, as is done by Bouvier, the specific name must be changed, as the combination Acanthophrys aculeata is void, having been used by A. Milne Edwards in 1865, although the latter species has now become a synonym of A. spatulifer Hasw. 62 Annals of the South African Museum. Acanthophrys longispina (de Haan) 1839. de Haan, Faun. Jap. Crust., p. 94, pl. 23, fig. 2 (Maja (Chorinus) L.). 1882. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vi, p. 750 (Paramithrax coppingert). | 1882. Id., Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 15 (Paramithrax coppingert). 1884. Miers, Crust. H.M.S. Alert, p. 522 (Paramithrax (Chlorinoides) lL. var. botuberculatus). | 1895. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 242 (Paramithrax (Chlorinordes) 1.). 1906. Bouvier, l. c., pp. 487 (in key), 488 (and var. spinosissoma). 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 254 (Chlorinordes I.). [Not coppingert Miers, 1886 =spatulifer. Miers misquotes the reference to coppingert; the reference given 18 that of Chlorinordes tenuirostris. | Carapace pyriform, with long (but slightly less re half length of rest of carapace) divergent rostral prongs; 5 spines in median line: 2 on gastric region, one cleft transversely on cardiac region, one on intestinal region, and one on hind margin; 2 on each branchial region; supra-ocular and pterygostomial spines prominent (for general habitus cf. P. aculeatus Miers, 1884, J. c., pl. 18, fig. A). All the spines, including rostral prongs, terminated by button-like knobs. Upper and lower margins of 4th joint of chelipeds keeled and scalloped, upper margin of 5th joint also keeled. All walking legs with a distinct knobbed spine at apex of 4th joint. Antero-external angle of basal joint of ant. 2 produced as a curved foliaceous lobe. Locality.—Mozambique, 20-25 fathoms (Bouvier: var. spinosissima). Distribution.—Japan; Darros (Amirante) and Providence Groups (Miers and Rathbun); Ceylon, Madras, Andaman Is.; N.E. Australia; New Caledonia. Gen. Micrpra Leach 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 290. Carapace oblong, granulate and spinose. Rostrum a broad lobe, vertically or nearly vertically deflexed, apically bifid. Supra- orbital ridge strongly arched, contiguous with post-ocular tooth, or an intermediate tooth present. Basal joint of ant. 2 broadly ex- panded, forming floor of orbit, and with its apex produced; mobile portion of antenna visible dorsally. Chelipeds slender; legs not long. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes. ee se ee se SS ee 0 eo ie A ae a if ee ee eee eS ee a Se Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 63 Micippa thalia (Herbst) RierslSs 6d. 1851. Bianconi,* Spec. Zool. Mosambic, fasc. 5, p. 79 (Crust. pl. 1, fig. 2) (aculeata). 1869. Id., zbid., fasc. 19/20, p. 339 (Crust., pl. 3, fig. 1) (pusilla). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 786 (aculeata), p. 787 (pusilla). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 290. Rostrum widely notched, each lobe ending in a sharp outwardly curving tip. Carapace closely and evenly granulate; a strong spine on supra-orbital ridge, 2 in middle line on gastric region, 2 obliquely on branchial region; the hinder and outer one of the latter might be reckoned in the lateral series, which consists of 6-8 unequal and irregular spines; post-ocular tooth strongly spiniform; intermediate tooth present. All spines somewhat variable. Carapace and legs (walking) thickly covered with a woolly tomentum; margins of rostrum and the 2nd and 3rd joints of antenna 2 with thick fringe of long setae. Length up to 40 mm., breadth (excl. lateral spines) 35 mm. Localities.—Natal (Krauss, Stebbing); Mozambique (Bianconi, Miers); Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst). Distribution.—Indo-Pacific to Japan. Remarks.—M. philyra var. mascarenica occurs at Mauritius. Famity PARTHENOPIDAE. Calthrop Crabs. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 292. 1930. Flipse, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix, c. 2, pp. 1-96, figs. (key to genera). 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Voy. Ind. orient. Néerland., ii, fase. 15, p. 62 (Humedoninae only). Hyes retractile in small circular orbits, whose floor is continued nearly to the front, the small gap filled by 2nd joint of ant. 2. Basal joint of latter small, embedded between lower angle of orbit and socket of ant. 1. Chelipeds usually very robust, and much larger and heavier than the walking legs. * Bianconi also published his species in Mem. Ac. Sci. Bologna, iii, 1851, p. 103, pl. 10, fig. 2, and ix, 1869, p. 205, pl. 1, fig. 1, respectively (references apud Alcock, 1895). ; 64 Annals of the South African Museum. Key to the South African Genera. 1. Basal joint of ant. 2 nearly reaching inner angle of orbit. Fingers of chelipeds slightly incurved. Walking legs strongly tuberculate 5 s : A Parthenope. 2. Basal joint of ant. 2 very short, not nearly reaching inner angle of orbit. Fingers very strongly incurved. Walking legs smooth or feebly tuberculate : . Platylambrus. Gen. PARTHENOPE Fabr. 1905. Stebbing, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxix, pp. 332 sqq. (Parthenope Weber 1795 not acceptable, hence WDaldorfia Rathbun 1904 unnecessary). 1910) fds tc, p. 292. 1930. Flipse, l. c., p. 57 (key to Indo-Pacific species). Characters as in key. Parthenope horrida (Linn.) 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 292. 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 259 (Daldorfia h.). 1930. Flipse, I. c., p. 58. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., i, p. 76 (Daldorfia h.). Carapace somewhat pentagonal, postero-lateral angles strongly produced, length nearly ¢ the breadth; surface very rugged with deep cavities, more or less tuberculate. Rostrum short, ending below in a blunt inter-antennular tooth. Chelipeds very large and robust, one larger than the other, coarsely tuberculate. Legs stout, strongly tuberculate or spiniferous, dactyls smooth. Sternum ¢ deeply pitted, with a deep crescentic hollow between bases of chelipeds. Abdomen of 2 with deep pits along each side. Length up to 75 mm., breadth 102 mm. Variable in colour accord- ing to its surroundings, greyish, brownish, greenish, more or less mottled or variegated. Locality.—Natal (Stebbing). Distribution.—Mauritius; Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—A sluggish crab, lying quietly amongst pebbles, corals, and rough ground, with which the rugged carapace and the jagged chelipeds harmonize. = ie >a oe & — Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 65 Gen. Lamsprus Leach Subgen. Platylambrus Stimpson 1879. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), iv, pp. 17, 18 (Platylambrus not accepted). 1910. Stebbing, l..c., p. 292. 1917. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., 11, p. 3. 1925. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 129, p. 511 (Parthenope Weber, non Fabr.) and p. 516 (Platylambrus). 1930. Flipse, I. c., p. 21 (Lambrus) and p. 23 (Platylambrus). 1939. Ward, Amer. Mus. Novit., 1049, p. 2. Characters asin key. Particular characters of subgenus: carapace broadly triangular, broader than long, strongly carinated and tuberculate, rostrum projecting, triangular, acute, no post-ocular con- striction, chelipeds with 4th and 6th joints straight (not contorted), sharply trigonal, outer margin of 4th—6th joints sharply serrated. Platylambrus quemvis Stebb. Fig. 14. @ 1851. Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mosambic, fase. 5, p. 81 (Crust., pl. 2, fig. 2) (L. serratus var. mosambicana). ¢ 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ac. Wiss. Berlin, p. 787 (L. serratus var. mosambicana). Les Steppimetsc., proda ole L. 1921. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xviii, p. 455. Carapace rounded behind, 7.e. postero-lateral margins not in line with hind margin, 3 large compressed tubercles in middle line, an oblique tuberculate ridge on each branchial region, with a less distinct row of tubercles in front and another behind it; postero-lateral margin with 3 teeth decreasing in size from the outermost lateral one; hind margin with 3 teeth, the centre one usually with an accessory denticle on each side. Infra-orbital tooth entire, visible in dorsal view (when eyes are retracted). Cheliped with about 9 teeth on outer margin of 6th joint, 4 large alternating with smaller ones, 2 of the latter between the ultimate and penultimate larger ones. Legs with upper margin of 4th joint with a few (6-8) spaced denticles, the uppre margin of 5th and 6th joints feebly carinate on 2nd—4th legs, but also VOL. XXXVIII. 9) 66 Annals of the South African Museum. with a few denticles on the 5th leg (denticles obscure on 6th joint); lower margins of joints in all legs smooth. The median teeth, branchial ridge, and hollowed sternum are particularly well marked in young examples. Length up to $ 28 mm., breadth 35 mm. (incl. lateral spines); Fic. 14.—Platylambrus quemvis Stebb. Carapace, on left side the eye is retracted, and cheliped folded in resting position; ventral surface of rostrum; Ist pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. ovigerous 9 19x24 mm. Grey or pale purplish, with lighter patches on chelipeds, finger and thumb dark, walking legs banded. Localitves.—Durban, and off Tongaat River, 30 fathoms (Stebbing) ; Natal coast from Durban to Port Durnford, 27-36 fathoms, and Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—This will probably prove to be a variety of pransor (Herbst). Stebbing (1910, 1. c., p. 292) records a species of ‘ Lambrus” from “Umsunduzi River, Pietermaritzburg.” This inland locality is certainly due to an error in labelling and is not acceptable (ef. Hyastenus spinosus). Famity HYMENOSOMATIDAE., 1903. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., ii, pp. 682, 684 (Hymenosomdae). 1910. Stebbing, J. ¢., p. 331. ee he ae a a —_— Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 67 1917. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xii, pp. 243 sqq. are species). 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix c, p. 8 (Hymenosomidae). 1925. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 129, pp. 9, 561 (Hymeno- somidae). 1927. Hale, Crust. S. Austral., pt. 1, p. 115. 1930. Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxu, pp. 413 sqq. Carapace flat, thin and not well calcified, without hooked setae, usually with horizontal rostrum. No orbits, eyes exposed and little retractile. Peduncle of ant. 2 slender. Antennular sockets shallow, ill-defined. Chelipeds not long or especially mobile. Male genital openings on last thoracic sternite (concealed beneath abdomen); female openings on sternite of 2nd (1st walking) legs. Remarks.—Development sometimes without free-swimming stages, the young crabs hatching from the eggs while protected by the abdomen of mother. Key to the South African Genera. 1. No epistome. Carapace with grooves. Mxp. 3 slender. Dactyls smooth. All segments of abdomen in ¢ distinct . : . Hymenosoma. 2. Epistome well oineads Seems. 3-5 of aidomen in ¢ fused. a. Carapace with regions defined by grooves. Mxp. 3 narrow, not completely closing buccal cavity. Dactyls with (usually) numerous denticles. Rostrum (usually) tridentate . : . Rhynchoplax. 6. Carapace with regions not defined, smooth. Nic. 3 broad, completely closing buccal cavity. Dactyls with subapical denticles only. Rostrum broadly triangular : ; ; : : : . LHlamena. Gen. HymEenosoma Desm. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 331. 1914. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 269. 1917. Kemp, l. ¢., pp. 244, 250. ISIS, esreli, ts Gs, 15 Os Carapace pabeiteular, regions sloPreal by fine grooves. No epistome. Buccal cavity not limited anteriorly by a ridge. 3rd and 4th joints of mxp. 3 slender, not meeting in middle, the underlying appendages partly visible. Dactyls of walking legs without spines or denticles on inner margin. Abdomen of 3 short, narrow, sutures of all the 68 Annals of the South African Museum. segments distinct; in 9 suture between 6th and 7th segments often obscure. Eggs small and numerous. Development unknown. Remarks.—The South African species is the only one known with certainty to belong to this genus as above defined. Another species, H. depressum Jacq. & Lucas, inhabiting New Zealand and the Auckland Is., was redescribed by Chilton (1907, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xix, p. 146, pl. 5), but without mention of those characters which would determine its generic position. Hymenosoma orbiculare Desm. Crown Crab. Fig. 15, a, 6. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 68. 1894. Ortmann, Semon Austral. Reise, v, p. 37. 1905. Lenz, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxvii, p. 368. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., pp. 331, 332 (geometricum). 1913. Balss, Schultze Reise Siidafr, v, p. 110 (var. geometricum). 1914. Stebbing, l. c., p. 270, pl. 25, fig. A. 1914. Lenz and Strunck. D. Siidpol Exp., xv, p. 277. 1915. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 58. 1917. Kemp, l. c., p. 245 and footnote, fig. 1. 1018; Teseh.. 1c, p. 6, plid me. The flat dorsal surface, which is longer than broad, is surrounded by a beaded and granulate rim (like the crown of a hat), continued on to rostrum, which is concave above, with slightly up-turned apex, and a granulate callosity on each margin at base; dorsal regions more or less granulate; lateral branchial and hepatic regions granulate, the latter with a tooth (variable in size) and a low rounded granulate prominence; infero-external angle of orbit produced in a bifid tooth, the upper tooth reaching to or slightly beyond apex of rostrum. Chelipeds furry, granulose on 4th and 5th joints. Legs setose, heavily fringed on hind margins of 4th—7th joints, the dactyls (7th joints) slender with sharp ungues. Carapace covered with scattered setae dorsally, more thickly on the lateral parts. 1st pleopod g (fig. 15, 6) sometimes with a few denticles on inner edge of apex beyond the fringe of setae. Length up to 26 mm., breadth 25 mm. Reddish, yellowish, brownish or greenish, sometimes carapace mottled and legs banded. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 69 ‘ ‘ i] ' ' ‘ ! ’ g m l Fic. 15.—Hymenosoma orbiculare Desm. a, carapace, with variation of rostrum. b, Ist and 2nd pleopods ¢, apex of former further enlarged. Rhynchoplax bovis Brnrd. c, carapace, left eye omitted to show intra-orbital tooth. d, abdomen of ¢g. e, dactyl of walking leg, plumose setae omitted. f, 1st pleopod ¢. Elamena mathaei (Desm.). g, carapace of 9 (Zululand). h, i, ventral and lateral views of rostrum of this 9. j, carapace of 2 (Port Alfred). &, lateral view of rostrum of this 9. J, carapace, ¢ left, 2 right (Umhlali, Natal). m, dactyl of walking leg. n, abdomen of g. 0, Ist pleopod 3, with o1e apical seta further enlarged. 70 Annals of the South African Museum. Localities.—Luderitzbucht (Balss); Saldanha Bay (Stebbing); Table Bay (Krauss, Balss, Lenz and Strunck, Tesch); False Bay, 0-18 fathoms (Stimpson, Miers, Stebbing, Lenz and Strunck); Agulhas Bank, St. Francis Bay, 80 metres, and Algoa Bay (Doflein); Algoa Bay (Ortmann); Natal (Stebbing); mouth of Olifants R. (van Rhyns Dorp Division), Lamberts Bay (Clanwilliam Division), Saldanha Bay, Table Bay, and False Bay to East London, 0-45 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). ; Distribution.—Zanzibar (Lenz). Remarks.—As Balss states, the 3rd and 4th joints of mxp. 3 are not so wide as shown in the figure in Cuvier’s Regne Animal Crust., pl. 35, fig. 1, a; one may reasonably suspect the dried and matted fringe of setae on the inner margin misled the artist so that he drew the joints wider than they really were. In all the specimens I have seen I have not found any difference which might constitute a specific difference; but the 3rd maxillipeds tend to be relatively longer and more slender in the ¢ than in the @. Stimpson’s only specimen of geometricum was a 6. On the other hand, the spines and granulation of the carapace vary to a considerable degree. The rostrum usually does not quite reach the apices of the eye-stalks, but in some specimens tends to become longer, equalling or even slightly exceeding the eye-stalks. The two callosities at the base of the rostrum, the hepatic tooth and the granulations along the rim of the carapace may also be much more prominent (cf. fig. 15, a, normal and variation; see also Stebbing, 1905, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., iv, p. 51). A remarkable development of the rostrum and the processes is shown in two ovigerous 99, carapace width 6-7 mm., collected by the University of Cape Town Ecological Survey in False Bay, 19-24 metres. The whole animal is much more strongly setose than “normal” specimens, and the granulation on the crown and lateral regions of the carapace are more strongly developed and more sharply conical. The gastric region is raised into a setiferous median boss. The normal granules along the beaded rim are here conical projections, which increase in size from the hind margin to the middle of the lateral margin where there is a large conical setiferous projection; this is followed by clavate or digitiform processes; the hepatic tooth is well marked, pustulate or mammilate; the double tooth at outer orbital angle is also pustulate, and posterior to it is an additional conspicuous hepatic process. The most remarkable feature is the narrow triangular rostrum, which extends not only beyond the eye- _— a ee Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 71 stalks, but also a short distance beyond the end of the peduncle of ant. 1, and is serrulate on the margins. The two low basal granulate callosities which are found in normal specimens are here developed into stout conical pustuliferous processes extending almost to apex of eye-stalks. At first sight these specimens certainly look specifically distinct from normal orbiculare. But all the extraordinary features are merely exaggerations of the normal features, and cannot therefore be claimed as specific characters. The tendency to vary in this direction can be discerned in many normal specimens; but there is still a wide gap between the most strongly granulate ‘“normal”’ specimens and these “abnormal” specimens. This gap may, however, be filled by the discovery of truly intermediate specimens. Moreover, the institution of a n.sp. without a g specimen would be madvisable. For the privilege of seeing these two specimens I am indebted to Professor J. H. Day, who is directing the University’s Ecological Survey. Although found in deeper water, this crab is a characteristic in- habitant of estuaries and lagoons all along the coast; it lives on, or buried just beneath, the surface of the sand and mud, or amongst Zostera and other weeds. It swims and buries itself by means of the very efficient fringed legs. It is often covered with bits of weed which disguise it. Juveniles (3-6 mm.) are less setose on the carapace and legs than adults. Gen. Ruyncnoriax Stimpson 1858. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., x, p. 109. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, p. 387 (Hymenicus, non Dana). 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun) Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 147. 1917. Kemp, l. c., p. 251 (key to Indian species). 1918. Tesch, lJ. ¢., p. 17 (key to species, excl. Kemp’s species). 1930. Chopra and Das, I. c., pp. 414-424. 1932. Shen. Zool. Sinica, ix, p. 58. Carapace subcircular, flattened or slightly concave dorsally, with raised rim, regions defined by sharp-cut grooves. Rostrum (usually) tridentate. Hpistome well marked. Mxp. 3 narrow, not completely closing buccal cavity. Chelipeds stouter than walking legs; dactyls of latter (usually) with numerous denticles along inner margin. Abdomen of g$ with 3rd—5th segments fused. 72 Annals of the South African Museum. Remarks.—Development, in the South African species, without free-swimming stage. Tropical Indian seas to China, Japan, 8.H. Australia. Hntering estuaries or even fresh water permanently above tidal influence (Kemp, l. c., pp. 248, 264). Rhynchoplax bovis Brurd. Fig. 15, c-f. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 362. Carapace subcircular, sparsely setose, dorsal rim continuous across base of rostrum; the latter tridentate, the median tooth larger than lateral ones, concave and somewhat spatulate dorsally. A strong, sharp post-ocular tooth, and a sharp infra-orbital tooth. No teeth on antero-lateral or lateral margins, but often a slight projection or shoulder antero-laterally. Chelipeds smooth, without keels and unarmed, inner margins of finger and thumb smooth in both sexes, in 2 meeting along whole length, in $ gaping at base and meeting only in distal third, where they are somewhat spatulate. Walking legs rather stouter than in most species (but not so stout as in demeloz Kemp), upper apex of 4th joint slightly projecting, but not spiniform, dactyls with 9-10 subequal denticles along inner margin, obscured by plumose setae. Abdomen of ¢ pyriform, the fused 3rd—5th segments narrowing rapidly distally, the 6th and 7th (whose inter- segmental suture is obscure) narrow, digitiform. Length up to 9 7 mm., breadth 5-5 mm. Greyish or brownish, usually much obscured by mud. Localities.—Swartkops River, Port Elizabeth and off Kast London (S. Afr. Mus.); Buffalo River estuary, East London (coll. T. A. Stephenson); Amanzimtoti estuary, 1-2 fathoms, and St. Lucia Bay (Univ. Cape Town Kcol. Surv., 1946 and 1948). Remarks.—Well distinguished from other species, apparently, by the strong post-ocular and infra-orbital teeth, which, however, are not always as strong as represented in the figure. One 2 (Kast London) contains 13 juveniles under the abdomen, apparently ready to be cast off. Diameter 1 mm. Rostrum feebly trilobate, the median lobe a little more prominent than the lateral ones, which are blunt. Post-ocular tooth relatively small, infra- orbital tooth not apparent. Dactyls with only 2-3 denticles on inner margin. LHyes relatively large. Another 9 (Port Elizabeth) contains about 30 embryos in a less advanced stage. —_— i a eal Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 73 A din the s.s. Pieter Faure collection was caught, according to the log-book, by tow-net attached to trawl which caught ground at 37 fathoms. Gen. ExAmMENA M. Edw. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 332. 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 216. 1917. Id., l. c., p. 19 (key to species). 1918. Tesch, f. c., p. 19 (key to species). 1920. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ui, p. 269. _ 1930. Chopra and Das, I. c., p. 424. 1940. Gordon, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 152 sess., pt. 1, p. 60 (species of Elamena sensu stricto). Carapace oval, triangular, or polygonal, greatly depressed; no dorsal grooves; lateral margins up-turned or not; rostrum triangular or truncate, with (Hlamena) or without (Trigonoplaz) a large vertical tidge on its lower surface. Hpistome well marked and separated from buccal cavity by a ridge. Mxp. 3 with 3rd and 4th joints broad, meeting in middle line. Dactyls of walking legs with 2 denticles near unguis. Abdomen in ¢ with 3rd—5th segments fused, the sutures obsolete. Subgen. T'rigonoplax M. Edw. Carapace flatter and more triangular than in Hlamena s.s.,its margin not up-turned; chelipeds similar in both sexes and not appreciably stouter than walking legs; rostrum without a ridge on its lower surface, or with only a tooth situated far from front margin. Key to the South African Species. 1. Rostrum with strong ridge ventrally, in front view T-shaped (fig. 15, h) (Elamena). Carapace subovoid or sub- circular, or subpent-(hex-)agonal . : : . mathaer. 2. Rostrum without ventral ridge or with only a small tooth far from front margin (Trigonoplax). Carapace trigonal = : ‘ ‘ ‘ d ; . unguiformis. Elamena mathaer (Desm.) Fig. 15, g-o. 1918. Tesch, 1. ¢:, p: 2. 1920. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 266, pl. 29 (Hpzaltus vetcht). 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 120. 74 Annals of the South African Museum. 1938. Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., ser. B, cviii, p. 77, pl. 4, figs. 34-37 (larval stage). 1940. Gordon}, !.¢5p.\63, figs. 1, a, b, 2, 3, a, b; ¢. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., i, p. 78. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 362. [Not Stebbing, U. c., 1920, p. 269, pl. 30 =H. (Lrigonoplax) ungue- formis.| 3. Carapace glabrous, slightly longer than broad, margins very feebly up-turned, posteriorly rounded, antero-lateral margins with 2 shallow but distinct emarginations, rostrum well developed, sub- truncate but margins meeting in a distinct angle medianly, ventrally with strong median ridge or tooth, in frontal view T-shaped. Cornea of eyes just visible dorsally beyond edge of carapace. Chelipeds slender, finger and thumb subequal to hand, dilated and denticulate apically. Legs long and slender, 4th and 5th joints each with an apical spine or knob, 6th joint with a less distinct apical swelling (represented in Stebbing’s figure as on base of dactyl), dactyls falcate, 2 denticles adjoining the acute unguis, Inner margins densely furry. Abdomen triangular, lateral margin rather strongly sinuous, apex narrowly rounded. Ist pleopod corkscrew-like, with 8-9 long, finely plumose, spine-setae attached to dorsal surface at apex. Length 3-5 mm., breadth 3mm. Dirty yellowish grey, with specks on carapace and chelipeds. 9. Similar to $ but carapace slightly broader than long, the antero- lateral emarginations slightly more distinct, a small and indistinct post-ocular tooth on ventral surface. Length (nonovig. and ovig.) 4-6 mm., breadth 4-5-7 mm. Pale green with yellow legs (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay 2 asin 3, but without specks. Localitves—Natal (Krauss); Durban (Stebbing); Isipingo (Natal), Zululand coast, and Delagoa Bay (Barnard, and 8. Afr. Mus.); Hast London and Port Alfred, Umhlali and Umtwalumi (Natal) (coll. T. A. Stephenson). Distribution.—Red Sea and Indian Seas; Mauritius. Remarks.—Dr. Gordon thinks there can be no doubt about the identity of the specimens she refers to this species. There is, however, one doubtful point, viz. the meaning of Desmarest’s descriptive phrase “carapace . . . in form of an equilateral triangle” (quoted in trans- lation by Stebbing, /. ¢., 1920, p. 270). One would suppose that Desmarest had before him a form like EL. (Trigonoplax) unguformis, and evidently Stebbing in 1920 (but not in 1900) assigned an un- Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 75 deserved mathematical exactitude to Desmarest’s wording. Riippell said he convinced himself of the identity of his species with that described by Desmarest by actual comparison of specimens at the Paris Museum (Riippell, 1830, Red Sea Crabs, p. 22); and the figure he gives is by no means shaped like an equilateral triangle. Probably all the earlier records should be ignored, unless types, or at least specimens from the original localities, are available. Dr. Gordon has now put this species on a surer foundation by describing the g abdomen and Ist pleopod. The South African specimens which I have examined agree with Dr. Gordon’s diagnosis. Stebbing’s “‘Hlamena mathaer”’ is rightly excluded by Dr. Gordon; on the other hand, I consider that Stebbing’s “Epialtus vetchi’ is clearly synonymous. Elamena (Trigonoplax) unguformis (de Haan) HET Wwemp, 1. ¢., ps 201; fies. 28; 29. Ess Vesch,l¢.,, p. 25: 1920. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ti, p. 269, pl. 30 (mathaer, non Desm.). 1924. Hale, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austral., xlviu, p. 70, fig. 1 (var. longirostris). 1927. Id. Crust. 8. Austral., pt. 1, p. 120, fig. 118 (var. longirostris McC.). Carapace in form of an equilateral triangle, very flat, semi-trans- parent. Chelipeds slender, finger and thumb nearly as long as hand, feebly dilated and apically denticulate. Legs long and slender, 4th joint with apical spine, dactyls somewhat dilated, 2 denticles adjoining the acute unguis. Length 10 mm., breadth 11 mm. Locality.— Natal coast, 50 fathoms (Stebbing). Distribution.—Japan; East Indies; Andaman Is. var. longzrostris: Southern Australia. Remarks.—Stebbing’s Pieter Fawre specimen was not returned to the South African Museum, and no further specimens have come to hand. BRACHYRHYNCHA. 1903. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., 1, p. 426 (key to families). ; 1907. Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xix, p. 481 (key to families). 76 Annals of the South African Museum. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 293 (Cyclometopa) +p. 312 (Catometopa). 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, pp. 1-461, pls. and text-figs. (American Grapsoid Crabs. Key after Borradaile). 1930. Id., ibid., no. 152, pp. 1-609, pls. and text-figs. (American Cancroid crabs. Key after Borradaile). Carapace not narrowed in front, rostrum reduced or absent. Hpi- stome usually well developed. Buccal cavity quadrate. Orbits well developed, though sometimes more or less incomplete. Female genital openings on sternite of 3rd (2nd walking) legs; male openings on 5th coxae or 5th sternite. Key to South African Families (adapted from Borradaile). I. Orbits complete. Carapace rarely elongate-oval. Rostrum often wanting. Flagellum of ant. 2 usually short and not hairy. A. 5th joint of mxp. 3 not inserted at or near inner angle of 4th joint (fig. 16, b). Carapace usually squarish, sometimes round. Male genital openings sternal. (In no species is the right chela always larger than left.) 1. Small symbiotic crabs. Carapace more or less round, eyes and orbits very small (fig. 16) . ‘ : : d . Pinnotheridae, p. 77. 2. Free-living crabs. a. Orbits wider, often much wider, than front (figs. 17, 18, 20, 21). 3rd maxillipeds meeting, or nearly so, in middle line. Carapace squarish or transversely oblong . Ocypodidae, p. 82. b. Front at least as wide, usually wider than orbit (figs. 23, 25, a). 3rd maxillipeds not meeting. i. Carapace transversely oval, strongly vaulted, sides arched) (fig. 23, a): Terrestrial : . . Gecarcinidae, p. 109. ii. Carapace square, not strongly vaulted, sides straight or only feebly arched (figs. 23, b-f, 25, a). If terrestrial, an opening fringed with hairs between bases of 3rd and 4th legs. F . Grapsidae, p. 110. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 7 B. 5th joint of mxp. 3 inserted at or near inner angle of 4th joint (figs. 27, a-c). Carapace usually transversely oval or round. Male genital openings nearly always coxal. Right chela often larger than left. 1. 5th pair of legs flattened and adapted for swimming (figs. 28, c, 7, 29, d, k) . . Portunidae, p. 139. 2. Legs not adapted for swimming. a. Freshwater crabs with branchial . regions much swollen (fig. 34) . Potamonidae, p. 179. b. Marine crabs. i. Ist antennae folded longitudin- ally. a. Carapace — subcircular. Flagellum of ant. 2 hairy : : : 6. Carapace broadly oval or hexagonal. Flagellum of ant. 2 short, not hairy : ‘ : ii. Ist antennae folded obliquely or transversely. Two families { Atelecyclidae, p. 194. [Cancridae, p. 194]. Xanthidae, p. 198; not sharply separated Goneplacidae, p. 281. If. Orbits formed, but more or less incomplete. Cara- pace elongate-oval. Rostrum present. Ant. 2 with flagellum, when present, long and hairy . Corystidae, p. 302. Famity PINNOTHERIDAKE. Pea-crabs, Oyster-crabs, Mussel-crabs. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, pp. 284, 287, 293, 331 _ (Pinnoteridae). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 330 (date of Alcock misprinted as 1890). 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, pp. 9, 15, 61. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix ¢, 1, pp. 244-287. 1924. Hyman, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., lxiv, 7 pp., 6 pls. (larval stages). ‘ 1927. Hale, Crust. 8. Austral., pt. 1, p. 172. Carapace more or less membranous, subcircular or transversely oval. Orbits and eyes very small, cornea sometimes obsolescent, 4th joint of mxp. 3 often large, 3rd joint usually small; or 3rd and 4th fused, in which case the joint is directed obliquely or transversely inwards, and the palp is short; exopod small, more or less concealed. Male genital openings sternal. 78 Annals of the South African Museum. Remarks.—Small crabs living commensally in bivalve molluscs, Ascidians, Holothurians, and worm-tubes, or parasitically on outer surface of Echinoids. The males are rare, free-swimming, and rarely found together with the females (Orton, Nature, cvi, p. 533, 1920; Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxiv, p. 117, 1922). Stebbing (1893, Hist. Crust., p. 99) quotes the ancient stories of the relations between the crab and the Pinna-shell; and Riippell (1830, Beschr. 24 Krabben, p. 23) defends Hasselquist’s observations on their habits. The males, and also the young non-ovigerous females, often have long fringes of setae on the hind margins of the 3rd—5th legs, presumably in connection with their more mobile mode of life. Key to the South African Genera. 1. 7th joint of mxp. 3 present (palp 3-jointed). a. Margin of carapace rounded, ill-defined . : : . Pinnotheres. b. Margin of carapace sharply up-turned, crest-like . Xanthasia. 2. 7th joint of mxp. 3 absent (palp 2-jointed) . : : . Ostracotheres. Gen. PINNOTHERES Bosc 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 330. 1918. Rathbun, l. c., p. 62. 1918. Tesch, l. c., p. 247 (list of Indo-Pacific species, and key). 1926. Atkins, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plym., n.s., xiv, p. 475, pls. 1-5 and 4 text-figs (sexual dimorphism, moulting). 1928. Lebour, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plym., n.s., xv, p. 114, figs. (larval stages). 1931. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxui, pp. 312-323. 1932. Shen, Zool. Sinica, ix, p. 131. 1933. Monod, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc., xii, p. 142 (dated 1932, but see Monod, zbid., p. 218: publ. 1933). 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. orient. Néerland, iii, fase. 15, p. 19. Carapace not well calcified, parchment-like, subcircular, margins convex and ill-defined, not up-turned, glabrous or pubescent, no longitudinal grooves. 3rd and 4th joints of mxp. 3 fused, oblique, palp 3-jointed (7.e. 7th joint present). Dactyls of legs not bifurcate. Remarks.—No attention seems to have been paid to the 1st pleopod 3, except by Shen and by Gordon. Gordon has also drawn attention (Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 149th sess., pt. 1, p. 29, 1937) to the asym- metry of the legs in some species. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 79 Key to the South African Species. 1. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs scarcely longer than those of 2nd and 3rd legs. : : : : : : : dofleint. 2. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs distinctly longer than those of 2nd and 3rd legs : , : : : : : Be ete Pinnotheres doflent Lenz Fig. 16, a-f. 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 124, fig. 10, and pl. 37, figs. 3, 4, 2 (Pinnotheres sp.). 1914. Lenz in Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol Exp., xv, p. 281, pl. 12, figs. 17-19, 3. 1920. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 241 (ostrearius part: the specimen from St. James). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 362. Fic. 16.—Pinnotheres dofleini Lenz. a, carapace. 6, 3rd maxilliped. c, d, dac- tyls of 2nd and 5th legs. e, apex of abdomen ¢ in sternal groove, setae partly omitted to show apex of Ist pleopod. f, Ist pleopod 3. Pinnotheres sp. (Mossel Bay and Delagoa Bay). g, dactyl of 5th leg, 9. Pinnotheres ? pisuni (Linn.)* (Europe). h, apex of abdomen ¢ in sternal groove, setae partly omitted to show apex of Ist pleopod. i, Ist pleopod ¢. Carapace about 11 as broad as long, sparsely pilose, nearly or quite glabrous in 9, hind margin gently convex. 7th joint of mxp. 3 inserted on proximal inner margin of 6th, and extending very slightly _ beyond apex of 6th, very slightly widened distally. Dactyls of 2nd * Last abdominal segment does not correspond with Atkins’ figures of J piswm ((c¢., ig. land pl. 1, fig. 2). 80 Annals of the South African Museum. and 3rd legs subequal, of 4th and 5th also subequal but slightly longer than 2nd and 3rd, ungues strong. 3rd—5th legs stouter in g than in 9, 5th joints of 5rd—5th legs in ¢ fringed on hind margin. In ¢ sternal groove for reception of abdomen not laterally expanded on the segment between the chelipeds, and terminal segment of abdomen is not greatly broader than long (contrast pisum; fig. 16, e and h). Length up to? 16 mm., breadth 19mm. Pale buff, sometimes with a pinkish tinge. Localities —Algoa Bay (Doflein); Simon’s Bay, in the Ascidian Phallusia canaliculata (Lenz); St. James, False Bay, in the Ascidian Pyura stolomfera (Stebbing, coll. K. H. B.); Algoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.) ; Simonstown among Ascidians on naval training ship in dry dock (coll. K. H. B.); False Bay, in large Pinna-shell (8. Afr. Mus.); Algoa Bay, in large Pinna-shell (Port Elizabeth Mus.). Pinnotheres sp. Fig. 16, g. 1920. Stebbing. I. c., p. 241 (pisum %, non Linn.). 1920. Id., cbid., p. 241 (ostrearius part: the Delagoa Bay specimen). Carapace about 14+ as broad as long, glabrous (2), hind margin nearly straight. 7th joimt of mxp. 3 inserted on proximal imner margin of 6th, scarcely reaching beyond apex of 6th, styliform, not widening apically. Dactyls of 2nd and 3rd legs subequal, of 4th longer, of 5th longer than 4th, those of 4th and 5th subcultrate or ensiform, slender with very small ungues. Length, 9 8 mm., breadth 10 mm. Localities.—Mossel Bay, in pearl-oyster (Avicula), and Delagoa Bay in shell of Modiola (Stebbing). | Remarks.—l have compared both Stebbing’s specimens with Kuropean specimens of what I think is piswm (but see footnote to fig. 16), and the elongate dactyls of 4th and 5th legs at once distinguish the former. Pinnotheres globosus Jacqu. & Lucas 1853. Jacquinot and Lucas, Voy. Astrolabe, Crust. 1853. Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., xx, pl. Liege 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 809. 1918. Tesch, l. c., p. 257, footnote. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 81 Locality.—Mozambique (Hilgendorf). Distribution.—Singapore (Jacquinot and Lueas); New Caledonia (M. Edwards). Remarks.—Tesch does not agree with M. Edwards in regarding this species as synonymous with obesus Dana. Gen. XANTHASIA White 1846. White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvii, p. 176. 1887. de Man, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxii, p. 106. 1900. Alcock, l. c., p. 340. 1918. Tesch, l. c., pp. 245, 246. Similar to Pinnotheres but the edge of the carapace is well defined, forming (except on fronto-orbital margin) an up-turned crest, thin or thickened. In the middle of the saucer-like dorsal surface a more or less mushroom-like tubercle or boss. Remarks.—Alcock says the dactyl (7th joint) of mxp. 3 is wanting or represented by a tiny pencil of hairs; but Tesch includes the genus in his key under the heading of those genera, like Pinnotheres, in which the dactyl is present. Xanthasia murigera White 1846. White, I. c., p. 177, pl. 2, fig. 3. 1884. Miers, Zool. H.M.S. Alert, Crust., p. 546. 1894/5. Biirger, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vill, p. 386, pl. 10, fig. 33. 1900. Alcock, I. c., p. 341. 1918. Tesch, l. c., p. 246. Margin of carapace forming a thin up-turned and overhanging crest, ending in a curl on anterior part of the branchial regions. The median mushroom-like tubercle is reticulate; between it and the front 2 parallel crests. Dactyls of all legs short and subequal. Length, 2 11-5 mm., breadth 15-5 mm. Locality.—Mozambique, beach (Miers). Distribution.—Philippines, Fiji, New Caledonia. Associated with Tridacna. Remarks.—X. whiter de Man (1887, l. c., p. 106, pl. 7, fig. 1), from Mergui, has a thickened, bolster-like carapace margin. Gen. OSTRACOTHERES M. Edw. 1910. Stebbing, lL. ¢., p. 330. 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol Exp., xv, p. 283. VOL: XXXVIII. 6 82 Annals of the South African Museum. 1915. Laurie, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxi, p. 465. 1918. Teseh; 1. cs pp.1262: Like Pinnotheres, but the palp of mxp. 3 only 2-jointed, 7.e. the 7th joint is absent. Ostracotheres tridacnae (Riipp.) 1910. Stebbing, 1. c., p. 331. 1914. Lenz and Strunck, l. c., pp. 282, 283. 1918. Tesch, l. c., pp. 262 (in key), 287. 1924. Balss, Denkschr. Ak. Wiss. Wien., xcix, p. 14. 1938. Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., ser. B, cviti, p. WSsqmieeee figs. 38-41 (larval stage). Carapace subcircular, the front pubescent. Mxp. 3 pubescent on outer surface. Finger and thumb of chelipeds acute (not hollowed at tip). Dactyls of all legs subequal. . Length (according to Riippell’s figure) 15 mm. Localities.—Natal (Krauss); Simon’s Bay (Lenz and Strunck). Distribution.—Red Sea. Remarks.—Inhabits bivalve shells (Tridacna, Pinna). Famity OCYPODIDAE. 1907. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xix, p. 485 (key to subfamilies). 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 325. 1918 (January). Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, p. 365. 1918 (February). Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix, c. p. 34. 1937. Tweedie, Bull. Raffles Mus., xii, p. 140. Orbits occupying whole of the anterior border except the front, which is usually narrow and deflexed, their outer rims often not well developed. EHye-stalks slender, often elongate. 5th joint of mxp. 3 articulating at or near the external apex of 4th joint; exopod usually slender and more or less concealed. One of the chelipeds (sometimes the right, sometimes the left) often vastly larger than the other in ¢. Abdomen of § narrow. Genital openings ¢ sternal. Remarks.—Littoral crabs, living on sandy or muddy shores, usually burrowing and gregarious. Key to the South African Genera. A, A cavity, with its edges thickly fringed with hairs, between bases of 3rd and 4th (2nd and 3rd walking) legs (Ocypodinae). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 83 1. Carapace subquadrangular. Chelipeds very unequal in both sexes. Cornea very large, occupying greater part of ventral surface of eye-stalk - Ocypode. 2. Carapace broader than long. Chelipeds in 2 small and subequal, in ¢ one vastly larger than other Uca. B. No cavity between legs. 1. Body deep, more or less globose. Membranous spaces on 4th joints of the legs : ; - Doitilla. 2. Body shallow, broader than long. No membranous spaces on legs (Macrophthalminae). a. Mxp. 3 not meeting, leaving a lozenge-shaped gap between them, 4th joint shorter than 3rd P : : ‘ : : -. Macrophthalmus. 5. Mxp. 3 meeting in middle line, 4th joint as long as or longer than 3rd. i. 4th joint of mxp. 3 convex at antero- external corner, but not dilated. Cornea normal : : : . Cleistostoma. li. 4th joint of mxp. 3 strongly dilated at antero-external corner. Cornea very small . : 2 - : . Tylodiplaz. Gen. OcypPope Fabr. Sand-crabs ; Running-crabs. 1897. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., x, p. 359. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 325. 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 218 (Megalopa and juv. of one species figured). . 1918. Tesch, |. c., p. 35 (Ocypoda). 1937. Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxix, p. 418 (figs. Ist plp. $ of 3 species). 1940. Crane, Zoologica, xxv, p. 65 (development). Body deep. Carapace subquadrangular, regions ill-defined, front deflexed. Eyes large, cornea occupying most of ventral surface of stalk which is often produced beyond the cornea like a horn. Cheli- peds unequal in both sexes, the palm of the larger chela usually with a stridulating ridge of granules or striae, which can be scraped against a smooth polished ridge on the 3rd joint (the latter ridge is present on both chelipeds, but less developed on the smaller cheliped which has no palmar ridge; in those species where a stridulating ridge is absent, the ridge on 3rd joint is also absent). Legs strong; 5th (4th walking) pair weaker than others; dactyls fluted. A cavity, connecting with 84 Annals of the South African Museum. the branchial chamber, between bases of 3rd and 4th legs, its edges fringed with long hairs. Abdomen of 7 segments in both sexes. Remarks.—The Running-crabs are typical inhabitants of sandy beaches in tropical and subtropical regions. In South Africa the genus extends on the south coast as far west as Mossel Bay, but on the west coast has not been recorded farther south than Gt. Fish Bay (Tiger Peninsula) in Angola. During the period of ebb-tide the crabs dig out their burrows; if surprised away from their burrows they run with extraordinary swiftness (see Stebbing, 1893, Hist. Crust., pp. 85 sqq.). For an account of the stridulating organ see Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), x, 1892, p. 336. Crane (1940) shows that the peculiarities of the Megalopa-stage are adaptations to the habitat. Key to the South African Species. 1. No stridulating ridge on palm. LHye-stalks not prolonged beyond cornea : : : 5 , : . cordimanus. 2. Stridulating ridge present. a. Eye-stalks prolonged in a horn (at least in adult, not developed in juv.). Stridulating ridge extending across greater part of width of palm, composed of tubercles above and striae below ; 3 . ceratophthalmus. b. Eye-stalks not prolonged beyond cornea. Stridulating ridge occupying upper half only of width of palm, composed of tubercles. : f : . kuhlir. c. Eye-stalks prolonged in a short conical process bearing a brush of hairs. Stridulating ridge extending across the palm, composed of striae . : . cursor. Ocypode cordimanus Desm. ret. abs 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 803. 1881. de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., iii, p. 248. 1897. Ortmann, I. c., p. 362. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, p. 349. 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. Lie; pl lbs me ens 1910. Stebbing, UJ. c., p. 326. 1912. Lenz, Ark. Zool., vii, no. 29, p. 6. 1915. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 58. 1918. Teseh, /.¢.,p. 35. 1937. Chopra and Das, l. c., p. 420, fig. 18 (1st plp. 3). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 85 Carapace widest in anterior third behind antero-lateral (external orbital) angles, which are acute and point forwards oz slightly inwards. Hye-stalks without terminal prolongation. Lower border of orbit with a notch nearly in middle; outer border with a deep notch. Lower aan. EH D oe) MOS SS eae ok . vss y . 7 ie iv) | ’ v rie i vo? se i 22000,C v) .7) Y Fic. 17.—Ocypode cordimanus Desm. a, front of carapace. 6, front view of dactyl of 2nd leg. Ocypode ceratophthalmus (Pallas). c, front of carapace. d, stridulating ridge on inside of palm of larger chela. Ocypode kuhlit de Haan. e, front of carapace. f, stridulating ridge on inside of palm of larger chela. g, front view of dactyl of 2nd leg. (In 6 and g the dots represent sockets of hairs. In d and f the finger is not fully drawn in.) margins of 4th joint, inner margin of 5th, and lower margin of 6th (hand) of chelipeds serrate; palm of larger chela with granules evenly disposed, no stridulating ridge; 3rd joint without a polished ridge, only a few granules and a polished apical knob. 6th joints of 2nd and 3rd legs more or less furry; dactyls (fig. 17, 6) with the 2 keels on frontal surface subparallel, not concealing the lateral keels in front view. 5th segment of abdomen of ¢$ distinctly broader than long (nearly twice). Length up to 35 mm., breadth 40 mm. 86 Annals of the South African Museum. Localities. —Natal (Krauss, Stebbing); Mozambique (Hilgendorf); Amanzemtoti, Natal (Lenz); Delagoa Bay (Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius; east coast of Africa to Red Sea, Indo- Pacific to Japan. Sometimes in fresh water (de Man). Ocypode ceratophthalmus (Pallas) Hie, 15 e7d: 3 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 64 (cursor, non Linn.). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 802. 1881. de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., iii, p. 245. 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 60. 1897. Id., l. ¢., p. 364: 1900. Alcock, 1. ¢., p. 345. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 477, pl. 19, figs. 1, 1, a (chela). 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 108, pl. 12, fig. 2 (growth of eyes). 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 326. 1917. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 11 (urville: =juv.). 1918; Tesch, 1; cr, sp. a0: 1929. Cott, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., ii, p. 755, pl. 1, 1 text-fig: (habits). 1937. Chopra and Das, I. c., p. 418, fig. 17, a, 6 (1st plp. 3). 1947. Buitendijk, Zool. Med., xxviii, p. 281, fig. 1 (1st plp. g). Carapace widest sometimes across the epibranchial area, sometimes across the antero-lateral angles, which are shortly acute and slightly turned outwards. LHye-stalks produced in a long styliform process beyond cornea, usually longer in ¢ than in 9, but variable in both sexes; short in half-grown specimens, and quite undeveloped in juveniles. Upper orbital margin oblique, a line joining the outer orbital angles being well behind base of front; lower orbital margin with an indistinct notch in middle, no notch at outer orbital margin. Lower margins of 4th joints of chelipeds and legs, both borders of hand, and upper border of finger of chelipeds serrate; a single strong tooth on inner margin of 4th joint of chelipeds (often with smaller accessory teeth); palm of larger chela rather sparsely granulate, except near lower border, stridulating organ beginning above with a few rounded granules, followed by several rather widely spaced striae, and then more numerous close-set striae, the number of spaced and close-set striae variable, 14-20 and 15-30 respectively, that part of Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 87 the ridge occupied by striae being strongly furry in front; polished ridge on 3rd joint well developed, occupying at least half length of joint on larger cheliped, shorter on smaller cheliped. 6th joints of 2nd and 3rd legs furry; dactyls as in cordemanus, usually with strong fringe of hairs on anterior lateral margin. 5th segment of abdomen 3 slightly broader than long. Length up to 40 mm., breadth 45 mm. Milky- or greyish-white. Localities—Natal (Krauss, Kingsley); Mozambique (Hilgendorf); Port Elizabeth (Ortmann); Durban (Stebbing); Mossel Bay, Port St. Johns, Umkomaas, Scottburgh, Durban, Delagoa Bay, Chinde (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, east coast of Africa to Red Sea, Indo- Pacific. Ocypode kuhlu de Haan Fig. 17, e-g. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 64 (cordimana, non Desm.). 1881. de Man, I. c., p. 250. 1882. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), x, p. 384, pl. 17, figs. 8, 8 a, b. 1894. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vil, p. 761, pl. 23, fig. 19, a. 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 59. 1897. Id., l. c., pp. 359, 364. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 327. 1912. Lenz, Ark. Zool., vu, no. 29, p. 6. 1918. Tesch, I. c., p. 36 (kuhls). 1933. Rathbun, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., lxxv, p. 260, pl. 7. 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. orient. Néerland, i, fasc. 15, p. 9 (kuhlt). Carapace widest across the epibranchial area, the antero-lateral angles directed outwards. Hye-stalks without terminal prolongation. Upper orbital margin not oblique, a line joining the antero-lateral angles at least as far forward as base of front; lower orbital margin with an obscure notch in middle; outer orbital margin deeply notched. Chelipeds and legs as in cordimanus, but hand of both chelipeds more elongate, its upper as well as lower margin serrate; palm of larger chela granulate, stridulating organ of 8-10 small round or ovoid tubercles situated in upper half of palm; polished ridge on 3rd joint occupying less than half length of joint, with a few granules proximally on smaller cheliped only a few granules and an apical polished knob 88 Annals of the South African Museum. 6th joints of 2nd and 3rd legs not furry; dactyls more expanded, but strongly depressed dorso-ventrally (fig. 17, g), the 2 frontal keels forming the lateral margins and concealing the true lateral keels in front view. 5th segment of abdomen ¢ 14 times as broad as long. Length up to 38 mm., breadth 45 mm. Milky- or greyish-white, junctions of the joints of chelipeds and legs often reddish. Localities.—Natal (Kingsley, rydert); Amanzemtoti, Natal (Lenz); Port Elizabeth (Ortmann); Port St. Johns, Scottburgh, Mozambique Is. (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Kast coast of Africa, Indo-Pacific to Japan. Remarks.—Tesch mentions an example with only 6-7 tubercles “placed irregularly in the ventral part of the (stridulating) organ” [italic mine]. A photograph of McLeay’s specimen shows clearly that it is this species. Ocypode cursor (Linn.) 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 802. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 326. 1921. Rathbun, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xl, p. 461, pl. 52 (wppeus). 1923. Odhner, Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 23. 1927. Monod, Faune Col. frang. Cameroun, p. 609 (hippeus). Carapace widest across the antero-lateral angles, which are directed outwards. LHye-stalks ending in a short conical process bearing a brush of hairs. Upper orbital margin transverse; lower border with slight median notch, outer orbital margin deeply notched. Upper margin of hand of chela not serrate; stridulating ridge formed of numerous fine striae; polished ridge on 3rd joint occupying more than half length of joint in larger cheliped, shorter in smaller cheliped. Lower surfaces of 6th joint of 2nd and 3rd legs strongly tuberculate, almost spinose, upper surfaces granulate but not furry; dactyls of 2nd and 3rd legs narrow ovate-lanceolate, those of 4th and 5th legs narrower; that of 3rd leg strongly furry on lateral and lower surfaces, that of 5th leg on its anterior margin only. Length up to 44 mm., breadth 51 mm. (S. Afr. Mus.). Locality.—Gt. Fish Bay, Angola (Doflein). Distribution.—Mediterranean, west coast of Africa; Lobito Bay (S. Afr. Mus.), Port Alexander, Angola (Odhner). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 89 Gen. Uca Leach Fiddler-crabs ; Boxer-crabs ; Calling-crabs. 1814. Leach, Edin. Encycl., vu, p. 430. 1817. Latreille, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., xu, p. 517 (Gelasimus). 1891. de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., xiii, p. 20 (Gelasumus) (key to Indo-Pacific species). 1910. Stebbing, 1. ¢., p. 327. 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, p. 374. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix ¢, p. 37. 1919. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xvi, p. 307, footnote (Gelasimus). 1922. Hyman, Ann. Rep. Smiths. Instit. for 1920, pp. 443 sqq, 6 pls. (habits, development). 1928. Maccagno, Boll. Mus. Zool. Turin, xli, no. 11, pp. 1-52, figs. (key). 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. orient. Néerland, iti, fasc. 15, p. 10 (Gelasimus). _ 1937. Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxix, p. 421 (Gelasimus). 1940. Crane, Zoologica, xxv, p. 72 (megalopa compared with that of Ocypode). 1941. Id., wbid., xxvi, p. 145, pls. 1-9, text-figs. 1-8 (W. coast American spp., morphology, habits). 1943. Id., ibed., xxvill, p. 217, fig. 1 (display, breeding). Body deep. Carapace broader than long, regions ill-defined, front deflexed. Eyes terminal on long slender stalks. Chelipeds weak and subequai in 9, finger and thumb apically spooned, in $ one of them enormously enlarged, no stridulating organ, smaller chela resembling those of 9. Legs strong, dactyls fluted. A cavity, fringed with long hairs, between bases of 3rd and 4th legs. Abdomen with 7 segments in 9, in § with 7 or some of them coalesced. Remarks.—¥iddler-crabs are gregarious on tropical and subtropical muddy shores and mangrove swamps. For the habits of these crabs see Alcock (1892, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), x, p. 415), Stebbing (1893, Hist. Crust., pp. 89 sqq.), and Hyman (1922); Monod (1927, Fauna Colon. frang. Cameroun, p. 612, fig. 1) gives a picture of the ¢ and 2 feeding. The apparently numerous species of this genus, owing to a certain amount of variation, chiefly in the large chela of the 3, have caused considerable taxonomic trouble, and it is only recently that the foundations for a correct discrimination of the species have been laid 30 Annals of the South African Museum. by an examination of the 1st pleopods of the gg. As Gordon (1934) has shown, this appendage has valuable taxonomic characters. Following up this line of investigation, I have figured the 1st pleopod g of four species found in South Africa. In all these species the basal opening of the seminal channel is guarded by a setose flap on the inner side of the appendage. The apices, as will be seen from the figures, offer good specific characters (cf. Crane, I. c., 1943, fig. 1). The most southerly locality for Fiddler-crabs (marionis and annuli- pes) on the east coast, of which I have record, is 10 miles south of Port St. Johns, Pondoland; and on the west coast, St. Paul de Loanda. Key to the South African Species (Males). A. Front narrow (fig. 18, a, d). 1. Inner margin of 4th joint of large chela with prominent acute tooth . ; 5 5 . marionis. 2. Inner margin of 4th joint without tooth . . urviller. B. Front broad (fig. 18, g, 7). 1. Oblique ridge on lower part of palm of large chela 3 absent. Finger of large chela with prominent subapical tooth ; ‘ ; : 2. Oblique ridge present. No subapical tooth on finger. a. Upper border of hand of large chela with raised edge, and a groove on outer surface . . chlorophthalmus. b. Upper border of hand rounded. i. 4th joints of legs at least 3 times as long as inversa. broad. : : : : . lactea. ii. 4th joints of legs less than 3 times as long as broad : : ; 3 . annulipes. The $9 can be separated into species with narrow and species with broad fronts, but further specific characters seem to be lacking. Uca marionis (Desm.) Figs. 18, a-c, 19, d. 1880. Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., pt. 1, p. 140, pl. 9, fig. 7 (cultromanus), and p. 141, pl. 9, fig. 8 (marionis). 1891. de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., xiii, p. 23, pl. 2, figs. 5, 5, a (chelae) (vocans). 1902. Id., Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 487 (synonymy). ? 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 15 (arcuatus, non de Haan). 1918, Tesch, I. c., p. 38. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 91 1920. McNeill, Rec. Austral. Mus., xii, p. 105, figs. 1-5 and pl. 19 (typical form and vars.). 1921. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., 11, p. 16 (netidus). 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xin, p. 120 (vocans). 1928. Maccagno, |. c., p. 23, fig. 9, and p. 24, figs. 10, 11 (var. nitida). > Ed. Fic. 18.—Uca marionis(Desm.). a, front of carapace. b,c, outer surface ¢ chela. Uca urvillei (M. Edw.). d, front of carapace. e, outer surface ¢ chela. f, Ist and 2nd abdominal segments ¢. Uca annulipes (M. Edw.). g, front of carapace. h, outer surface ¢ chela. z, Ist and 2nd abdominal segments ¢. Uca chlorophthalmus (M. Edw.). J, front of carapace. k, outer surface ¢ chela. Uca inversa (Hoffm.). JU, inner view ¢ chela of smithii (after Kingsley). m, outer surface ¢ chela. Front narrow. Lateral margins of carapace moderately con- vergent behind; no fine raised line defining the dorsal surface laterally except in front of epibranchial region. Lower border of orbit with a single row of crenulations. Large cheliped of adult 3, 4th joint with upper margin distinct, and a prominent triangular tooth on inner margin, 5th joint with blunt spine on inner margin, hand with upper 92 Annals of the South African Museum. and lower borders well defined, outer surface with large granules, inner surface with 2 prominent granulose ridges, thumb with a groove or line of pits on outer surface, cutting-edge simply sinuous, or with one or two triangular teeth, finger usually with one tooth on distal third of cutting-edge. Abdomen of 3 with 7 segments, a transverse ridge across segment 1, segment 2 very short. Ist pleopod g, outer Fie. 19.—Left lst pleopod 3. Ina viewed from outer side, in b-e from dorsal (concave) side, the internal (median) edge being on the right in b-e. a, b, Uca urvillet (M. Edw.). c Uca chlorophthalmus (M. Edw.). d, Uca marionis (Desm.). e, Uca annulipes (M. Edw.). margin setose along whole length, apex trilobed, a small setose lobe on outside and 2 large lobes, the outer of which bears an acute process, and the inner one a broader channelled process, both these lobes strongly setose (only partly shown in figure), the seminal channel near apex crosses over to the outer side and then curves back again to open on the inside of the channelled process. Length up to ¢ 16 mm., breadth 26 mm. -Brownish orange, large chela 3 pale orange below, purple above. Localities.—Durban (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (Barnard); mouth of Umgazana River, 10 miles 8S. of Port St. Johns (S. Afr. Mus.). a a ase . . Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 93 Distribution.—Mauritius (8. Afr. Mus.). Madagascar, east coast of Africa to Red Sea, Indo-Pacific, Queensland and New South Wales. Remarks.—The lack of a demarcating line between the sides and the dorsum of the carapace, and the tooth of the 4th joint of the large cheliped 4, distinguish this species from all other South African species. The fact that Stebbing was inclined to include vocans M. Edw. (pl. 3, fig. 4), and his reference to the shape of the chela, seems to indicate that his material, or part of it, should be referred to marionis and not to arcuata. The name nitidus, invoked by Stebbing (1921), is not available as it is preoccupied by Desmarest for a fossil species (Tesch, 1. c., p- 38). This species seems to be rare in South Africa. At Delagoa Bay (Inyack Island) I found them in 1912 on sandy beaches; they were much shyer than the other species living in the mangrove swamps, and to capture them it was necessary to dig them out of their burrows. In front of the females the males raise themselves on the tips of their claws and then let themselves drop quickly, as if heaving a great sigh. Uca urviller (M. Edw.) Figs. 18, d—f, 19, a, b. ¢ 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 39 (arcuatus, non de Haan). 1852. Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., xvii, p. 148, pl. 3, fig. 10. 1869. Hilgendorf, v. d. Decken’s Reise, Crust., p. 84, pl. 4, fig. 1 (dussumiert, non M. Edw.). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 59. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, p. 362. ? 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. S. Afr., iv, p. 40 (arcwata, non de Haan). 1910. Id., l. ¢., p. 327 (arcuata, non de Haan). Front narrow, its groove narrower than the raised margin. Lateral margins of carapace strongly convergent behind; a fine raised line from the outwardly directed antero-lateral tooth to two-thirds distance to hind margin. Lower border of orbit crenulate, with an accessory row of granules within the margin. Large cheliped 3, 4th and 5th joints without tooth or spine, hand with upper and lower borders well defined, outer surface with large granules, inner surface with the usual oblique and double granulate ridges, thumb grooved 94 Annals of the South African Museum. on outer surface, cutting-edge with a single tooth near middle, finger with cutting-edge denticulate, a few of the denticles larger than the others, but no tooth near apex. Abdomen with 7 segments in 4, lst segment with a short transverse ridge on each side, interrupted — medianly, with a seta in a pit behind it. Ist pleopod g with distal expansion on inner margin, with spines and setae, apex strongly chitinised and curving dorsally, seminal channel opening apically. Length up to ¢ 15 mm., breadth 26 mm. Greyish blue, large chela bright red (Krauss). Localities —Durban Bay (Krauss, Stebbing); Durban Bay and Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Kast coast of Africa, Madagascar, Madras, Nicobars, Mergui, Vanicoro. Remarks.—U. dussumieri and urville: are very closely allied species, the latter being distinguished by the accessory row of granules on lower orbital border. But de Man (1891) has recorded specimens showing traces of this accessory row, which in other respects (shape of carapace) resemble typical dussumiert. The fine raised dorso-lateral lines converge more rapidly in wrviller than in dussumiert. As the South African specimens have the accessory row of granules quite distinct, and the lst pleopod ¢ unlike that figured by Gordon (1934) for dussumiert, they are assigned to wrvillet. This form is in all probability that which Krauss and Stebbing assigned to arcuata, a species which does not seem to exist in the western portion of the Indian region. Uca wnversa (Hoffm.) Wig, 18; 1, mm, 1874. Hoffmann, Crust... .Madag, Réunion, p. 19, pl. 4, figs. 23-26. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 803 (chlorophthalmus, non M. Edw.). 1880. Kingsley, J. c., p. 144, pl. 9, fig. 14 (chela) (smithi). 1891. de Man, I. c., p. 44, pl. 4, fig. 12 (chela). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reuse, v, p. 59. 1900. Alcock, l. ¢., pp. 355, 356 (var. sindensis). 1910. Stebbing, Ll. c., p. 328. 1928. Maccagno, l. c., p. 26, fig. 13. 1942. Chace, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., xci, p. 202. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 95 Front broad. Lateral margins strongly convergent behind. Lower orbital margin (seen from above) slightly concave in middle, not crenulate except at external rounded angle, no accessory row of granules. Large cheliped $, 4th joint with upper outer margin dilated into a denticulate crest, 5th joint with inner margin denticulate, hand with upper margin separated from outer surface by a row of granules, outer surface granulate above, smooth (minutely granulate) below, lower margin granulate, palm without the oblique ridge found in other species, only the double transverse granulate ridge near the finger-hinge, thumb not grooved on outer surface, cutting-edge with a tooth just before middle, finger with a tooth immediately behind apex, and sometimes a second one a little farther back. Localities.—Natal (Kingsley); Mozambique (Hilgendorf). Distribution.—Madagascar, E. coast of Africa, Red Sea. Remarks.—Although Kingsley placed his species smithiz in the narrow-fronted group, Ortmann has identified it with enversa (? after inspection of Kingsley’s type); Kingsley’s brief description is not inconsistent, barring the width of the front. Uca chlorophthalmus (M. Edw.) RiesaeSay ya ic 19) sc 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 484, pl. 19, fig. 4. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 327. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u, p. 104. [Not chlorophthalmus McLeay 1838, nor Hilgendorf 1869 and 1878.] Front broad. Lateral margins strongly convergent behind, antero-lateral angles very acute, directed obliquely outwards. Upper orbital margin rather oblique; lower orbital margin without accessory row of granules. Large cheliped 3, outer surface of 4th joint some- what squamose, upper margin somewhat granulate, upper border of hand margined with a raised granulate edge, with groove on its outer side, outer surface finely granulate, the granules slightly larger in the upper part, sometimes a shallow furry depression near base of thumb (cf. Tesch, I. ¢., p. 40), imner surface of palm with the usual oblique granulate ridge, and 2 rather widely separated rows of granules near finger-hinge, the distal row continued more or less on to base of thumb, the more proximal row sometimes feeble, or reduced to 4-5 oranules, lower edge granulate, with groove on outer side, but groove 96 Annals of the South African Museum. not extending on to base of thumb, the latter not grooved on outer surface, cutting-edge with 2-4 teeth, the most distal one just before tip, finger not grooved on outer surface, only a short groove basally near upper edge, where there are a few granules, cutting-edge with 2-3 teeth. Abdomen ¢ with 7 segments, 5th segment 14 times as broad as long, and slightly longer than either 4th or 6th (cf. de Man, 1888, triangularis). 1st pleopod ¢ distally with digitiform process on inner margin, apex truncate conical, the seminal channel opening apically. Carapace bluish grey with paler mottling, large chela ¢ red, finger and thumb paler. Localities.—Isipingo, Natal (Stebbing); Durban Bay, Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius; East Indies. Remarks.—Stebbing remarked that this species could not be included in the South African fauna-list merely on McLeay’s record. In fact, McLeay’s specimen is now proved (by photograph) to be annulipes. The specimens above described, however, appear to be this species, or possibly gaamardi. de Man (1891, p. 42) separates these two species on the shape of the hand of the large chela 3 (length including finger and thumb 24 times the width in chlorophthalmus, 3 times in gaimardt). But the South African Museum specimens, otherwise identical, exhibit both “long” and “‘short” hands. Tesch (I. c., p. 40, under garmardt) makes the same observation, and doubts whether the two species are really distinct. The name chlorophthalmus has priority. This species is easily distinguished from the other South African species; itis not triangularis as the finger of large chela is not grooved, and there are 2 (albeit variable in development; cf. de Man, 1891, p. 43) rows of granules on palm near the finger-hinge. Uca lactea (de Haan) 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 327. 1917. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 16, pl. 4. 1928. Maccagno, I. c., p. 29, fig. 15. Front broad. Lateral margins nearly parallel, antero-lateral angles directed forwards. Lower orbital margin slightly convex, crenulate along whole margin, without accessory row of granules. Large cheliped 3, upper outer margin of 4th joint somewhat granulate, upper surface of hand rounded, outer surface finely granulate above, Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 97 smooth (minutely granulate) below, lower border very finely granulate, palm with the usual oblique ridge near finger-hinge, outer surface of thumb without furrow near lower border, cutting-edge with a tooth just before middle, and slightly arcuate immediately before tip, which is never notched-truncate, finger with a tooth just before middle, but _ no tooth near tip. 4th joints of walking legs not strongly expanded, 3 to nearly 4 times as long as wide. Sky-blue with greenish brown, or blackish blue with pale grey mottling, large chela bright red (Krauss). Locality.— Durban Bay (Krauss, Stebbing). Distribution.—India, East Indies, China, Japan. Remarks.—Stebbing’s figure of the chela shows a groove near lower margin of thumb and thus conflicts with de Man’s statement (1891, p- 45); but the 4th joints of the legs appear to be narrow, this being the only character Stebbing indicates in support of his identification. The presence of this species in South Africa requires confirmation. Uca annulipes (M. Edw.) Figs. 18, g-2, 19, e. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 64 (chlorophthalmus, non M. Edw.). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 803. 1884. Miers, Crust., H.M.S. Alert, p. 541. 1887. de Man, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxii, p. 118, pl. 8, figs. 5-7 (chelae) (Gelasimus a.). 1894. Ortmann, Semon Austral. Reise, v, p. 59. 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 221. 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ui, p. 16 (references). 1928. Maccagno, I. c., p. 35, fig. 20, and var. orventalis, p. 36, fig. 21. 1934. Gordon, l. ¢., p. 10. Front broad. Lateral margins convergent behind, antero-lateral | angles directed obliquely outwards. Lower orbital margin crenulate along whole length, with accessory row of granules in 2? only, not in 3. Large cheliped 3, upper surface of 4th joint feebly and sparsely granu- late, upper surface of hand rounded, whole outer surface smooth (minutely granulate), lower border not granulate, palm with the usual oblique ridge and double ridge near finger-hinge, thumb grooved near lower margin on outer surface, cutting-edge with 3—4 teeth, the distal subapical one sometimes strongly developed (var. orientalis), some- VOL. XXXVIII. a 98 Annals of the South African Museum. times the edge merely arcuate at this place (de Man, 1887, pl. 8, fig. 7), finger with 2—4 teeth, but no enlarged tooth just before tip, sometimes without any enlarged teeth (de Man, pl. 8, fig. 7). Walking legs rather strongly expanded, not 3 times as long as wide. Abdomen of ¢ with 7 segments, Ist segment usually with an obscure transverse ridge on either side, interrupted medianly, with a seta in a pit behind it and near the outer margin, 5th segment twice as broad as long, slightly longer than 4th and subequal in length to 6th. Ist pleopod ¢ distally with digitiform process on inner margin, apex flattened, and rather broadly spatulate, the seminal channel opening subapically on the ventral (convex) side. Length up to g 11 mm., 2? 9 mm., breadth ¢ 20 mm., 2 16 mm. Carapace blackish, or bluish black, with milk-white mottling, legs reddish, large chela salmon. Localities—Inhambane and Mozambique (Hilgendorff); mouth of Zambesi River (Miers); Durban (Miers, Stebbing); Durban, Delagoa Bay, Inhambane, and mouth of Umgazana R., 10 miles 8. of Port St. Johns (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—East coast of Africa, Madagascar, Seychelles, Indo- Pacific. Remarks.—This seems to be the commonest species in South Africa. It inhabits muddy shores and mangrove swamps. Boyce (1924, S. Afr. J. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 250) has given a popular account of its habits. Gen. DotiLtLa Stimpson 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, p. 363. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 329. 1917. Zd., Ann. Durban Mus., ui, p. 17. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix c, p. 43 (key to species). 1919. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xvi, p. 324. 1940. Ramadan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 5, p. 253 (zoea stage). Body deep, subcubical or subglobose. Carapace as broad as, or broader than long, dorsal and lateral surfaces sculptured with convoluted grooves; front narrow, deflexed. Eye-stalks long, cornea terminal. Buccal cavity and mxp. 3 very large, 4th joint of latter sculptured with convoluted grooves; penultimate joint of endopod of mx. 2 greatly expanded. Chelipeds equal in both sexes, finger and thumb slender, acute. 4th joints of chelipeds and legs with oval membranous spaces (tympana or “‘windows’’); similar spaces sometimes also on some of the sternites. Abdomen with 7 segments oS a eee ee ee le ee ee, is -. 4 heres es ee Ef lt Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 99 in both sexes, hind margin of 4th segment thickly fringed with setae, 5th segment not constricted in g. No brushes of hairs between bases of any of the legs. Remarks.—Easily recognized among South African genera by the tympana or “windows” on the legs (see Kemp, 1918, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vi, p. 228). Gregarious on muddy and sandy shores. For remarks on the sexes, and dimorphism, see Kemp (I. c., 1919, pp. 324, Jol sqq.). Dotilla fenestrata Hilg. 1869. Ries 20550, 0: 1843. Krauss, Stidafr. Crust., p. 30 (Doto sulcatus). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 806. 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 128. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 329. 1917. Id., l.c., p. 18, pl. 5 (clepsydra). 1919. Kemp, l. c., p. 327 (references). 1921, Bigalke, 8. Afr. J. Nat. Hist., i, p. 205 (habits). 1934. Balss, Faune Col. Frang., v, p. 521 (var.). 1941. Gordon, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 153 Sers., pt. 1, p. 136, eet, a. (plp. | 3). Carapace broader than long, smooth grooves in shape of a 5-rayed star, median anterior one continued to apex of front, antero-lateral ones directed towards middle of orbital margin, postero-lateral ones towards but not reaching postero-lateral angles above insertion of 5th legs; behind the latter grooves a V-shaped groove enclosing a triangular space which is pitted or feebly granulate and without cardiac grooves; hind margin straight; a lateral groove from base of 5th leg, anteriorly bifurcate, outer branch of the fork running to the short antero-lateral projection which bears a tuft of setae; rest of carapace finely granulate. Sternal tympana on 2nd and 3rd segments, sometimes also on the lst (cheliped segment) and 4th segments, sometimes asymmetrically developed. Cheliped with a spiniform or digitiform process on under side near base of the joint in g, small in juv. and 9; finger and thumb longer than palm, each with a tooth on inner edge. lst pleopod ¢ rather slender, sinuous, distal quarter curving rather sharply outwards, outer margin setose except distally, apex slightly hooked, with a subapical fringe of plumose setae on inner anterior margin. 100 Annals of the South African Museum. Length ¢ 10 mm., breadth 13 mm. Pale yellowish, with slightly darker markings on carapace. Localities.—Durban Bay (Krauss, Stebbing, Gordon); Inhambane (Hilgendorf); Mozambique (Hilgendorf, Miers, Gordon); Durban, Fic. 20.—Dotilla fenestrata Hilg. a, carapace. 6, lst pleopod ¢, with apex further enlarged. Macrophthalmus grandidiert M. Edw. c, carapace g. d, part of carapace 9. e, Ist pleopod 3g, with apex further enlarged. Macrophthalmus boscii Aud. f, part of carapace. g, h, i, ventral, median, and dorsal views respectively of lst pleopod g, with cross-section. Macrophthalmus hilgendorfi Tesch. J, part of carapace (after Tesch). Delagoa Bay, Inhambane, Beira, Chinde, Mozambique (8. Afr. Mus., coll. K, H. B.1912). Distribution.—lbo; Zanzibar, Dar-es-Salaam and Mombasa; Madagascar. Remarks.—Farther north this species is replaced by the closely Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 101 allied sulcata (Forskal), which is distinguished by having no sternal tympana and no teeth on the inner edges of finger and thumb of chelipeds. “hap: eae B Gen. MACROPHTHALMUS Latr. 1915. Tesch, Zool. Med. Mus. Leiden, 1, pp. 149-204. 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 12. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix c, pp. 57, 58. 1919. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xvi, pp. 383-394. Body shallow. Carapace broader than long, regions well defined, cervical and branchial grooves defining two teeth on lateral margin. Front relatively narrow, deflexed. EHye-stalks slender, elongate, sometimes extending beyond lateral margins of carapace, cornea terminal. Buccal cavity and mxp. 3 rather large, 3rd and 4th joints of latter not quite meeting in middle line, leaving a lozenge-shaped gap. Chelipeds equal or subequal, but much enlarged in 34, short and feeble in 9, finger and thumb bent inwards. 3rd legs longest and stoutest, 2nd and 5th short, the latter shortest. No brushes of hairs between bases of any of the legs. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes. Remarks—Kemp points out that the genus Euplax cannot be precisely defined until the rediscovery of its type species, and that the species boscii mentioned below might legitimately be retained in Macrophthalmus, where its original author, and also Krauss, placed it. Key to the South African [Mauritian, etc.] Species (after Tesch 1915). A. Carapace about twice as broad as long. Outer surface of hand ¢ with a ridge near lower margin, inner surface (palm) with a spine. 1, External orbital tooth and Ist lateral tooth on cara- pace crossed, or nearly at right angles to one another (fig. 20, c, d). a. HKye-stalks extending slightly beyond sides of carapace A : [sulcatus, Mauritius]. b. Eye-stalks scarcely reaching inner margin of Ist lateral tooth . . . grandidierr. 2. External orbital tooth and Ist lateral tooth pointing approximately in same direction (fig. 20, j). a. Length of hand ¢ chela (without thumb) 4 times as long as high. Carapace with verrucose tubercles laterally . : : < . [brevis, Mauritius]. 102 Annals of the South African Museum. b. Length of hand (without thumb) about twice as long as high. Carapace without verrucose tubercles - : : ; : . halgendorfi. B. Carapace less than twice as broad as long, conspicuously granulate. Inner surface (palm) of hand of ¢ chela without spine. 1. 4 lateral teeth, incl. external orbital tooth [latreillec, Madagascar, etc. ]. 2. 2 lateral teeth é : : ‘ : : . bosci. Macrophthalmus grandidiert M. Edw. Fig. 20, c-e. 1915. Tesch, l. ¢., p. 166, pl. 6, figs. 3, 3, a, b (references). 1917. Stebbing; 1s csp. U2e plea: 1934. Balss, Faune Col. Frang., v, p. 522. 1938. Monod, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, xxxvu, p. 148, fig. 27. Carapace finely granulate, rather more strongly so laterally where there are sometimes 2 feebly raised patches of granules on the branchial region, and a transverse ridge immediately in front of the branchial groove. Supra-orbital margin rather strongly sinuous. External orbital angle (tooth) directed outwards and meeting or overlapping, at least in 3, the larger Ist lateral tooth, which points obliquely forwards and outwards. A second, smaller, lateral tooth present. Hye-stalks not reaching beyond inner margin of Ist lateral tooth. Cheliped d, a conical tooth on inner surface of 5th joint, and one on inner surface of hand near base, both often with subsidiary denticles; upper margin of hand denticulate, a beaded or corded ridge on outer surface near lower margin, continued as a faint smooth ridge along the thumb, lower margin of hand and thumb granulate; thumb with oblong denticulate tooth on middle of inner margin, finger with a similar tooth at base, upper margin granulate; finger and thumb strongly gaping, the distal width of hand about 12 in length of upper margin of hand; in 9 finger and thumb less gaping, inner margins finely denticulate. Ist pleopod ¢g slightly sinuous and tapering, seminal canal opening into an apical cavity on dorsal side of appendage, fringed with golden setae, a fine line (or suture) along inner edge of appendage, outer edge setose. Length up to g 16 mm., 2? 11 mm., breadth ¢ 33 mm., ? 21 mm. Localities.—Durban (Stebbing); Durban Bay, Delagoa Bay, Mozambique (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Zanzibar, Dar-es-Salaam, Kilwa, Red Sea, Mada- gascar. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 103 Remarks.—The crossing of the two antero-lateral teeth appears to take place only in the 3; in young ¢ the external orbital tooth, just touches, and even in some adult $3 does no more than just touch, the Ist lateral tooth; in the 2 there is a distinct but narrow gap between the two teeth. Macrophthalmus hilgendorfi Tesch Fig. 20, 7. 1851. Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mosamb., fasc. 5, p. 85 (carinimanus, non M. Edw.). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 806 (carznimanus, non M. Edw.). 1915. Tesch, l. ¢., p. 172, pl. 7, figs. 6, 6, a, 6 (references). 1934. Balss, Faune Col. Frang., v, p. 522 (as syn. of grandidiert). Carapace finely granulate, without raised patches of granules (verrucose tubercles) laterally. External orbital tooth and Ist lateral tooth pointing approximately in same direction obliquely forwards; 2nd lateral tooth very feeble. Hye-stalks as in grandidiert. Cheliped ¢ as in grandidiert. Length up to. 15 mm., breadth 32 mm. Locality—Mozambique (Bianconi, Hilgendorf); Delagoa Bay (Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Zanzibar, Red Sea, Madagascar. Remarks.—I have seen only one 2, from Delagoa Bay; my Mozam- bique specimens being definitely referable to grandidiert as regards the character of the two antero-lateral teeth. It would seem as if the species is not too well characterized, and Balss definitely regards it as a synonym of grandidiert. Possibly the lst pleopod ¢ would provide better differential characters, but this appendage does not appear to have been studied in this genus. Macrophthalmus boscu. Audouin Fig. 20, fr. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 40, pl. 2, fig. 5, a—-c. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 329 (Euplaz b.). 1915. Tesch, l. c., pp. 188, 192, 193 (Euplaz 6.). 1918. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 55 (Huplaz b.) (references). 104. Annals of the South African Museum. 1918. Tesch, l. c., p. 60 (Huplax 6b.) (references). 1919. Kemp, l. c., pp. 384, 391, pl. 24, fig. 6. 1938. Balss, Medd. Goteb. Mus., lxxv, p, 76. Carapace subquadrangular, slightly broader than long, granulate, regions defined by pilose grooves, lateral margins setose, with 2 antero- lateral teeth, outer margins cf lst or external orbital teeth convergent behind, 7.e. greatest width of carapace between tips of these teeth; 3rd tooth practically obsolete. Hye-stalks a little longer than 4 breadth of carapace. Gap between 3rd maxillipeds a little wider than in other species of the genus. Hand of cheliped not greatly widened distally, granulate ridge on outer surface very faint, finger with tooth near base, cutting-edge of thumb crenulate; in g$ inner surfaces of joints of chelipeds, including finger and thumb, thickly furred. Legs setose and fringed with hairs. 6th segment of abdomen ¢ slightly wider than 5th segment. Length up to 14:5 mm., breadth 21 mm., ovig. 9 9x12 mm. Yellowish with white hairs (Krauss and K. H. B.); chelae of g white on outer surface (Tesch); whitish or greyish, scattered red specks and dots on carapace and walking legs, chelae 3 white, pterygostomial regions and anterior margin of buccal cavity more or less reddish (Hast London specimen, preserved in formalin). Localities.—Natal (Krauss): Mozambique (Miers); Durban Bay (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (coll. K. H. B. 1912); East London and Port Alfred (coll. T. A. Stephenson). Distribution.—Madagascar, Red Sea, east coast of Africa, Malaysia, Oceania. Gen. CLEISTOSTOMA de Haan 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 328. ) 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix c, p. 61, and Para- cleistostoma, p. 62. 1920. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 239. 1924, 1d,,7bid,, xix, 1926. Rathbun, Rec. Austral. Mus., xv, p. 178. 1931. Gordon, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxvii, figs. 26-28 (1st pleopod 3 of 3 species). 1932. Shen, Zool. Sinica, ix, p. 231 (Paracleistostoma) and p. 236 (figs. lst plp. g of 2 species). 1937. Tweedie, Bull. Raffles Mus., no. 13, pp. 157-160 (figs. 1st pleopod 3 of 2 species). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 105 Body shallow. Carapace broader than long, strongly vaulted (Cleistostoma) or rather flattened (Paracleistostoma), regions not well defined, lateral margins entire or with one tooth; front deflexed, its: antero-lateral corners rounded (Cleistostoma) or angular and more or less produced (Paracleistostoma). Hye-stalks not very long, rather stout, cornea well developed, terminal. 3rd maxillipeds meeting in middle line, 4th joint as long as or longer than 3rd. Chelipeds stout in g, weak in 9, 3rd and 4th legs strongest. No brushes of hairs between any of the legs. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes. Key to the South African Species. 1. Antero-lateral corners of carapace sharp, tooth-like . edwardsi. 2. Antero-lateral corners rounded (2) with small blunt point (3) : > edwards var. Cleistostoma edwardsir McLeay Fig. 21, a-g. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 64 (Clezstotoma [sic] e.). 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 40 (Cleistotoma [sic] e.). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 328. 1939. Buitendijk, Zool. Medd., xxii, p. 76, figs. 1-5 (carapace, chela 32, mxp. 3, abd., Ist plp. 3). Carapace quadrangular, sparsely setose, but more closely setose in the shallow grooves and hollows and on lateral margins, 1st antero- lateral (external orbital) tooth sharp, curving slightly inwards, behind it one distinct tooth and an obscure (especially so in 2) notch, carapace widest anteriorly in g¢ posteriorly in. Antero-lateral corners of front quadrate. Supra- and infra-orbital margins minutely granulate in 2 obscurely so in young 3, and smooth in adult g. Eye-stalks stout, not tapering, with a few hairs in adult 3, cornea well developed. 3rd maxillipeds close together in middle line, 4th joint subequal to 3rd, antero-external margin somewhat strongly convex in adult d, exopod concealed. Anterior margin of buccal cavity somewhat sinuous, but not strongly bilobate. Cheliped $ robust, smooth, a row of very small granules on upper margin of hand, finger with squarish tooth (relatively smaller in adult than in young) near base, apex curved, granulate, thumb distally with a groove, bordered on inner and outer side by a denticulate ridge into which the finger apex fits, in young ¢ the inner ridge is not developed; in 2 very weak (see fig. in Buitendijk). Legs 106 Annals of the South African Museum. furry, and with fringes of longer whitish setae, 4th leg longest, 2nd and 5th shortest, dactyls flattened, fringed on both margins. Abdomen in ¢ evenly tapering, except that the lateral margins of 5th segment are concave to allow the protrusion of the folded Ist pleopods. Fia. 21.—Cleistostoma edwardsii McLeay. a, carapace g. b, carapace 9. c, frontal view of front. d, e, 3rd and 4th joints of mxp. 3 of smaller and larger f respectively. f, chela 3. g, 1st pleopod 3. Cleistostoma edwardsii var. h, carapace 2. 1, eye, dorsal view 9. Tylodiplax blephariskios (Stebb.). j, carapace 9. k, eye, ventral view. 1, epi- stome and 3rd maxillipeds. Length up to ¢ 9 mm., non-ovig. 2 6 mm., breadth ¢ 11 mm., ?8mm.; one ovigerous 2? 5:5 x7 mm. Localities.—Knysna (Buitendijk, and S. Afr. Mus.); estuary of Buffalo River, East London (coll. T. A. Stephenson). Remarks.—Mr. Melbourne Ward tells me (4/3/37) that the type of this species is not amongst the McLeay collection of South African Crustacea in the Australian Museum. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 107 Buitendijk gives a brief description with useful figures, including one of the Ist pleopod g. The crenulation of the carapace margin in his figure is a little too strong. The shape of the front varies according to the angle from which it is viewed; it may be quite straight. Cleistostoma edwardsw var. Mies 21 eis 1920. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvu, p. 239 (leachii) (not the references to McLeay, Krauss, or Stebbing, 1910). Stebbing’s ovigerous 2 and a single § from an unknown locality (ex s.s. Pieter Faure coll.) differ only from the normal edwardsi, as above described, in the following particulars. Carapace and legs more densely setose than in any specimen of edwardsw that I have seen, especially on the margin of the carapace and on the legs in the g. External orbital corner with a very small blunt point in g, but quite rounded in 2. KHye-stalks stout, but tapering distally, cornea considerably smaller than in typical edwardsi, but partly visible in dorsal view. 1st pleopod ¢ exactly similar to that of typical edwardsvv. Length 8 mm., breadth 10 mm. Locality.—Zwartkops River estuary, Port Elizabeth. 1 ovig. 2 (Stebbing); 1 ¢ without locality (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—The similarity of the 1st pleopod 3 would seem to be against the institution of a separate species, though the denser setose fringes of the carapace and legs, and especially the character of the eye-stalks and cornea, are distinctive features. Gen. TyLoprpLax de Man 1895. de Man, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vill, p. 598. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, p. 373. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix ¢, p 69. Body shallow. Carapace broader than long, dorsally flat, lateral borders divergent posteriorly, regions more or less defined, front not or not strongly deflexed. EHye-stalks not very long, cornea very small. Epistome with a fold on each side, causing the anterior margin of buccal cavity to appear bilobed. 3rd maxillipeds meeting in middle line except basally, 4th joit longer and wider than 3rd, antero- 108 Annals of the South African Museum. external corner strongly lobed or auriculate, exopod more or less exposed. Chelipeds even in adult g weak. 3rd and 4th legs longest. No brushes of hairs between any of the legs. Abdomen with 7 segments in 9; in ¢ with 5, the 3rd—5th being fused but without obliteration of the sutures (Alcock); 3 with 7 segments, evenly tapering (Stebbing). Tylodiplax blephariskios (Stebb.) Fig. 21, 9-1. 1924. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xix, p. 3, pl. 1 (Crust., pl. 116) (Clerstostoma b.). Carapace smooth or feebly setose, antero-laterally rounded, without tooth (Stebbing’s figure) or with a small blunt tooth, behind which the lateral margin minutely granulate, regions ill-defined, front deflexed, its antero-lateral corners quadrate, a median groove and a lateral groove near the inner orbital margin, two inconspicuous humps behind the front on anterior gastric region. Supra- and infra-orbital margins smooth. Hye-stalk tapering distally, with long setae on front and hind margins, cornea very small, terminal and ventral, scarcely visible dorsally, feebly pigmented (Stebbing’s figure “oi” (=oc) is correct, but the representation of the eyes im situ in figure “car” is not good). 3rd joint of 3rd maxilliped narrow at base, 4th joint strongly dilated. Cheliped setose, strong fringes along upper and lower margins of hand, and in 2 along middle of outer surface of hand, and along margin of finger and thumb, finger in ¢ with tooth near middle, finger and thumb in 9 meeting along nearly whole length, apices acute. Legs setose, dactyls flattened, with strong fringe on both fore and hind edges. Abdomen (Stebbing’s figure presumably 3) with 7 segments, evenly tapering; in 9 with 7 segments, the middle segments very broad. Length g 6 mm., ovig. 2? 7 mm., breadth ¢ 9-5 mm., 2? 11 mm. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Stebbing). Dredged in 3 fathoms, bottom black mud (K. H. B. 1912). Remarks.—The specimen sent to, and described by, Stebbing seems to have been a G. It has not been returned to the South African Museum. A second specimen, an ovigerous 2, has since been found amongst my 1912 collection of marine organisms. It is here figured and its description embodied in the above diagnosis of the species. This species differs from tetratylophorus de Man (from Penang) in Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 109 its smooth carapace, and from indica Alcock (Karachi) in its rounded antero-lateral margin and conspicuous “‘eye-lashes.”” (See Addenda.) Famity GECARCINIDAE. Land Crabs. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, pp. 283, 440 (Geocarcinidae). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 324. 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, p. 339. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix ¢, p. 132. Carapace vaulted, branchial regions inflated, lateral margins convex, not sharply defined except anteriorly, front deflexed, its width con- siderably less than greatest width of carapace, orbits small. 3rd maxillipeds widely separated, 5th joint inserted in middle of apical margin or at antero-external angle of 4th joint, exopod slender, exposed or partly concealed. Chelipeds robust. Legs strong, dactyls long, usually spinose. Male genital openings sternal. Remarks.—Land crabs, usually brightly coloured, burrowing in mud-banks, under stones or fallen trees, often at a considerable distance away from water. Usually enters water only for spawning [see Andrews, Monogr. Christmas Island, 1900, p. 163 (species wrongly identified, fide Tesch)]. Gecarcinus lagostoma appears in Stebbing’s 1910 Catalogue with a reference to Calman, who remarks that the history of the specimen alleged to have come from the Cape of Good Hope cannot be traced, and that there is no trustworthy evidence of the occurrence of this species outside the Atlantic region. It occurs at Ascension Is. The genus is distinguished from Cardisoma by the front-orbital width being less than half the greatest width of carapace. Gen. CARDISOMA Latr. 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 325. 1918. Rathbun, 1. c., p. 340. 1918. Tesch, l. ¢., p. 136. Fronto-orbital width much more than half the greatest width of carapace. Buccal cavity longer than wide. Hxopod of mxp. 3 exposed, with flagellum. Chelipeds equal or unequal. Dactyls of legs spinose. Abdomen in both sexes with 7 segments. Remarks.— The west African species armatum Herklots occurs as far south as Angola (Rathbun, 1921, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xlii, p. 456, with figs., including photograph of burrow). 110 Annals of the South African Museum. Cardisoma carnifex (Herbst) Fig. 23, a. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 801. 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 325. 1917. Zd., Ann. Durban Mus., 1, p. 437. 1918. Rathbun, J. c., p. 343 (differences between carnifer and — guanhum). 1918) Nesch ites pe ai. 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. orient Néerland, i, fasc. 15, p. 5 (comparison with hirtipes). 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar, Mus., v, p. 187, pls. 97, 98. Epibranchial tooth immediately behind outer orbital angle, lateral margin of carapace strongly and abruptly bulging behind the epi- branchial tooth, carapace strongly convex, regions indistinct. Width of orbit not much more than half its length, infra-orbital border at right angles to the lateral border. 4th joints of legs with bristles only at distal end (Alcock), with a few hairs only at hind margin (Tesch). Length up to 66 mm., breadth 87 mm. Violaceous, chelipeds bright red. Localitues.—Mozambique (Hilgendorf); Durban Bay (Stebbing). Distribution.—Mauritius, Madagascar, east coast of Africa, and Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—This crab would seem to be rare, or at least local, on the Natal coast. In the course of a collecting trip from Natal to Mozam- bique in 1912-13 I did not come across a single specimen. Neither Dr. C. J. van der Horst nor Professor T. A. Stephenson have obtained it in Delagoa Bay or Natal and Zululand. Being largely nocturnal in habits it may possibly have escaped observation. Famity GRAPSIDAE. 1880. Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., pt. 2, p. 187. 1907. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xix, p.485 (key, subfam. typ. err.: for ““Ocypodinae” read Grapsinae). 1910. Stebbing, |. c., p. 316. 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, p. 224. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix c, p. 70. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 111 Carapace flattened or not strongly vaulted, subquadrangular, lateral margins straight or only slightly convex, front very broad, exceeding the length of the short thick eye-stalk. A gap, often wide, between the 3rd maxillipeds (fig. 25, 6). Chelipeds robust, often furry on palm or between finger and thumb. Legs strong. Male genital openings sternal. Remarks.—Kssentially littoral crabs, living on rocky coasts, sandy beaches in mangrove swamps and estuaries of rivers, or even in fresh water; Planes is pelagic on floating timber and weeds; Geograpsus is terrestrial. Key to the South African Genera. I. Ant. 1 folding beneath front in usual manner (fig. 22, d, e). A. No oblique hairy ridge on exposed surface of mxp. 3. 1. A wide gap between mxp. 3, exopod narrow. Infra-orbital margin extending uninter- ruptedly to buccal cavity (fig. 22, a,b). fo abdomen fills all the space between bases of 5thlegs . : : : ‘ F a. Front less than half greatest width of carapace (fig. 23, 5, c). i, Finger and thumb of chela with broad spooned apices ; . Grapsus. ii, Finger and thumb with acute apices. An opening, fringed with hairs, between bases of 3rd and 4th legs. Terrestrial . : ‘ b. Front half or more than half the greatest width of carapace (fig. 23, d, e). i, Ant. 2 entering orbit (fig. 22, 5, c). a, Carapace depressed, very dis- tinctly striated right across . Pachygrapsus. B. Carapace convex, smooth . Planes. ii, Ant. 2 excluded from orbit by lobe or tooth at inner orbital angle (fig. 22, a). Carapace feebly striated laterally. No tooth behind outer orbital tooth . Metopograpsus. 2. A moderate gap between mxp. 3, exopod broad. Infra-orbital margin incomplete, supple- mented by a suborbital crest (fig. 22, c). Abdomen ¢ rarely occupying all the space between bases of 5th legs (Varuninae) . Varuna. B. An oblique hairy ridge on mxp. 3, between which is a wide gap in middle line (fig. 25, 6) (Sesarminae). (Grapsinae). Geograpsus. 112 Annals of the South African Museum. 1. Lateral margin of carapace nearly straight, greatest width anteriorly (sometimes post- eriorly). Pterygostomial region very dis- tinctly reticulate (fig. 25, b) 2. Lateral margin convex, greatest width across middle of carapace II. Ant. 1 folding longitudinally in deep Sey in ee front, visible in dorsal view (fig. 26, a) (Plagusinae). A. 4th joint of mxp. 3 as broad as 3rd. Hand of cheliped not swollen, variously grooved, ae or granulate (fig. 26, b, g) B. 4th joint of mxp. 3 much smaller and narrower than 3rd. Hand of cheliped swollen, ies a in g, smooth (fig. 26,7) . Sesarma. Cyclograpsus. Plagusia. Percnon. Gen. Grapsus Lam. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, p. 390. 1910. Stebbing, l.-c., p. 317. 1918. Rathbun, l. c., p. 226. 191s> Tesch, 1: ¢:)3p.. 00: a (6 S.0.C. é Fie. 22.—WMetopograpsus. a, ventral view of orbit, to show complete infra-orbital margin (i.o.m.) and ant.2 excluded from orbit by inner orbital lobe (i.o.1.). Pachygrapsus. , the same, showing ant. 2 entering the orbit. Varuna. c, the same, showing incomplete infra-orbital margin supplemented by the sub-orbital crest (s.0.c.). Grapsus maculatus (Catesby). d, ventral view of front and epistome, ant. 1 removed, socket narrow. Grapsus strigosus (Herbst). e, the same, socket broad. Carapace little broader than long, depressed, branchial groove distinct, hepatic and branchial regions with regular obliquely trans- verse ridges, lateral margin convex with one tooth behind outer Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 113 orbital angle; front strongly deflexed. Orbit divided into 2 fossae. Chelipeds subequal, shorter than legs, finger and thumb apically spooned. Legs with broad and compressed joints, especially the 4th joints, dactyls spinose. Remarks.—Common on rocky coasts. Key to the South African Species. 1. Front much deflexed, its height half the distance between eye-stalks. Sockets of ant. 1 very narrow, almost closed by front. Epistome 3 times as wide as its median length (fig. 22, d). 5th+6th joints of 4th leg together longer than 4th joint. 2nd leg much shorter than 5th : : : : : : ; . maculatus. 2. Front less deflexed, its height less than half distance between eye-stalks. Sockets of ant. 1 wide open. Epistome scarcely + as long as wide, a strong transverse ridge on its lateral portions (fig. 22, e). 5th+6th joints of 4th leg together equal to or only slightly longer than 4th. 2nd and 5th legs subequal . . strigosus. Grapsus maculatus (Catesby) Figs. 22, d, 23, 6. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 807. 1910. Stebbing, |. c., p. 317. 1912. Lenz, Ark. Zool., vu, no. 29, p. 6 (grapsus). 1918. Rathbun, l. c., p. 227, fig. 135, and pls. 53, 54 (grapsus). ISS eseh, tc. p: 71, pl. 4, figs.2; 3. 1921. Rathbun, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xl, p. 441, pl. 38 (grapsus), and pl. 56, fig. 1, pl. 57, fig. 2 (habitats). 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 178, pl. 90 (grapsus). 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran. pl. 4, p. 194, fig. 59, A-D (plp. 1, 2 3). Alcock and Tesch have summarized the differences between this and the next species. Both are somewhat variable, and both have a slender-legged variety (gracilipes and longitarsis respectively). The Atlantic (typical) form of maculatus has the lobe on the wrist of cheliped very broad and ending in a short point, while the Indo- Pacific form (tenwicrustatus Herbst) has the lobe narrow and ending in a long slender spine. Length up to 64 mm., breadth 68 mm. Dark green mottled with yellow, red or yellow chelae, and mottled legs; or dark green with VOL. XXXVIII. 8 114 Annals of the South African Museum. yellow lines between the oblique ridges, reddish-yellow legs and blood- red chelae (Krauss). Localities. —Natal (Krauss, Kingsley); Amanzemtoti, Natal (Lenz); Fia. 23,—a, Cardisoma carnifex (Herbst). 6, Grapsus maculatus (Catesby). c, Geograpsus lividus (M. Edw.). d, Planes minutus (Linn.). e, Metopograpsus messor (Forsk.). f, Varuna litterata (Fabr.). Mozambique (Hilgendorf and 8. Afr. Mus.); Umhlali, Natal (coll. T. A. Stephenson). Distribution.—Mauritius, Madagascar, east coast of Africa, Indo- Pacific. Typical form; tropical and subtropical America, Atlantic, Ascension Is. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 115 Grapsus strigosus (Herbst) Figs. 22, e, 24, a. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 66 (strigosa and flavipes). 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 317. OTS Teseh, 1. ¢.,-p. (1, pl. 4, figs. 1, 4. See key and remarks under maculatus. 1st pleopod ¢ stout, with apical, strongly chitinized process concealed in a dense brush of setae and bristles. Dark brown, or greenish brown, mottled. Localities.—Natal (Krauss, Kingsley, Miers, Stebbing); Mozambique (Hilgendorf, Miers); Hast London, Natal coast, Delagoa Bay, Moz- ambique (8. Afr. Mus.); Umblali, Natal (coll. T. A. Stephenson). Distribution.—Madagascar, east coast of Africa, Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—According to material at hand, this species seems to be commoner in Natal than maculatus. Gen. GEoGRAPSUS Stimpson 1858. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 101. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixix, p. 394. 1918. Rathbun, l. c., p. 231. OLS: Tesch, 1. ¢.; p.. 74. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., 11, p. 105. Carapace flattened, lateral margins nearly straight; front not strongly deflexed; ridges on hepatic and branchial regions transverse. Epistome very short. Chelipeds more massive than legs, in adult ¢ at least as long as the longest leg, finger and thumb with acute apices. Between the 3rd and 4th legs a narrow opening, fringed with hairs, leading to the branchial chamber. Terrestrial. Key to the South African [Mauritian]. Species. 1. Lateral margins of carapace coverging behind epibranchial teeth, obtuse and not keeled in their posterior half . [grayz, Mauritius]. 2. Lateral margins subparallel or slightly diverging posteriorly, sharply keeled throughout : : : : . lividus. 116 Annals of the South African Museum. Geograpsus lividus (M. Edw.) Bigs 3235.16. 1837. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., 11, p. 85. 1895. de Man, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., ix, p. 88, and subsp. storma de Man. 1898. Id. 1bid., x; ple 285 ea on dec: 1900. Alcock, 1. ¢., p. 396 (crintpes, non Dana; see Tesch, p. 74, footnote). 1918. Rathbun, l. c., p. 232, pl. 55. 1918. Tesch, l. c., pp. 74, 75 (subsp. storms). 1921. Rathbun, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xl, p. 442, pl. 15, fig. 1, pl. 22, figs. 2, 3, and pl. 56, fig. 1, pl. 57, fig. 2 (habitats). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (x1), 13, p. 362. Lateral margins of carapace diverging posteriorly and sharply keeled throughout. Cardiac and intestinal regions smooth except for a few transverse striae immediately behind cervical groove. Width of 4th joints of legs more than half their length; hind margin of 4th joints of 2nd—4th legs distinctly dentate distally; last 3 joints of legs with long bristles. Length up to 40 mm., breadth 45 mm. Localities.—Natal and Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Typical form; east and west coasts of tropical America, West Indies, Cape Verde Is., Congo River mouth. Subsp. storm: Madagascar, east coast of Africa, Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—The first specimen, on which this species was included in the South African fauna-list, was supplied by Mr. Bell Marley in 1926, and was stated to have come from the Natal coast. Ihave since seen a specimen from Delagoa Bay, thus confirming its occurrence on the South African coast. The subsp. storms is distinguished by having the sharp keel from antero-lateral corner of buccal cavity convex instead of straight or slightly sigmoid. Gen. PacnyGarapsus Randall 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 319. 1918. Rathbun, l. ¢., p. 240. 1918. Tesch, /. ¢., p. 75 (key to Indo-Pacific species). 1921. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xviii, p. 458. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 117 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. orient. Néerland, iii, fasc. 15, p. 7 (1st plp. g of 2 species). — Carapace quadrate, little convex, regions ill-defined, with transverse ridges, lateral margin with 1-3 teeth, or none, behind outer orbital tooth, front deflexed, half or more than half maximum width of carapace. Lobe at lower inner angle of orbit small, so that ant. 2 is not excluded from orbit. Chelipeds equal or unequal, massive, finger and thumb apically spooned. Key to the South African Species. —_ . No tooth behind outer orbital tooth ; : i . plicatus. 2. Three teeth behind outer orbital tooth . : ; . polyodous. Pachygrapsus plicatus (M. Edw.) Fig. 22, b, 24, b. 1843. Krauss, Stidafrik. Crust., p. 43, pl. 3, fig. 1, a-c. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 319 (kraussi). 1918. Tesch, /.'¢., p. 17 (references). 1934. Balss, Faune Col. Frang, v, p. 524. Lateral margins feebly convergent posteriorly, without any tooth behind outer orbital angle; transverse ridges well developed, extend- ing right across carapace, each ridge fringed anteriorly with hairs. Cheliped, 4th joint with a dentate inner lower margin, 5th joint with a strong spine on inner margin and some granules on upper surface, 6th joint granulate above, outer surface with 4-5 finely beaded longitudinal ridges, two of which are continued on to thumb, finger granulate above at base. 4th joints of legs with transverse ciliate ridges, 2 denticles at upper apex and 2 at lower apex, the former obscure in 5th leg, the 4th joint of which has in addition a third tooth on hind margin just before the middle (this is only the accentuated end of one of the transverse ridges, and may explain how Krauss came to figure the hind margin with several denticles); 5th and 6th joints with longitudinal ciliate ridges, dactyls with numerous golden spines, 4th-7th joints with scattered long bristles. lst pleopod ¢ tapering distally and ending in 2 cowl-like lobes, between which the seminal canal opens. Length 11 mm., breadth 15mm. Reddish, mottled with yellowish, hand, finger and thumb whitish, hairs on the transverse ridges white. 118 Annals of the South African Museum. Localities.—Natal (Krauss); Isipingo, Natal (8S. Afr. Mus.); Umtwa- lumi, Natal (coll. T. A. Stephenson). Distributcon.—Mauritius, Réunion, and Indo-Pacific, but apparently rare in western portion; Maldives (Borradaile), Seychelles (Rathbun). Pachygrapsus polyodous Stebb. 1921. Stebbing, l. c., p. 458, pl. 16 (Crust., pl. 111). Lateral margin with 3 acute teeth behind the outer orbital tooth. Transverse ridges absent?. Cheliped, 4th joint with 2 strongly dentate ridges on inner side. Length 18 mm., breadth 22 mm. Locality.—Off Umhlangakulu River mouth, Natal, 50 fathoms (Stebbing). Remarks.—Only one 3 specimen was captured. It has not been returned to the South African Museum, so I am unable to check Stebbing’s description or give further details. Gen. Mrtrorpocrarsus M. Edw. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 319. 1918. Tesch, l. ¢., p. 78 (key to species). Distinguished from Pachygrapsus by the large lobe at inner orbital angle which excludes ant. 2 from the orbit. No tooth, or one tooth, on lateral margin behind outer orbital angle. Metopograpsus messor (Forskal) Figs..22, a,-23, e, 24, c. 1888. de Man, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxii, p. 144, pl. 9, fig. 11 (chela). 1891. Id., Notes Leyden Mus., xiii, p. 49, pl. 4, fig. 14 (leg) (var. gracilipes). 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 319. 1917. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., i, p. 438. 1918. Tesch, 1. ¢., p. 79. 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran. pt. 4, p. 195, fig. 59, E-G (plp. 1, 2 3). Carapace about 4 as long as broad (across outer orbital angles), sides convergent posteriorly, no lateral tooth behind outer orbital Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 119 angle, front about 2 maximum breadth of carapace; fine oblique lines laterally and some fine transverse lines on post-frontal region. Lobe at inner orbital angle adnate along nearly whole of its margin Fic. 24.—Ist pleopod ¢ (whole appendage shown in ventral view). Grapsus strigosus (Herbst). a, with apex in ventral (above) and dorsal (below) view, hairs removed. Base of 2nd pleopod in sifu. Pachygrapsus plicatus (M. Edw.). 6, with apex further enlarged, and in median view. Metopograpsus messor (Forsk.). c, with dorsal view of apex, hairs removed. Varuna litierata (Fabr.). d, with dorsal view of apex. Planes minutus (Linn.). ¢, with dorsal view of apex, hairs removed. Cyclograpsus punctatus M. Edw. f, with median (above) and dorsal (below) views of apex. with the front, sharp and keeled. Chelipeds somewhat unequal, 4th, 5th, and 6th joints with transverse striae or ndges, inner margin of 4th denticulate, 5th with 1 or 2 spines, hand granulate on upper and lower margins, smooth on outer surface except near lower margin where there are a few oblique striae, and a fine ndge subparallel to 120 Annals of the South African Museum. lower margin and continued on tothumb. Legs with stiff outstanding hairs, dactyls (including ungues) nearly as long as 6th joints. Abdomen in ¢ evenly tapering. Ist pleopod g stout, with apical strongly chitinized spatulate process, partly concealed in setae, and surrounded by membranous (mobile) integument. Length 23 mm., breadth 30 mm. Mottled and speckled with dark reddish brown on a pale ground-colour, legs banded, hand of cheliped pink or crimson. | Localities—Mouth of Umlaas River, Natal (Krauss); Natal (Kingsley); Durban (Stebbing); Hast London (coll. T. A. Stephenson) ; Delagoa Bay (Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, Madagascar, east coast of Africa, Seychelles, Red Sea, Indo-Pacific. Gen. Puanes Bowdich 1910. Stebbing, I. ¢., p. 320. 1918. Rathbun, J. c., p. 253. 1918. Tesch, J. c., p. 83 (in key) and footnote 2. Carapace about as long as broad, evenly convex, front not deflexed, regions scarcely defined, usually a slight notch behind outer orbital - tooth. Lobe at inner orbital angle small, not excluding ant. 2 from orbit. Chelipeds robust, subequal. Legs flattened, fringed with setae, semi-natatory. . | Remarks.—Tesch includes this genus in his key to the genera of © Varunnae, but the lower orbital border and the g abdomen occupying all the space between the bases of the 5th legs indicate that it is more properly included in the Grapsinae, as is done by Rathbun. Pelagic crabs, widely distributed, found on Sargassum weed and other floating objects, turtles and jelly-fishes. Frequently washed up on shore. ‘Planes minutus (Linn.) Sargassum, or Gulf-weed Crab. Figs. 23, d, 24, e. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 66 (Nautilograpsus major) and p. 67 (N. smithw). 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 44 (Nautilograpsus m. and s.). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 121 1880. Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., pt. 2, p. 202 (Naué#zlo- grapsus M.). 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 130. 1910. Stebbing, lJ. c., p. 320 (part: not the specimens no. 15070 which = Litocheira kingsleyt). 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol Exp., xv, p. 284. 1918. Rathbun, J. c., p. 253, pl. 63. 1922. Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, lIxu, p. 74, pl. 2, fig. 2 (coloured). 1927. Hale, Crust. 8. Austral., pt. 1, p. 181, fig. 182. 1941. Hitchcock, Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, Ixxx, p. 26 (colour changes). 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., 11, p. 106 (major). 1944. Lebour, Zoologica, xxix, p. 114, fig. 4 (larval stages). Carapace almost glabrous, but faintly punctate and with faint oblique lines laterally. The notch behind outer tooth may be almost or quite obsolete. Ist pleopod 3 very short and stout, apical point concealed in setae. Length up to ¢ 25 mm., breadth 24 mm. Reddish, pinkish, or greyish, often with a white or cream patch in middle of carapace, sometimes pale bluish, cobalt-blue, or lilac. Localities. —Natal (Kingsley); False Bay (Stebbing); Table Bay, False Bay, Knysna (S. Afr. Mus.); Chinde, Portuguese Hast Africa, washed ashore (coll. K. H. B. 1912). Distribution.—Tropical and temperate seas, but mainly Atlantic. Not recorded by Alcock (1900) as a member of the Indian fauna, but recorded from the southern Indian Ocean by Doflein, and from Mauritius by Ward. Remarks.—The unusually large $, whose measurements are given above, was washed ashore on the west coast of the Cape Peninsula, near Cape Point, September 1913 (K. H. B.). Gen. VaruNA M. Edw. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 319. 19is. Teschseies p84 Carapace about as broad as long, depressed, with sharp edges, lateral borders convex, toothed anteriorly, regions fairly well defined, especially the gastric-cardiac and cardiac-branchial grooves, front a little more than 4 maximum width of carapace, straight, little deflexed. Chelipeds equal, in adult g robust. Legs with 5th—7th joints flattened, 122 Annals of the South African Museum. dilated, and fringed with hairs, natatory. Abdomen of 7 segments in both sexes, in ¢ not covering whole width between bases of 5th legs. Varuna litterata (Fabr.) Figs. 22, c, 23, f, 24, d. 1897. Weber and de Meijere, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., x, p. 157. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 504. 1910. Stebbing, U. c., p. 319. 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 232. 1918. Tesch, t. c., p. 85. 1933. Hora, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pt. 4, pp. 881 sqq., pl. 1 (bionomics). Carapace pitted, but glabrous; lateral border with 2 sharp teeth behind outer orbital tooth; a well-defined H-shaped mark in middle of carapace. Upper orbital margin notched. Legs not hairy, except for the fringes on last three joints. Ist pleopod ¢ apically bilobed, with 2 strongly chitinized ridges on inner (dorsal) surface of the larger lobe. Length up to 50 mm., breadth 56 mm. Reddish brown. Localities.—Illovo, Umbilo, and Umhloti Rivers, Isipingo, Natal (Weber and de Meijere); Natal (Stebbing); off Durnford Point, Zulu- land, 45 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, east coast of Africa, Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—Ascends estuaries, even into fresh water, and is also found at sea on floating timber. Gen. SESARMA Say Marsh Crabs. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 506. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 320. 1917. Tesch, Zool. Med. Leyden Mus., iii, pp. 127, 235. 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, p. 284. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix c, p. 109. 1933. Hora, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pt. 4, pp. 881 sqq., pl. 2 (bionomics of tetragonum Fabr.). . 1937. Gordon, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., p. 150. 1940. Tweedie, Bull. Raffles Mus., xvi, p. 88. Carapace squarish, sides nearly straight and usually nearly parallel, Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 123 with or without a tooth behind outer orbital tooth, front wide, deflexed, usually with 4 more or less prominent post-frontal bosses, dorsal regions usually well defined, oblique lines laterally, pterygo- stomial region and vertical walls of carapace reticulated with inter- secting lines of fine hairs. Ant. 2 not excluded from orbit. Chelipeds subequal, robust, especially in g. Legs rather slender, except the 4th joints. 7th abdominal segment in g usually shorter than its basal width; in 2 narrow and deeply embedded in 6th segment. Remarks.—Alcock’s (1900, p. 410) reluctance to accept the sub- genera proposed by de Man seems well founded. In the descriptions the distinction between a pectinate and a granu- late ridge should be noted: the pectinate ridge consists of a number of closely set, palisade-like, stout horny spines, sometimes subacute, sometimes blunt (fig. 25, g). One of the two ridges in catenata is definitely pectinate, while the other has rather elevated, closely set granules, which are sometimes horny at their apices, thus forming a transition between the two kinds of ornamentation (fig. 25, ¢). As the records of picta, except those from Japan and China, have been doubted (Tesch, 1917, J. c., p. 187), this species is not admitted here. Possibly Krauss’ specimens are still available, and if so should be re-examined. See also Gordon’s remarks (1937) on maculata. Tropical and subtropical, living in mud-banks, marshes, and mangrove-swamps. On the west coast of Africa the genus occurs as far south as Angola (Rathbun, 1921, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xiii, p. 446). Key to the South African Species. 1. Two teeth on lateral margin behind outer orbital tooth. Carapace longer than broad . : 4 : . smithir. 2. One tooth behind outer orbital tooth. a. Lateral margins divergent posteriorly ; : . longipes. b. Lateral margins subparallel or slightly convergent posteriorly. i. Inner margin of 4th joint of cheliped without tooth. No pectinate ridges on upper margin of hand (fig. 25, e) A : : ii. Inner margin of 4th joint of cheliped with a sharp tooth. Two pectinate ridges on upper margin of hand (fig. 25, g) : - . guttata. 3. No tooth behind outer orbital tooth. a. Upper surface of hand of cheliped with 2 obliquely transverse pectinate ridges; inner margin of 4th joint with large spine, 5th joint with smaller one ; é : : : : : . plicata. meinerti. 124 Annals of the South African Museum. 6. Upper surface of hand with only one pectinate ridge; no sharp spines on 4th or 5th joints of cheliped. i. Upper margin of finger of cheliped with longi- tudinally-oval, milled tubercles (fig. 25, c). Finger and thumb widely gaping, but less so in 2 than in 4, furry at their junction . catenata. ii. Upper margin of finger with transversely-oval tubercles proximally, and longitudinally- oval tubercles distally (fig. 25, 7). Finger and thumb not widely gaping, not furry . eulvmene. Sesarma (Sesarma) smithi M. Edw. 1853. Milne Edwards, Arch. Mus. Paris, vii, p. 149, pl. 9, fig. 2. 1853. Id., Ann. Sci. Nat. (3), xx, p. 187. 1880. Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., pt. 2, p. 217. 1893. Birger, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vii, p. 618, pl. 21, fig. 2. 1917. Tesch, l. c., pp. 199, 249 (references). Carapace longer than its width across outer orbital angles, dorsally convex and uneven, lateral margins convex only anteriorly, 2 teeth behind outer orbital tooth, the Ist one with long outer margin. Cheliped in adult 3 with 2 black blunt spines on upper margin of finger. Length of 6th abdominal segment ¢ distinctly greater than width of its posterior margin. Locality.—Natal (M. Edwards). Distribution.—Madagascar, Zanzibar, Kast Indies, Philippine Is., Fiji, Queensland. Remarks.—Not included in Stebbing’s 1910 Catalogue. I have not seen any of the above-mentioned references except Tesch, from whose key the above description has been taken. Sesarma (Sesarma) longipes Krss. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 44, pl. 3, fig. 2, a-d. 1907. Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xii, p. 64. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 322. 1917. Tesch, I. c., pp. 170, 241. Carapace glabrous, lateral margins diverging posteriorly, one tooth behind outer orbital tooth, hind margin subequal to width of front, which is half the anterior width of carapace, anterior margin of front nearly straight, its antero-external angles rounded; post-frontal lobes obsolete (Krauss) or distinct, the middle pair larger than the outer pair (Alcock), median groove deep. Chelipeds subequal, no Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 125 tooth on inner margin of 4th or 5th joints, though inner angle of latter is pronounced, almost dentiform (Alcock), inner and outer surfaces of hand granulate (Alcock) (Krauss’ figure shows outer surface smooth), a row of granules along lower margin continued to apex of thumb, upper margin without granulate or pectinate ridges (Alcock) or with a feeble keel (Krauss) or with a sharp rough ridge (Borradaile); upper margin of finger with a few sharp granules (Alcock) (smooth in Krauss’ figure), finger and thumb not widely gaping, not furry at junction. Legs long, 4th leg about 24-3 times anterior width of carapace, lower margins of 4th joints smooth. 6th abdominal segment 3 twice as broad as long. Length 18 mm., breadth (posteriorly) 20mm. Bright brownish red, with 8 yellowish spots, of which 2 are behind each orbit and the other 4 in middle of the carapace (Krauss). Locality.—Umlaas River mouth (Krauss). Distribution.—Andaman Is. and Seychelles. Remarks.—Up to the present has not been rediscovered in South Africa. Sesarma (Sesarma) meinerti de Man Hig. 25, & f. 1843. Krauss, Stidafrik. Crust., p. 44 (tetragona M. Edw., non Fabr.). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 809 (tetragona? Fabr. M. Edw.). 1887. de Man, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., 1, pp. 648, 668. 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 56. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixix, p. 417. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 321 (tetragonum, non Fabr.). 1917. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., 1, p. 438 (tetragonum, non Fabr.) (25th July). 1917. Tesch, 1. c:, pp. 171, 246 (references and synonymy) (28th July). 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p.-10 (tetragonus, non Fabr.) (December 1917). 1942. Chace, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., xci, p. 201. Carapace dorsally with numerous little tufts of hair (easily rubbed off), lateral margins slightly converging posteriorly, with a tooth (and sometimes indications of a second tooth) behind and usually projecting further outwards than outer orbital tooth, hind margin shorter than 126 Annals of the South African Museum. width of front, which is a little greater than half maximum width of carapace, its antero-lateral angles sharply quadrate, its anterior margin sinuous (emarginate medianly). Chelipeds subequal, front margin of 4th joint denticulate, but no tooth on either 4th or 5th joints, outer surface of latter squamose-rugulose, outer and lower surfaces of 6th joint pitted, with a few granules, chiefly near lower surface, inner surface granulate, with a curved row of larger tubercles subparallel to distal margin, upper surface without any pectinate ridges but a few irregular and variable sublongitudinal rows of granules; upper surface of finger with a row of inconspicuous serrations; finger and thumb widely gaping in large g, not furry at junction. Legs with upper surfaces of 5th and 6th joints furry. Length of 6th abdominal segment ¢ only a little less than proximal width. Length up to 43 mm., breadth 47 mm. Dark violet above, pterygo- stomial regions also violet (sealing-wax red, apud Krauss), chelae bright red. Localities—Mozambique (Hilgendorf); Durban Bay (Krauss, Stebbing, and S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, Madagascar, east coast of Africa, Indo- Pacific. Remarks.—Chace quotes Loveridge that crocodiles feed on these crabs. Sesarma (Chiromantes) guttata M. Edw. Migs 25,00; 2: 1869. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, v, p. 26. 1887. de Man, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., 11, p. 658. 1888. fd., J. lanu: Soc. Lond., xxi, p. 177, 1917. Tesch, l..¢., pp. 155, 255. Carapace with tufts of hair, lateral margins subparallel, one tooth behind outer orbital tooth, hind margin ? width of front which is a little more than half anterior width of carapace, anterior margin of front sinuous, its antero-lateral angles sharply quadrate, post-frontal lobes prominent, subequal. Chelipeds subequal, inner margin of 4th joint with a prominent acute tooth, rest of margin denticulate proximally and distally to the tooth, inner and outer surfaces of hand granulate, upper surface with 2 oblique pectinate ridges, a granulate ridge between inner and upper surfaces, outer surface of thumb more or less flattened with a slight ridge near lower margin, upper margin of finger with 12 transversely-oval tubercles, each with 1-3 transverse ee Ye er Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 127 striae, a row of smaller tubercles on inner side of and alternating with the larger one, finger and thumb not widely gaping, not furry at junction. 4th leg twice length of carapace; 4th joints of legs twice (or almost) as broad as long, lower (hind) margins smooth or feebly serrulate. Length of 6th abdominal segment ¢ twice in its proximal and 1i in its distal width. Horny apex of Ist pleopod ¢ sharply bent outwards. Length 19 mm., breadth (anteriorly) 24 mm. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. K. H. B. 1912, and Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Zanzibar. Remarks.—Only one ¢ specimen was obtained by me in 1912; it seems to agree with guttata according to the comparison between it and other near species given by de Man in 1888. I have not seen his 1887 description. A second 3, presumably from Delagoa Bay, was sub- mitted by the Lourenzo Marques Museum (1940). Distinguished from plicata by the tooth on lateral margin behind outer orbital tooth. Sesarma (Parasesarma) plicata (Latr.) 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 45 (affinis) (? and picta, non de Haan). 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, p. 413 (quadratum). 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 321 (quadratum). 1917. Tesch, l. ¢., pp. 187, 252 (references and synonymy). 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 10 (quadratus). 1932. Shen, Zool. Sinica, ix, p. 191, figs. 119, 120, and pl. 7, fig. 8. Carapace with lateral margins slightly converging posteriorly, no tooth behind outer orbital tooth, front more than half greatest width of carapace, its anterior margin slightly sinuous; post-frontal lobes prominent, subequal, rugulose and setose. Chelipeds subequal, inner margin of 4th joint with a large subterminal spine, upper margin ending in a much smaller spine, upper surface of hand with 2 pectinate ridges and some short oblique granulate ridges (pectinate ridges absent in 9; Alcock), upper surface of finger with 11-14 (-19) transversely oval milled tubercles, finger and thumb not widely gaping, not furry at junction. 4th joints of legs with hind margins smooth. Length 16 mm., breadth 20 mm. Localities.—Natal (Krauss): Durban Bay (Stebbing). 128 Annals of the South African Museum. Distributton.—Mauritius, Madagascar, east coast of Africa, Indo- Pacific. Remarks.—I have seen no specimens. Sesarma (Parasesarma) catenata Ort. Fig. 25, a-d. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 65 (reteculata, non Say). 1843. Krauss, Stidafrik. Crust., p. 45 (reticulata quoted from McLeay). 1897. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., x, p. 334, pl. 17, fig. 9. 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., iv, p. 44 (catenatum). 1910. Id.,l.c., p. 321 (reticulatum) and p. 322 (catenatum). 1917. Tesch, l. c., pp. 141, 253. 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., u1, p. 10 (Parasesarma catenatus). 1921. Id., abed., ii, p. 16, pl. 3 (Parasesarma catenatus; part: the Durban specimens). Carapace glabrous, lateral margins slightly convergent posteriorly, no tooth behind outer orbital tooth, hind margin scarcely 2 width of front, which is distinctly more than half greatest width of carapace, anterior margin of front slightly convex and sinuous, its antero- external angles rounded-quadrate; post-frontal lobes not very prominent, the middle pair slightly the larger. Chelipeds subequal, 4th joint with inner margin laminately expanded and denticulate, 5th joint without spine, inner surface of hand with tiny granules and some larger ones near finger-hinge, outer surface also with tiny granules, larger towards upper margin, often almost smooth, a fine beaded line at the lower third, subparallel to lower margin, and extending to about middle of cutting-edge of thumb, upper surface with a flat rhomboidal area bounded distally by a pectinate ridge, on either side by a granulate ridge, and crossed in middJe by a row of close-set, often horny granules which might almost be termed a 2nd pectinate ridge, some additional granules proximally, finger with 5-6 longitudinally-oval milled tubercles flanked on inner side by a row of granules, finger and thumb widely gaping and proximally densely furry in 3; in 9 apparently not distinguishable from eulimene, without the distinctive rhomboidal area, and sculpture of finger indistinct. 4th joint of legs smooth on hind margins. Length of 6th abdominal segment 3 subequal to distal width and a little less than half proximal width. Apex of Ist pleopod $ curving slightly, but not markedly outwards. Length up to ¢ 20 mm., 9 13 mm.; breadth g 25 mm., 2 17 mm. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 129 Dark brownish, legs rather reddish, speckled, chelae more or less orange, or orange-brown, finger and thumb paler. Localities.—Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (Stebbing); Durban Bay (Stebbing); East London, and Umkomaas, Natal (S. Afr. Mus.). aed 5 & wc day Abn: d - b, ventral surface showing 3rd c, upper surface of hand and Fic. 25,—Sesarma catenata Ort. a, carapace. maxillipeds and part of pterygostomial region. finger of chela 3, with rhomboidal area further enlarged, and profile of upper d, apex of Ist pleopod ¢. margin of finger. é, upper surface of hand and finger of chela 3, with Sesarma meinerti de Man. profile of finger. f, 1st pleopod § with apex further enlarged, most of the hairs removed. Sesarma guttata M. Edw. g, upper surface of hand and finger of chela 3, with pectinate ridge further enlarged, and profile of finger. h, apex of lst pleopod ¢. i, upper surface of hand and finger of chela g, with Sesarma eulimene de Man. profile of finger. J, apex of Ist pleopod 3. 3 VOLE. XXXVI. 130 Annals of the South African Museum. Remarks.—The Keurbooms River is the most westerly locality on the southern coast of South Africa yet recorded for any species of this genus. Its presence there I was personally able to confirm in 1931. Males are easily recognizable by the gaping and furry finger and thumb of the chela; and the rhomboidal area with the two ridges (one pectinate, the other partly so) on the hand of ¢ is very characteristic. Females are indistinguishable from those of eulimene. Sesarma (Holometopus) eulumene de Man Bio 255054 1897. de Man in Weber and de Meijere, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., x, p. 157) pl ib igs Tl o-9: 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 322. 1917. Tesch, L. ¢., pp. 150, 237. 1921. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., i, p. 16 (catenatus part: specimen from Delagoa Bay). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 363. Carapace pitted, glabrous except for scattered setules, lateral margins parallel, no tooth behind outer orbital tooth, hind margin ? width of front, which is a little more than half greatest width of carapace, anterior margin of front slightly convex, rarely slightly sinuous, its antero-external angles quadrate but not sharply so; post-frontal lobes not very prominent, subequal or middle pair the larger. Chelipeds subequal, inner margin of 4th joint denticulate, but not expanded, and without spine, 5th joint without spine, inner and outer surface of hand granulate, upper margin with a nearly longitu- dinal sinuous ridge which is pectinate distally and granulate proximally, some additional short rows of granules, upper margin of finger with about 14 transversely-oval tubercles in proximal half and about 6 longitudinally-oval milled tubercles in distal half, transition between the two kinds gradual, the transverse tubercles symmetrical, but the longitudinal ones incline forwards (the distal slope shorter and steeper than the proximal slope), on the inner side proximally an irregular row of tiny granules, finger and thumb not gaping and not furry at junction; in 2 similar but sculpturing on finger less distinct. 4th joints of legs with hind margin smooth. Length of 6th abdominal segment 3 subequal to its distal width and half or not quite half its proximal width. Apex of Ist pleopod 3¢ bent outwards. Length 15 mm., breadth 19-20 mm. Brown, chelae of 3 bright orange-red, Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 131 Localities—Umbilo River, Natal (de Man); Delagoa Bay (Stebbing, as catenata part); Delagoa Bay and Beira (coll. K. H. B.). Remarks.—Unless found in conjunction with their respective males, it seems impossible to distinguish the females of this species and catenata. Gen. CycLtocrapsus M. Edw. 1910. Stebbing, I. ¢., p. 318. 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, p. 325. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix c, p. 125 (key to Indo- Pacific species). Carapace broader than long, with convex (in punctatus) lateral margins, without tooth (or a very feeble one) behind outer orbital angle, front about half width of carapace, more or less deflexed, post- frontal lobes inconspicuous, dorsal regions ill-defined, no oblique lines (or only one short one in posterior third), pterygostomial regions with setae arranged in orderly lines but not so conspicuously reticulate as in Sesarma. Ant. 2 not excluded from orbit. Chelipeds robust, especially in §, subequal. lLegsstrong. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes, in § not occupying whole space between bases of 5th legs, 7th segment in 2 much wider than long, not embedded in 6th segment. Remarks.—ULittoral and estuarine. On the west coast of Africa C. occidentalis extends as far south as Angola (Rathbun, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xli, p. 455). Cyclograpsus punctatus M. Edw. Fig. 24, f. 1838. McLeay, AnnulosaS. Afr., p.65, pl.3 (Gnathochasmus barbatus). 1843. Krauss, Stidafrik. Crust., p. 45, pl. 3, fig. 3, a-c (Sesarma barbata). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 57. 1910. Stebbing;*l. c., p. 318. 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol Exp., xv, p. 283. 1914. Stebbing, Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., 50, p. 265. 1915. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 58. 1918. Rathbun, l. ¢., p. 328, fig. 153 (mxp. 3) and pl. 99. 1918. Tesch, l. ¢., p. 126 (in key). | 1923. Odhner, Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 26. 1941. Broekhuysen, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Afr., xxviii, pp. 331-366, figs., charts, pls. 56, 57 (life-history). Carapace widest at anterior third (middle of gastric region), some 132 Annals of the South African Museum. specimens as in McLeay’s figure with sides behind the greatest width nearly parallel, whole carapace with a finely beaded rim, a deep groove from outer orbital margin below the antero-lateral margin, dorsal surface smooth and even, though somewhat uneven in large specimens, 6-8 small circular or oval depressions, 2 on each hepatic region, 2 on gastric region, and often 2 more behind the latter forming the ends of the gastric-cardiac groove (cf. McLeay’s figure), often indistinct in small specimens, and in large ones often one or two additional pairs on the frontal and post-frontal region; the short (true) infra-orbital margin, the long anterior margin of the ptery- gostomial region and the oblique ridge across it, and the anterior margin of buccal cavity conspicuously granulate. Chelipeds smooth in g, in minutely granulate, chiefly on upper parts of wrist and hand, middle of inner surface of hand somewhat gibbous with 1-3 (or 4) low blunt tubercles, often inconspicuous, a moderate gap between bases of finger and thumb in g and large 9. Legs smooth, but in 9 minutely granulate, chiefly on upper and lower margins of joints, patches of dark felt on upper and lower apex of 6th joint of 2nd leg, and on upper apices in 3rd—5th legs, 6 stripes of felt on dactyls of all legs, the 3 stripes on upper surface thicker than the others; legs otherwise glabrous. Abdomen of g tapering from 3rd to 6th segment, distal angles of latter bevelled off, and 7th segment abruptly narrower. Ist pleopod ¢ stout, with setose lobe on inner edge, apex with 2 horny laminae, which are coalesced along outer margin, seminal canal opening between them. Length up to ¢ 30 mm., 2? 21 mm.; breadth $ 38 mm., 2 26 mm. Smallest ovigerous 9 seen: 8 mm. in breadth. Greyish, buff, orange, salmon, deep red, brownish, greenish brown, violaceous, more or less mottled or speckled, chelipeds and legs uniform or more or less con- spicuously spotted or speckled. Those living amongst rocks on the shore are lighter in colour; the brown, greenish, or violaceous tints are found in those burrowing in mud in estuaries (Krauss, and K. H.B.). Localities—Brak River, Uitenhage Division, and Natal (Krauss); Port Elizabeth (Ortmann); Simon’s Bay (Stimpson); False Bay (Stebbing); Cape Town (Rathbun); Table Bay and Natal (Stebbing); Dyer’s Island (Odhner); around whole coast from Port Nolloth on west coast to Durban and Uhlamli, Natal, and Zululand (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Chile, Juan Fernandez, Indian Ocean, Hong Kong. Remarks.—The Australasian audouinii (see Tweedie, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasman. for 1941, p. 18, fig. 4, 1942) is very closely related to punctatus (the latter has line precedence) and, as Milne Edwards Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 133 himself said (1837, Hist. Nat. Crust., u, p. 78), may only be a variety of punctatus. Balss (J. Roy. Soc. W. Austr., xxi, p. 142) records it as such. Rathbun (1918, l. ¢., p. 329), however, gives some points of difference, which probably can only be appreciated by a direct com- parison of specimens from both regions. As this author has compared Cape and Chilian specimens and pronounced them identical, it is probable that the Australian form does not merit specific rank, and that the species is circum-subantarctic, like Plagusia chabrus (infra) and the Crayfish Jasus lalandet. This is one of the commonest shore-crabs around the South African coast, inhabiting both rocky coasts and muddy estuaries. Broekhuysen found that the principal breeding season was in winter at the Cape. Gen. Pitacusta Latr. 1906. Laurie, Rep. Pearl Oyster Fish, Ceylon, pt. v, p. 429. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 322. 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, p. 331. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxx1x c, p. 128 (key to species). Carapace subcircular, more or less depressed, interorbital space with 2 deep notches for reception of Ist antennae. Inter-antennular septum broad. Anterior margin of buccal cavity prominently projecting, crenate or dentate. Eye-stalks short and stout. 4th joint of mxp. 3 as broad as 3rd joint. Chelipeds and legs rugose- granulose, with furry grooves; the former robust in g, weak in 9; legs strong, dactyls short, spinose. Abdomen with 7 segments, but in both sexes 3rd—5th segments may be more or less firmly coalesced. Ist pleopod ¢§ stout. Remarks.—The difference between the Ist pleopods 3g of two apparently so closely allied species as chabrus and depressa is remark- able. In the former the course of the seminal groove (formed by the juxtaposition of the curled edges of the appendage) is nearly normal, 7.e. on the inner and dorsal surfaces; but in depressa it takes a spiral course over the ventral surface and on to the outer surface before opening between the apical lobes (ef. fig. 26, c, d, and h). Temperate and tropical seas, including the Mediterranean. Frequently found clinging to ships. Key to the South African Species. 1. 4th joints of legs with one subapical tooth on upper margin Carapace squamose-tuberculate : ‘ : . depressa. 134 Annals of the South African Museum. 2. 4th joints of legs with numerous teeth on upper margin. Carapace smooth, covered with short pile . : . chabrus. Plagusia depressa (Fabr.) var. tuberculata Lam. Natal Rock-crab. Fig. 26, g, h. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 323 (squamosa). 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 241. 1918. Rathbun, l. c., pp. 332, 334, fig. 154, pls. 101, 102 (and var. tuberculata). 1918. Tesch, l. c., p. 128 (in key, and footnote), p. 129 (var. tuber- culata). 1923. Odhner, Medd. Géteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 22 (and var. tuberculata). 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 120 (squamosa). Carapace moderately convex, covered (including gastric region) with conical or squamiform tubercles, each fringed anteriorly with short close-set bristles. Lobes on posterior margin of coxae of 3rd and 4th legs cut into 2-3 teeth (depressa) or entire (var. tuberculata). 4th joints of legs with a single subterminal tooth on upper margin; and a fringe of setae near both the upper and lower margins on the hinder surface. Wrist and hand of chelipeds rugulose-granulose, with setose grooves. Upper surface of hand with 3, of finger with 2, such grooves. Ist pleopod J, see supra, and fig. 26, h. Length up to 54 mm., breadth 56 mm. Reddish, with darker blood-red dots and speckles. Localities.—Mouth of Umlaas River (Krauss); Durban (Odhner); Isipingo, Natal (S. Afr. Mus.); Delagoa Bay (Barnard). Distribution.—Typical depressa: both sides of Atlantic, west coast of Africa as far south as Port Alexander, Angola (Odhner), St. Helena. var. tuberculata: Mauritius, east coast of Africa, Indo-Pacific, Chile. Remarks.—Only var. tuberculata, distinguished by the entire coxal lobes, is found in the Indo-Pacific region. The use of Herbst’s name squamosa, used by Alcock and Stebbing, has been criticized by Laurie (l. c., pp. 429, 430). Found on rocky coasts, and also on drift-wood, and clinging to ships. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 135 Fic. 26.—Plagusia chabrus (Linn.). a, front of carapace. 6, outer surface of chela 3. c, d, dorsal and ventral views of Ist pleopod g. ¢, Megalopa stage, with dactyl of walking leg. f, carapace of juvenile in lst post-larval stage. Plagusia depressa (Fabr.). g, outer surface of chela g. h, ventral view of Ist pleopod ¢. Percnon planissimum (Herbst). i, ventral view of 1st pleopod g, with dorsal view of apex. J, upper surface of left chela ¢. 136 Annals of the South African Museum. Plagusia chabrus (Linn.) Cape Rock-crab. Fig. 26, a-f. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 66 (tomentosa and spinosa =juv.). 1843. Krauss, Siidafr. Crust., p. 42, pl. 2, fig. 6 (tomentosa). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 809. 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. S. Afr., iv, p. 47 (capensis, discussion of specific name). 1910. Id., l. ¢., p. 322. 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol Exp., xv, 285. 1918. Rathbun, I. c., p. 336, pl. 104. 1927. Hale, S. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 185, fig. 186. 1929. Chilton and Bennet, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., lix (1928), p. 774. 1942. Tweedie, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasman. for 1941, p. 22, fig. 8 (capensis). Megalopa stage. Hig 2652. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 54 (Megalops mutica). 1852. Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., xiii, p. 488, pl. 31, fig. 2, a (Marestia elegans). 1910. Stebbing, 1. c., p. 348 (Marestia paederus). 2 1918. Rathbun, Australas. Antarct. Exp. Rep., ser. C, v, pt. 2, p. 4, fig. 1 (Marestia mawsont). 1930. Bennett, Rec. Canterb. Mus., i, p. 257 (Marestia mawsom = megalopa of P. chabrus). Carapace slightly convex, smooth, non-tuberculate (1 tubercle behind orbit and 2-3 elongate ones near outer angle of branchial region: Rathbun’s description of Australasian specimens; not seen in any South African specimens, except a faint indication of the post- orbital one in large examples (dotted in fig. 26 a)), covered with a fine close tomentum. Sternum, ventral surface of abdomen, and the grooves and depressed areas on legs and chelipeds also covered with tomentum. Posterior coxal lobes on 3rd and 4th legs each ending in a single sharp tooth. 4th joints of legs with a row of spines on upper margin, less strongly developed on 5th leg than on the preceding ones; and a fringe of setae near lower margin only. Wrist and hand of chelipeds tuberculate, tubercles longitudinally arranged on hand ite i “ta ttl th Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 137 and upper surface of fingers; upper and outer surface of hand with 6, of finger with 3, setose grooves. Ist pleopod 3, see supra, and ne. 26, 6d. | Length up to 45 mm., breadth 50 mm. (a Tasmanian ¢ in 8. Afr. Mus. measures 68x74 mm.). Deep reddish brown, the bare stripes on legs and margins of carapace brighter reddish than the parts covered with brown tomentum. Localities—Table Bay (Krauss, Lenz, Stebbing): Simon’s Bay (Stimpson, Lenz and Strunck): Hast London (Stebbing); numerous localities around coast from Luderitzbucht and Port Nolloth on west coast to Port Shepstone, Natal, 0-35 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Chile, Juan Fernandez; S. and S.E. Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand. Remarks.—This crab is the commonest shore-crab around the south- west coast, and is found on all rocky situations, clinging with great pertinacity and hiding in crevices; also on the jetties and quays in docks, and on ships’ bottoms. The life-history has not been studied, but there is no doubt that the large Megalopas found so abundantly in in-shore waters, and washed up on the beach together with very small post-larval stages, are the early stages of this species. These Megalopas have been found in the months of April, June, August, and September, especially the latter two months. Some were taken from the stomach of a Sun-fish (Ranzama truncata) stranded on the Cape Peninsula in August 1934. The Megalopa measures 6-7 mm. in length and 4-5 mm. in width. The front is prominent and deeply grooved above, and almost vertically deflexed. The notches for the lst antennae lie at a lower level laterally. The upper and outer surface of the hand of cheliped shows indications of the same ridges and grooves as are found in the post-larval and adult stages. Similar indications are found on the 6th and, less conspicuously, on the 5th joints of the legs. The dactyls are strong with 6-7 teeth, of which the 4th or 5th is larger than the others; long setae in the intervening notches (fig. 26, e). The smallest crabs, exhibiting the adult form, measure 6 x 6 mm., and represent presumably the Ist post-larval stage. The carapace is approximately square, the outer orbital teeth projecting laterally slightly farther than the dentate lateral margins. Except at the margins the carapace is covered with fine pile (fig. 26, f) (cf. spinosa McLeay). Marestia mawsoni Rathbun 1918 is probably the Megalopa of this species, as already suggested by Bennett (1930). 138 Annals of the South African Museum. Gen. Peronon Gistel 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal lxix, p. 439 (Liolophus). 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 324. 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, p. 337. 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix ¢, p. 129. 1939. Schmitt, Smithson. Misc. Coll., xcvili, 6, p. 23 (key to species). Carapace subcircular, strongly depressed, inter-orbital space with 2 deep notches for lst antennae. Inter-antennular septum narrow. Epistome linear. Anterior margin of buccal cavity a toothed ridge, not prominently projecting. Hye-stalks very short and stout. 4th joint of mxp. 3 much smaller and narrower than 3rd. Chelipeds and legs spinose, but not rugose; legs slender, especially the distal joints. Abdomen with 5 segments in both sexes, segments 3-5 being completely fused. Ist pleopod g ending in a hook. Percnen planissemum (Herbst) Fig. 26, 4, j. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 809. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 543, pl. 20, fig. 12 (Liolophus p.), and pp. 544, 545 (contrast with abbreviatum). 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 324. 1917. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 11. 1913" Veseh, dyc.; p. 130: 1929. Hale, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austral., liii, p. 70, pl. 5. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., ii, p. 108. Carapace dorsally covered with short close tomentum, leaving margins and certain slightly raised stripes bare; whole ventral surface, sternum, abdomen, chelipeds, and legs glabrous; upper surface of legs with alternate bare and tomentose stripes. A flat, but sharp-pointed tubercle behind each orbit. Anterior margin of buccal cavity with a sharp median spine, and one at each lateral corner. Edge of the pleural groove across pterygostomial region fringed with setae. Chelipeds with spines on upper and outer border of 4th and 5th joints, one spine at upper outer basal corner of hand directed proximally, hand smooth, not sulcate on upper border, and without tuft of setae on inner surface, feebly enlarged in 9, but strongly so in g. 4th joints of legs with row of spines on front margin, with a subsidiary a a eee eee Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 139 submarginal row of denticles, and fringes of hairs near both front and hind margins. Abdomen of $ broad, 7th segment subtriangular. Length 25 mm., breadth 23 mm. Reddish or orange brown, the margins and bare stripes on carapace and legs brighter, a median dorsal stripe and an oblique stripe on each side of it emerald green, suborbital ridge and anterior margin of buccal cavity also emerald green, joints of legs and some patches or bands on the 4th joints buff, lower half of eyes bright red, ventral surface of carapace and legs pale creamy (K. H. B.) (cf. also Krauss, Stimpson, Stebbing). Localities—Mozambique (Hilgendorf); Durban (Krauss, Stebbing); Scottburgh, Isipingo, Durban, Port St. Johns (8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, Amirante Is., east coast of Africa, Indo- Pacific. Rathbun (1918, 1. c., p. 337) now regards the Atlantic form, gibbest (M. Edw.), as distinct from the Indo-Pacific form, but does not discuss the differences. Bouvier (1922, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, Ixii, p. 75) records a specimen from Grand Salvage (N. des Canaries) as Herbt’s species. Remarks.—Krauss’ record from Table Bay is not acceptable; this species has not since been found anywhere on the Cape coast, and it is very unlikely that it occurs here except as a casual inhabitant of a ship’s hull in transit. This crab is exceedingly quick and difficult to catch, because, when a rock-is lifted up, it slides away underneath, and gets into narrow crevices from which it is with difficulty dislodged, and then only with the loss probably of most of its legs. In form and movements it is thus analogous to the terrestrial crab-spider (Selenops). Famity PORTUNIDAE. 1907. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xix, p. 483 (key to subfamilies). 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 305. 1927. Palmer, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plym., n.s., xiv, p. 877 (revision of “ Portunus,” discussion of name). 1930. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 152, p. 13. Carapace depressed or slightly convex (seldom strongly convex), usually wider than long, and widest at the last antero-lateral tooth, front broad, not deflexed, usually cut into lobes or teeth. The 5th pair of legs, with few exceptions, natatorial, with at least the last 2 joints flattened, broad, strongly fringed with hairs. Male genital 140 Annals of the South African Museum. openings coxal. LEye-stalks short, except in Podophthalmus, where they are very elongate (cf. Ommatocarcinus, Goneplacidae). Remarks.—The great majority of crabs of this family are at once recognized by the paddle-like last pair of legs. One of the exceptions, in which the dactyls of this pair of legs are acutely lanceolate and not distinctly natatorial, is Carcumdes maenas (Linn.), a common edible shore crab in Europe and North America. This crab has also been found in the Suez Canal and Red Sea, Ceylon, Australia, and Hawaiian Fic. 27.—Ventral views of front. In a-c the 2nd antenna enters the orbit; in d, e, the apical process of the basal joint excludes the rest of the antenna (cut off and represented by an oval blank space) from the orbit. 3rd maxilliped shown in a-c. a, Ovalipes punctatus (de Haan). 6, Lupa pelagica (Linn.). c, Monomia argen- tata (White, M. Edw.). d, Charybdis merguiensis (de Man). e, Thalamita crenata (Latr.) M. Edw. Islands; it may eventually find its way to South Africa (see Rathbun, l. c., p. 15, fig. 4, also Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxix, 1937, pp. 381, 391. The family has been divided into subfamilies, but as these have been employed with different connotations by various authors (Alcock, Borradaile, Rathbun) they are not indicated here. Key to the South African Genera. I. Basal joint of ant. 2 narrow, without apical process (figs. 28, 4, 29, f..J). A. Front with median tooth (fig. 28, a, g).* Ant. 1 oblique. : 1. 5th pair of legs not natatorial 4 : . [Carcinides]. * But see Lissocarcinus Laevis. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod 2. 5th pair of legs natatorial. 5 antero-lateral teeth (incl. outer orbital tooth). a. Flagellum of ant 2 entering orbit (cf. fig. 27, a-c . 6. Flagellum of ant. 2 eecladad fora abit (cf. fig. 27, d) ‘ : B. Front with median notch (figs. 28, h, 29, e, ca Ant. 1 transverse. 1. Carapace with 9 antero-lateral teeth. a. Antero-lateral teeth subequal (fig. 28, h). 4th joint of 5th leg without spine on hind margin . . b. Antero-lateral teeth altomiatel? eee aia smaller (fig. 29, e). 4th joint of 5th leg with spine on hind margin (fig. 29, h) 2. Carapace with 5 antero- ire tecth II. Basal joint of ant. 2 moderately broad or very broad, witli apical process (figs. 27, a—e, 31, e). A. Flagellum of ant. 2 entering orbit (figs. 27, a-c, ole). 1. 5 antero-lateral teeth. Basal joint of ant. 1 visible dorsally (fig. 29, a) . 9 antero-lateral teeth. Basal joint of ant. 1 not visible (figs. 30, a, e, 31, a, 6). a. Chelipeds elongate, hand costate. i. 4th joint of mxp. 3 apically rounded (fig. 27, 6). Dactyl of 5th a glabrous ii. 4th joint of mxp. 3 soncealy, square and produced outwards (figs. 27, G ol,g). a. 9th antero-lateral tooth much larger than the others. Carapace subhexagonal (figs. 30, a, e). Dactyl of 5th leg with pilose stripes (fig. 30, d). * Postero-lateral angles of carapace rounded ** Postero-lateral angles spiniform p. 9th antero-lateral tooth age larger than others. Cara- pace subcircular (fig. 31, a). Dacty] of 5th leg glabrous . 6. Chelipeds robust, hand inflated and smooth (not costate) . 3. 6 antero-lateral teeth (fig. 31, d, a. Crustacea. 141 Portumnus. Inssocarcinus. Carupella. Lupocyclus. Parathranites. Ovalipes. Lupa. Monomia. Hellenus. Achelous. Scylla. Gonioneptunus. 142 Annals of the South African Museum. B. Flagellum of ant. 2 excluded from orbit by process of the very broad basal joint (fig. 27, d, e). 1. Distance between outer orbital teeth consider- ably less than greatest width of carapace; 6 antero-lateral teeth (2nd sometimes small) (fig. 32) : ‘ : : : 2. Distance between outer orbital teeth not much less than greatest width of carapace; 5 antero-lateral teeth (4th often small or obscure) (fig. 33) . : : . . Thalamita. Charybdis. Gen. Portumnus Leach 1853. Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 82. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 305. Carapace nearly as long as broad or longer than broad, front with median tooth, antero-lateral margin with 5 teeth. Ant. 1 oblique; ant. 2 not excluded from orbit, basal joint narrow. Upper margin of orbit with 1 or 2 fissures. Eye not larger than eye-stalk, which is slightly curved. 5th leg with 6th and 7th joints expanded, the latter rather narrow, ovate-lanceolate, apically acute or subacute, with or without distinct unguis. Abdomen with 5 segments in 4, the ultimate segment not abruptly narrower than penultimate, in 9 with 7 segments, 2nd—4th short, 6th and 7th evenly tapering. Key to the South African Species. 1. Carapace slightly broader than long, with transverse ridges or rows of tubercles. Hand of cheliped with 3 ridges on outer upper surface . : : : : . biguttatus. 2. Carapace about as broad as long, smooth. Hand of cheliped with one ridge on outer upper surface 5 ; . meleayi. Portumnus biguttatus Risso. Hig. 28, e, of. 1816. Risso, Hist. Nat. Crust., p. 31 (Portunus b.). 1825. Latreille, Encycl. Meth., x, p. 151 (Platyonichus nasutus). 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 62, pl. 3 (Xatva pulchella). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 44 (pulchellus). 1897. Garstang, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc., n.s., iv, p. 402. 1902. Bohn, Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg., xxxvi, p. 447 (Portumniodes garstangt). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 8305 (pulchellus). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 143 1921. Balss, Beitr. Kennt. Meeresf. Westafr., 111, p. 56 (pulchellus). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 363. Carapace slightly broader than long, front prominent, with blunt median tooth, sides undulate, antero-lateral margin with 4 teeth behind the broad feebly bilobed outer orbital tooth, a small tooth on upper orbital margin external to the fissure, a transverse row of 8 rounded tubercles across middle of gastric and hepatic regions, and an interrupted ridge between the last antero-lateral teeth across hinder part of gastric and epibranchial regions. Outer surface of 3rd and 4th joints of mxp. 3 glabrous, but anterior margin of 4th joint with conspicuous bristles. Cornea ovoid, with small apical tubercle. Cheliped, wrist with a triangular tooth on inner upper margin and 3 ridges on upper surface, hand with keeled inner upper margin, and 3 ridges on upper half of outer surface, finger and thumb ridged and grooved, apices crossed; tufts of bristles along inner upper margin (sub-marginal) of wrist and hand, and lower inner margin of hand. 5th leg with 6th joint ovate, 7th lanceolate, nearly 3 times as long as broad, with distinct acute unguis. Ist pleopod 3, see fig. 28, f. Length up to ¢ 22 mm., 9 21 mm., breadth g 25 mm., 2 24 mm. Pinkish with deeper orange-red irroration and speckling, some small dark red circular spots in various places, 2 on the cardiac region being the only ones which are symmetrical (in 8. Afr. Mus. specimens). Localities.—Port Elizabeth (Ortmann). Swakopmund and Luderitz- bucht (Balss); Lambert’s Bay, Dassen Island, Wilderness (George district), Port Elizabeth, Port Alfred, littoral (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Plymovth, west coast of France, Mediterranean, Cape Verde Is. ! Remarks.—Milne Edwards (1861) remarked that pulchellus was closely related to biguttatus. Balss (1921) kept them separate. Dr. Gordon, to whom I owe the above references, regards them as identical (in litt. 18/vi/37). Portumnus mcleayr Brnrd. Fig. 28, a-d. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 363. Carapace about as broad as long, or slightly longer than broad, smooth except for 4 or 6 very low and obscure tubercles in middle, minutely granulate and with scattered pits; front prominent, blunt with undulate sides, antero-lateral margin with 4 teeth behind the incurved outer orbital tooth, the Ist low and truncate, the others 144 Annals of the South African Museum. triangular; upper orbital margin with 2 small fissures but no tooth. Inner margin of 3rd and 4th joints, outer surface of 4th joint, and palp of mxp. 3 densely setose. Cornea globular. Cheliped, wrist Fic. 28.—Portumnus mcleayi Brnrd. a, carapace. b, outer view of chela. c, dactyl of 5th leg (marginal setae omitted). d, Ist pleopod 2. Portumnus biguttatus Risso. e, carapace. f, Ist pleopod g, with apex further enlarged, ventral view, spines on dorsal surface dotted. Lissocarcinus orbicularis Dana. g, carapace (the dark area on left side is maroon in life). Carupella natalensis Lenz. h, carapace. i ventral surface of front. j, 5th leg. (A-j after Lenz.) i granulate externally, with sharp tooth on inner upper margin, hand smooth, glabrous, inner upper edge sharply keeled, a low ridge on outer upper surface, finger grooved on upper and outer surfaces, Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 145 finger and thumb apically crossed. 5th leg with 7th joint ovate- lanceolate, twice as long as broad, apex subacute, without distinct unguis. Length up to 13 mm., breadth 13 mm. Localities.—Algoa Bay to Port Shepstone (Natal), 24-27 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Quite distinct from the species described by McLeay, which seems to be a purely littoral form. Gen. Lissocarcinus Ad. & White 1848. Adams and White, Voy. “Samarang,” Crust., p. 45. 1877. Streets, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vu, p. 110 (Assecla). 1886. Miers, Challenger Rep., xvu, p. 204. 1899. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixviu, p. 18. 1923. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxv, p. 405. 1931. Chopra, zbed., xxxi, p. 307. Carapace not or very little broader than long, smooth, or with a single ridge running inwards from last antero-lateral tooth, or with numerous transverse grooves; front prominent, with or without median notch; antero-lateral border not strongly arched, cut into 5 more or less distinct blunt teeth or lobes (incl. outer orbital angle). Basal joint of ant. 2 not very broad, outer apex produced in a lobe meeting the front and excluding flagellum from orbit. Chelipeds short, but a little longer than legs. Abdomen in ¢ with 3rd-5th segments fused. Tissocarcinus orbicularis Dana Fig. 28, g. 1852. Dana, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 86, and U.S. Expl. Exp. Grusi., pu. 1p. 288, pl. 18, fig. 1, a-e. 1887. Miiller, Verh. Nat. Ges. Basel, vii, pp. 475, 482, pl. 5, fig. 6 (pulchellus). 1899. Alcock, l. c., p. 20. 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., i, p. 200. 1906. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 868. 1911. Zd., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 204. 1931. Chopra, l. c., pp. 310, 311. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., 11, p. 81 (pulchellus) (reference to Miiller’s fig. is given as “‘pl. 1, figs. 6-6, b”’). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 363. VOL, XXXVIII. 10 146 Annals of the South African Museum. Carapace slightly broader than long, convex, with thin edges, smooth, glabrous, a more or less distinct ridge from last antero-lateral tooth, front not medianly notched, antero-lateral margin with very shallow notches or clefts separating the 5 broad flat lobes. Chelipeds, inner angle of wrist with blunt tooth, 2 low somewhat oblique ridges on upper and outer surfaces, hand with 2 ridges on upper surface, a blunt tubercle at base of outer one, an obscure ridge on middle of outer surface, finger with upper margin sharply keeled, tips of finger and thumb acute, crossing. Legs stout, dactyl of 5th leg with sharp ungual point. Length up to 10 mm., breadth 11-5 mm. Carapace maroon or chocolate-coloured, with yellow or creamy clearly defined markings; chelipeds and legs banded, dactyls of 2nd—4th legs dark, dactyl of 5th leg dark in basal half, white in distal half; sternum and abdomen (2) paler maroon or chocolate, 3 cream longitudinal bands distinct on proximal segments but passing into the general paler tint of the two distal segments. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. Dr. C. J. van der Horst, 1 2, 1939). Distribution.—Maldive and Laccadive Archipelago; Chagos; Sey- chelles; Hawaiian Is. Remarks.—Usually found associated with Holothurians (Borradaile, l.c.). L. holothurica (Streets) 1877 is possibly synonymous. L. ornatus Chopra 1931, from the Andaman Is., and also found in a Holothurian, is probably also synonymous. The front as shown in Chopra’s figure seems to be asymmetrically and presumably abnor- mally notched. The relative proportions of light and dark colouring: light markings on a dark ground as in orbicularis, holothurica, and the Delagoa Bay specimen, or dark markings on a light ground as in ornatus, 18 probably not a specific character. When material is available the 1st pleopods of 3 might be compared. See Addenda. Gen. CARUPELLA Lenz 1914, Lenz in Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol Ixp.,. Xv, p: aioe Carapace as long as broad, front with median notch, antero-— lateral margin with 9 teeth (incl. outer orbital tooth). Ant. 1 trans- verse; ant. 2 not excluded from orbit, basal joint narrow. 4th joint of mxp. 3asin Lupa. Upper margin of orbit with 2 fissures. Cornea globular. Chelipeds not elongate or slender. 5th leg with 6th and 7th joints expanded, latter ovate-lanceolate. Abdomen of ¢ with 5 segments, tapering. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 147 Carupella natalensis Lenz Fig. 28, h-7. 1914. Lenz in Lenz and Strunck, l. c., p. 279, pl. 12, figs. 8-16. Carapace flat, smooth, frontal and upper orbital margin finely granulate, 3 transverse rows of granules, front prominent, apically notched, margins undulate, 8 somewhat unequal teeth behind the outer orbital tooth, the last but one the smallest, the last one the largest. Cheliped, 4th joimt with 3 serrations on inner margin, hind margin unarmed, wrist with a sharp spiniform tooth on inner margin and 3 rows of granules each ending in a flattened denticle on outer surface, hand with a flat tooth proximally and 2 double rows of granules each ending in a flat tooth on upper surface, outer surface with 3 smooth ridges, finger and thumb apically crossing. Legs, 4th joints without spine on hind margin; dactyl of 5th leg ovate- lanceolate. 2nd and 3rd abdominal segments transversely keeled. Length 15 mm. (indirectly stated in comparison with Lupocyclus rotundatus). Locality.—Natal (Lenz). Remarks.—This species is compared and contrasted with Lupocyclus rotundatus and white. Lenz had only 3é. Gen. Lupocyctus Ad. & Wh. 1899. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixvii, p. 22. 1906. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 869. 1937. Shen, Bull. Raffles Mus., no. 13, p. 98. 1938. Gordon, zbid., no. 14, p. 175. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., 11, p. 41. Carapace subcircular, or a little broader than long, convex, with granular ridges and elevations, tomentose, front prominent, cut into 4 teeth, not including the rounded and ill-defined inner orbital tooth; antero-lateral margin with 5 major teeth (incl. outer orbital tooth) and a smaller denticle in each intervening notch (.e. 9 in all), some or all of these denticles sometimes obscured (and easily overlooked) by the marginal setae; upper orbital margin with 2 fissures. Cornea globular. Basal joint of ant. 2 not very stout, without apical process, not excluding rest of antenna from orbit. Chelipeds longer than legs, often rather slender. Legs slender, 4th joint of 5th leg with spine on hind margin, dactyl ovate. Abdomen of 3 with 5 segments, 2nd and 3rd segments keeled. 148 Annals of the South African Museum. Lupocyclus tugelae n.sp. Fig. 29, e-h. 2. Only one transverse granular ridge, viz. across the branchial region; an oblique line of granules near postero-lateral corner; gastric, cardiac, and branchial regions, and antero-lateral margins with groups of granules, which are closely aggregated and often sub- imbricate; granules of the branchial ridge pointing forwards and appearing as elongate granules. Chelipeds missing. Anterior margin of 4th joint of mxp. 3 flatly rounded. Basal joint of ant. 2 longi- tudinally grooved where it fits against the suborbital tooth. Length 11 m., breadth 15 mm. Locality. Off Tugela River mouth, 36 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Distinguished apparently from other described species by having clusters of granules instead of transverse granular ridges; but it may nevertheless be only a variant of rotundatus Ad. & Wh. | (for figure of carapace see Shen, /.c.; and of g abd. Gordon, J. c.). Only the one non-ovigerous 2 was taken by the s.s. Pieter Faure; in the same haul were numerous examples of Gonioneptunus africanus. Gen. PARATHRANITES Miers 1920. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvu, p. 237. Carapace broader than long, convex, with well-defined regions and tubercles, front not prominently projecting, cut into 4 teeth, antero- lateral margin with 5 teeth (incl. outer orbital angle); the last one projecting laterally, upper orbital margin with 2 fissures. Ant. 1 transverse; basal joint of ant.2 narrow. 4th joint of mxp. 3 produced in a rounded lobe beyond insertion of palp. Chelipeds spinose. Legs slender, dactyl of 5th leg broadly ovate. Abdomen of ¢ with 5 segments (3rd—5th fused, but positions of sutures indicated), tapering. Parathranites orientalis Miers Fig. 29, 2. 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 204. 1920. Stebbing, I. c., p. 238. Carapace granulate, one small tubercle on each anterior gastric region, one larger median one in middle of gastric region, one on each branchial region in line with the gastric tubercle and last lateral tooth, Fie. 29.—Ovalipes punctatus (de Haan). a, carapace, red marks dotted. 6, lower surface of chela, showing stridulating rasp. c, apex of 4th joint of 2nd leg, showing stridulating ridge. d, dactyl of 5th leg, marginal setae omitted. Iupocyclus tugelae n.sp. e, carapace, tomentum removed (4th tooth obsolete on left side). f, ventral view of base of ant. 2. g, 4th joint of mxp. 3 (with base of 5th). h, 4th joint of 5th leg. Parathranites orientalis Miers. i, carapace. j, ventral view of front with bases of ant. 1 and 2. &, dactyl of 5th leg, marginal setae omitted. /, Ist pleopod ¢. 150 Annals of the South African Museum. 2 side by side transversely on cardiac region (Alcock: sometimes only one), just external to the cardiac-branchial groove a longitudinal ridge with small tubercles (anterior one the largest) and extending posteriorly to a sharp, slightly up-turned point on hind margin, which is nearly straight. Cheliped, 4th joint with one spine on inner margin and one (Miers: 2) on hind margin, wrist with one large spine on inner margin and 2—3 smaller ones on outer surface, hand with one spine on upper margin at base and 2 distally. Legs smooth, 4th joint of 5th leg twice as long as broad. dactyl ovate, twice as long as broad, upper and lower surfaces glabrous. Abdomen with 2nd and 3rd segments transversely keeled, terminal segment longer than broad, and a little narrower at base than distal margin of penultimate segment. Sternum of 3 hollowed between bases of chelipeds. Length 12-5-13 mm., breadth 18-19 mm. (incl. lateral spines). (Miers gives 15x18 mm. to base of lateral spines.) Salmon-pink (Alcock). Locality.—Off Umhloti River mouth, Natal, 100 fathoms (Stebbing). Distribution.—Kei and Admiralty Is., 140-150 fathoms; Malabar and Coromandel coasts, 33-68 fathoms; Andaman Is.; Seychelles. Gen. OvALIPES Rathbun 1902. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. S. Afr., ii, p. 12. 1910: Td.,.1-c,, 7p. so: 1930. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 152, p. 18. Carapace a little broader than long, front not prominent, cut into 3 or 4 teeth, antero-lateral margin with 5 teeth (incl. outer orbital angle). Basal joint of ant. 1 advanced, and visible dorsally between the frontal teeth. Ant. 2 entering orbit, basal joint broad. Cornea ovoid, not wider than eye-stalk, which is slightly curved. Dactyl of 5th leg broadly oval, apically rounded. Abdomen of 3 oblong, with 5 or 7 segments. Ovalipes punctatus (de Haan) Red Spot Swimming-crab. Pies 27, a, 29) a=d. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 62 (Anisopus trimaculatus). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 44 (Platyonychus bipustulatus). 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 306 (trimaculatus). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 151 1921. Balss, Beitr. Kennt. Meeresf. Westafr., iii, p. 57 (trimaculatus). 1924. Balss in Skottsberg. Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez and Easter Is., m1. p. 336 (date apud Zool. Rec., 1929). 1927. Hale, Crust. S. Austral., pt. 1, p. 147, fig. 148 (bopustulatus). 1929. Chilton and Bennett, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., lix (1928), p. 755 (bipustulatus). 1930. Rathbun, l. c., p. 24, pls. 5-8. Carapace finely granulate, front with 4 teeth, a tooth on upper orbital margin, and 4 teeth on antero-lateral margin behind outer orbital tooth, lateral margins converging posteriorly, hind margin arcuate. No stridulating ridge on pterygostomial region (only a line of small granules and a furry band). Cheliped with fringe of shaggy hair on inner side of upper margin, outer surface of wrist and hand granulate, upper and outer surface of hand with 5 ridges, the upper- most ending in a spine, the lowermost feeble, 2 feeble ridges on middle of inner surface, lower surface with a series of transverse granulate rugae (fig. 29, b), finger with 3 granulate or denticulate ridges distally. 2nd leg with a transverse horny ridge on distal margin of 4th joint (fig. 29, c), antagonizing against the rugae on cheliped to form a stridulating mechanism, especially well developed in old gg; dactyl in adult $ larger than that of 3rd or 4th legs, falcate, its upper edge deeply grooved; dactyl of 5th leg regularly oval, scarcely twice as long as broad, upper and lower surfaces glabrous. Abdomen ¢ with 7 segments, 2nd and 3rd transversely keeled. Length up to 3 55 mm., 9 42 mm., breadth ¢ 70 mm., 2 54 mm. (Rathbun gives 85x 109-5 mm. for an Argentine ¢). Creamy-grey or pale buff, speckled with reddish dots, a median crescentic red mark and an oval red spot near each postero-lateral corner, hands of chelipeds tinged with red or pink inside surface (K. H. B.). Stimpson (1907) and Hale (1. ¢.) give the colour of the three marks as blue and violet respectively in Japanese and South Australian examples. I have never seen South African specimens with other than red or russet-red spots, and Krauss gave the same colour. Localitues.—Table Bay (Krauss, Rathbun); Port Elizabeth (Ort- mann); Simon’s Bay (M. Edwards); False Bay (Stebbing); Agulhas Bank and Algoa Bay, 40-80 metres (Doflein); Luderitzbucht, 0-10 metres (Balss); Table Bay, and False Bay to Port St. Johns, 0-50 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Juan Fernandez, Peru, Chile, Uraguay, Argentine, China, Japan, South and South-east Australia, New Zealand. Remarks.—Hale’s statement that the carapace is “longer than 152 Annals of the South African Museum. wide” would appear to be aslip. The smallest specimen I have seen measures 6-5 mm. in length by 7-5 mm. in breadth. At this size the rugae on lower surface of chela are already present, but the horny ridge on 4th joint of 2nd leg does not reach its full development until maturity, and even then is not nearly so strongly developed in 99 as in large 3d. Doflein (1904) describes and figures (photographically) the dactyl of 5th leg of juveniles 7 mm. in length as finely pointed. Hnlargement of the photograph shows that the appearance is mainly due to matting together of the apical setae, though it is true that the apex is less broadly rounded than in the adult. Common in sandy bays, and buries itself rapidly after being disturbed. Gen. Lupa Leach 1902. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., 1, p. 11. 1908. Jd., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 11. O10: Ideal ep sil 1930. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 152, p. 33 (Portunus Weber, Fabr. non Leach). Carapace glabrous, moderately or very broad, including the lateral spines as much as twice as broad as long, little convex, front with 3-6 teeth (usually 4) excluding inner orbital teeth, antero-lateral margin with 8 teeth behind outer orbital tooth, the last one strong and projecting laterally, postero-lateral angles rounded. Upper orbital margin usually with 2 fissures. Ant 1 transverse; basal joint of ant. 2 short and broad, its outer apex produced in a more or less spiniform process entering the orbit but not excluding rest of antenna from orbit (fig. 27, b). Antero-external margin of 4th joint of mxp. 3 rounded, not produced (fig. 27, b). Epistome produced in a strong spine between bases of ant. 1 (fig. 27, 6). Chelipeds elongate, usually longer than legs. Legs compressed; distal margin of 4th joint of 5th leg smooth; dactyl of 5th leg ovate, upper and lower surfaces of 6th joint and dactyl of 5th leg glabrous. Abdomen of 5 segments in 2, triangular and evenly tapering. Key to the South African Species. 1. A spine at end of hind margin of 4th joint of cheliped. Carapace reticulated and mottled. : Se . pelagica. 2. No spine on hind margin of 4th joint of cheliped. Carapace with 3 red spots near hind margin . ‘ : . sanguinolenta. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 153 Lupa pelagica (Linn.) Blue Swimming-crab; Chinaman. Fig. 27, 5b. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB Ak. Wiss. Berlin, pp. 799 and 849 (native name). 1910. Stebbing, lL. ¢., p. 307. ? 1921. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., iu, p. 13 (pubescens, ? non Dana). 1927. Hale, S. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 149, fig. 150 (Portunus p.). 1930. Monod, Zool. Anz., cxii, p. 140, fig. 6 (Neptunus p.). 1932. Shen, Hong Kong Natural., ii, p. 32, fig. 1 and pl. 6 (Portunus trituberculatus). 1932. Id., Zool. Sinica, ix, p. 64, figs. 37, 38, and pl. 4, fig. 1 (Portunus trituberculatus). 1934. Id., Hong Kong Natural., Suppl. no. 3, p. 37, fig. 1. 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 63, pls. 21-24 (Neptunus p.). 1935. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxvu, p. 476, fig. 3 (1st plp. 3) (Neptunus p.). 1942. Ward, Bull. Mauritius Inst., ii, p. 79, pl. 5, fig. 4 (Portunus mauritianus). - 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran. pt. 4, p. 124, fig. 26, E (plp. 2 3). Carapace about twice as broad as long (incl. lateral spines), granulate, 2 humps on cardiac and one on hinder gastric region, but these variable in size and distinctness, front with 4 teeth but the middle pair often small, or confluent, or obsolete; a transverse granular line across gastric region, and another across branchial region from the large lateral spine. Upper orbital margin with 2 fissures, the outer corner of the lobe between them often dentiform. Chelipeds, 4th joint with 3-4 spine-teeth on front margin, and one distally on hind margin, hand with granulate costae and 3 spines, one at base and 2 distally. A small spine at apex of hind margin of 5th joint of 2nd and 3rd legs. Length up to 74 mm., breadth (incl. spines) 162 mm. Carapace, chelipeds, and 5th legs mottled and reticulated with brownish grey, greenish, bluish, or purplish red on a pale cream ground, finger and thumb of chelipeds maroon or purplish, tubercle on inner and outer sides of finger-hinge bright red, dactyls of legs more or less reddish. 154 Annals of the South African Museum. Localities —Durban Bay (Krauss); Inhambane and Mozambique (Hilgendorf); Natal (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay, Inhambane, Beira, Mozambique (coll. K. H. B.). Distribution.—East coast of Africa, Mauritius, Indo-Pacific to China, Japan, Australia, New Zealand. This species has migrated through the Suez Canal into the Mediter- ranean (Fox, 1924, Nature, cxii, p. 714, and 1927, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., xxii, p. 217); and has reached the Gulf of Alexandrette, Syria (Monod, I. c.). Remarks.—Varietal names have been given to several forms accord- ing to the distinctness of the tubercles and the shape and sharpness of the anterolateral spines; cf. Ward (1942, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u, p- 79). Stebbing’s small specimen, recorded as pubescens (1921), was probably a juvenile of the present spines. A common edible crab, frequently seen on the markets in Portuguese Hast Africa. Lupa sanguinolenta (Herbst) Blood-spot Spiny Swimming-crab. 1905. Lenz, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxvii, p. 359 (Neptunus s.). 1910. Stebbing, I. c., ah 2 pes = Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 225 Distribution.—Mauritius, east coast of Africa, Indo-Pacific. Also N. Atlantic, Mediterranean, Canary Is., Angola. Remarks.—Stimpson (1907, Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, pp. 52 sqq., pl. 6, figs. 3, 4, 6-9) discusses this species and several varieties, some of which have a “‘supplementary tooth” on the antero-lateral margin, making 5 in all (as in quinquedentatus). At that time the importance of the Ist pleopod ¢ as a specific character was not realized, so that it is not only impossible to recognize any of his varieties from the descriptions, but it is also quite probable that several distinct species are confused. At first glance somewhat like Hirsus laevimanus (q.v.). The name hydrophilus seems to be employed for the Atlantic form (as in Balss, 1921) and exaratus for the Indo-Pacific form (auctores). Xantho (Leptodius) quinquedentatus Krauss Figs. 41 b, 42, f, g. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 30, pl. 1, fig. 3, a-d. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 298. 1917. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., 11, p. 8. 19t8" Td. vbid., wu, p.. ol. 1925. Odhner, J. c., p. 80. 1943. Buitendijk, C.R. Soc. Néerland, Zool. Séance, 17th October 1942, p. 289. Carapace length about 2 breadth, regions and areoles distinct in anterior two-thirds, but indistinct in hinder third, shagreened or closely and minutely granulate, granules more distinct on the tops and anterior margins of the areoles and on the frontal and antero- lateral margins, also some scattered pits; antero-lateral margin with 5 teeth (in addition to outer orbital angle), the Ist rather blunt, the others dentiform, 5th smaller than 4th, pterygostomial region granulate and setose. Chelipeds unequal, upper and lower margins of 4th joint setose, wrist and hand closely and minutely granulate with some irregular wrinkles and rugosities on upper and outer surfaces, finger and thumb spooned. Legs, upper margin of 4th joints granulate (almost denticulate in large specimens) and fringed with setae, upper surfaces of 5th—7th joimts strongly granulate, the granules on 7th (dactyl) conical. Abdomen 3 Ist-3rd segments granulate only on lateral parts (in large specimens Ist segment may be entirely granulate) 6th segment as long as wide. Anterior margin of 4th joint of mxp. 3 notched (slightly so in young specimens). VOL. XXXVIII. 15 226 Annals of the South African Museum. Length up to 20 mm., breadth 33 mm. Yellowish, reddish, or brownish, uniform or mottled, finger and thumb of cheliped blackish, the colour extending along lower surface of hand. Localities —Durban (Krauss, Stebbing); Port Edward, Natal (coll. T. A. Stephenson); Port St. Johns (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Compare hydrophilus. The Mauritius specimens agree with those from Natal, but having been stuffed (ex-coll. Robillard) the 1st pleopod ¢ is not available as a check. Alcock and Stebbing have mentioned that Krauss described his species as having the finger and thumb of cheliped pointed. It is evident that Krauss made a slip. X. euglyptus Alck. is probably synonymous (see Odhner, 1925), but the lst pleopod ¢ should be examined. Both may possibly be synonymous with sangwineus M. Edw., which has been recorded from Mauritius. Xantho (Leptodius); cf. voeltzkowi Lenz Figs. 41, d, 42, h. 1905. Lenz, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxvii, p. 353, pl. 47, figs. 6, 6, a (chela). 1925, Odhner, 1 c:, p- 60: 1938. Monod, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, xxxvu, p. 125, figs. 16 (whole animal), 17, C-E (plp. 1 3). Carapace length about % breadth, regions and areoles distinct, including 2 R and 3R, and 1 P and 2 P, shagreened and granulate, the granules larger and more distinct near the frontal and antero- lateral margins and the anterior margins of the areoles; antero- lateral margin with 4 teeth, the 4th rather smaller than 2nd and 3rd, pterygostomial region granulate and pilose. Chelipeds unequal, upper and lower margin of 4th joint fringed, wrist and hand closely granulate and with blunt tubercles or knobs, those on upper margin of hand forming more or less 2 parallel rows, one or two lines of larger granules on outer surface of hand, tips of finger and thumb spooned. Legs, upper margin of 4th—6th joints finely granulate, fringed with setae, a rather conspicuous ridge along hinder surface of 5th joint. Abdomen 3 segments 1-3 feebly granulate in lateral parts only. Pleopod 1 ¢ (see fig. 42, h). Length 8°5 mm., breadth 13 mm. Localities.—Durban, Delagoa Bay, and Mozambique Island (coll. Ke Hs), Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 227 Remarks.—Two juveniles (3 and 2 mm. in length) were submitted to Odhner and identified by him as possibly voeltzkowit Lenz. Lenz distinguished his Zanzibar species from edwards (Heller) by the 2 rows of knobs on hand of cheliped, and both species from sanguineus (M. Edw.) by having only 4 antero-lateral teeth instead of 5. Alcock makes edwardsw asynonym of sanguineus. Until the Ist pleopod ¢ of the species of Xantho have been described it is impossible to assign the present specimens to any species; but the lst pleopod corresponds closely with Monod’s figure. Gen. AcTAEA de Haan 1851. Dana, Amer. J. Sci. (2), xii, p. 126 (Actaeodes). 1869. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. entom. Fr. (4), ix, p. 168 (Banareia). 1879. Id., Crust. Reg. Mexique, p. 253 (Glyptoxanthus). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 53 (Cycloblepas). 1898. Alcock, 1. ¢., p. 137. 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., iv, p. 29 (references). POO Sd leone 208: 1925. Odhner, l. ¢., p. 35. 1930. Rathbun, I. c., pp. 250 and 263 (Glyptoxanthus). Carapace convex, transversely oval, regions and areoles well marked, usually convex and granulate, antero-lateral margin usually shallowly 4-lobate, postero-lateral margin usually concave, front deflexed, usually bilobed with distinct median notch. Basal joint of ant. 2 usually stopping at the deflexed lateral margin of front, sometimes projecting into gap between front and inner suborbital angle, flagellum subequal to orbit. Chelipeds equal in both sexes, tips of finger and thumb usually pointed, though sometimes blunt (spooned in tomentosa). Abdomen ¢$ with 3rd—5th segments fused. Pleopod 2 ¢ short. Remarks.—A large genus of small crabs, which are mostly difficult to separate specifically. For A. angolensis Br. Cap. 1866, see Monod, Bull. Com. Etud. sci. Air occ. ire xv, 1953.39. (0: Key to the South African [Mauritian] Species. I. Carapace length ? breadth, flattened, especially posteriorly, anteriorly setose. Areole 2M incompletely divided (fig. 43, a) : : ‘ : ‘ : II. Carapace convex, length less than ? breadth (usually about 2), but antero-lateral margin always longer than postero-lateral margin. depressa. 228 Annals of the South African Museum. A. Legs with 5th and 6th joints dorsally bicarinate, with an intervening groove or a series of cup-like hollows B. Legs not bicarinate. 1. Carapace and legs with conical tubercles, some- times spiniform. a. Carapace with simple (mostly) isolated tubercles : i : ; b. Carapace and legs with compound, closely- set tubercles, like a raspberry (fig. 43, b), nearly obliterating the ordinary areolation ; : ; ; 2. Carapace, and legs when granulate, with miliary or bead-like, or vesiculous granules of nearly uniform size (fig. 43, e). a. Unguis on dactyl of 2nd (1st walking) leg concealed in a brush of golden hairs (fig. 43, d) : é : : : b. Unguis on dactyl of 2nd leg not concealed. i. Carapace length 2 (or less) breadth. Areole 3 M tripartite. a. Carapace and legs with short black felt. Finger and thumb of chelipeds spooned B. Carapace and legs with short black bristles : ii. Carapace length more than 3 breadth. a. Finger and thumb of cheliped compressed, scissor-like (fig. 43, 9) : 6. Finger and thumb normal. * Areoles feebly developed posteriorly ** Areoles more or less well developed. + Areole 2M _ incom- pletely divided (cf. fig. 43, a). § 4-6 L separated §§ 4-6 L not sepa- rated tf Arcole 2M _ com- pletely divided (cf. fig. 43, 2). § 3M undivided . §§ 3 Mtripartite . cavipes. [nodulosa]. savignyt. speciosa. tomentosa. hirsutissima. parvula. variolosa. [pulchella]. [hellerv]. rippellir. [rufopunctata]. [Note on Mauritian Species.—A. nodulosa and pulchella are figured (carapace) in Odhner, 1925. Pleopod 1 ¢ of Mauritian specimen of rufopunctata is similar to that of savigny: (fig. 43, c).] Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 229 Actaea depressa (White) Fig. 43, a. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 33, pl. 1, fig. 7, a-d (Polumnus granulatus). 1847. White, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., xv, p. 225 (Xantho d.). 1887. de Man, J. Linn Soc. Lond., xxu, p. 27 (parvula, non de Haan, Krauss). 1898. Alcocle 1. 6, p. 146 (parvula, non de Haan, Krauss). [925 Odhner tc. p. 36, pl. 2, fe. 19) Carapace length ? breadth, flattened, especially posteriorly, regions and areoles in low relief anteriorly, indistinct posteriorly, only the bristly or setose front and antero-lateral margins being somewhat de- flexed, granulate, the granules on the edge of front and antero-lateral margin somewhat conical, especially on the lobes E, N, T, S (see fig. 37, a); 1M not separate, 2M incompletely divided; postero- lateral margin straight, the sides steep. Chelipeds equal, hand covered with short thick pile, with some longer hairs, with lines of granules which dorsally become conical or spiniform. Legs moderately setose, with conical granules on upper margins. Pleopod 1 ¢ similar to that of savignyr (fig. 43, c). Length 30 mm., breadth 45 mm. Violaceous or yellowish, orange or reddish, mottled and speckled with white on carapace, chelipeds and legs, finger and thumb of cheliped brown in 9, black in 3, the colour extending on to palm, hairs yellowish. Localitues—Durban (Krauss); Durban and Isipingo (S. Afr. Mus.); Impengazi, north of St. Lucia Bay (coll. T. A. Stephenson). Distribution.—Andaman Is., Mergui Archipelago, Philippine Is., Bonin Is. Remarks.—Although Krauss’ name is earlier, the combination Actaea granulata is preoccupied (Audouin =savignyr M. Edw. v. infra), hence White’s name is adopted (Odhner, 1925). This species is distinguished from others by the greater length compared with its breadth, and the markedly flattened hinder part of the carapace. The latter feature renders it liable to be confused with Pilumnus longicornis (q.v., p. 265). Actaea cavipes (Dana) 1852. Dana, U.S. Exply Exp. xi, Crust., p: 199; pl.., fig. 5, a, b (cellulosa). 1859. Girard, Ann. Soc. entom. Fr. (3), vii, p. 149, pl. 4, figs. 2-2, b (Cancer fossulatus). 230 Annals of the South African Museum. VA } h Fig. 43.—Actaea depressa (White). a, carapace (1M not separate, 2M incom- pletely divided). Aciaea savignyi (M. Edw.). 6, areole 5L to show compound tubercles. c, Ist pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. Actaea speciosa (Dana). d, dactyl of 2nd leg. Actaea tomentosa (M. Edw.). e, carapace, denuded. f, Ist pleopod g. Actaea parvula (Krauss). g, chela. h, apex of Ist pleopod g. Actaea riippellii (Krauss). 7, areole 2M (completely divided) and frontal region. j, apex of Ist pleopod 3. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 231 1877. Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer. Crust., p. 27, pl. 1, fig. 3 (Psaumis f). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 50. 1898. Alcock, I. c., pp. 147 and 148 (fossulata). 1907. Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., xxxv, p. 44, pl. 1, fig. 2. 1913. Klunzinger, Nova Acta Leop. Carol. Ak., xcix, p. 190, pl. 6, fig. 7. 1914. Rathbun, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 11, p. 658, pl. 1, fig. 6, pl. 2, fig. 7 (Glyptoxanthus cymbifer). 1924. Balss, Denksch. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xcix (“‘Pola” Exp.), p. 8 ( fossulata). 1925. Odhner, l. c., p. 68. 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 128, pl. 68. Carapace length 2 breadth, completely areolated and covered with miliary granules, areoles separated by broad but shallow grooves, 2M more or less completely divided; postero-lateral margin very short, concave, antero-lateral margin 4-5-lobed, lobes variable in size and prominence; carapace often with an eroded or worm-eaten appearance, likewise the wrist and hand of cheliped. Legs with 5th and 6th joints dorsally bicarinate, the crests enclosing a trough or groove which is sometimes (fossulata) divided up into cup-like hollows. Length 12-5 mm., breadth 20 mm. Locality.— Europa Is., Mozambique Channel (Lenz). Distribution.—Mauritius, Red Sea, east coast of Africa, Indo- Pacific. Remarks.—Ward (1942, Mauritius Inst. Bull., ii, p. 87) finds small differences between specimens from Australasia and from Chagos Archipelago, and uses the name fossulata for the latter. Actaea savignyr (M. Edw.) Fig. 43, 6, c. 1826. Audouin, Expl. Planches Savigny Crust. Egypt, pl. 6, fig. 2 (Cancer granulatus, non Linn.). 1833. de Haan, Crust. Jap., decas prima, p. 18, decas secunda (1835), p. 47 (Cancer (Actaea) g.). 1834. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i, p. 378. 1851. Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mosambic, fase. 5, p. 82 (Cancer s.). 232 Annals of the South African Museum. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 787. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 299 (granulata). 1922. Balss, Arch. Naturg., p. 122. 1924. Id.,.Denksch. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xcix (‘‘Pola” Exp.), p. 8. 1925 ,Odhner e3. p02. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xii, p. 120. 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 151, fig. 38, C (plp2 eS): Carapace length 4-? breadth, but the strongly concave postero- lateral margin shorter than antero-lateral, whole surface covered with close-set tubercles (like a raspberry) so as to obscure the ordinary areolation, each tubercle itself composed of a number of small granules or tubercles, tubercles more conical, even spiniform, in juv. than in adult; front distinctly bilobed. Chelipeds and legs with similar compound tubercles, upper margins of 4th—6th joints of legs cristate. Sternum and abdomen granulate. Basal joint of ant. 2 reaching as far as (or almost) inner suborbital angle. Length 20 mm., breadth 26 mm. As preserved pinkish white, with darker patches on gastric, branchial, and orbital regions, finger and thumb of cheliped dark brown. Alcock says: uniform purplish black. Localities.—Off Umhloti River, 25 fathoms (Stebbing); off Umtwa- lumi River, 25 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.); Delagoa Bay (Barnard); Mozambique (Bianconi, Odhner). Distribution.—East coast of Africa, Red Sea, Indo-Pacific to China, Japan, Australia. Remarks.—Among the South African species this one is very readily distinguished by the compound tubercles. There is a superficial resemblance to Dairodes margaritatus (infra, p. 258, fig. 47, g), which, however, has fissures on the carapace and a rostriform front. Actaea speciosa (Dana) Fig. 43, d. 1852. Dana, U.S. Expl. Ex., xi. Crust., p. 198, pl. xi, fig. 4, a-c. 1861. Heller, Abh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, xi, p. 9, and SB. Ak. Wien, xliu, p. 329, pl. 2, fig. 19 (Actaeodes nodipes). 1865. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus., i, p. 274. 1877. Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer. Crust., p. 27, pl. 1, fig. 4 (Psaumis glabra). | 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 143. ae Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 233 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., 1, p. 254, fig. 42, ¢ (dactyl 2nd leg). 1913. Klunzinger, Nov. Act. Leop. Carol. Ak., xcix, p. 181 (p. 179, pl. 1, fig. 3, pl. 6, fig. 3; fide Balss, 1924). © £925. Odhner;-l.¢., p. 62. Carapace length 2 breadth, apparently glabrous but covered with a very fine and short felt, completely areolated and covered with bead-like or vesicular granules of nearly uniform size, 1 M separated (rather indistinctly so), 2M incompletely divided, 3M tripartite, antero-lateral margin shallowly lobate, longer than the concave postero-lateral margin. Chelipeds and legs knobbly and granulate. Unguis on dactyl of 2nd (1st walking) leg concealed in a brush of stiff golden hairs (both sexes). Basal joint of ant. 2 entering gap between front and inner suborbital angle, though the latter nearly meets the front, flagellum shorter than orbit, which is subcircular. Abdominal segments 1-3 in § granulate. Length 9 mm., breadth 12 mm. Brown, some of the areoles on anterior part of carapace, and some of the knobs on chelipeds reddish. Localities —Durban (Odhner); Delagoa Bay (8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, Red Sea, Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—The “cleansing claw”’ is characteristic of this species. What special use it may have, however, has not been observed. Aciaea tomentosa (M. Edw.) Fig. 43, e, f. 1834. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 385 (Zozymus t.). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 788. 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 140 (references). 1925. ‘Odhner, lo¢., p. 70: Carapace length less than 2 breadth, covered, as are the exposed portions of chelipeds and legs, with a short dense blackish felt, more or less completely concealing the large vesicular granules but not the areolation; antero-lateral margin (when denuded) shows 4 deep narrow notches which are continued as grooves on the pterygostomial region; postero-lateral margin short and very concave. Ventral surface granulate and covered with felt. Chelipeds not knobbly, tips of finger and thumb spooned. Legs granulate and tuberculate, fringed with shaggy hair. 234 Annals of the South African Museum. Length 19 mm., breadth 31 mm. Blackish; when denuded the carapace is marbled with red and whitish; finger and thumb dark, the dark colour extending on to inner and lower surface of palm. Localities—Mozambique (Hilgendorf); Europa Is., Mozambique Channel (Lenz); Durban (Odhner, and 8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, east coast of Africa, Red Sea, Indo- Pacific. Actaea hirsutissuma (Riipp.) 1830. Riippell, Beschr. 24 Krabben, p. 26, pl. 5, fig. 6, pl. 6, fig. 21 (Xantho h.). 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 141 (references). 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 102, pl. 32, figs. 1, 2. 1921. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvi, p. 455. 1925. Odhner, /. c., p. 69, pl. 4, fig. 13. 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 124, pl. 66 (photo, not good). Carapace length # breadth, similar to tomentosa but with numerous short black bristles not forming a felt or coat or concealing the surface; 1 M separated, 2 M completely divided, the two divisions of equal width, 3 M tripartite. Chelipeds and legs bristly like the carapace; tips of finger and thumb blunt but not hollowed. Length 20 mm., breadth 30 mm. Locality.—Mozambique (Stebbing). Distribution.—Mauritius, east coast of Africa, Red Sea, Indo- Pacific. Remarks.—The specimens identified by Stebbing were not returned to the South African Museum, and I have seen no others. Actaea parvula (Krauss) Fig. 43, g, h. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 34, pl. 2, fig. 2, a-c (Menippe p.). 1910. Lenz, Voeltzkow Reise, 11, p. 549. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 299. 1925. Odhner, I. c., p. 51, pl. 3, fig. 13. [Not parvula de Man 1887, Alcock 1898, Stebbing 1924.] Carapace length about ? breadth, covered with granules and with rather long scattered hairs, 1 M not separated, 2M completely divided, 3M indistinctly tripartite, all six L areoles present, 6L indistinctly separated posteriorly. Chelipeds and legs granulate, with longish Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 235 bristles and hairs; finger and thumb compressed, scissor-like (as in subgen. Banareva), finger closing inside thumb, cutting-edge of latter with a trilobate tooth. Length 12 mm., breadth 16-17 mm. Orange-yellow, anterior part of 3 M reddish, some of the granules on carapace red, chelipeds and legs yellow, with a few scattered red dots, abdomen pale yellowish, sternum white, hairs glistening whitish. Localities.—Natal (Krauss); Durban (Odhner); Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst). Distribution.—Madagascar, Red Sea, Ceylon, East Indies, Marquesas Is. Remarks.—The scissor-like finger and thumb of the chelipeds render this species easily recognizable. Actaea variolosa Borrad. 1902. Borradaile, F. Geog. Mald. Laccad. Archip., i, p. 256, fig. 54. 1925. Odhner, 1. c., p. 63. Carapace length 2 (description; figure shows 2), bristly, areoles distinct in anterior portion but obsolete posteriorly, with bead-like granules. Length 6 mm., breadth 8 mm. Localhity.—Durban (Odhner). Distribution.—Maldives; Indo-Pacific. Actaea riippellia (Krauss) Figs. 37, d, 48, 2, 7. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 28, pl. 1, figs. 1, a—-d (Aegle r.). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 787. 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 144 (references). 1910. Stebbing, J. ¢., p. 299. 1925. Odhner, l. c., p. 45, fig. 4, and pl. 3, fig. 6 (ruéppella, soc.). 1937. Shen, Contr. Inst. Zool. Ac. Peiping, i, p. 291, fig. 7, a-d (rippellc orventalis Odhner). Carapace length 2 breadth, covered with short bristles and long silky hairs forming a shaggy coat; 1M not separated, 2M completely divided (the inner division usually narrower than outer division), 3M undivided; anterior margin distinctly 4-lobate, longer than postero- lateral margin. Length up to 22 mm., breadth 30mm. Yellowish, with orange-red spots or patches, a large one on the gastric region being characteristic. 236 Annals of the South African Museum. Localities.—Umlaas River mouth (Krauss); Durban and Port St. Johns (8. Afr. Mus.); Delagoa Bay (Lourenzo Marques Mus.); Mozambique (Hilgendorf, and 8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Kast coast of Africa, Mauritius, Indo-Pacific to China, Japan, Australia. Remarks.—Potts records a specimen from South Africa infested with Thompson, a parasitic Rhizocephalid Cirripede (1915, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Dept. Mar. Biol., viii, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 4). Gen. LacHnopopts Stimpson 1858. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., x, p. 32. 1LS9seeAlcocken ce. paso: 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 40. 1925; Odhner; 15 ¢:, pasa. 1941. Gordon, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 153 Sess., pt. 1, p. 127. Carapace very broad, more or less convex, smooth, regions feebly defined, antero-lateral margin feebly lobed, fronto-orbital width less than half maximum width of carapace. Basal joint of ant. 2 meeting front. Chelipeds more or less unequal. Legs not keeled, 4th joints either smooth or spinose on upper margins. Lachnopodus subacutus (Stimpson) 1858. Stimpson, J. c., p. 32 (Leomera s.). 1865. Heller, “‘Novara”’ Crust., p. 11, pl. 2, fig. 1 (Xantho arcuatus). 1867. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4), vii, p. 266 (Xantho bidentatus Xanthodes pachydactylus, non M. Kdw.). 1907. Stimpson, l. c., p. 39, pl. 5, fig. 1 (Liomera s.). 1910. Lenz, Voeltzkow Reise, 11, p. 545 (Carpilodes tristis, non Dana). 1925. Odhner, J. c., p. 83 (synonymy). 1934. Balss, Faune Col. Frang, v, p. 509 (synonymy). 1938. Id., Medd. Goteb. Mus., Ixxv, p. 36. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., 1, p. 93 (Leoxantho s.). [Not subacutus de Man 1902.] Carapace transversely elliptical, about 2 as long as wide, smooth and glossy, somewhat punctate anteriorly; antero-lateral margin with 5 feeble lobes, the hindmost one being the largest. Chelipeds subequal, smooth, tips of finger and thumb pointed. Legs smooth, glabrous. Length 15 mm., breadth 23 mm. Locality.—EKuropa Is., Mozambique Channel (Lenz). Distribution.—Chagos; Red Sea; Madagascar; Pacific. ee Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 237 Gen. LiomERA Dana 1851. Dana, Amer. J. Sci. (2), xu, p. 124 (genotype: cinctimanus White). 1851. Id., zbid., p. 126 (Carprlodes, genotype: tristis Dana 1852). 1910. Stebbing, lJ. c., p. 296. 1917. Zd., Ann. Durban Mus., uy, p. 5. 1925. Odhner, l. c., pp. 6 and 8 (Carptlodes) (key to species). 1930. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 152, p. 241 (Carpilodes). 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. Orient. Néerland, i, fasc. 15, p. 24 (Carpilodes). Carapace very broad, barrel-shaped, convex, regions usually well marked and, especially anteriorly, subdivided into areoles, antero- lateral margin usually divided into 4 broad shallow lobes, postero- lateral margins strongly convergent; front from 4 to 4 greatest width of carapace, deflexed, medianly grooved and slightly notched. Basal joint of ant. 2 partly filing gap between front and inner suborbital angle (fig. 37, 6). Chelipeds equal or subequal in both sexes, finger and thumb pointed but distinctly grooved near tips. Abdomen of 3 with 3rd—5th segments fused. Remarks.—Odhner, while recognizing the priority of Liomera, deprecates the substitution of this name for Carpilodes, and Miss Rathbun follows the same course. Dofiein (1904) records a young 2 from the Agulhas Bank, 102 metres (Stebbing, (E62. Pe 206)e Key to the South African [Mauritian and Zanzibar] Species. I. Legs not keeled. A. Areole 2M incompletely or not at all divided (fig. 44, a). 1. Carapace without strong granulation, appearing smooth to the naked eye. a. Main regions not well marked. Usually a dark ring on hand of cheliped . . cinctimanus. b. Main regions well marked. No dark band on hand . : [trestis].* 2. Carapace strongly granulate. Legs not knobbly, a. Granulation confined to anterior and lateral parts (fig. 44, a) : : . bellus. 6. Whole surface granulate. 4L and 5L joined, forming a transverse ridge . [rugatus].* * Figured in Odhner, l.c. Also Monod, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, xxxvii, 1938, p.121, fe. 1s. . 238 Annals of the South African Museum. B. Areole 2 M completely divided (fig. 44, c). All regions well marked. 1. Regions in high relief, strongly granulate. Legs knobbly j : : : ; . monticulosus. 2. Regions in low relief, feebly granulate. Legs smooth . ; , ; ’ : - [ruber].* II. Legs keeled . : , : : : : ‘ . [lophopus].* Inomera cinctumanus (White) 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ui, p. 5. 1925. Odhner, l. c., p. 14. 1930. Rathbun, I. c., p. 242, pl. 100. Carapace nearly twice as broad as long, antero-lateral margin with 3 very flat lobes, the one following the orbit scarcely or only very feebly convex, 2 M incompletely divided; surface smooth, non- granulate, closely punctate. Basal joint of ant. 2 touching front (Rathbun’s figure). Legs not keeled, smooth. Length 22 mm., breadth 37-5 mm. Odhner mentions a specimen 64 mm. in breadth. Bright red, edges of carapace whitish, in some 33 a black band around hand of cheliped, the finger and thumb of which are brownish black with white tips, dactyls of legs red basally, white distally with black ungues. Localities. Europa Is., Mozambique Channel (Lenz); Durban (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (Coll. K. H. B. 1912). Distribution.—Mauritius, Indo-Pacific, Japan, and California. Remarks.—The black band round the hand is sometimes absent in the young (Henderson); Odhner says it is only found in some male specimens. Inomera bellus (Dana) Figs. 37, 6, 44, a, 6. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 31 (Xantho obtusus, non de Haan). 1852. Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., xiii. Crust., p. 196, pl. xi, fig. 2. 1865. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, i, p. 261 (vaillantianus). 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 297 (Xantho obtusus, non de Haan). 1924. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xix, p. 2 (Actaea parvula, non Krauss). 1925. Odhner, /. c., p. 16, pl.1, fig. 9. * Figured by Odhner, l. c. ee ee ee CS 1 ae Se, Pee a RES ips Aaa tine irae ie ee os Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 239 Carapace 12 as broad as long, antero-lateral margin feebly lobate, 2 M incompletely divided, surface strongly granulate anteriorly and laterally, becoming smooth and more or less pitted medianly and posteriorly. Basal joint of ant. 2 nearly filling gap between front Fic. 44.—Liomera bellus (Dana). a, carapace. 6, lst pleopod g, with apex further enlarged. LInomera monticulosus (M. Edw.). c, carapace. d, Ist pleopod g, with apex further enlarged. Xanthias tuberculidens Rathbun. e, carapace. f, Ist pleopod g, with apex further enlarged. Xanthias lamarckii (M. Edw.). g, carapace. fh, Ist pleopod g, with apex further enlarged. The rings in a and the oval in ¢ represent pale spots (not tubercles). 240 Annals of the South African Museum. and inner suborbital angle (fig. 37, b). Eye-stalk granulate anteriorly. Legs not keeled, smooth. Length 9-5 mm., breadth 15 mm. Pink, reddish, or crimson, with 4 or 5 small pale dots on each branchial region as shown in figure, finger and thumb of chelipeds dark brown, with whitish tips, dactyls of legs with distal half white, ungues horn-coloured. Localities.—Natal (Krauss, Odhner); Europa Is., Mozambique Channel (Lenz); Mozambique (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst). Distribution.—Mauritius, Indo-Pacific. Inomera monticulosus (M. Edw.) Fig. 44, c, d. 1873. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus., Paris, ix. 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 86 (Carpilodes cariosus, sed non monticulosus). 1925. Odhner,(--c,)p. 21, plaipme. 18: Carapace 1? as broad as long, antero-lateral margin rather strongly 4-lobate, 2 M completely divided, and all the areoles in high relief, but 1 L, 2 L, and 3 L forming a single areole, 6 L triangular in shape; whole surface strongly granulate. Legs not keeled, but knobbly. Length 3-5 mm., breadth 6-5 mm. (Odhner’s figure). “‘ Yellowish with red spots, legs red” (M. Edwards’ text, on plate: uniform deep violet). Uniform crimson-red, finger and thumb of cheliped brown with whitish tips, dactyls of legs with distal one-third white, ungues brown (Delagoa Bay specimen). Localities.—Durban (Odhner); Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst). Distribution.—Seychelles, India, East Indies to Pacific. Remarks.—Odhner remarks on the discrepancy in colour between Milne Edwards’ text and his coloured figure. The former agrees with Alcock’s cariosus, the latter is not very different from the present Delagoa Bay specimens, which have been in alcohol for about six months. Gen. NEOLIOMERA Odhner Inomera Dana, auctorum, part. 1925. Odhner, l. c., p. 25 (genotype: pubescens) (key to species). Like Liomera, but basal joint of ant. 2 embracing the lateral downward-projecting margin of the front, and thus entering the socket of ant. 1 (fig. 37, c). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 241 Key to the South African [Mauritian] Species. 1. Areoles well developed. Hand of chela short, 1} as long as broad =. i 4 : : : : : . sabaea. 2. Areoles scarcely developed. Hand of chela rather long, 2-23 as long as broad : 5 ; ; ? . [pubescens].* Neoliomera sabaea (Nob.) Fig. 37, c. 1905. Nobili, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xi, p. 403 (Actaea s.). 1906. Id., Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (9), iv, p. 254, pl. 10, fig. 3 (Actaea s.). i925: Odhmer ie. pool. pl. 2, fie. 11. Carapace a trifle over 14 as broad as long, with well-developed areoles separated by moderately deep smooth grooves, 1 M and 2-6 L distinctly separated, 2 M completely divided; whole carapace with scattered hairs, and densely granulate, the granules smaller on the hinder portion. Chelipeds and legs granulate, the granules on the former somewhat pointed or conical. Anterior margins of legs hairy, the hairs (as are those on carapace) somewhat thickened or clavate. Length 12 mm., breadth 20 mm. Reddish, finger and thumb of cheliped brownish purple. Locality.—Durban (Odhner). Distribution.—Red Sea, Djibouti, Gulf of Aden, Moluccas. Remarks.—I have seen only the one 2 sent to and identified by Odhner. Gen. XANTHIAS Rathbun 1852. Dana, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., vi, p. 75 (Xanthodes, preocc.). 1897. Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xi, p. 165. 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 156 (Xanthodes). 1925. Odhner, l. c., p. 84. 1930. Rathbun, l. c., p. 464. 1938. Balss, Medd. Géteb. Mus., lxxv, p. 47. Fronto-orbital width greater than half maximum width of carapace. Basal joint of ant. 2 broad and short, but touching deflexed side- margin of front, flagellum subequal to or rather longer than orbit. Chelipeds equal or subequal, tips of finger and thumb pointed. * Figured by Odhner, /. c. VOL. XXXVIII. 16 242 Annals of the South African Museum. Abdomen ¢ with 3rd—5th segments fused or partially so. 2nd pleopod 3 very short. Remarks.—Odhner places X. lividus (M. Edw.), from Mauritius, in this genus. Key to the South African Species. _Antero-external angle of 4th joint of mxp. 3 quadrate. Antero-lateral teeth of carapace obtuse 3 3 . lamarckw. 2. Antero-external angle of 4th joint of mxp. 3 produced laterally. Antero-lateral teeth acute ; : . tuberculidens. Xanthias lamarckiu (M. Edw.) Fig. 44, g, h. 1834. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i, p. 391 (Xantho L.). 1847. White, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., xv, p. 225 (Xantho cultramanus). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 789 (Xanthodes 1.). 1884. Miers, Zool. H.M.8. Alert Crust., p. 529 (Xanthodes l.). 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 157 (Xanthodes L.). 1925. Odhner, U. c., p. 84. 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 131, pl. 70. Anterior and antero-lateral portions of carapace granulate, the granules becoming very small or obsolete centrally and posteriorly; gastric-branchial groove, and 2 grooves across branchial region distinct, but the other grooves faint or more or less obsolescent; antero-lateral margin with 4 granulate obtuse teeth. Chelipeds equal, lower surface of 4th joint granulate, whole of wrist and hand except inner surfaces closely covered with pearly granules, outer surface of hand with 3 parallel furrows (granulate, not smooth). Legs with upper edge of 4th joint finely serrulate, of 5th and 6th joints granulate. Abdomen ¢ with 3rd—5th segments fused. 4th joint of mxp. 3 nearly smooth, antero-external angle quadrate, not produced. Length 6-3 mm., breadth 10 mm. Yellowish white (Alcock: with bluish-green blotches), finger and thumb of cheliped blackish, the colour not extending on to hand. Locality.—Mozambique Island (coll. K. H. B. 1912). Distribution.—East coast of Africa, Mauritius, Amirante Is., Seychelles, Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—The single specimen was identified by Odhner. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 243 Xanthas tuberculidens Rathbun Fig. 44, e, f. @ 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 101 (Xantho sp. juv.). 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 224, pl. 18, fig. 9. 1923. Odhner, Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 26. USP a lGlee lo Gas, [On De Carapace conspicuously granulate, the granules becoming feebler in the central portion, where they are more like fine squamulae; regions better defined than in lamarckiz; antero-lateral margin with 4 granulate and conspicuous acute teeth; frontal lobes very slightly convex; a noticeable tubercle near postero-lateral corner. Chelipeds unequal, as in lamarckuw, but more strongly granulate, especially on wrist and hand, where the granules are more or less nodose, lower surface of hand rugulose. Legs with upper margin of 4th and 5th joints distinctly denticulate, a rather sharply demarcated apical tooth on 4th joint, and a truncate tooth proximally on 5th, outer surface of 5th and 6th granulate and pilose. 4th joint of mxp. 3 granulate, the antero-external angle laterally produced. Abdomen ¢ with srd—5th segments fused. Length up to 17 mm., breadth 24 mm. Finger and thumb of cheliped blackish, the colour not extending on to hand. Localities.—? Agulhas Bank, 102-155 metres (Doflein); St. Sebastian Bay, 72 metres (Odhner); False Bay and Agulhas Bank as far east as Algoa Bay, 23-100 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Saya de Malha, N.E. of Madagascar, 125 fathoms. Remarks.—F¥rom the locality and depth it is highly probable that Doflein’s specimens belong to this species, rather than to the littoral Xantho exaratus (hydrophilus). Gen. Etisus M. Edw. 1834. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i, p. 410. 1851. Dana, Amer. J. Sci. (2), xu, p. 126 (Htzsodes). 1910. Stebbing, U. c., p. 298. 1925. Odhner, J. c., p. 83. 1938. Balss, Medd. Goteb. Mus., lxxv, p. 43. 1941. Gordon, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 153 Sess. pt. 1, p. 130. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., 1, p. 89 (Htvsodes) and p. 98 (Etesus). 244 Annals of the South African Museum. Carapace broad, regions moderately well marked, front laminar and prominent, separated from supra-orbital margin by a notch, with median slit; antero-lateral margin with 4-8 lobes or spiniform pro- jections. Basal joint of ant. 2 meeting front, its outer angle produced, flagellum excluded from orbit either by the produced lobe of basal joint, or by the meeting of the upper and lower inner orbital margins (fig. 45, c). Chelipeds strong, slightly unequal in 3, tips of finger and thumb strongly spooned. Abdomen ¢$ with 3rd—5th segments fused. Remarks.—The only South African genus in the group Hyperolissa in which the flagellum of 2nd antenna is excluded from the orbit. Key to the South African Species. 1. 7-8 unequal claw-like teeth on antero-lateral margin. Upper and lower inner orbital angles separated by the process of basal joint of ant. 2. Legs spiny : . [dentatus]. 2. 4 teeth on antero-lateral margin. a. Front nearly straight. Upper and lower inner orbital angles in contact. Cheliped smooth. Legs smooth, but setose . 3 ; é ; b. Front 4-dentate. Upper and lower inner orbital angles not in contact. Chelipeds granulate, wrist and hand knobbly on upper surface. Legs smooth, margins with shaggy fur . ; ; ; . electra. laevimanus. E. dentatus (Herbst) was included in Stebbing’s Catalogue (p. 298) on a statement by Miers that it occurred in Natal. Its presence in South Africa has not been confirmed, but it is included in the key on the possibility that it may be found here. Ward (1942) records it from Chagos Archipelago. Ktisus laevimanus Randall Wig, 45,.¢, d. * 1839. Randall, J. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 115. 1851. Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mosambic, fasc. 5, p. 83, Crust., pl. 1, figs. 1, 1, a—b (macrodactylus). 1875. Paulson, Red Sea Crust., p. 29, pl. 5, figs. 4, 4, a—f (sculptilis). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 791 (synonymy). 1898. Alcock, lJ. c., p. 131 (references). 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., i, p. 262, fig. 57 (Chlorodius espinosus). * For note on date, see Laurie, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxi, p. 425. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 245 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. orient. Néerl., iti, fasc. 15, p. 30, fig. 14, A, ¢ (plp. 1 3). 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 121, pls. 64, 65. 1934. Balss, Faune Col. Frang., v, p. 508 (synonymy). Gastric region well defined, anteriorly distinctly lobulated. Surface of carapace shagreened, microscopically granulate only on the frontal, orbital, and antero-lateral edges. Chelipeds smooth and unsculptured. Upper and lower margins of legs more or less setose, chiefly on upper margin of 4th joints and lower margins of 6th and 7th joints; upper margins of 5th—7th joints more or less granulate; dactyls with tooth at base of unguis, thus appearing bi-unguiculate, but more con- spicuous on last two than on first two legs. Length up to 32 mm., breadth 50 mm. Brownish or reddish, often somewhat mottled, finger and thumb of cheliped black, the colour more or less continued on to palm. Localities—Mozambique (Bianconi); Inhambane (Hilgendorf); Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus., Lourenzo Marques Mus., and coll. van der Horst). Distribution.—Mauritius; Réunion; east coast of Africa; Red Sea; Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—At first sight very like Xantho hydrophilus, but dis- tinguished by the smoother carapace, the smooth chelipeds, Ist pleopod 3, and of course the exclusion of flagellum of antenna 2 from the orbit; also the dark colour of thumb extends on to palm. Etisus electra (Herbst) Fig. 45, a, b. Herbst, Krabben, III, 1, pp. 34, 36, pl. 51, fig. 6 (quoted from Alcock). 1858. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., x, p. 34 (Chlorodius dentifrons). 1875. Paulson, Red Sea Crust., p. 27, pl. 5, figs. 3, 3, a, b (Actaeodes frontalis). 1884. Miers, Zool. H.M.S. Alert Crust., pp. 217, 532 (Etisodes e.). 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 133 (Htisodes e.). 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 51, pl. 6, fig. 5 (Chlorodius dentifrons), and footnote by editor. 1925. Odhner, l. ¢., p. 83. 1938. Balss, Medd. Goteb. Mus., Ixxv, p. 44. 246 Annals of the South African Museum. 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 158, fig. 41, A (plp. 1 3). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 364. Gastric and other regions well defined. Surface of carapace granulose-rugulose, more distinctly granulate on frontal lobes and antero-lateral margins; 2 M, 2 L, and 3 L with larger but low warts Fic. 45.—Etisus electra (Herbst). a, carapace. 6, Ist pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. Etisus laevimanus Randall. c, ventral view of front, Ist antenna removed, flagellum of 2nd antenna excluded from orbit. d, apex of lst pleopod . each composed of several granules. Chelipeds with upper margins of wrist and hand knobbly, upper and outer surfaces distinctly granulate. Upper and lower margins of legs with thick fringe of shaggy hairs, upper edges of 4th—7th joints granulate. Length up to 15 mm., breadth 20 mm. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst). Distribution.—Mauritius, Seychelles, Red Sea, Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—Our specimens correspond excellently with Stimpson’s description and figure of his dentifrons. They also correspond with Paulson’s figure of A. frontalis, but not so well with his figure of #. sculptilis Heller as regards the frontal margin. Neither Miers nor Alcock quote Paulson. It would appear that this is a species in which the shape of the Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 247 frontal margin is somewhat variable; in fact it might be considered a variety of anaglyptus (M. Edw.) (cf. Balss, 1. ¢., p. 48). Key to the South African Genera of Hyperomerista. I. Flagellum of ant. 2 not excluded from orbit (fig. 47, h). A. Chelipeds shorter and more slender than the legs . Lypbia. B. Chelipeds longer and stouter than the legs. 1. Fronto-orbital border half or less than half width of carapace. a. Basal joint of ant. 2 not touching the front. i. Carapace oval, antero-lateral margin more or less sharply defined. a. Carapace smooth, regions ill- defined. * Front, on either side of median notch, cut into 2, or 3 lobules. + Distal margin of 4th joint at| Menippe and 3rd_—Ss ma xilli- subgen. ped nearly | Myomenippe. straight tf Distal margin of 4th joint of mxp. 3 notched . Pseudozius. ** Front, on either side of median notch, entire (fig.47,a) . Sphaerozius. fp. Carapace with regions well defined. Antero-lateral margin continued in- wards as a ridge across branchial region (dor- sally) . : : . Pilumnoides. ii. Carapace subhexagonal, antero- lateral margin rounded, not defined : ; : . Dairoides. b. Basal joint of ant. 2 touching front . EHpixanthus. 2. Fronto-orbital border exceeding half width of carapace. a. Carapace glabrous, regions ill-defined. Basal joint of ant. 2 not touching front . ‘ ‘ : . . Hurycarcinus b. Carapace more or less pilose or hairy, regions more or less well marked. Basal joint of ant. 2 touching (or almost) front. 248 Annals of the South African Museum. i. Antero-lateral margin with 4 large dentiform spines (incl. outer orbital angle). a. Front with 2 large and 2 small lobes. Chelipeds not very unequal : . Pilumnus. 6. Front without the small lobes (or with only very feeble ones). Chelipeds very unequal ; : Parapilumnus. ii. Antero-lateral margin with Dit lobes . : Actumnus. II. Flagellum of ant. 2 excluded from orbit, either bees a process of basal joint of ant. 2 and/or the meeting of the upper and lower inner orbital angles. A. Tips of finger and thumb of cheliped spooned. Anterior margin of 4th joint of mxp. 3 deeply notched . : [ Davra].* B. Tips of finger and chi pointed Anterior margin of 4th joint of mxp. 3 not notched. 1. Fronto-orbital width about 2 width of cara- pace. Front denticulate (fig. 51) . . LEHriphia. 2. Fronto-orbital width nearly equal to width of carapace, which is subquadrilateral or subhexagonal, smooth, and polished (fig. 52, a, ¢, e). a. Front shallowly lobed . : . Trapezia. b. Front finely denticulate ; : . Tetraha. c. Front acutely 4-dentate ; ; - Quadrella. Eurippellia (or Lydia) annulipes (M. Edw.) is recorded, as Huxanthus rugulosus, by Heller from the Cape (Stebbing, l. c., p. 297). Odhner (1925, . c., p. 85) doubts the locality, as #. annulipes is an inhabitant of coral-reefs. “The Cape” does not necessarily mean the south-west corner of South Africa (see Introduction, p. 2), but the species has not been recorded again from Natal or any other part of South Africa. Men ppe rumphii is a well-known Indian and East Indian species, which, however, has not yet been recorded from South Africa. A specimen in the South African Museum measures 45x65 mm. But see Addenda. Gen. Lysra M. Edw.t 1827. Berthold in Latreille, Fam. Thierr, pp. 255, 584 (Mela, nom. preocc. Risso, 1813). * Mauritius. For figure see Boone, 1934, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 129, pl. 69. + Not to be confused with Lydia Gistel, =Huriippellia, another Xanthid genus. . Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 249 1834. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 431, footnote, pl. 18, _ and explanation, p. 16. ; 1898 and 1899. Alcock, J. c., p. 230 (Mela), Illustrat. Zool. “Investigator,” Crust., pl. 38, figs. 4, 5. 1934. Balss, Faune Col. Frang., v, p. 519. Carapace rather depressed, hexagonal, regions not strongly defined; fronto-orbital width about # maximum width of carapace, front nearly straight, orbits shallow. Basal joint of ant. 2 scarcely reaching front, flagellum rather long. Chelipeds slender, shorter than walking legs, which are strong, 3rd pair longest; chela slender, finger and thumb with sharp denticles on inner edges for holding the sea-anemones which usually mask the hand. First 2 or 3 segments of abdomen visible dorsally; in g 3rd—5th segments fused. Remarks.—This Indo-Pacific. genus contains about 4 species, including the new one here described. They live amongst corals, and carry a small sea-anemone in each chela; these they hold up in front of them, seemingly as a protection (whence the popular name of Boxing- crab); but the anemone may disable small animals, which the crab thereupon appropriates for its own food. Key to the South African [Mauritian] Species. 1. Carapace with a single sharp denticle on antero-lateral margin; almost glabrous; red lines forming a poly- gonal tessellated pattern. Legs fee nau pe of ant. 2 glabrous ‘ . [tessellata]. 2. Carapace with lobate antero Tateral margin, more or less covered with shaggy (plumose) hairs. Flagellum of ant. 2 setose. a. Carapace sparsely furred, with black lines and ocelli . ; ; . leptochelis. b. Carapace densely fared! mithout eolour patter . plumosa. Lyhia tessellata (Latr.) Fig. 46, a, b. 1834. Milne Edwards, 1. c., p. 431, pl. 18, figs. 8, 9 (M. tresselata, sic typ. err. after Latreille). 1880. Richters, Beitr. Meeresf. Mauritius, Seych., p. 150, pl. 16, figs. 19-22. 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., i, p. 250, fig. 49. 250 Annals of the South African Museum. 1906. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 866 (colour var.). | 1911. Id., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 236. Fic. 46.—Lybia tessellata (Latr.). a, carapace g, Mauritius; dotted bands indicate the colour pattern. 6, lst pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. Lybia leptochelis (Zehntner). c, carapace 9. d, antero-lateral portion of cara- pace g. e, Ist pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. Lybia plumosa Brnrd. f, carapace 9. Carapace almost glabrous, broader than long, antero-lateral margin with one sharp denticle, regions very obscurely marked; 2 weak transverse ridges across hepatic region, the hinder one minutely setulose; a ridge bearing a fringe of plumose setae on either side of the gastric region, and a similar ridge, medianly interrupted, behind the frontal margin. Flagellum of ant. 2 non-setose. Hand of Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 251 cheliped with long stiff setae. Legs with long setae and bristles. Abdomen ¢ narrowest at junction of 5th and 6th segments; 6th and 7th segments broader than long, 6th widening slightly distally, 7th subcircular. Length 10 mm., breadth 14 mm. Creamy, with narrow orange or reddish bands forming polygonal patterns on carapace; abdomen with a longitudinal line on each side of segments 1-4, a transverse line on base of 6th, and a curved line on 7th segment; legs banded with narrow lines. Distribution.—Mauritius, Seychelles, Hawauan Is. Although not yet found in South Africa, this species is included for comparison with the following two species. Lybia leptochelis (Zehntner) Fig. 46, ce. 1894. Zehntner, Rev. Suisse Zool., ii, p. 174, pl. 7, fig. 9 (Ceratoplaz 1.). 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 231 (Mela pugil). 1899. Id., Ilustr. Zool. “Investigator,” Crust., pl. 38, fig. 5 (Mela pugil). 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 236 (pugil). 1934. Balss, I. ¢., p. 519. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 364. Carapace broader than long, with the regions fairly well marked, more or less tuberculous, tubercles tipped with 1-3 plumose setae, the two most conspicuous ones with tufts of plumose setae; minutely granulate near and on antero-lateral margin, postero-lateral and hind margins more or less setose (plumose setae); antero-lateral margin with 3 lobes, 1st small and more or less confluent with the much larger triangular 2nd, 3rd triangular, rounded in g, almost dentiform in Q, behind which a small denticle or granulate projection. Flagellum of ant. 2 setose. Chelipeds and legs sparsely covered with plumose setae, setae more numerous on the hinder legs. Bases of legs, and also abdomen setose. Length, 5 5°5 mm., 9 4 mm., breadth, ¢ 7:25 mm., 2 5-5 mm. (Alcock: 5x7 mm.). Pale buff, rather dirty or greyish over most of carapace except the centres of the ocelli, antero-lateral lobes clear with a pinkish tinge, black lines (more distinct in 2 than in 3) along lobes and around ocelli, on eyes, proximal third of flagellum of ant. 2, mandibles, epistome, and pterygostomial region. 252 Annals of the South African Museum. Locality.—Inyack Is., Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst, 1 3, 1 non-ovig. , with anemone in each claw). Distribution.—Ceylon, 26 fathoms; Seychelles, 34-47 fathoms; Madagascar. Lybia plumosa Brurd. Fig. 46, f. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 364. @. Carapace broader than long, regions faintly defined, covered with a tomentum, which towards and around the margins is composed of longish plumose setae, giving a shaggy or matted appearance; antero-lateral margin with 3 lobes, the Ist broad and flattened, the 2nd semicircular, the 3rd bluntly dentiform, behind the latter a small denticle; supra-orbital margin finely denticulate, antero-lateral margin less noticeably so; a transverse ridge behind the frontal margin, notched in middle with fringe of long plumose setae; a similar fringed ridge on antero-lateral part of gastric region (proto- gastric), another on the. antero-branchial region, and another posteriorly on either side of the cardiac-intestinal region; numerous minute granules, especially on the antero-lateral lobes and anterior regions. Flagellum of ant. 2 setose. Cheliped with shaggy plumose setae except on finger and thumb (a sea-anemone in each chela). Legs thickly covered with shaggy plumose setae. Bases of legs and the abdomen thickly furry. Length 6-5 mm., breadth 9 mm. Dirty pale buff, without any markings, with brown fur. Locality.—Umtwalumi, Natal (coll. T. A. Stephenson, 1 non-ovig. 9). Remarks.—Resembles the Indian species caestifer (Alck.) and leptochelis (Zehntner) in the setose antennae and the lobate antero- lateral margin, but differs in the relative shapes and sizes of the lobes, the less defined and non-areolated regions of the carapace, and the denser furry covering on the carapace and legs. Gen. Pszkupozius Dana 1898. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xvii, p. 180. 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., i, p. 241. 1939. Ward, Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1049, p. 10. Carapace transversely oval, very nearly flat or feebly convex, regions not demarcated, antero-lateral border shorter than postero- lateral, obtusely divided into 4 very shallow lobes. Front rather Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 253 broad, more than } greatest breadth, separated by a notch from the orbit, shallowly 4-lobed. Orbit almost entire, the upper and lower inner angles with only a narrow cleft between them. Basal joint of ant. 2 short, next joint reaching front, flagellum lodged in a notch between front and orbital wall (Alcock says it is excluded from orbit, but it can fold into the cleft between inner orbital angles). Distal margin of 4th joint of mxp. 3 notched. Chelipeds robust, unequal, tips of finger and thumb pointed. Abdomen of $ with 7 distinct segments. Pleopod 2 ¢ short. Pseudozius caystrus (Ad. & White) Fig. 47, 9-1. 1848. Adams and White, Voy. “Samarang,” Crust., p. 42, pl. 9, fig. 2. . 1898: Alcock, 1. ¢., p. 181 (references). 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 627. 1902. Borradaile, l. c., p. 241. 1906. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, p. 861. 1911. fd., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2), xiv, p. 227. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., 1, p. 95. Carapace length a little more than 4 the breadth, front 34 times in greatest breadth; fronto-orbital width 4 breadth of carapace; smooth, almost flat behind the deflexed and rather coarsely punctate fronto- orbital region; antero-lateral border fairly sharp on the last 3 lobes, but obsolete on the Ist (external to orbit). Chelipeds smooth to the naked eye, but sparsely pitted, inner angle of wrist with 2 tubercles, finger and thumb of larger chela 3 meeting only at tips. Legs smooth, with a few longish marginal setae on 4th (hind margin), 5th, and 6th joints, dactyls furry. Pleopod 1 4g, fig. 47, l. Length 11-5 mm., breadth 19 mm. Dark blackish brown, some- what castaneous posteriorly with dark vermiculate markings, 2 pale dots on each antero-branchial region, chelipeds blackish above, castaneous below, finger and thumb black, the black colour not extending on to palm, legs castaneous, setae golden. Locality.—Port St. Johns (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, Indo-Pacific. Gen. SPHAEROZIUS Stimpson 1858. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., x, p. 35. 1886. Miers, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xvii, p. 144. 254 Annals of the South African Museum. 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 62. 1932. Balss, Zeitsch. wiss. Zool., exlu, p. 512. Carapace transversely oval, convex; regions, except the gastric, feebly defined; front rather prominent, bilobed, each lobe separated by a very feeble notch from the inner supra-orbital tooth; antero- lateral margin with 4 teeth. Basal joint of ant. 2 not nearly reaching front. Chelipeds stout, unequal, tips of finger and thumb pointed. Abdomen ¢ broad, with all 7 segments distinct. Pleopod 2 g elongate. Sphaerozus nitidus Stimpson Fig. 47, a-d. 1858. Stimpson, l. ¢., p. 35 (juvenile). 1886. Miers, l. c., p. 144, pl. 12, figs. 4, 4, a-c. 1893. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, p. 239 (Menippe conveza). 1899. de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., xxi, p. 60, pl. 5, figs. 2, 2, a-d (M. ortmanne). 1906. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 861, pl. xi, fig. 4 (IZ. conveza). 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), J. c., p. 62, pl. 7, figs. 5, 5, a (juvenile). 1910. Rathbun, Mem. Ac. R. Sci. Denmark, ser. 7, v, p. 354, fig. 38 (M. convexza). } 1913. de Man, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 12, pl. 1 (¢ abd.) (M. ortmanni = convexa). 1913. Klunzinger, Nov. Act. K. Leop. Carol. Ak., xcix, p. 285, Plipetlonre: 1922. Balss, Arch. Naturg., Ixxxviu, p. 115. 1934. Id., Faune Col. Frang., v, p. 517 (synonymy). 1936. Shen, Contr. Inst. Zool. Ac. Peiping, iii, p. 62, figs. 1, a, b (M. conveza). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 364. Carapace strongly convex longitudinally, especially anteriorly, less convex transversely, length a little more than 2 width, smooth, shagreened, the median groove in front of gastric region distinct, with a very indistinct convexity on either side of it, other regions not marked; front prominent, deflexed, minutely granulate, lobes oblique, without demarcated lateral lobes, but separated from inner supra- orbital angle; antero-lateral teeth not prominent, bluntly rimmed, the last one continued backwards as a distinct (rounded). ridge; 5 Ws 4 “a> 7 \ es S 2 oy. MA) = ny tet eS Fic. 47.—Sphaerozius nitidus Stimpson. a, carapace. 0b, 6th and 7th abdominal segments g. c, Ist pleopod g. d, outer view of chela. Pilumnoides perlatus (Poeppig). e, carapace. f, Ist pleopod 3g, with apex further enlarged. Dairoides margaritatus Stebb. g, carapace. h, frontal view. 7, lst pleopod 3. Pseudozius caystrus (Ad. & White). 9, carapace. k, ventral view of front, with mxp. 3. J, Ist pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. 256 Annals of the South African Museum. grooves in orbit not present, but upper and lower orbital teeth separated by a shallow notch. Inner upper angle of wrist of chelipeds and inner basal margin of hand of larger cheliped bluntly prominent; upper and outer surfaces of hand of both chelipeds closely and finely granulate; proximal tooth on thumb of larger cheliped large, a marked groove from near tip of thumb parallel with lower margin in both chelipeds. Legs with distal joints setose. Pleopod 1 ¢ stout (apex sometimes blunter than in figure); pleopod 2 slender, longer than pleopod 1, doubled up apically. Length up to ¢ 16,9 19 mm., breadth g§ 21,2 26mm. Reddish or brownish salmon, more or less mottled, the mottling formed of tiny dots, or closely dotted all over carapace; chelipeds, legs, and abdomen also dotted, sternum uniform pale creamy, finger and thumb of chelipeds dark brown, colour not extending on to palm (K. H. B.). Yellow with minute purple dots on carapace and chelipeds (Miers). Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. K. H. B. 1912, and van der Horst, 1939). Distribution.—Red Sea, Madagascar, Borneo, Siam, China, Japan, Hawaii. Remarks.—Two specimens have been compared with the type of conveca by Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, to whom my thanks are given. The antero-lateral teeth are slightly more prominent than in the type. Menippe (Myomenppe) fornasini (Bianconi) (1851, Spec. Zool. Mosambic, p. 84, Crust., pl. 2, figs. 1, 1, a-c) is recorded from Ibo, Portuguese East Africa, by Hilgendorf (1878, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p- 795). It closely resembles S. mitidus, but has each of the frontal lobes cut into 3 lobules (see also de Man, 1899, Notes Leyden Mus., KM, OGD: entiee aL): Gen. PitumnorpEs M. Edw. & Lucas 1843. Milne Edwards and Lucas, d’Orbigny Voy. Amer. Merid., vi, joey 1930. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 152, p. 534. Carapace convex, ovoid or subcircular, regions well marked, fronto- orbital width about half width of carapace, front bilobed, antero-lateral margin prolonged inwards and backwards by a small crest behind the last tooth. Endostomial ridges (in buccal cavity) moderately distinct. Chelipeds subequal, stout, tips of finger and thumb pointed. Abdomen with 7 distinct segments. Pleopod 2 ¢ short. Remarks.—Pacific and Atlantic coasts of South America. The Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 257 species mentioned below has been recorded from England, and its presence in South Africa may possibly also be due to accidental transportation. Pilumnoides perlatus (Poeppig) Fig. 47, e, f. 1910: Kathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxvui, p. 544, pl. 50, fig. 2. 1930. Id.,l.¢., p. 535, pl. 216, pl. 217, fig. 3, pl. 218, fig. 3 (references). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 364. Soft hairs, singly or in small tufts, scattered over surface of carapace. The continuation of the antero-lateral margin across the branchial region almost transverse. Carapace with tubercles more or less forming short transverse ridges or bosses, posterior third nearly smooth medianly. Antero-lateral margin with 5-6 irregular teeth. Chelipeds tuberculate, inner upper edge of hand with 3 large almost dentiform (but blunt) tubercles; on lower half of outer surface of hand (both chelipeds) the tubercles form 3 longitudinal lines, the lower 2 of which are continued as ridges on to the thumb. Length up to? 26 mm., breadth36mm. Smallest ovig.915 x 19mm. Salmon or orange-red, finger and thumb of chelipeds black, the colour not extending on to palm. Localities.—Bottom of 8.A.T.S. Gen. Botha in dry-dock Simonstown, June 1933, after lying in Simon’s Bay for 4 years (K. H. B. 3 juv.); whaler Sprlla in dry-dock Cape Town, March 1934, after lying in Saldanha Bay for 3 years (K. H. B. 1 juv.); s.s. Agnar, Cape Town, July 1934, after lying in Table Bay for 2 years (K. H. B. 1 juv.); Oudekraal, west coast of Cape Peninsula (some 7 miles from Table Bay), July 1934 (coll. T. A. Stephenson, 1 g); Port Nolloth, 1935 (coll. T. A. Stephenson, 1 2); Lambert’s Bay and Paternoster, 1938 (coll. T. A. Stephenson, 3¢ and ovig. 29). Distribution. Panama to Chile. Specimens, evidently transported by ships, have been recorded from Queenstown, Ireland, and Plymouth, England. Remarks.—Whether the occurrence of this species in South Africa was originally due to accidental transportation cannot be proved, but it certainly breeds freely, and would probably be found to be quite common if more collecting were done. No specimens were taken by the s.s. Preter Faure. The collections of later Fishery Survey vessels have not been fully examined as yet. VOL. XXXVIII. Ln 258 Annals of the South African Museum. Gen. DaAtrRorpDEs Stebb. 1920. Stebbing, Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., xvu, p. 233. Endostomial ridges extending to anterior border of buccal cavity. Carapace hexagonal, convex; outer layer with perforate and vesicular tubercles covering entire upper surface except for several narrow fissures, through which the inner layer is visible; surface lumpy but regions obliterated by the granules; front deflexed, narrow tridentate, almost rostriform, separated by deep notches from inner upper orbital angles, inner lower orbital tooth prominent; antero-lateral margin rounded; orbits subcircular. Basal joint of ant. 2 small, separated from front by basal joint of ant. 1, flagellum short. 4th joint of mxp. 3 strongly toothed on outside of base of 5th joint, but with straight anterior margin (not notched as in Daira). Chelipeds unequal, tips of finger and thumb pointed, bluntly so in the larger, acutely in the smaller cheliped. Legs slender, spinosely tuberculate, dactyls felted. Abdomen $ with 7 distinct segments. Pleopod 2 ¢ longer than pleopod 1, very slender. Dairoides margaritatus Stebb. Fig. 47, g-1. 1920. Stebbing, l. c., p. 234, pl. 18 (Crust., pl. 98). Length of carapace (in dorsal view) ? maximum width, fronto- orbital width 4 maximum width; inner upper and lower orbital angles and the 3 points of the front sharply conical in a 27 mm. long specimen, but blunted in one 33 mm. long (both 33); whole upper surface covered with large rounded vesicular granules or tubercles except for the fissures, which are as follows: one medio-longitudinal near the front, one lateral and external to the orbit, a crescentic pair situated more or less in the position of the gastro-branchial grooves, one transverse between 1 P and 2 P, one crescentic on the upper pterygostomial region; through these fissures the inner layer of the carapace is visible, from~-which arise tabulate or mushroom-like tubercles. Similar tabulate tubercles are present on the eye-stalks, basal joint of ant. 1, epistome, mxp. 3, ventral surface of carapace, and on the chelipeds and legs; on the wrist and hand of the chelipeds may be observed how the tabulate tubercles coalesce and gradually pass into the vesicular tubercles, eventually concealing the inner layer of the integument. The short felt, which completely covers the dactyls of the legs (except the ungues), is present also as a ring around Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 259 the distal ends of the 6th joints, and is continued as a narrow band along under side of 6th joint, about half-way on 2nd and 3rd legs, about one-third on 4th leg (only the distal ring is present on 6th joint of 5th leg). Pleopods l and 2 gas figured for Daira perlata by Gordon (1934, Res. Sci. Ind. or. Néerl., 11, fase. 15, p. 50, fig. 27). Length up to 33 mm., breadth 42mm. Uniform pale pinkish, finger and thumb of chelipeds slightly darker (as preserved). Localities.—Durnford Point, Zululand, 90 fathoms (Stebbing; also another not seen by Stebbing, 33 mm. in length); coast of Portuguese East Africa (8. Afr. Mus.). All three specimens are 3. Gen. EprxantHus Heller 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 301. Carapace transversely oval, flat or moderately convex, regions very obscurely marked; antero-lateral border with a thin sharp edge, regularly fissured or dentate; fronto-orbital margin not exceeding half width of carapace, 4-lobed, separated from orbital margin by a notch. Orbits subcircular. Anterior margin of buccal cavity with a deep narrow (efferent) notch. Basal joint of ant. 2 broad and short, in contact with front, flagellum very short. Chelipeds strong, unequal, finger of smaller cheliped markedly slender, tips of finger and thumb pointed. Abdomen ¢ with distinct segments. Pleopod 2 g elongate. Epizxanthus frontalis (M. Edw.) Fig. 48, a, b. 1891. de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., xiu, pp. 14-17, pl. 2, fig. 4. 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 60, pl. 7, fig. 4 (Ozius f.). 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 301. 1921. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvi, p. 456 (Galene natalensis, non Krauss). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 365. Carapace nearly flat, nearly smooth, shagreened or microscopically granulate, antero-lateral margin divided by 4 narrow and shallow fissures into 4 very shallow lobes; front double-edged. Chelipeds and legs smooth; upper edges of 6th joints and whole of dactyls with short stiffish fur. Length up to 40 mm., breadth 62 mm. Brownish, finger and thumb of chelipeds usually darker. 260 Annals of the South African Museum. Localities.—Natal Point (= Durban) (Krauss); Delagoa Bay (Stebb- ing, as Galene natalensis; coll. K. H. B., and Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—In the small (breadth 30 mm.) Delagoa Bay specimens there are only 3 antero-lateral lobes, the hindermost (4th) being not Fic. 48.—Epixanthus frontalis (M. Edw.). a, carapace. 06, Ist pleopod g, with apex further enlarged (from a specimen 25 mm. in width). Eurycarcinus natalensis (Krauss). c, carapace. d, lst pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. e, thumb of larger cheliped, finger removed from socket. developed or only indicated. The epibranchial beaded line which runs to the 3rd lobe varies in distinctness both in the small specimens and in large Mauritian ones. Gen. Eurycarcinus M. Edw. 1867. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. entom. Fr. (4), vii, p. 276. 1887. de Man, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxu, p. 43. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 261 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 302. 1921. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 456 (Galene). Carapace transversely oval, smooth, regions not defined, front moderately broad, nearly straight, antero-lateral margin with 3 notches. Basal joint of ant. 2 short, not reaching front. Chelipeds unequal, tips of finger and thumb pointed. Abdomen ¢ with 7 distinct segments. Pleopod 2 ¢ 2. Remarks.—Stebbing (1921) said he could find no reasons for replacing Galene by the much later EHurycarconus. Galene de Haan, however, belongs to the Hyperolissa group and, moreover, has a subquadrilateral carapace. The specimen described by de Man (I. c., p. 44, pl. 2, figs. 2 and 3 [not 4 and 5]) does not appear from the figure to be the same as Pilumnopeus maculatus M. Kdw.; compare the direction of the 2nd antero-lateral tooth. Eurycarcinus natalensis (Krauss) Fig. 48, c-e. 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 31, pl. 1, figs. 4, 4, a-d (Galene n.). 1867. Milne Edwards, I. c., p. 277 (grandidieriz). 1868. I[d., Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, iv, p. 80, pl. 19, figs. 13-16 (grandidierit). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 792. 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 49 (references). 1898. Alcock, l. ¢., p. 211 (grandidiern). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 302. 1917. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., 1, p. 436, and i, p. 7, footnote. [Not Stebbing, 1921, = Epixanthus frontalis.| Front with median emargination, and separated from inner upper orbital angle by a notch; antero-lateral margin with 3 notches; Ist lobe continuous with outer orbital angle, gently rounded, 2nd flat (the lobes of the two sides converging anteriorly), 3rd and 4th lobes acutely pointed; fronto-orbital and antero-lateral margin beaded, lower orbital margin more strongly granulate; a shallow pit in each branchio-cardiac groove, and 2 on each branchio-hepatic region, more or less conspicuous. Chelipeds smooth, thumb of larger cheliped with 2 pairs of blunt teeth (4 in a double row) near base followed by a larger tooth, this again by a smaller one (M. Edwards’ figure is better than Krauss’). Pleopod 1 ¢ slender, spirally curved. Length up to 26 mm., breadth 38 mm. Carapace and chelipeds 262 Annals of the South African Museum. reddish or violaceous, finger and thumb of chelipeds dark; legs greyish. Localities.—Mouth of Umlaas River, Natal (Krauss); Durban (Stebbing, and S. Afr. Mus.); Inhambane and Ibo (Hilgendorf); Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst). Mstribution.—Madagascar, east coast of Africa, Red Sea, Nicobar Is. Gen. Prtumnus Leach 1910. Stebbing, /. c., p. 301. 1923. Rathbun, Biol. Res. “Endeavour,” v, p. 108 (key to Australian species). 1930. Id., l. ¢., p. 481. 1931. Gordon, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxvil, pp. 526, 539 sqq. 1933. Balss, Capita Zool., iv, 3, p. 10 (sensu restricto). Carapace transversely oval or subquadrilateral, regions usually, but moderately, well marked; front bilobed, each lobe laterally with a small notch which is separate from the inner supra-orbital tooth; antero-lateral margin dentate, the teeth often spiniform; inner suborbital angle often prominent; supra-orbital margin with one or two notches. Basal joint of ant. 2 short, not or only just reaching front. Chelipeds stout, not very unequal, tips of finger and thumb pointed. Legs usually stout. Abdomen 3g with distinct segments. Pleopod 2 3 short. Carapace, chelipeds, and legs usually thickly covered with short pile, with or without longer bristles or hairs. Remarks.—As Gordon indicates, a revision of this genus with particular attention to the Ist pleopod g is very desirable. Hale (1931, Rec. 8. Austr. Mus., iv, p. 321, figs.) has shown that P. vestitus Hasw. hatches at an advanced stage of development. Key to the South African Species. 1. A subhepatic tubercle. a. Very thickly covered with dark shaggy and matted hairs. Carapace with low rounded granules ._ vespertilio. 6. With fine golden pubescence and longer bristles. Carapace smooth. Flagellum of ant. 2 not longer than orbit . : : : : 2. No subhepatic tubercle. Flagellum of ant. 2 considerably longer than orbit. a. With short pile and longer scattered bristles. Finger and thumb of chelipeds smooth, glabrous. Upper margin of 4th joint of 2nd-—4th legs spinose j : , ; ; ; . longicornis. hirsutus. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 263 b. With long thick silky hairs anteriorly on carapace, chelipeds, and legs. Finger and thumb granu- late and setose almost to tips. Upper margin of 4th joint of legs smooth . A : : . trichophoroides. Pilumnus vespertilio Fabr. Fig. 49, a, 6. 1849. Milne Edwards in Cuvier, Réegne Anim. Crust., pl. 14, figs: 3, 3, @, 0: 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 793. 1898. Alcock, t. ¢., p. 192 (references). 1933. Balss, ive, p- 2. | Carapace nearly ? as long as wide; front bilobed, with median fissure and fairly distinct lateral tooth; supra-orbital margin with 2 deep notches; 3 sharp teeth on antero-lateral margin behind outer orbital angle; a subhepatic tooth; low rounded granules over whole carapace, but larger anteriorly (when denuded showing pits for insertion of the hairs); infra-orbital margin entire, inner suborbital tooth distinct but not very sharp. Endostomial ridges distinct up to anterior margin of buccal cavity. Upper and outer surfaces of wrist and hand of chelipeds granulate, granules extending on to lower surface of hand of smaller, sometimes also of larger, cheliped. Legs granulate. Carapace, chelipeds, legs, and under surface covered with a thick coat of dark shaggy, matted hairs, the longest hairs being on the chelipeds (except the non-granulate part of larger one), legs and margins of carapace. Length up to 17 mm., breadth 22 mm. Localities—Ibo and Mozambique (Hilgendorf); Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mauritius, east coast of Africa, Red Sea, Indo- Pacific. Pilumnus hirsutus Stimpson Fig. 49, d, f, g. 1858. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., x, p. 37. 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 197 (with 2). 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 69, pled, eo. 1918. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 53 (spinefer, non M. Edw.). 264 Annals of the South African Museum. 1922. Balss, Arch. Naturg. Abt. Syst., Ixxxviii, p. 117 (references). 1923. Rathbun, Biol. Res. “Endeavour,” v, p. 122, pl. 28. 1933. Balss}ic-3 p20: 1937. Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxix, p. 407, fig. 11 (1st plp. 3). 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Ivan, pt. 4, p. 146, figs. D-F (orbit, abd., plp. 1 3). [? 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., 1, p. 247, fig. 47 (maldivensis). ? 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 229) pile figs. 14, 15 (orbitospinis). ? 1916. Parisi, Atti Soc. Ital. Milan, lv, p. 185 (orbitospinis).] Carapace convex, declivous anteriorly, length # width, smooth, regions scarcely distinguishable, but the anterior median groove distinct; front not quite 4 width of carapace, bilobed, lobes slightly oblique, with small feebly demarcated lateral lobule, separated from the blunt inner orbital tooth by a well-marked groove; upper orbital margin smooth, without or with very feeble trace of notch, outer orbital tooth spiniform; infra-orbital margin denticulate, inner angle sharp, spiniform and prominent; antero-lateral margin with 3 spini- form teeth, the spine-like tips distinct; one denticle and some granules on subhepatic region. Endostomial ridges indistinct near anterior margin of buccal cavity. Flagellum of ant. 2 not longer than orbit. Chelipeds with 2 strong spiniform teeth, preceded by some denticles, on upper margin of 4th joint; upper and outer surfaces of wrist and hand, except lower portion of hand in the larger one, with tubercles (mostly conical), forming on upper margin of hand 2 rows, each with 4—5 tubercles in larger, 3-4 in smaller cheliped. Legs with a small spine at apex of upper margin of 4th and 5th joints, and | or some- times 2 about in middle of upper margin of 4th joint (except on last ieg.) Terminal abdominal segment ¢ slightly shorter than its basal width. Pleopod 1 g with 1-2 large spines below the out-curved tip. Carapace, chelipeds, and legs with short golden pubescence and longer hairs, the latter especially on the anterior half of carapace, and on chelipeds and legs. Length up to (ovig. 9) 8 mm., breadth 10 mm. (11 mm. if spines incl.). Largest ¢ 75x9 mm. Pale yellowish, finger and thumb of chelipeds brownish, dark colour not extending on to hand. Localities.—False Bay (Buffels Bay near Simonstown, and Somerset Strand), Algoa Bay, off East London, off Port Shepstone, 0-85 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.); Durban (Stebbing). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 265 Distribution.—hirsutus: Amirante Is., Andaman Is., East Indies, China, Japan. maldivensis: Maldive Archipelago. orbitospinis: Chagos Archipelago and Japan. Remarks.—The above description is based solely on the South African specimens. The armature of the legs corresponds with Borradaile’s description of his rotundus (1902). Rathbun does not mention the armature on the legs of orbitospimis, and Parisi mentions only the 4th joint as having an apical spine. Neither Borradaile, Rathbun, nor Parisi refer to the subhepatic region; Stimpson and Alcock state definitely that there is no subhepatic tooth in horsutus. One has a strong suspicion that Alcock’s, Borradaile’s, and Rathbun’s specimens are all one species, probably hirsutus; but a strict com- parison is not possible on the published descriptions. The incidence of the localities in South Africa is notable: all are where ships have called and anchored for many years. Port Shepstone was open to small coasting vessels in former days. Pilumnus horsutus var. Fig. 49, e. Four specimens collected at ‘‘ Hoetjes Bay” [sic, see note, p. 322] by the s.s. Pieter Faure, the largest a non-ovigerous 9 85x10 mm. These differ only as follows: the median groove is less well marked, but the gastric-hepatic groove is slightly more distinct, the frontal lobes are slightly less oblique, especially in the largest specimen, the spiniform tips to the antero-lateral teeth are less prominent (fig. 49, e, right side), sometimes uncinately procurved, but in most cases absent (fig. 49, e, left side), the outer orbital tooth is either subacute or blunt, the inner suborbital tooth is blunt in all cases, the chelipeds in the juv. are less strongly tuberculate. These specimens are clearly only a variety of the species above described as hirsutus. They are given separate mention because the locality, if “‘ Hoetjes”” Bay means Saldanha Bay, is on the west coast. It is likewise a shipping harbour. Pilumnus longicornis Hilg. Hig. 495. c: 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 61 (Curtonotus vestitus, non de Haan). 266 Annals of the South African Museum. ? 1843. Krauss, Stidafrik. Crust., p. 33 (Curtonotus vestitus). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 794, pl. 1, figs. 8, 9. 1886. Miers, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xvii, p. 157. 1887. de Man, Jinn) Soe: Lond:, xxii, p. 59, pl. 3, festiammn (andersont). 1898. Alcock, I. ¢., p. 193. 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 228. 1933. Balss, l. c., p. 15, and subspp., pp. 16, 17, pl. 2, figs. 10, 11. 1937. Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxix, p. 406, pl. 6, fig. 3. 1938. Monod, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, xxxvii, p. 135, fig. 17, F (plp. 1 3). 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 144, fig. 36, A (plp. 1 3). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 365. Carapace nearly 2 as long as wide (Alcock’s = seems too high); front 2-1 width of carapace, declivous, bilobed, with median notch and distinct lateral tooth; supra-orbital margin with 2 not very dis- tinct notches; 3 sharp spinate teeth, often with subsidiary granules, on antero-lateral margin; some conical granules, but no tooth or tubercle, on subhepatic region; numerous but scattered granules anteriorly and laterally; infra-orbital margin denticulate, especially the inner orbital tooth. HEndostomial ridges moderately distinct up to anterior margin of buccal cavity. Flagellum of ant. 2 (if not injured) nearly half length of carapace, with a few outstanding setae. Upper margin of 4th joint of chelipeds with 2 large, more or less sharp, teeth, upper surface of wrist and hand granulate; outer surface of hand of larger cheliped granulate on its upper and basal portious, smooth below, of smaller cheliped with granules extending on to lower surface, more or less in longitudinal rows; finger and thumb smooth and glabrous. Legs finely granulate, upper margin of 4th joint spinose (feebly so in 5th leg). Pleopod 1 3g as in vespertilio (fig. 49, b). Carapace, chelipeds (except the non-granulate part of larger one), legs, and under surface covered with short thick fur, with scattered longer bristles and hairs, especially on anterior part of carapace, chelipeds, and legs. Length up to 21 mm., breadth 31 mm. Reddish, non-granulate part of hand of larger cheliped paler, finger and thumb blackish (dark colour not extending on to hand). Localities.—Inhambane (Hilgendorf); Durban and Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). : Distribution.—Mauritius (S. Afr. Mus.), Seychelles, Indian Seas, Kast Indies, Pacific. , Menges xh ss MINN = © Mads” Fie. 49.—Pilumnus vespertilio Fabr. a, carapace, denuded. 0, Ist pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. Pilumnus longicornis Hilg. c, carapace, denuded (front declivous, but drawn as if fully visible in dorsal view). Pilumnus hirsutus Stmpsn. d, carapace, partly denuded. e, carapace of Hoetjes Bay specimens, showing variation in antero-lateral teeth. jf, 7th abdominal segment §. g, lst pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. Pilumnus trichophoroides de Man. h, carapace, partly denuded (front declivous, but drawn as if fully visible in dorsal view). Parapilumnus pisifer (McLeay). 7%, carapace, denuded. J, Ist pleopod 3g, with apex further enlarged. 268 Annals of the South African Museum. Remarks.—The correct identification of McLeay’s specimen is due to Mr. Ward, who has sent me an excellent photograph of it. The identity of Krauss’ specimen can only be determined by re-examination of the original. de Man (I. c., p. 65) says that longicormis may be easily distinguished from anderson by its non-spiniform antero-lateral teeth. The three specimens at hand, and also one from Mauritius (coll. Robillard), seem to indicate that this is merely a variable feature, or an accidental difference: de Man’s words “dark-pointed, spiniform teeth” apply except where these spiniform tips have been broken off. The resemblance of this species to Actaea depressa, due mainly to the flatness of the hinder part of the carapace, is striking enough to be confusing on a cursory glance, especially if the specimen is not denuded ofitscovering. The differences lie in the greater length of 2nd antennae, and greater width of front in longicorms; the closer and more regular granulation of the carapace, with conical granules on the front; and the more strongly marked delimitation of the regions in A. depressa. The Ist pleopods of the 3g are quite distinct. Pilumnus (Heteropilumnus) trichophoroides de Man Fig. 49, h. See 1933. Balss, 1. c., p. 42. Cf. also P. digitalis: 1923. Rathbun, Biol. Res. “‘ Endeavour,” v, p. 112, pl. 22. Carapace about ? as long as wide, front bilobed, declivous, about 335 width of carapace, with median notch but without distinct lateral lobes; inner orbital angle scarcely distinct from lateral angle of front, supra-orbital margin granulate, but without distinct notches; 3 inconspicuous denticles on antero-lateral margin, each tipped with a granule; no subhepatic tubercle or granules; a few granules scattered near anterior part of front (proto)-gastric and hepatic regions, and a curved line of granules from the last antero-lateral denticle; infra- orbital margin quite smooth. Flagellum of ant. 2 nearly half length of carapace, glabrous. Upper margin of 4th joint of chelipeds smooth, upper surface of wrist and hand granulate, whole outer surface of hand in both chelipeds granulate, finger and thumb granulate and setose almost to tips; inner surface of hand (palm) and finger and thumb smooth. Legs smooth, upper margin of 4th joint not spinose. Carapace, chelipeds, and legs with short thick fur, and especially anteriorly on carapace, chelipeds, and legs long dense silky hairs. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 269 Length 12 mm., breadth 16-5 mm. Carapace when denuded dirty white, fur drab, silken fringes pale golden. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst, 1938, 1 9). Distribution.—trichophoroides: Red Sea, Chagos, East Indes, Siam, China Sea. digitalis: Queensland. Remarks.—This 2 specimen appears to be trichophoroides, but the S is necessary for a certain identification. Gen. PARAPILUMNUS de Man 1895. de Man, Arch. Naturg. Abt. Syst., vii, p. 537. 1933. Balss, 1. c., p. 38. Scarcely distinct from Pilumnus, but distinguished by the very unequal chelipeds. Parapilumnus pisifer (McLeay) Hig e495 7. 4. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 60 (Halimede p.). 1858. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., x, p. 36 (Pilumnus VeETTUCOSU pes). 1873. Milne Edwards, J. Mus. Godeffroy, i, p. 80, pl. 1, fig. 4 (Pilumnus fragrfer). 1881. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), viii, p. 216, pl. 13, fig. 5 (hand of cheliped) (verrucosipes). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 49, pl. 3, fig. 7 (infraciliaris). 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 100, pl. 32, figs. 3, 4 (photos, not good) (verrucosipes). 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 67, pl. 8, fig. 5 (verrucosipes). 1910. Stebbing, U. c., p. 298 (Halimede pisifer) and p. 302 (verru- cosipes). 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Stidpol. Exp., xv, p. 281 (verrucosipes). 1921. Balss, Beitr. Kennt. Meeresf. Westafr., 11, p. 64 (verrucosipes). 1921. Rathbun, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xl, p. 487, fig. 18, and pl. 35, fig. 3, pl. 36, fig. 1 (verrucosipes). 1933. Monod, Bull. Com. Afr. occid. Fr., xv, p. 76 (verrucosipes). 1933. Balss, l. c., p. 39 (verrucosipes). 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. orient. Néerl., 11, fasc. 15, p. 59, fig. 31, f (endostom. ridges) (verrucosipes). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (x1), 13, p. 365. 270 Annals of the South African Museum. Carapace about 2 as long as wide; front glabrous, slightly oblique on either side of median fissure, lateral lobule obscure but separated by a shallow groove from the blunt inner supra-orbital tooth; supra- orbital margin with 2 deep notches; 3 teeth on antero-lateral margin behind outer orbital tooth, the latter often blunt and apically granulate, as are the first 2 antero-lateral teeth; the hindmost tooth, however, is always sharp; small isolated granules on antero-gastric, hepatic, and branchial regions, the anterior gastric pair often represented by a group of 2—4 granules, the 2-4 hepatic granules rather prominent, one or two of them sometimes multiple; infra-orbital margin thick and protuberant, sausage- or dumb-bell-shaped, blunt at both ends. Endostomial ridges obscure or petering out before reaching anterior margin of buccal cavity. Upper margin of wrist and hand of chelipeds with large, spaced, rounded tubercles, each one granulate on top, outer surface of hand of larger cheliped with rounded granules on upper and basal part, in smaller cheliped with more numerous sub- conical granules. Upper margins of 5th and 6th joints of legs each with 2 large granulate warts. Carapace, chelipeds, legs, and under surface covered with short close pile, with scattered longer shaggy hairs on chelipeds and carapace. Length up to 12 mm., breadth 18 mm. Smallest example examined 4 mm. in length. Smallest ovigerous 9 6-5 mm. in length. Salmon- red, orange-red, brownish red or brownish purple, more or less mottled, finger and thumb of chelipeds blackish (dark colour not extending on to hand), tips whitish. Localities.—Simon’s Bay, 12 fathoms (Stimpson, also Lenz and Strunck); Port Elizabeth (Ortmann); Plettenberg Bay, shallow water (Doflein); Mossel Bay, 10 fathoms (Stebbing); False Bay to Algoa Bay, East London, and Durban, 0-18 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.); Durban and Umhlali (coll. T. A. Stephenson); St. Lucia Bay, Zululand (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Goree Is., Senegambia, Port Htienne (Mauretania), French Congo, St. Paul de Loanda. ’ Remarks.—Comparison of a photograph of McLeay’s type (for which I am indebted to Mr. Ward) with the reproduction of a photo- graph of Rathbun’s Belgian Congo specimen leaves no doubt of the synonymy; McLeay’s type specimen is not cleaned, and Rathbun’s photographic reproduction is not very sharp, but with a slight re- arrangement of the legs one might think that the two photographs had been taken from the same specimen! McLeay’s description “three great tubercles surrounding each orbit, one occupying its Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 271 external angle, and the two others the lower edge of orbit,” is very apt; in some specimens the thick infra-orbital ridge is so strongly dumb-bell-shaped that one could well describe it as two tubercles. It was only to be expected that a specimen of this very common crab was included in Sir Andrew Smith’s or Verreaux’s collection (described by McLeay), but it is a pity that McLeay did not illustrate his piszfer, which would then not have remained so long unrecognized. This little crab, unmistakable on account of the pea-like verru- cosities on its chelipeds and the sausage-like infra-orbital ridge, is one of the commonest littoral and shallow-water species from False Bay eastwards. It is impossible to say whether it has spread eastwards by the help of ship transport. It has not yet been found in Table Bay or anywhere on the west coast of South Africa, but reappears from Loanda northwards. Gen. Actumnus Dana 1898. Alcock; I. c., p. 200. 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, pp. 230 sqq. 1923. Id., Biol. Res. “‘Endeavour,” v, p. 126. 1933. Balss, Capita Zool., iv, p. 35. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u, p. 48. Carapace strongly convex, regions moderately well defined; front bilobed, usually with a small notch near inner supra-orbital tooth; antero-lateral margin with blunt lobes. Basal joint of ant. 2 touching front. Chelipeds stout, more or less unequal, tips of finger and thumb spooned or bluntly pointed. Sternum narrow. Abdomen ¢ with 7 distinct segments, the first trapezoidal, 2nd somewhat widened, following segments gradually narrowing to apex. Plp. 1, 2 4, see Stephensen, l. c., onfra, fig. 35, C, D (A. asper). Actumnus setifer (de Haan) Fig. 50. 1898. Alcock, I. c., p. 202 (tomentosus) (setifer Alck. =obesus Dana). 1927. Hale, 8. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 167, fig. 168. 1935. Balss, [. ¢., p. 38. 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 148. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 365. Carapace very convex, covered with a very short, close, velvety pile composed of stout, spinate setae, which almost conceals (v. infra: 272 Annals of the South African Museum. colour) the scattered granules; slightly longer bristles on margins and front; regions well marked by wide shallow grooves; front declivous with median notch, and a faint notch at inner orbital angle; antero- lateral margin divided into 4 broad shallow lobes separated by 3 small notches which are nearly concealed by the pile and marginal setae; supra-orbital margin granulate. Hye-stalk covered with spinate setae. Basal joint of ant. 2 just touching front, flagellum in the orbital hiatus. Chelipeds stout, shghtly unequal, outer and upper surfaces of wrist and hand covered with pile, upper surface of wrist and outer and upper surfaces of hand granulate, the granules becoming larger on middle of outer surface of hand, and towards bases of finger and thumb, where Fic. 50.—Actumnus setifer (de Haan). Carapace, partly denuded, with eye and setae further enlarged. Ovig. 9. they are also more closely set; base of finger granulate; tips of finger and thumb bluntly pointed (not spooned). Upper margin of 4th—6th joints of legs keeled, upper and lower margins setose, bristly, outer surface of 5th and 6th joints pilose, with a few scattered granules, dactyl setose. 3 Length 10 mm., breadth 13-5 mm. Carapace pale (dirty) biscuit- colour, shading into red on frontal and antero-lateral margins, and hepatic and branchial regions; on the pale portions the granules show through the pile as little white dots, and on the reddish portions as deeper red dots. Front part of eye-stalk reddish, upper part whitish. Chelipeds deep red, finger and thumb brownish red, with white tips. Legs reddish on outer surfaces, pale pinkish on inner surfaces. Locality.—Impengazi, north of St. Lucia Bay (coll. T. A. Stephenson, 1939, 1 ovig. 9). | Distribution.—Mauritius, Red Sea, Zanzibar, Indo-Pacific to Australia and Japan. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 273 Gen. Eriputa Latr. 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 302. 1930. Rathbun, l. c., p. 545. Carapace deep, subquadrilateral, not very convex, only the gastric region defined; lateral margin convex, without any well-marked division into anterior and posterior portions; fronto-orbital margin very wide, front deflexed, externally in contact with the very broad inner lower angle of orbit, which is overlapped by the inner upper angle, thus completely closing the orbit. Basal joint of ant. 2 small. flagellum excluded from orbit. Chelipeds massive, unequal, finger and thumb strong, tips pointed. Abdomen ¢ with 7 distinct segments. Endostomial ridges strong (fig. 37, f). Pleopod 2 3 elongate. Key to the South African Species. 1. Front cut into blunt teeth. Carapace dorsally without hairs. a. Both chelae smooth (to the naked eye) . : . laevimanus. b. Both chelae, or at least the smaller one, tuberculate . smithit. 2. Front not cut into teeth. Carapace dorsally with numerous scattered hairs ‘ 5 ; ; . scabricula. Eriphia laevimanus Guerin 1803. Shaw in Shaw and Nodder, Nat. Misc., xv, p. 591 (sebana) (fide Rathbun). 1829-44. Guérin, Icon. Regne Anim. Crust., pl. 3, fig. 1. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 60 (fordz). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 797. 1898. Alcock, l. c., p. 214 (references). 1930. McNeill and Ward, Rec. Austral. Mus., xvii, p. 381. 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 159, pls. 81 -84 (sebana). 1939. Ward, Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1049, p. 11, figs. 13, 14 (sebuna hawanensis). : Front dentate. Carapace dorsally granulate and tubercuiate in anterior half, becoming smooth (to the naked eye) but really minutely granulate (or shagreened) in centre and posterior half, without hairs. Chelipeds smooth to the naked eye, but minutely granulate, with indications (at least in the smaller cheliped) of larger, depressed granules on outer surface of wrist and hand. VOL. XXXVIII. 18 274 Annals of the South African Museum. Length up to 30 mm., breadth 40 mm. Reddish orange, with darker spots and vermiculations on a paler ground-colour on the lateral and hinder parts of carapace; pterygostomial region, 3rd maxillipeds and epistome white with orange markings; outer surface of hand of larger cheliped with rows of orange spots on a paler ground; finger and thumb of chelipeds more or less brownish black. Localities.—Natal (Krauss, and 8. Afr. Mus.); Mozambique (Hilgendorf). Distribution.—Mauritius, east coast of Africa, Indo-Pacific, Australia. Remarks.—I have seen only one @ (size as given above) of this form. Eriphia smith McLeay Bigs7 ty 7; ol: 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 60. 1843. Krauss, Siidafr. Crust., p. 36, pl. 2, figs. 3, a—e. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 797. 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 54. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 303. 1930. McNeill and Ward, Rec. Austral. Mus., xvii, p. 382, pl. 59, fies; 2: 1934. Gordon, Res. Sci. Ind. orient. Néerl., 11, fasc. 15, p. 52, fig. 29 (1st and 2nd plp. 3). 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 140, fig. 34, C, D (plp. 1, 2 3) (sebana smithi). Probably only a variety of laewwmanus, from which it is distinguished by having the wrist and hand of the smaller and usually also the larger cheliped covered with larger granules or conical tubercles. On the outer surface of hand of larger cheliped the granules are often less numerous and confined to the upper half, especially in large specimens; sometimes the wrist and hand of larger cheliped are almost smooth. Length up to 47 mm., breadth 60 mm. Coloration as in laevamanus, large specimens with dorsal surface of carapace violaceous. Localities.—Natal (Krauss, Miers, 8. Afr. Mus.); Mozambique (Hilgendorf, Miers, 8. Afr. Mus.); Isipingo and Durban (S. Afr. Mus.); Umhlali, Natal (coll. T. A. Stephenson); Port Elizabeth (Ortmann); Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst). Distribution as for laevimanus. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 275 Remarks.—Most authorities regard this form as a variety of laevi- manus. All the South African specimens which I have seen have Fie. 51.—EHriphia smith McLeay. Carapace, ventral view of left lst pleopod gy, and dorsal view of apex further enlarged. either the one (the smaller) or both chelipeds definitely granulate and tuberculate, except the one specimen referred above to laevimanus. It seems doubtful whether Ortmann’s specimen came actually from Port Elizabeth. Eriphia scabricula Dana 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 798. 1910. Stebbing, /. c., p. 303. 1918. Zd., Ann. Durban Mus., u, p. 53. 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 156, pl. 80 (not good). 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u, p. 99, pl. 6, fig. 4 (subsp. garciaensis). Front entire, only very finely or microscopically beaded. Carapace dorsally as in laevimanus, but with numerous hairs anteriorly and laterally. Wrists and hands of both chelipeds granulate and tuber- culate, with numerous hairs. Length 20 mm., breadth 30mm. Reddish with yellow or yellowish- brown mottling, legs pale with reddish cross-bands (Krauss, Hilgen- dorf); reddish violet, bands on legs not conspicuous, finger and thumb of chelipeds dark (K. H. B.). Localities —Mouth of Umlaas River (Krauss); Durban (coll. K. H. B.); Mozambique (Hilgendorf, Miers); Impengazi, north of St. Lucia Bay (coll. T. A. Stephenson). Distribvtion.—Mauritius, Indo-Pacific. 276 Annals of the South African Museum. Remarks.—I have seen only four specimens: two collected by myself at the Cave Rock, Bluff, Durban, 1912, and two collected by Professor Stephenson in 1939. One of the latter is an ovigerous 2, 10 mm. in length. Gen. TRAPEZIA Latr. 13982 Alcock ee 2 i: 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., i, p. 264. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 303. 1930. Rathbun, I. c., p. 556. 1939. Ward, Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1049, p. 12. Carapace subquadrilateral, nearly as long as broad, not very convex, smocth, without trace of regions, antero-lateral margins subparallel, postero-lateral margins convergent, fronto-orbital margin nearly equal to width of carapace, front wide, 4-lobed (with the inner orbital angles appearing 6-lobed). Basal joint of ant. 2 very short, not nearly reaching front, whole antenna excluded from orbit by the meeting of the inner supra- and sub-orbital teeth, flagellum at least as long as orbit. Chelipeds subequal, long and strong, anterior margin of arm (4th joint) usually cristate and serrate, finger and thumb with sharp cutting-edges, tips pointed. Abdomen g with 3rd—5th segments fused. Pleopod 2 ¢ short. Remarks.—\nhabitants of coral-reefs. Key to the South African Species. J. A distinct spine or tooth in middle of lateral margin of carapace (fig. 52, a). A. Lower border of hand of chela sharp, entire. 1. Outer surface of hand (and wrist) covered with tangled woolly hairs (fig. 52, a). Carapace and legs unicolorous ; . cymodoce. 2. Outer surface of hand polished and glabrous. i. Carapace and legs unicolorous or with) [ferruginea, meshwork of fine brown lines .{ Mauritius]. ii. Carapace and legs with small red spots . guttata. B. Lower border of hand of chela granulate or bluntly serrulate. With red spots . 5 : . rufopunctata. II. A mere notch or kink on lateral margin : 3 . digitalis. Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst) Big a2yd, Ot 1838. McLeay, Annulosa 8. Afr., p. 67, pl. 3 (Grapsillus dentatus). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 798. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 277 1910. Stebbing, ft. ¢., p. 304. 1915. Laurie, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxi, p. 460, fig. 2. 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., p. 168, pl. 87. 1937. Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxix, p. 410. 1938; Gurney, ~2roc: Zool, Soc. Lond., ser. B, evi, p. 76, pl. 2, figs. 23-28 (larval stage). 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 161, fig. 42, ©.) (plp. 123): A distinct spine or tooth in middle of lateral margin of carapace. Arm (4th joint) of cheliped with 6-7 teeth on anterior margin, lower margin of hand sharp, entire, outer surface of hand, and usually also of wrist, with a tangled mass of downy or woolly hairs. Length up to 12 mm., breadth 14 mm. Smallest ovig. 2 5-5 mm. in length. Yellowish or reddish, portions of the carapace often darker or violaceous, but not spotted. Localities.—San Juan de Nova and Europa Is., Mozambique Channel (Lenz); Isipingo, Natal (S. Afr. Mus.); Durban and Delagoa Bay (coll. K. H.B1912). Distribution.—Ibo, Portuguese East Africa; Zanzibar; Red Sea; Indo-Pacific. Trapexra guttata Rippell 1830. Riippell, Beschr. 24 Krabben, p. 27. 1842. Eydoux and Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, 1, p. 232, pl. 2, fig. 4 (tagrina). 1898. Alcock, l.-c., p. 221 (maculata, non McLeay). 1906. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 865 (maculatus, non McLeay). 1939. Ward, Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1049, p. 18, figs. 15, 16 (tagrina). Differs from cymodoce in having shorter chelipeds, front margin of arm with 5 teeth, a stronger spine on inner angle of wrist, outer surface of hand (and wrist) hairless. Length 9 mm., breadth 11 mm. Carapace, legs, chelipeds, and lower surface with numerous small round red spots on a paler ground- colour. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. K. H. B. 1912). Distribution.—Andaman Is., Sandwich Is. Remarks.—Only one 2 and one juv. seen. In the juvenile, 3-5 mm. in length, the hand of the cheliped is hairy. The size and number of spots correspond with the figure in Eydoux and Souleyet. 278 Annals of the South African Museum. Trapexa rufopunctata (Herbst) 1801. Herbst, Krabben and Krebse, iii, p. 54, pl. 47, fig. 6. 1838. McLeay, Annulosa S. Afr., p. 67 (Grapsillus maculatus). 1841. Eydoux and Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, i, p. 230, pl. 2, fig. 3 ( flavopunctata). 1843. Krauss, Stidafrik. Crust., p. 36. 1886. Miers, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xvii, p. 165. 1887. de Man, Arch. Naturg., liii, p. 318, pl. 13, figs. 1, 2 (rufo- punctata and maculata Dana). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v. p. 54. 1898. Alcock, l. ¢., p. 222. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 8304 (maculata). 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 166, pl. 86. Distinguished by the granulate or bluntly serrulate lower border of hand. Length 17 mm., breadth 18 mm. Carapace, chelipeds, and legs with rather large round red spots, or numerous small spots. Locality.—‘*‘Cape of Good Hope” (McLeay); Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst and Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Kast coast of Africa, Mauritius, Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—From the photograph of McLeay’s specimen sent me by Mr. Ward, it appears that Krauss’ surmise that this was rufopunctatus was correct. The photograph shows traces of large spots on the cheliped, which has a serrulate lower border. Miers also referred McLeay’s species to rufopunctata. Trapexa digitalis Latr. 1825. Latreille, Encycl. Meth., x, p. 696. 1830. Riippell, Beschr. 24 Krabben, p. 28 (leucodactyla). 1838. McLeay, Annulosa S. Afr., p. 67 (Grapsillus subinteger). 1898. Alcock, l. ¢., p. 222. 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 304 (G. subinteger under ferruginea). 1930. Rathbun, l. c., p. 559, pl. 228, figs. 5, 6. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., 1, p. 100 (subinteger). At once distinguished by the absence of a tooth or spine on the lateral margin; in its place a mere notch or kink in the profile. Cheli- ped with arm shorter than in other species, broader than long, its anterior margin with 3 teeth (McLeay), lower border of hand sharp, outer surface glabrous. Length 11 mm., breadth 13 mm. (McLeay’s specimen, fide Ward). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 279 Locality.—‘‘ Cape of Good Hope” (McLeay). Distributton.—Red Sea, Indo-Pacific to California and Panama. Remarks.—It seems strange that Alcock should have assigned McLeay’s species to a species (ferrugunea) with a definite tooth on the é Fie. 52.—Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst). a, carapace, with cheliped. b, Ist pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. Tetralia glaberrima (Herbst). c, carapace. d, lst pleopod g, with apex further enlarged. Quadrella coronata Dana. e, carapace, with cheliped. f, lst pleopod g, with apex further enlarged. lateral margin. The photograph of McLeay’s specimen confirms the accuracy of McLeay’s diagnosis: ‘“‘thoracis lateribus versus vix emarginatus.”’ Ward has compared Chagos material with McLeay’s type, and maintains subinteger as a distinct species. Gen. TETRALIA Dana 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 305. Carapace similar to that of Trapezia but with the front straight or 280 Annals of the South African Museum. slightly convex, finely denticulate and hardly separate from inner orbital angles, with lateral margins evenly convex. Basal joint of ant. 2 produced in a narrow process between upper and lower inner orbital angles, thus excluding flagellum from orbit. Chelipeds unequal. Legs stout. Abdomen ¢ with 7 distinct segments. Pleopod 2 ¢ short. Remarks.—Inhabitants of coral reefs. Tetralia glaberrima (Herbst) Rie D2. 1875. Paulson, Red Sea Crust., p. 51, pl. 7, fig. 7, pl. 9, figs. I-I, d (cavimana). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 798 (var. mgrifrons Dana). 1884. Miers, Zool. H.M.S. Alert, Crust., p. 537 (cavimanus). 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., i, p. 265. 1910. Lenz, Voeltzkow Reise, 1, p. 553. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 305. 1924. Id., Ann. S; Afr. Mus.) xix, p. 1. 1934. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., v, p. 174, pl. 89. 1937. Chopra and Das, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxix, p. 411. 1938. Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., ser. B, cvili, p. 77, pl. 3, figs. 29-33 (larval stage). 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 161, fig. 42, Ay Bi (pips 1, 256): Carapace nitidulous. Arm of cheliped with anterior margin sharp, distally denticulate, more so in larger than in smaller cheliped, a fur- lined pit at base of outer upper surface of hand of larger cheliped. Ungues of legs short and stout. Length 12 mm., breadth 13 mm. Pinkish red, often with a more or less conspicuous blackish bar across the front. Localities.—Natal (Krauss); Europa Is., Mozambique Channel (Lenz); Mozambique (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Ibo, Portuguese East Africa; Red Sea; Seychelles; Indo-Pacific. Gen. QUADRELLA Dana 1898. Alcock, I. c., p. 225. 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., 1, p. 266. 1930. Rathbun, I. c., 560. Carapace subhexagonal, nearly as long as broad, smooth, without Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 281 trace of regions; fronto-orbital border nearly as wide as carapace, front cut into 4 spiniform teeth, the inner orbital angle similar in shape (“‘front” thus appearing 6-dentate); a short spine or tooth at junction of antero- and postero-lateral margins. Basal joint of ant. 2 very short, excluded from orbit by the meeting of the upper and lower inner orbital angles; the long flagellum, however, folds back in a small notch between the spiniform apices of the orbital angles. Chelipeds unequal, strong, elongate, the arm especially long, tips of finger and thumb pointed. Legs rather slender, dactyls serrate on lower margin. Abdomen ¢ with 3rd—5th segments fused. Pleopod 2 short. Key to species: see Addenda. Quadrella coronata Dana Bist 52), f. 1898. Alcock, l. ¢., p. 226, with vars. 1902. Borradaile, J. c., p. 266. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 360. Carapace smooth, but minutely shagreened and pitted (not highly polished like Tetralia); only one tooth on lateral margin. Anterior border of arm of chelipeds with 9-10 spiniform teeth; hand more or less covered with minute granulations. Length 13 mm. (incl. frontal teeth), breadth 14 mm. Milky or pale pinkish. Locality.—Durban, washed up on ocean beach (8S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Seychelles and Indian Seas, to 88 fathoms. Remarks.—Q. cyrenae Ward (1942, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u, p. 45, pl. 3, figs. 5, 6) from Mauritius is probably to be regarded as a variety. Famity GONEPLACIDAE. 1907. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xix, pp. 482, 485. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 312. 1918. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 97, p. 15 (January). 1918. Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix, c, pp. 152-243 (August). 1937. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 166, p. 265. Carapace usually subquadrilateral. Orbits complete, often elongate. 5th joint of mxp. 3 inserted at or near antero-internal angle of 4th joint. 1st antennae folding obliquely or transversely (figs. 53, 54). Genital openings in ¢ sternal, or if coxal the membranous external prolongations of the vasa deferentia pass along 282 _ Annals of the South African Museum. erooves protected by the penultimate sternal plate (in Goneplaz, etc., but not in Pelumnoplax heterochir). Remarks.—Not sharply separated from the Xanthidae (Borradaile, l.¢., p. 482; Tesch, Tf. ¢., p. 153). Key to the South African Genera. I. Fifth pair of legs present. A. Genital openings of ¢ coxal. Eyes movable. 1. Fronto-orbital margin forming the greatest, or nearly the greatest, width of carapace (fig. 53, a, 6). a. Eyes not projecting beyond the forwardly directed outer orbital angle. No stridulating ridge on pterygostomial region. : ; : E Goneplax. b. Eyes projecting beyond the laterally directed outer orbital angle. A stridulating ridge on pterygostomial region . : 4 : Ommatocarcinus. 2. Fronto-orbital margin not nearly equal to greatest width of carapace, lateral margins more or less convex (figs. 53, g, 54, a, d, f). a. 3rd abdominal segment ¢ covers whole sternum between 5th coxae. i. Flagellum of ant. 2 in the orbit (fig. 54, b). a. Front straight (or slightly con- cave). * Lateral border of carapace strongly convex, with- out definite teeth (except in juvenile) . Carcinoplax. ** Lateral border nearly straight, with definite teeth : : . Pilumnoplax. B. Front usually 4-dentate, if straight then only one antero-lateral tooth behind outer orbital angle . . Geryon. y. Front bilobed, with long bristles. Litocheira. ii. Flagellum of ant. 2 excluded from orbit by a process of basal joint (fig. 54, e) ; ‘ 3 . LHucrate. 6. 3rd abdominal segment g not covering whole sternum between 5th coxae . [Huryplazx). B. Genital openings g¢ sternal. Eyes immovable, often reduced. 3rd abdominal segment 3 not covering whole sternum between 5th coxae . , . Xenophthalmodes. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 283 Il. Fifth pair oflegsabsent. Genital openings ¢ sternal. A. 6th joint of mxp. 3 cylindrical : . Hexapus. B. 6th joint of mxp. 3 distally expanded aise pmaeleecl.,. Thaumastoplaz. The genus Euryplaz is an American (Atlantic and Pacific coasts) genus, and further and better evidence for its occurrence in South Africa than Stebbing’s record (Euryplar bevisi Stebb. 1921, Ann. Durban Mus., iti, p. 15, pl. 2) is required. Stebbing’s figure reminds one very much of a Thalamiia, but the shape of the 6th abdominal segment is against this interpretation. Stebbing says nothing about the legs, particularly the 5th leg. Perhaps the nearest approach is Rathbun’s Pilumnoplaz acanthomerus (1911, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 237, pl. 18, fig. 15) from the Amirante Is. Gen. GoNEPLAX Leach 1910. Stebbing, I. ¢., p. 312. 1918. Rathbun, l. ¢., p. 25. 1918. Tesch, [¢., p. 181. Carapace broader than long, subquadrilateral, antero-lateral angles acute, lateral borders convergent behind; front and orbits occupying whole anterior width of carapace. Eye-stalks aii long and slender. Chelipeds much longer in adult ¢ than in Q and juv., in both sexes stronger than the slender legs. Abdomen in both sexes with 7 segments; in ¢ 3rd segment widest, usually reaching coxae of oth legs, Ist and 2nd segments not reaching the coxae leaving a portion of the sternum uncovered; in 2 broadly oval, covering the sternum. Genital openings 2 extraordinarily large. In ¢ external continuation of vas deferens from the coxal opening runs in a groove protected by the penultimate sternal plate. Pleopod 2 gas longas pleopod 1. No stridulating organ. Goneplax angulaia (Pennant) Fig. 53, a. Cf. also fig. 53, f. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 312. 1914. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 264. 1923. Odhner, Medd. Géteb. Mus., xxx, p. 26. Carapace with sharp spine-tooth on lateral margin behind the rather blunt outer orbital tooth; front square-cut, width about + greatest width of carapace, anterior margin straight or slightly concave, the thickened costate margin widened at the inner orbital border; ptery- 284 Annals of the South African Museum. gostomial ridge finely and closely granulate. Cheliped, 4th joint with a spine-tooth in distal third of upper margin, a denticle (3g) or strong spine (2) on inner side, and a smaller denticle on outer side, of wrist; right hand in adult g more massive than left, finger and thumb Fie. 53.—Goneplax angulata (Pennant). a, carapace. Ommatocarcinus pulcher n. sp. 6, carapace. c, ventral view of pterygostomial region showing stridulating ridge. d, front. e, base of 4th joint of cheliped showing stridulating ridge. f, lst pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. Carcinoplax longimanus (de Haan). g, carapace of adult. h, carapace of juvenile. stronger and widely gaping at base. Fourth joint of all legs with subapical spine on upper margin, 6th joint fringed on upper and lower margins, 6th joint of 5th leg not. expanded, dactyls fringed on front and hind margins, stronger on front margin, dactyl of 2nd leg evenly tapering, of 3rd—5th legs widest in its distal third. Pleopod 1 4 nearly straight, scabrous on dorsal and other surfaces, and also slightly on ventral surface distally (of. fig. 53, f). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 285 Length up to 27 mm., breadth 45 mm., cheliped g 135 mm., 2 55 mm. Pale pink, or salmon, or pinky-cream, carapace and chelipeds more or less vermiculate or mottled. Localities. Off Cape St. Blaize (Stebbing); Agulhas Bank and Algoa Bay, 40-117 metres (Doflein); Agulhas Bank, 61-72 metres (Odhner); Dassen Island, 35 fathoms (Stebbing); Table Bay, and False Bay to East London, 15-60 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—North Atlantic south to Gulf of Cadiz, Mediterranean. Remarks.—Although the South African Museum had specimens from Table Bay in 1887, the species was not actually recorded from the Cape until 1902 (Stebbing); according to the collection of the s.s. Preter Faure it is one of the commonest crabs on, the Agulhas Bank. There is apparently a big gap in its distribution between the Gulf of Cadiz and the Mediterranean on the one hand, and the Cape on the other hand. The possibility of transportation by ship is rather remote, as this is not a clinging rock-crab (such as is Plagusia) but a sand- burrower. Among the very numerous specimens examined not one shows any approach to the Mediterranean rhombovdes, in which the lateral spine behind the outer orbital tooth is reduced to a mere knob or a very sheht swelling. | Gen. OMMATOCARCINUS White 1852. White, Append. in Stanley’s Voy. H.M.S. Rattlesnake, ii p. 393. 1885. Filhol, Mission ile Campbell, Rec. Mem. Ac. Sc. Paris, iii, p. 384. Lois Neseh lc: p. 186: 1929. Chilton and Bennett, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., lix (1928), p. 757. 1933. Yokoya, J. Coll. Agric. Tokyo Univ., xu, p. 198. Close to Goneplax, but the outer orbital tooth forms a spine directed laterally, behind which the lateral margins are concave and strongly convergent; no epibranchial tooth; front constricted at base; a stridulating ridge on pterygostomial region with an opposing ridge on base of 4th joint of cheliped (? in all species); antenna 2 very short; eye-stalk very long, the cornea extending beyond outer orbital spine. Penultimate sternal plate in g as in Goneplaz. Distribution.— Australia, New Zealand, and Malay Archipelago. b) 286 Annals of the South African Museum. Ommatocarcinus pulcher n. sp. Fig. 53, b-f. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 365 (Ommato- CATCINUS SP.). Carapace convex longitudinally, with a transverse ridge extending from side to side, upper orbital margin feebly crenulate, outer orbital spine granulate, a milled ridge across the pterygostomial region stridulating. Antenna 2 very small, 3-jointed (on both sides, and flagellum also apparently absent). Cheliped (¢) elongate, 4th joint triquetral, all three surfaces flat and distinctly delimited by the blunt but angular edges; a smooth ridge at base on upper surface opposing the stridulating ridge on pterygostomial region, but otherwise without any spines or denticles; wrist rounded externally, with a small denticle internally; hand like that of G. angulata, the right slightly larger than left, finger and thumb gaping at base. Fourth joint of legs fusiform, twice as broad in middle as at either end, no subapical spine on upper margin, dactyls with subparallel margins or evenly tapering. Abdomen as in G. angulata, 1st segment more or less concealed, 2nd not quite concealing all the sternal surface, 3rd widest and almost meeting coxae of 5th legs, following segments evenly tapering. Pleopods 1 and 2 as in G. angulata. Length 15 mm., breadth (incl. lateral spines) 37 mm., hind margin of carapace between bases of 5th coxae 12 mm., cheliped (g) 70 mm. As preserved pale pinkish with indications of darker spots on upper surfaces of hands and fingers of chelipeds. Locality.—Natal coast, from stomach of fish (S. Afr. Mus. 1 @). Remarks.—This beautiful specimen was obtained in January 1933. The stridulating ridge appears similar to that in T'rizocarcinus (Rath- bun, I. c., 1918, p. 17, fig. 3). O. orventalis Tesch 1918 appears to be a juvenile. Gen. CarctnopLax M. Edw. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 313. 1918. Tesch, l. c., p. 154 (list of species only). Carapace broader than long, convex, regions not defined, lateral margin arched, front straight, distance between outer orbital teeth considerably less than maximum width of carapace. Flagellum of ant. 2 not excluded from orbit. EHye-stalks short, stout, Chelipeds in g usually much longer than in 2. Legs slender, unarmed, with Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 287 fringes of setae, 6th joint and dactyl of 5th leg compressed and some- what widened. Abdomen with 7 distinct segments in 3, 2nd and 3rd segments occupying whole width between 5th coxae. Genital openings in adult 2 very large. Penultimate sternal plate forming a protective covering to the external genital duct in g. Pleopod 2 ¢ as long as pleopod 1. Remarks.—Considerable growth-changes take place in the shape of the carapace and chelipeds (Alcock, 1900, p. 303. Doflein, 1904, pp. 114-117). Thus it would seem doubtful whether all the seven species described from one area by Rathbun in 1914 are valid. Key to the South African Species. 1. Carapace glabrous . 5 Se ie : longimanus. 2. Carapace covered with soft thick fur : 5 5 . vestita. Carcinoplax longimanus (de Haan) Fig. 53, g,-h. 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 114, pl. 35, figs. 1, 2, pl. 36 (subsp. endecus and japonicus). 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 313. 1923. Id., Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rep. in (for 1922), Spec. Rep. 3, p. 3. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xi, p. 120. Carapace ovoid, finely granulate, glabrous, antero-lateral margin with 2 slight knobs or indications of teeth behind outer orbital tooth in adult, in juv. 12-19 mm. in length the hinder of these knobs is sharp and dentiform. Orbit about $ width of front. A granulate ridge across pterygostomial region (but this is not a stridulating ridge). Cheliped, 4th joint with a spine (or tooth or tubercle) in distal third of upper margin, wrist with a spine or tooth on both outer and inner margins, the latter the stronger and usually curving uncinately forwards, hand with a prominent rounded smooth knob at base dorsally, and a blunt ridge ending in a knob (blunt or dentiform) on middle of inner surface, more pronounced in adult g. Margins of legs fringed with setae, especially 5th and 6th joints and dactyl of 5th leg. Pleopod 1 3 as in G. angulata and O. pulcher. Length up to $50 mm., 9? 40 mm., breadth 3 64, 29 50 mm., cheliped 3 215, 2 80 mm. Smallest specimen examined 12x16 mm. (incl. lateral spines). Buff or pale salmon. 288 Annals of the South African Museum. Localities.—Off Kowie, 40 fathoms (Stebbing); Natal, 130 fathoms (Stebbing); Portuguese East Africa (25° 17’ 8., 33° 29’ E.) 117 metres (Barnard); Algoa Bay to off Tugela River mouth, 40-63 fathoms, mostly on muddy bottom (8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Japan, Andaman Is., Burma, Nicobar Is. Remarks.—In view of the growth-changes, the institution of a subspecific name (indicus Doflein, 1904) seems scarcely necessary. During the course of the s.s. Preter Faure investigations this crab became known to the crew as the Kowie Crab. About 50 specimens were obtained on the trawling grounds between Algoa Bay and the Kowie. | Carcinoplax vestita (de Haan) 1910. Stebbing, |. c., p. 313 (Pilumnoplaz v., part references). 1918. Tesch, l. c., pp. 155, 156 (Pilumnoplaz v.). 1932. Shen, Zool. Sinica, ix, p. 110, figs. 63-65, and pl. 5, fig. 1. [Not Curtonotus vestitus McLeay.| Carapace covered with fine dense fur, oval, antero-lateral margin with 2 small denticles, usually concealed in the fur. Pterygostomial region with ridge (not stridulating). Chelipeds not greatly elongate in g, furry, wrist with a tooth on both outer and inner margins, inner surface of hand bare, smooth and turgid in middle. Legs slender, setose. Length ¢ 18, 2 22 mm., breadth g 26, 9 29 mm. (Shen). Salmon- coloured with brownish fur. Locality.— Natal (Krauss) (sed 7%). Distribution.—Japan, China, Australia. Remarks.—The shape of the carapace seems to indicate more affinity to Carcinoplaz than to the species of Pilumnoplaz. McLeay’s “‘Curtonotus vestitus” 1s not this species but Pilumnus longicornis (p. 265); and it is very likely that Krauss’ record also refers to the latter. Gen. PILuMNoPLAX Stimpson 1910. Stebbing, t. c., p. 313. 1918. Rathbun, /. ¢., p. 21. 1918. Tesch, I. c., p. 154 (key to species). Carapace depressed, flat, a little broader than long, more or less hexagonal, regions faintly indicated; front straight, antero-lateral margin oblique, toothed. Supra-orbital margin with 1 or 2 furrows. | Chelipeds more or less unequal. Legs slender. Abdomen with 7 Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 289 segments, Ist-3rd in § covering whole sternal width between 5th coxae. Hind margin of penultimate sternal plate not projecting to form a protective covering to the external genital duct in g. Genital openings in 9 not large. Pleopod 2 3 elongate, very slender. Pilumnoplax heterochir (Studer) Wig. 54, a-e. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 314. | 1914. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 265. 1918. Tesch, l. c., p. 156 (in key). 1923. Rathbun, Biol. Res: “ Endeavour,” v, p. 99, pl. 17, figs. 1, 2. zp J Fie. 54.—Pilumnoplax heterochir (Studer). a, carapace. 6, ventral view of front. c, Ist pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. Eucrate sulcatifrons (Stmpsn.). d, carapace. e, ventral view of front. Geryon quinquedens S. I. Smith. /f, g, h, anterior profile of carapace of specimens 19 x 27, 52 x 63, and 85 x 100 mm. in size respectively. 7, Ist pleopod ¢ (apical scabrosities exaggerated). Geryon trispinosus (Herbst). J, anterior profile of specimen ca. 70 x90 mm. (after de Man). Geryon ischurodous Stebb. k, outline of specimen 16 x 26 mm. (after Stebbing). VOL. XXXVIII. 19 290 Annals of the South African Museum. Carapace glabrous, minutely shagreened, larger granules on the transverse ridges, frontal and orbital margins more or less beaded, front nearly vertically truncate, inner orbital tooth almost obsolete, 2 very slight supraorbital fissures (the outer one often obsolete), outer orbital tooth truncate or sometimes feebly bilobed, 2 well-developed antero-lateral teeth behind outer orbital tooth, with a very minute and often obscure third tooth. No pterygostomial ridge. A row of 3-4 granules on anterior surface of eye-stalk near cornea. Chelipeds, wrist with 2 teeth on inner margin near base, the larger (usually the right) cheliped with wrist, hand, finger and thumb smooth, except a few granules on outer surface of wrist and at base of outer surface of hand (these granules more conspicuous in juv.); the smaller cheliped with wrist and hand strongly granulate, finger and thumb grooved and ridged. Legs, 4th-6th joints more or less granulate on upper margins, dactyls terete, distal joints sparsely setose. Terminal abdominal segment § much wider than long, apically rounded. Length up to 14 mm., breadth 20 mm., @ slightly smaller than g; smallest ovig. 9 6-5 x 8-5 mm.; smallest specimen examined 4 x 6 mm. Orange-red, fingers and thumbs of chelipeds black (persistent in alcohol). Localities.—34° 13’ 8., 15° E., 117 fathoms (Studer); 35° 4’ S., 18° 37’ E., 150 fathoms (Miers); southern slopes of Agulhas Bank and off Cape Point, 155-500 metres (Doflein); off Cape Point, and along south-eastern slopes of Agulhas Bank as far east as Hast London, 100-320 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Atlantic Ocean: Tristan d’Acunha, 100 fathoms, and Gough Is., 75-100 fathoms. Indian Ocean: St. Paul, 672 metres, and New Amsterdam, 496 metres. South Australia and Tasmania, 127-270 fathoms. Gen. GeRyon Kroyer 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 313. 1922. Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco., fasc. lxu, p. 68. ) 1937. Rathbun, l. c., p. 265. Carapace subquadrilateral, very little broader than long, regions obscurely defined, frontal and antero-lateral margins usually dentate; inner angle of lower border of orbit usually prominent. Basal joint of ant. 2 movable, flagellum not excluded from orbit. Chelipeds subequal, strong. Legs strong, dactyls bare. Abdomen with 7 Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 291 segments in both sexes, completely covering sternum between 5th coxae, 3rd segment wider than Ist and 2nd, abruptly soin g. Genital openings in ¢ coxal; in Q not enlarged. Pleopod 2 ¢ nearly as long as pleopod 1. Remarks.—A genus of deep-water crabs (with the exception possibly of trispinosus and ischurodous), which has been assigned to different families by various authors (see Stebbing, 1905, p. 35). Doflein (1904, pp. vill, ix, and 105) placed it along with freshwater crabs in the family Potamonidae. Key to the South African Species. 1. Antero-lateral margin with 5 teeth . : : : - quinquedens. 2. Antero-lateral margin with 2 teeth . . : 3 . tschurodous. Geryon quinquedens 8. I. Smith Fig. 54, fur. 1894. Milne Edwards and Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, fasc. vii, p. 41, figs. A, C, and pl. 1, fig. 1 (affinis). 1899. Id., zbid., fasc. xii, p. 35 (affinis). 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 106, pls. 3, 4, 33, 34, 38, figs. 1-6; 41, figs. 3-7; 43, figs. 2, 8, and p. 273, fig. 62 (distribution) (affinis). 1904. Id., zbid., p. 112, pl. 31, figs. 1, 2 (paulensis, =juv.). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 313. 1922. Bouvier, l. c., p. 70, pl. 6, fig. 7, and p. 70 (affinis). 1937. Rathbun, |. c., p. 271, pls. 85, 86. Carapace dorsally somewhat uneven, smooth but becoming granulate in adult, especially on the cardiac, intestinal, and hinder branchial regions; front quadridentate, the 2 inner teeth rather close together, the outer ones forming the inner orbital angles, orbit about 3 width of front, antero-lateral margin with 5 teeth or denticles (incl. outer orbital tooth), 2nd and 4th teeth always smaller than the others, 3rd and 5th in juv. prominent, almost spiniform (paulensis), becoming blunt and obscure in old examples; postero-lateral margin longer than antero-lateral, nearly straight. Chelipeds, a strong spine (relatively stronger in juv. than in adult) on inner margin of wrist, upper surface of wrist and all surfaces of hand granulose-squamulose, both finger and thumb with a line of deep pits along both inner and outer surfaces. Legs, anterior margin of 4th—6th joints more or less strongly 292 Annals of the South African Museum. denticulate or spinulose-granulose, dactyls slender, upper and ventral surfaces grooved, or with a line of pits. Abdomen 3g from 3rd segment onwards triangular with nearly straight sides, 3rd—5th segments with a tendency to coalesce, but the sutures remaining distinct, lst-3rd transversely ridged (bluntly). Pleopod 1 3 stout, falcate, apically acute and very minutely scabrous; pleopod 2 slender, almost as long as Ist. Length up to 125 mm., breadth 140 mm. (130x152 mm., S. I. Smith). Smallest specimen examined 10x14 mm. (incl. spines, 11 mm. excl. spines). Brownish- or russet-red. Localities.—Off Cape Point, 470 fathoms (Stebbing); off Cape Point, 250-760 fathoms, and off Kast London, 300 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—quinquedens: Azores, and east coast of North | America, also (fide Doflein, fig. 62, chart) east coast of South America. affimis: Azores, Cape Verdes, South Atlantic (25° 27 S., 6° 8° B:), off east coast of “Admieay Indian Seas. paulensis: Southern Indian Ocean (30° 6’ &., 87° 50’ E.). Remarks.—There is no question that paulensis represents the young form; even the very small series in the South African Museum indicates as much; on one occasion adults and juveniles were taken in the same haul. Also both Doflein and Bouvier were disposed to make affinis a synonym of quinquedens, but apparently considered the difference in the dactyls of 2nd—5th legs to be constant. The small series in the South African Museum, however, shows that this is not constant, or at least that both forms occur in the same locality. In some specimens the upper and lower surfaces of the dactyls are quite flat, with a longitudinal row of pits; in others there is a shallow but distinct longitudinal depression or groove; and in others a definite groove bordered on each side by a ridge (affinis, M. Edw. and Bouvier, 1894, text-fig. A). Geryon ischurodous Stebb. Fig. 54, kh. 1923. Stebbing, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rep. iii (for 1922), Spec. Rep. 3,:p. 2, pl. x1. Carapace with only 2 teeth (incl. outer orbital tooth) on antero- Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 293 lateral margin, the margin between them sigmoidally curved; front “smooth,” its central point (szc) not visible in dorsal view; straight according to figure, without indication of median notch, or a pair of denticles, and inner orbital angle bluntly rounded. Cheliped, 4th joint with small tooth near base, and a strong one on (middle of) inner margin, wrist with small tooth on outer, and a large bidentate tooth on inner margin. Legs smooth, dactyls subequal to 6th joints. Length 16 mm., breadth 26 mm. Locality.— Durban, from coral washed up on beach (Stebbing). Remarks.—Although not referred to by Stebbing, there is an obvious similarity between this specimen and trispinosus (Herbst) (see de Man, 1890, Notes Leyden Mus., xu, p. 69, pl. 4, fig. 6, and Ortmann, 1894, Zool. Jahrb., vii, p. 685), from the Hast Indies and Japan. The front is nearly straight, with a slight median notch between 2 very blunt lobules (scarcely teeth), and rounded inner orbital angles. The antero-lateral margin has 3 teeth (incl. outer orbital tooth). de Man says of Herbst’s type specimen: “‘the lateral margin is quite straight between the Ist and 2nd teeth, slightly convex between the 2nd and 3rd,’ and “the anterior margin of the 3rd tooth forms almost a right angle with the lateral margin”; a description which fits Stebbing’s figure, barring the absence in the latter of the intervening (2nd) denticle. de Man gives the size of Herbst’s type as 764 x 99 mm. There seems little doubt that zschurodous should become a synonym of trispinosus. Gen. LirocHEIRA Kinahan 1910. Stebbing, l.c., p. 314. 1918. Tesch, l. ¢., p. 163 (key to species). 1933. Balss, Capita Zool., iv, p. 43. Carapace rather deep, dorsally convex, squarish, regions ill-defined; front with free edge, somewhat deflexed, convex, more or less bilobed; antero-lateral margin straight. Flagellum of ant. 2 not excluded from orbit. Eye-stalk short, stout. Chelipeds slightly unequal. Abdomen of 7 segments, but in the South African species segments 3-6 are more or less completely fused and move as one piece, segments 1-3 in g covering whole space between 5th coxae. Hind margin of penultimate sternal plate strongly projecting, so that genital opening appears to be sternal. Pleopod 2 g very short, only just entering base of groove in Ist pleopod. Genital opening 9 not large. Remarks.—Balss has suggested that several of the species placed in 294 Annals of the South African Museum. this genus by Tesch and other authors are more properly placed in other genera, chiefly Heteropilumnus (Xanthidae). The typical species of Latocheira has well-developed endostomial ridges (not so in Heteropilumnus). Carapace and legs in the South African species with outstanding bristly hairs. Intocheira kingsleyi (Miers) Fig. 55. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 314, and p. 320 (“‘ Planes minutus” part: the specimen no. 15070). 1918. Tesch, I. c., p. 164 (in key). 1933. Balss, l. ¢., p. 44. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 18, p. 365. Fic. 55.—Litocheira kingsleyi (Miers). Carapace; 4th and 5th sternites with genital opening 3; c4, c5=4th and 5th coxae; Ist pleopod 3, with apex in ventral, and inner (median) views further enlarged. Carapace setose, square, length and breadth subequal, front dis- tinctly bilobed in dorsal view, inner orbital tooth small, supra-orbital margin without a fissure, but the beaded margin is interrupted by a shallow oblique groove, outer orbital tooth prominent, acute, one acute spiniform tooth on lateral margin. No pterygostomial ridge. EKye-stalk setose. Basal joint of ant. 2 movable. Chelipeds, lower front margin of 4th joint serrulate, wrist and hand granulate. Legs, 4th joint with a single subapical spine on upper margin, dactyls compressed, with a double row of strong spine-setae on lower margin, the subapical pair being as strong as, or even stronger than, the unguis; all joints with scattered outstanding bristle-hairs. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 295 Length and breadth up to 13 mm. Yellowish, the hairs amber- coloured. Localities.—35° 4’ 8., 18° 37’ E., 150 fathoms (Miers); 34° 33’ S., 18° 21’ E., 318 metres (Doflein); 38 miles N.W. of Table Bay (Stebbing, as “‘Planes minutus”); N.W. of Table Bay, off Cape Point, south- eastern slope of Agulhas Bank off East London, 95-300 fathoms (8S. Afr. Mus.); Algoa Bay (Port Elizabeth Mus.). Remarks.—Stebbing’s identification and record of a specimen of this species as Planes minutus was evidently an accidental slip. Gen. EucraTtE de Haan 1918. Tesch, l. c., p. 157 (key to species). 1920. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 238 (Feb.). 1920. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., 11, p. 268 (Aug.). Carapace a little broader than long, smooth or with feeble ridges, regions ill-defined; front straight; antero-lateral margin convex, toothed, postero-lateral margins convergent. Flagellum of ant. 2 completely excluded from orbit by a process of basal joint. Hye-stalk short, stout. Chelipeds robust, slightly unequal. Legs unarmed, dactyls slender; 6th joint and dactyl of 5th leg often slightly enlarged. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes, 3rd segment in 3 covering whole sternal width between 5th coxae. Genital openings 9 not large. Pleopod 2 ¢ ?. Eucrate sulcatifrons (Stimpson) Fig. 54, d, e. 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., 1, p. 243, fig. 45 (Pseudozus (Platyozius) laevis). 1906. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, p. 861, pl. xi, fig. 7 (Platyozius laevis). 1918. Tesch, l. c., p. 158 (references and synonymy). 1920. Stebbing, l. c., p. 238 (affinis). 1920: dd; esp; 268. 1921. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 458, pl. 15 (Crust., pl. 110) (affinis). 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 167, fig. 45, AB (plp2iy2%6): Carapace nearly smooth or with low transverse ridges running from the last, and sometimes also the 2nd, antero-lateral tooth; sometimes 296 _ Annals of the South African Museum. a more or less distinct beaded ridge nearly parallel with the postero- lateral margin; front notched in middle, free edge sulcate; inner orbital tooth not prominent, squarish, a feeble notch in middle of supra-orbital margin; antero-lateral margin with 4 teeth (incl. outer orbital tooth), the 4th one the smallest. Cheliped, one or two teeth on upper inner margin of 4th joint, a blunt tooth on inner margin of wrist, wrist and hand smooth or nearly so, distal end of wrist more or less covered with thick fur, an impressed line or groove near lower margin of thumb. Last 3 joints of legs more or less setose, the 6th joint and dactyl of 5th leg shghtly broader than those of the other legs, dactyl with stronger spines, as well as the fringe of setae. Length up to 12 mm., breadth 15 mm. Localities. —Off Port Shepstone, Natal, 24 fathoms, and Durban (Stebbing). Distribution.—Indian Seas, Andaman Is., Mergui Archipelago, to China, Australia and Hawaiian Is. Remarks.—Tesch decides to maintain this form as a species separate from the Japanese crenata de Haan on the grounds that Indian specimens are constantly smaller than Japanese, slightly more sculptured, and have the wrist of the cheliped less furry. No examination of the lst pleopod $ seems to have been made, even by Shen (1932, Zool. Sinica, ix, p. 116, fig. 67, crenata). Unfortunately the $ specimen mentioned by Stebbing (1921) was not returned to the South African Museum. But see Stephensen, 1945. Gen. XENOPHTHALMODES Richters 1880. Richters, Beitr. Meeresf. Mauritius, p. 155. 1890. de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., xu, p. 68. 1900. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxix, p. 323. 1918. Tesch, !. c., pp. 202 (in key), 215. Carapace subsemicircular, widest posteriorly across hind margin, front moderately wide, more or less bilobed, orbits small. Hye-stalks immovable, very short, stout, cornea obsolete or nearly so (in adult, distinct in juv.). Chelipeds equal or unequal, hand compressed. Dactyls successively decreasing on 2nd to 5th legs. Abdomen with 7 segments in both sexes, in g 2nd segment much narrower than either Ist or 3rd, neither of which cover whole space between 5th coxae. Pleopod 1 g sometimes very long, extending beyond 7th abdominal segment. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 297 Xenophthalmodes moebi Richters Fig. 56, a-c. 1880. Richters, J. c., p. 155, pl. 16, fig. 29, pl. 17, figs. 1-5. 1890. de Man: f. c.,.p. 68, pl. 3, fig. 5. 1900. Alcock, I. ¢., p. 324. Lie) Lesch, (se. pp. 215, 216. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 120 (Typhlocarcinus rubidus, non Alcock). 1947. Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 366. Carapace smooth except for 2 crescentic impressions, minutely granulate near antero-lateral and lateral margins, bare except for some rather longish and matted hairs on antero-lateral margins (pile, if it was present, is now worn off the single specimen examined) ; front distinctly bilobed. Free edge of epistome thin, prominent, with slight median groove. Maxilliped 3 with 4th joint slightly narrower than 3rd, its lateral and anterior margins forming an even curve (shape of 3rd joint as in de Man’s figure, not as in Tesch’s, 7.e. the inner margin proximally slopes away to the point of attachment at outer corner), 3rd joint longitudinally grooved, 3rd and 4th and exopod minutely granulate. Chelipeds unequal, left larger than right, wrist angular (but not prominently so) on inner margin in right cheliped, distinctly dentiform in left, upper surface smooth and polished, but minutely granulate around margins, and probably setose in life, hand with sharp granulate upper and lower margins (probably setose in life), inner and outer surfaces smooth, finger with longitudinal setose groove on outer surface, apices of finger and thumb acute, crossed when closed. Legs unarmed, setose, dactyls terete, acuminate. Abdomen as figured for dolichophallus by Tesch. Sternite between the chelipeds minutely granular along border of the median groove. Pleopod 1 ¢ straight, slender, very long, projecting beyond 7th abdominal segment almost to the buccal cavity. Length 6 mm., breadth 8mm. Dirty whitish. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Barnard). Distribution.—moebu: Mauritius, Red Sea, Persian Gulf, coast of India, Burma, Andaman Is. dolichophallus: East Indies. Remarks.—Re-examination of the specimen in the light of Tesch’s work, which was inaccessible to me in 1926, shows that my indentifica- tion was erroneous. The present specimen (on which the above 298 Annals of the South African Museum. Fia. 56.—Xenophthalmodes moebii Richters. a, carapace. 6, Ist pleopod ¢. c, sternite between chelipeds, with 7th abdominal segment and projecting apices of lst pleopods, 3 (owing to its convexity the 7th abdominal segment appears in the figure slightly shorter than it actually is). Hexapus stebbingi Brnrd. d, carapace in dorsal view, with the true hind margin shown separately, because it is not seen in the dorsal view owing to the convexity of the carapace. ¢, abdomen g. f, Ist pleopod 3, with apex further enlarged. g, sternum 4, after removal of abdomen, showing external genital ducts. Thaumastoplax spiralis n. sp. h, carapace. 7, 3rd maxilliped. 47, abdomen g. k, sternum g, after removal of abdomen, showing external genital ducts. J, 1st pleopod ¢. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 299 description is solely based) agrees best with Alcock’s description, though Alcock makes no mention of the elongate lst pleopods. I consider it likely that the Delagoa Bay specimen is the same as Richters’ and Alcock’s material, but Iam not yet absolutely convinced of its identity. Gen. Hexapus de Haan 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 315. 1910. Rathbun, K. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr., 7 R., 5 Afd., no. 4, p. 348. 1918. Wesch, t¢., p. 239. 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, pp. 182-185. Carapace much broader than long, convex longitudinally, regions not defined, front rather narrow, orbits small, antero-lateral margin convex, entire. Eye-stalks very short. Flagellum of ant. 2 not excluded from orbit. Palp of mxp. 3 rather long, 6th joint not expanded. Chelipeds robust and unequal in 3, weaker and subequal in 9. Legs strong, only 3 pairs. Abdomen with 5 segments in 4, 3rd—5th being fused, 2nd shorter than Ist or 3rd, the 6th longitudinally divided by a suture; in both sexes basal segments not nearly covering whole width of sternum, fitting into a deep groove. Hexapus stebbingt Brurd. Fig. 56, d-g. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 315, pl. 15 (Crust., pl. 41) (sexpes, non Fabr.). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 366. Carapace setose laterally, smooth, with slightly depressed H-mark in middle, closely pitted, about 14 times as broad as long, very convex longitudinally, front straight, twice as wide as one orbit, obscurely beaded, antero-lateral and lateral margin from orbit to postero-lateral angle (not actually confluent with postero-lateral margin) minutely but often obscurely beaded, postero-lateral margin on either side of the short hind margin straight. Cornea small. 7th joint of mxp. 3 almost as long as 5th and 6th together. Chelipeds furry, more robust in g than &, left cheliped in 3 larger than right, in 9 subequal, hand of left chela in § with an obscure ridge on middle of outer surface. Legs furry, dactyls slender, with very sharp ungues. Abdomen in ¢ lying in a very deep trench extending almost to buccal cavity, 5-segmented, 300 Annals of the South African Museum. hour-glass shaped, 2nd segment shorter and narrower than Ist, 3rd—5th fused, 6th narrowest, longitudinally divided, 7th transversely penta- gonal; 7-segmented in 9, 3rd segment (or 3rd and 4th) widest, thence tapering evenly, 7th segment triangular. Pleopod 1 g somewhat corkscrew-shaped, tapering to a fine acute apex; 2nd pleopod short, only entering base of groove on Ist. There is a short 5th sternite, at the inner end of which emerges the external continuation of the vas deferens (owing to defective preservation the internal connection with the testis could not be traced). Length 10 mm., breadth 15 mm. Smallest ovig.98x12mm. As preserved, dirty white, cornea feebly pigmented. Localities —P.¥. 7058=St. Sebastian Bay, 34 fathoms (Stebbing); Agulhas Bank, from St. Sebastian Bay to Algoa Bay, 15-35 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—The single 2 specimen described and figured by Stebbing was acquired from the Pieter Faure collection by the late Dr. Peringuey, who at the time had not access to the Preter Faure log-books, and thus could not inform Stebbing of the exact locality of no. P.F. 7058. The words used by Stebbing, however, led Tesch to interpret the record as meaning that there was some doubt as to the specimen having come from Cape waters. There is no doubt about the origin of the specimen, but it does not, in fact, seem to belong to de Haan’s species sexpes. Tesch has examined de Haan’s original specimen of H. sexpes in the Leiden Museum, confirming the identity of the Siboga examples. He gives a figure of the ¢ abdomen showing the Ist and 2nd segments very short but equally wide, 6th segment undivided, 7th segment subtriangular and not wider than 6th; thus absolutely different from that of the present specimens. (See also Stephensen, /. c., p. 183, fig. 53, B.) Tesch does not state the sex of de Haan’s example, but expresses the opinion that Milne Edwards’ and de Man’s determina- tions are correct; he makes no reference to Fabricius beyond crediting the species to him. Gen. THAUMASTOPLAX Miers 1881. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), viii, p. 261. 1909. Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxu, p. 113. 1910. Id., K. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr., R. 7, Afd. 5, no. 4, p. 346. 1918. Tesch, ?. epee. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 301 Sunilar to Hexapus, except palp of mxp. 3 rather long, 6th joint with inner distal corner expanded; 6th segment of abdomen ¢ without longitudinal suture. In addition to Miers’ original species from Goree Island, Senegambia, Miss Rathbun has described two Siamese species. The specimens described below do not appear to belong to any of these. Thaumastoplax spiralis n. sp. Fig. 56, h-. Carapace with very short pile, longer on lateral margins and ptery- gostomial region, smooth, closely and finely pitted when pile removed, the H-mark in middle very feebly indicated (visible only when pile removed), moderately convex; front straight, longer than (not quite 14 times) one orbit, hind margin wide, costate. Hye-stalks stout, setose on hind (orbital) surface, cornea well developed. Chelipeds shortly furry, with some longer plumose setae on margins, right and left subequal in both sexes, or left slightly larger than right in J, stouter in ¢ than 9, hand smooth, finger and thumb not gaping, cutting- edges feebly denticulate. Legs densely furry and with fringes of longer plumose setae, dactyls with very sharp ungues. Abdomen in S$ lying im a deep trench, 5-segmented, triangular, with well-marked indent at junction of 6th segment with the fused 3rd—5th; in 2 7-segmented, 3rd and 4th segments widest. Pleopod 1 ¢ strongly calcified, stout basally, then twisted like a corkscrew, then curving outwards and ending in a fine acute apex. Pleopod 2 short. A short 5th sternite, with external continuation of vasa deferentia at inner ends (cf. Hexapus). Length 5-5 mm., breadth 7 mm. As preserved, with faint reddish mottling, more or less ocellate, two red spots each surrounded by a pale ring in the position of the H-mark on carapace, Localities. —Off St. Helena Bay, without precise locality or depth (S. Afr. Mus. ex s.s. Preter Faure coll. 3 33, 1 non-ovigerous 9); Saldanha Bay (University Cape Town, 3d, 99). Remarks.—The specific name is taken from the Ist pleopod. Dr. Gordon of the British Museum has kindly sent me sketches of the 3 abdomen and Ist pleopod of Miers’ type species anomalipes, and, as she remarks, there is no resemblance. The lst pleopod of anomalipes is slender and only slightly sinuous, the abdomen is very much narrower (narrower even than that of Hexapus stebbingz), the 6th segment longer than wide. 302 Annals of the South African Museum. Famity CORYSTIDAE. 1899. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxviii, pp. 5, 103. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 311. 1930. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 152, p. 10 (Euryalidae). Carapace longitudinally oval, convex from side to side, regions not well defined; front bilobed or tridentate. Orbits more or less in- complete. First antennae small, folding longitudinally; 2nd antennae with the flagellum (when present) very long and hairy. No epistome. Mxp. 3 elongate, extending almost to the lst antennae. Legs either all gressorial, or the last pair modified for swimming. Sternum and abdomen narrow, the latter with 5 segments in g, in both sexes the basal segments visible dorsally; in 9 not covering the genital openings and not nearly covering the egg-mass. Genital openings in ¢ coxal. Key to the South African Genera. 1. Anterior part of carapace dentate. Dactyls of legs dis: similar, 2nd, 3rd, and 5tn lamellate . , ; . Nautilocorystes. 2. Whole lateral margin of carapace dentate. Dactyls of legs similar, styliform . : : : : . . Gomeza. Gen. NauTiLocorystEs M. Edw. 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 311. Carapace moderately convex, anterior half of the lateral margin dentate; front broad, bilobed; suborbital region produced forwards beyond level of apex of front and visible in dorsal view. Orbits directed forwards, eyes retractile. Ant. 2 with long hairy flagellum. Mxp. 3 with 4th joint longer than broad, but considerably shorter than 3rd joint; palp inserted on its oblique apex. Chelipeds slightly unequal, in g not much larger than in Y. Dactyls of 2nd and 3rd legs depressed (rather than compressed) and folding transversely under body, dactyl of 4th leg triquetral in section, dactyl of 5th leg com- pressed, ovate-lanceolate, inner margin convex. The fused 3rd—5th abdominal segments in g not narrower than 2nd segment. Remarks.—Burrowing in sand with only the tips of the antennal flagella projecting. The flagella form a tube conveying a current of water to the gill chamber; the outgoing current leaves the chamber beneath the branchiostegite; thus the normal course of the respiratory current in crabs is here reversed (see Garstang, 1896, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plymouth, n.s., iv, p. 223). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 303 Nautilocorystes ocellata (Gray) Masked Crab. Mies Di, @—C. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 311 (octodentatus). 1914. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 264 (references). Carapace with 4 spaced and sharp teeth on antero-lateral margin ~~ aa SQ Se ae’ ee one — ra Kw er = — a = ee = a x + z BG I ON an =p me Orca i 924 . Tals Ca a x Fic. 57.—Nautilocorystes ocellata (Gray). a, carapace, suborbital processes showing in front. 6, dactyl of right 5th leg. c, Ist pleopod g, with apex further enlarged. Gomeza bicornis Gray. d, carapace. e, dactyl of right 5th leg. ff, Ist pleopod J. g, 2nd pleopod ¢. (5 if the blunter outer orbital angles are included), front broadly triangular, divided into 2 lobes by a median notch, surface closely pitted, pits replaced by granules on front, upper orbital margin, and antero-lateral margin. Flagella of ant. 2 longer than carapace in 304 Annals of the South African Museum. young, but relatively shorter in adult. Chelipeds granulate, wrist with sharp spine on inner upper margin, hand with the upper outer and inner margins bluntly angular, the outer more distinct than the inner, finger with setose groove on upper surface, and another on upper outer surface. Dactyls of 2nd and 3rd legs narrow lanceolate, dactyl of 4th leg grooved on outer surface, dactyl of 5th leg ovate- lanceolate with convex inner and straight or slightly sinuous outer margin. Pleopod 1 3 moderately slender, curving outwards apically, outer distal margin and dorsal surface serrulate or scabrous; 2nd pleopod about half length of Ist. Length up to g 34, 9 28 mm., breadth 3 30, 2 24 mm. (inel. teeth). Sand-coloured, with thin reddish-brown lines forming ovals or circles. Localities.—Simon’s Bay, 12 fathoms (Stimpson); Cape St. Blaize and Saldanha Bay (Stebbing); Saldanha Bay, False Bay, Agulhas Bank, Knysna, Plettenberg Bay, to Algoa Bay, 10-45 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—No definite record from Table Bay exists, although possibly the original specimens collected by Delalande were from here. Stebbing (1900) remarks that the 9 was then apparently unknown. In the South African Museum there are 3 99 (2 ovigerous). The chelipeds proportionately to the carapace are not much smaller than those of the g; the genital openings on the sternum between the 3rd legs are not covered by the abdomen (even in the non-ovigerous 9), but only by the long shaggy hair on the apex of the abdomen. The Indian species, investigatoris Alck. 1899, has a tridentate front and 2 spines on upper surface of hand of cheliped. Gen. GomMEzA Gray 1831. Gray, Zool. Miscell., p. 39. 1833. de Haan, Fauna Japon. Crust., pp. 4, 15 (Oerdea). 1886. Miers, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xvii, p. 211. 1930. Rathbun, l. ¢., p. 10. 1935. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxvii, p. 500. Carapace strongly convex, whole lateral margin dentate; front moderately broad, with triangular, apically truncate or notched, rostrum, flanked on either side by the supra-orbital spine, which is usually strong. Orbits directed laterally, eyes retractile. Antenna 2 with long hairy flagellum. Mxp. 3 with 4th joint about as broad as long. Chelipeds somewhat unequal. Dactyls of legs all alike, more or less styliform. Abdomen small, fused 3rd—5th abdominal segments in ¢ not narrower than 2nd segment. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 305 Gomeza bicornis Gray Fig. 57, d-g. 1gsi. (Gray, t.¢., p. 39: 1835. de Haan, l. c., p. 44, pl. 2, fig. 5 (O. vigintispinosa) (reference quoted from Miers, I. c.). 1886. Miers, lJ. c., p. 212. 1906. Laurie, Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish. Rep., v, p. 421. 1927. Hale, 8. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 145, fig. 147. 1935. Chopra, l. c., p. 505, footnote. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 366. Regions of carapace very faintly indicated; no bosses or swellings on carapace; lateral margin with 9 teeth, rostrum dorsally grooved, deeply emarginate; supra-orbital tooth spiniform, extending beyond apex of rostrum; sub-orbital tooth extending to upper margin of orbit (on under side of supra-orbital tooth). Whole carapace, includ- ing lateral teeth and orbital spines, and pterygostomial region and sternum covered with rounded miliary granules, each one on the upper surface of carapace and on sternum bearing a seta or bristle. Chelipeds similarly granulate and setose; a strong spine or tooth on inner apex of wrist. Legs thickly setose; inner margin of 6th joint and proximal two-thirds of inner margin of dactyl of 5th leg with a fringe of long plumose setae. Length (to median notch of rostrum) $ 22 mm., breadth (excl. lateral teeth) 16 mm. Hale: up to 35 mm. in length. Colour in life (see Hale) red, anteriorly brown, branchial regions yellow, antennae and chelipeds brown, legs yellow. Locality. —Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst, 1939, 1 3, presumably washed up on beach, with soft parts decomposed). Distribution.—Kast Indies, 10 fathoms (Miers), Japan, Ceylon, South Australia. DROMIACEA. 1907. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xix, pp. 477, 479. 1910. Stebbing, J. ¢., p. 341 (Brachyura Anomala). 1913. Ihle, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix, b, pp. 1-96. 1937. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 166, p. 27. Carapace subglobose, subquadrate, or pyriform; frontnarrow. Last pair, or last two pairs of legs more or less reduced in size and modified, dorsal in position. Buccal cavity squarish. Female genital openings VOL. XXXVIII. 20 306 Annals of the South African Museum. coxal. First abdominal appendages of 2 present but reduced. Gills usually numerous. Key to the Tribes, and South African Families. I. Eyes and Ist antennae retractile into sockets (fig. 59, g, h). Sternum of 2 traversed more or less completely by 2 obliquely longitudinal grooves . : . DROMIIDEA. A. Last 2 pairs of legs reduced, subdorsal, pale pre- hensile. Epipods may be present on chelipeds but not on any of the legs. (5th legs sometimes as long as 8rd, but more slender) . ; . Dromirdae. B. Only the last pair of legs reduced. Epipods on chelipeds and (usually) the following two pairs of legs . : ; ‘ : . Dynomenidae. II. Eyes and Ist antennae nat retrace. Basal joint of | THELXIO- eye-stalk visible, slender (fig. 65, d, g, h). Sternum of PHIDEA 2 not traversed by any special grooves. : : | (HOMOLIDEA) A. Basal joint of eye-stalk about same length as terminal joint (fig. 65, d)._ Epipods on chelipeds and oe Theleiopemes also on following two pairs of legs. Gills 13-14 . | (Homo B. Basal joint of eye-stalk much longer than terminal joint (fig. 65, g, h). No epipods on chelipeds or any of the legs. Gills 8 . : : : . Latreilliidae. Thle unites the Latreillidae with the Homolidae. Rathbun keeps them separate, and adopts the old name Thelxiope Raf. 1814 in place of Homola Leach 1815. Famity DROMIIDAE. Sponge-crabs. 1910. Stebbing, /. c., p. 342. 1913. Ihle, l. c., pp. 4-96, pls. 1-4 (morphology, etc.). 1923. Rathbun, Biol. Res. “Endeavour,” v, p. 144. 1924. Gurney, ‘‘Terra Nova” Rep., vill, pp. 188 sqq. (larval forms). 1937. Rathbun, t. c., p. 30. Carapace usually subglobular, but sometimes flat. Sternum of 2 with 2 obliquely longitudinal grooves, of varying length. Last two pairs of legs reduced, subdorsal in position; 6th joint with a more or less stout spine opposing the (usually) short 7th joint (dactyl plus unguis) (fig. 58, e). Epipods may be present on the chelipeds, but not on any of the following legs. Vestiges of uropods usually present on sternal surface of 6th abdominal segment. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 307 Remarks.—¥or the history of the inappropriate name Dromia (running crab) see Stebbing, 1893, Hist. Crust., p. 135. Nearly all the representatives of this family conceal themselves by carrying about with them a piece of shell, sponge, or Ascidian, which is held in position on their backs by the last pair of legs, or sometimes the penultimate pair. To achieve this, not only has the position of the last two pairs of legs become dorsal or subdorsal, but there has also been a torsion of the dactyl on the last pair, so that instead of impinging against the lower end of the 6th joint it impinges more or less against the upper apex (cf. Ihle, l. c., p. 18). Certain species with large-sized eggs have an abbreviated larval development, 7.e. the free-swimming stage is suppressed (see Hale, 1925, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 50, p. 405). Growth-changes in the shape and armature of the carapace may also occur (Hale, ibid.). The Ist pleopod 3 does not offer such decisive specific characters as in some other groups of crabs. For correct identification of a specimen it is usually necessary to denude the carapace, at least in part, of its furry covering. Key to the South African Genera. I. Carapace flat. 4th leg shorter than 3rd, ending in a large talon-like dactyl (fig. 58, 6); 5th leg slender. Epipods on chelipeds. Sternal grooves in 9 ending apart . Conchoecetes. II. Carapace more or less globose. Dactyl of 4th leg not re- markably large or talon-like (fig. 59, c). A. Epipods on chelipeds (fig. 58, f). 1. Legs not ridged or knobbed. a. Sternal grooves Q ending apart : . Dromia. b. Sternal grooves 9 ending together . Dromidiopsis. 2. Legs ridged or knobbed. Sternal grooves 9 ending apart - - - : . Petalomera. B. No epipods on chelipeds. 1. Legs smooth. Sternal grooves 2 ending together. a. Front deeply bifid (fig. 59, f, g) : . EHudromidia. b. Front tridentate (S. Afr. species) (fig. 60, a). i. 5th leg much longer than 4th . . Pseudodromia. ii. 5th leg subequal to 4th. a. Chelipeds alike in both sexes . Dromidia. 6. Chelipeds much larger in ¢ than in 2 : : : . Exodromidia. 2. Legs ridged or knobbed. a. Sternal grooves 2 ending apart : . Cryptodromia. 308 Annals of the South African Museum. b. Sternal grooves ¢ ending together. i. Subbranchial region without a cavity . Cryptodromiopsis. ii. Subbranchial region with a deep cavity causing a strong dorsal gibbosity of the branchial region (fig. 64) . - ; 5 . Speodromia. Gen. CONCHOECETES Stimpson 1893. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., v, p. 407. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 346. 1913S. hie Nes pp.o0! Sie so: 1920. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 253. Carapace depressed, subpentagonal, the grooves defining the regions well developed, but obscured under a covering of short close pile. Front tridentate, median tooth at a lower level than the others. Sternal grooves in 2 ending apart, each on a conical tubercle between bases of 2nd legs (t.e. lst walking legs). Fourth leg robust, dactyl large, curved, talon-like, closing against a blunt process of the 6th joint; 5th leg slender, dactyl small, no spine on either outer or inner apex of 6th jot. Epipods on chelipeds only. Conchoecetes artificiosus (Fabr.) Shell-carrying Crab Hig. 58, a, Db. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 346. 1920, lds eps 200" 1933. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxv, p. 28. Antero-lateral and lateral margins of carapace more or less granulate, a short supra-orbital tooth, and 2 teeth on lateral margin, one behind cervical groove (fig. 58, a), one behind branchial groove; subhepatic region often granulate. Terminal abdominal segment $ triangular, but not ending in a sharp point. Hand of chelipeds with scattered granules, its outer surface with 2 blunt tubercles at base of finger- hinge; 2 tubercles on outer apex of wrist; chelipeds more massive in $ than in 9. 2nd—4th legs more or less granulate, including coxal joints, a blunt tubercle on 5th joint; no spine on coxal joint of 2nd leg g. The long hairs on the outer surface of dactyl of 2nd leg form 3 divergent crests, with intervening bare strips, and those on 3rd leg form 2 divergent crests. Dactyl of 5th leg small, uncinate, without long setae. Eggs very small and numerous. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 309 Length up to27mm. Smallest specimen examined 7mm. Whitish, with drab-coloured pile, fringes on the dactyls of legs more or less reddish, tips of finger and thumb of chelipeds pinkish. Localities —Zululand coast, 26 fathoms (Stebbing); off Tugela River, 12-47 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Indian Seas to Hong-Kong, N. Australia, Japan. Wald (MY: Yy Ui Fie. 58.—Conchoecetes artificiosus (Fabr.). a, carapace, denuded, showing regions: a.br., p.br., ¢., g., h., anterior and posterior branchial, cardiac, gastric (mesogastric), and hepatic; and grooves: b.g., c.g., branchial and cervical. b, 6th and 7th (dactyl) joints of 4th leg (ventral surface). Dromia dormia (Linn.). c, carapace, denuded. d, 7th joint (dactyl) of 3rd leg. e, 6th and 7th joints of 5th leg. ff, base of right cheliped, with epipod, the two arthrobranchs cut off short. Remarks.—This crab protects itself by holding one valve of a Lamellibranch mollusc over its back by means of the talon-like claws of the 4th legs. Stebbing’s record of a specimen from 460 fathoms off the Cape Point is certainly due to a misplaced label. Gen. Dromia Fabr. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 342. 1913. Thle, l. c., pp. 21, 86, 89. 1937. Rathbun, /. c., p. 30 (credited to Weber; unacceptable). 310 Annals of the South African Museum. Carapace convex, slightly broader than long, regions more or less distinct; front tridentate, median tooth at a lower level. Sternal grooves ¢ ending apart on prominent tubercles between bases of 2nd legs. Legs not ridged or knobbed; 4th and 5th legs short, with a horny spine on inner apex of 6th joint opposing the dactyl, but none on outer apex. Epipods on chelipeds only. Dromia dorma (Linn.) Sleepy Sponge-crab. Fig. 58, c-e. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 812 (rumphiz). 1903. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., ii, p. 576, pl. 33, fig. 1, a-d (rumphr). 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., iv, p. 61. 1910. Jd., l. c., p. 342 (part, not the False Bay specimen). 1923. Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxxvi, p.65 (Dromidiopsis d.). 1931. Shen, Hong-Kong Natur., 1, p. 96, figs. 3, 4, and pl. 4. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u, p. 70 (Dromidiopsis d.). 1945. Stephensen, Dan. Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 61, fig. 3 (plp. iL, A) 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 366. [Not D. dormca (typ. err.) Balss, Schultze Reise, v, 1913, p. 109, = Dromidia aegibotus, p. 322.] All parts except tips of fingers and thumbs and dactyls of legs covered with a rather harsh tomentum, with tufts of longer bristles scattered over the carapace. Antero-lateral margin of carapace with 3 pointed subequal teeth, lateral margin with one tooth immediately behind branchial groove; a very small supra-orbital denticle. Abdomen ¢ with median longitudinal ridge between shallow grooves; terminal segment about as broad as long. Chedipeds with 2 blunt tubercles on outer side of wrist. Dactyls of 2nd and 3rd legs bare above, the hairs forming a divergent crest on either side. Hggs very small and numerous. Length up to 65 mm., breadth 70 mm. (Alcock: 52 in. in breadth). Brownish, tips of finger and thumb of chelipeds. pink. Localities—Imhambane, P.E.A. (Hilgendorf); Durban (Stebbing, and §. Afr. Mus.); off Tugela River, 25 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.); Delagoa Bay (coll. van der Horst). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 311 Distribution.—Mauritius, east coast of Africa, Red Sea, Indian Seas to Japan. . Remarks.—Originally named “‘dormia”’ in allusion to its supposed soporific and narcotic properties (Stebbing, Hist. Crust., 1893, p. 135). Under the name of this species Stebbing (1914, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 273) mentions some small specimens from Saldanha Bay (‘“Scotia” Exp.) whose systematic position he did not further elucidate. They are certainly not this species. Gen. Dromipiopsis Borrad. 1900. Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 572. 1903. Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xi, p. 298. 1903. Id., F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., ii, p. 576. 1913. Ihle, l. ¢., pp. 25, 86, 90. Carapace convex, usually longer than broad, regions very feebly defined; front tridentate. Sternal grooves 9 ending together on a median tubercle between bases of chelipeds or 2nd legs. Legs not ridged or knobbed; 5th leg longer than 4th but usually shorter than 3rd, often with a spine on outer side of its 6th joint. Epipods on chelipeds only. Dromidiopsis cornuta Brnrd. Fig. 59, a-d. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 367. Covered with short close pile, the hairs rather thick and shaggy, especially on margins of carapace, chelipeds, and legs. Carapace as long as broad, pentagonal, regions obsolete, but branchial groove distinct, the lateral grooves of cardiac region reduced to elongate pits. Frontal teeth acute and divergent in 9, spiniform and subparallel in 3, the median tooth slightly shorter, deflexed, acute. A very blunt and feeble supra-orbital projection, an acute infra-orbital tooth, outer orbital angle distinct but not dentiform, antero-lateral angle rounded, lateral margins nearly straight, with a feeble indent at branchial groove; subhepatic region convex, without tubercles. Terminal abdominal segment g ending in a sharp point. Cheliped with 2 tubercles on outer apex of wrist. Legs not knobbed; 4th leg with 6th joint subglobose, with spine on inner apex (one on outer apex doubtfully present); 5th leg shorter than 3rd, but longer than 4th, 6th joint with a spine on both inner and outer apex. Epipods on 312 Annals of the South African Museum. cheliped only. Sternal grooves 2 ending on a prominent knob on suture between sternites of chelipeds and 2nd legs. Eggs large, 1-5 mm. in diam., about 20 in number. Length g 9-5, 29 7 mm., breadth ¢ 8-5, 9 7 mm. Fic. 59.—Dromidiopsis cornuta Brnrd. a, 6, carapace, g and Q respectively, denuded. c, inner view of 6th and 7th joints of 4th leg. d, outer view of 6th joint of 5th leg with dactyl (7th joint) foreshortened. Petalomera wilson (F. & G.). e, carapace, denuded. Eudromidia frontalis (Hend.). f, ventral view of frontal lobes (after Henderson). Eudromidia hendersoni (Stebb.). g, ventral view of frontal lobes. h, lateral view of anterior part of carapace. Localities.—False Bay, 23 fathoms (2), and off Cape St. Blaize, 39 fathoms (g) (S. Afr. Mus.). Gen. PreTaLoMERA Stimpson 1858. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., x, p. 226. 1903. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xi, p. 300. 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Misc. Coll., xlix, p. 179. 1913. Ihle, |. ¢, pp 48,87, 91. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 313 1923. Rathbun, Biol. Res. “‘Endeavour,” v, p. 153. 1927. Hale, S. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 111. Carapace convex, regions clearly or indistinctly defined; front tridentate, upper lobes rather large. Sternal grooves 9 ending apart behind bases of chelipeds; 4th joint of chelipeds and 2nd and 3rd legs, or chelipeds and 2nd legs only, more or less dilated and ridged (petaloid). Legs with or without knobs; 4th and 5th legs subequal, or 5th distinctly the longer. Epipods on chelipeds only. Petalomera wilsont (F. & G.) ie. 59, e: 1902. Fulton and Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xv, p. 61, pl. 9 (Cryptodromia w.). 1923. Rathbun, I. c., p. 154, pl. 42, fig. 1. 1927. Hale, I. c., p. 113, fig. 111 (after Rathbun). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 368. Covered with very soft and dense, spongy pile, which on the carapace accentuates instead of obliterating the underlying regions. Frontal lobes very shortly pointed, median rostral point acute. A supra- and an infra-orbital tooth; outer orbital angle with short fissure but not toothed. Antero-lateral margin with 4 short sharp teeth, including the one behind branchial groove, the foremost one at a lower level than the others; all the teeth blunter in juv. No buccal tubercle; 2 supra-sutural tubercles, the one immediately below the infra-orbital tooth inconspicuous and smaller than the other more ventral one. Sternal grooves 2 ending apart on small knobs on sternal suture between 2nd and 3rd legs. Terminal abdominal segment ¢ broader than long, triangular, apically blunt. Chelipeds more massive in 3 than in 9, with 2 prominent knobs on wrist. 2nd and 3rd legs each with a knob on outer apex of 5th and 6th joints; 5th leg distinctly more slender than 4th, in both a spine on apex of 6th joint opposing the dactyl. No spine on coxal joint of 2nd leg g. Epipod on cheliped only. Length up to g 42, 2 28 mm., breadth ¢ 60, 2 37 mm. Localities.—Algoa Bay to Natal (off eis aan River), 30-85 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Southern Australia. Remarks.—Comparison of an Australian 9 specimen, kindly forwarded by Mr. M. Ward, shows no character on which to separate the South African specimens, except that in the latter the outer orbital angle 314 Annals of the South African Museum. can scarcely be called prominent; the smaller of the 2 subhepatic (supra-sutural) tubercles is very inconspicuous, in fact practically obsolete; but, on the other hand, the supra-orbital margin is perhaps a little more prominent in the Australian specimen. The spongy, almost gelatinous, appearance of the pile, when the animal is in liquid or semi-dry, is like the representations given by Fulton and Grant, and Rathbun. So far as material has been available for verification, this crab and Conchoecetes artificiosus and Dromia dormia are the only South African Sponge-crabs in which the terminal abdominal segment g is apically rounded or triangularly pointed, instead of ending in a prominent spiniform point. Gen. Eupromipi1a Brnrd. 1888. Henderson, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xxvu, p. 18 (Hudroma, preocc. Geoffroy, 1832, Aves). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 346 (Hudromia). 1920. fd., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvi, p. 253 (not the species there- under described) (HKudromia). 1921. Id., obid., xviii, p. 462 (Hudromia). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist..(xi), 13, p. 368. Carapace convex, longer than broad, regions not, or scarcely, defined; front prominently bilobed, with a small median rostral point at a much lower level. Sternal grooves 9 ending together on a median tubercle between bases of 2nd legs. Legs not knobbed or ridged; 4th and 5th legs unusually small; a spine on inner apex of 6th joint (opposing the dactyl) in 4th leg, but none on outer apex; spines on 6th joint of 5th leg ?. No epipods on chelipeds or legs. Peduncle of antenna 1 large. Remarks.—An endemic genus with two species, both of which appear to be rare. It must be admitted that the difference between the frontal margin in this genus and that in other genera is one of degree only. Key to the Species. 1. Indent between frontal lobes wide and shallow, U-shaped. Lateral margin of carapace toothed se 2. Indent between frontal lobes narrow and deep, V-shaped. Lateral margin entire, except for notch at branchial groove . ; : : ; , : ; . hendersoni. frontalis. 1 oe) Or Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. Eudromidia frontalis (Hend.) Bigs 595 yf 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 346 (Hudroma f.). Covered with short thick pile. Frontal lobes up-turned and separ- ated by a wide and shallow indent. Lateral margin of carapace with a “prominent blunt spine,” behind which one or two smaller processes, and a prominent tooth behind branchial groove. Terminal abdominal segment ¢ ending in a sharp point. Hach abdominal segment 9 (except Ist) with a median elevation, on each side of which a small projection on the anterior margin overlapping the preceding segment. Length (2) 15 mm., breadth 11-7 mm., cheliped 20 mm. (Henderson). Locality.—Agulhas Bank, 150 fathoms (Henderson). Remarks.—Known only from the one ¢ and one @ collected by H.M.S. Challenger. Eudronidia henderson (Stebb.) Wess GE 10s 1921. Stebbing, l. c., p. 462, pl. 19 (Crust., pl. 114) (Hudromia h.). Covered with short thick pile. Frontal lobes horizontal, separated by a deep and narrow V-shaped indent. Lateral margin entire except for a shallow indent at the branchial groove. Abdominal segments 2—6 in 9, each with 2 low median tubercles, one near the anterior, one near the posterior margin; no projections overlapping the preceding segments. Length (to tips of frontal lobes) 13 mm., breadth 12 mm., cheliped ca. 15 mm. Locality.—False Bay, 19 fathoms (Stebbing). Remarks.—Stebbing did not clean the pile off the frontal lobes, and consequently his figure is far from accurate. Also his figure of the 5th leg shows no spine on inner apex of 6th joint opposing the dactyl; both 5th legs are missing from the now dismembered type specimen, but such a spine was presumably present, as it is present on the 4th leg. Both pairs of antennae are missing. Known only from the single 2 specimen collected by the s.s. Pieter Faure. Gen. PsrEuDoDROMIA Stimpson 1893. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., v, p. 406. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 345. 316 Annals of the South African Museum. Carapace very convex, longer than broad, regions not defined, only the branchial groove and the longitudinal grooves bordering the cardiac region moderately distinct, the latter ending in front in pits. Front forming either a tridentate rostrum with the median point at a lower level, or a single conical rostral point. An incision between the ventral margin of the rostral point and the median crest of the epistome. Sternal grooves 2 ending together on a median tubercle between bases of 2nd legs. Legs not knobbed or ridged; 4th shorter than 3rd, 5th longer than 2nd. No epipods on chelipeds or legs. Remarks.—The genus comprises two South African species, and one from Ceylon and Obock; both are easily distinguished from other Sponge-crabs by the unusual length of the 5th leg. Key to the Species. 1. Front tridentate. a. Frontal teeth subparallel, concealing the median tooth . latens. b. Frontal teeth divergent, median tooth visible from above. 5 . : : : : . rotunda. 2. Front forming a conical entire rostral process. : . [entegrifrons]. Pseudodromia latens Stimpson Mig GOs sey a 1858. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., x, pp. 226, 240. 1900. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., i, p. 24. 1907. Stimpson (ed. Rathbun), Smiths. Mise. Coll., xlix, p. 178, pl. 21, fig. 3. 1910. Stebbing, Ll. ¢., p. 345 (part: nos. 15 and 16). ? 1914. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 273. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 18, p. 368. Covered with short close, yellowish or brownish pile, longer towards edges of carapace and on chelipeds and legs. Carapace convex, regions indistinct, hollowed laterally in front of branchial groove for reception of the ‘‘knee-joint”’ (junction of 4th and 5th joints) of Sth leg. Front tridentate, the 2 upper teeth subparallel and close together, concealing in dorsal view the much smaller lower median tooth. & Fie. 62.—KHxodromidia spinosa (Studer). «a, carapace, denuded. 6, ventral view of right peduncle of antenna 2. Exodromidia bicornis (Studer). c, carapace, denuded. d, ventral view of right peduncle of antenna 2 (the apical process of 3rd joint may be single or bifid). Cryptodromia oktahedros Stebb. e, carapace. ff, 5th leg. Cryptodromia monodous Stebb. g, carapace. h, 5th leg. (e, f, g, h after Stebbing.) mud and sand entangled in the fur, and probably the crabs lie buried in the soft ooze. Sometimes the tubes of Serpulid worms are attached to the large chelipeds of the 3, showing that the chelipeds at least are held above the surface of the mud. Common off the west coast on the Stock-fish grounds, but rare east of Cape Point. Associated with LZ. bicornis, and the Oxyrhynch crabs Scyramathia hertwigi and Achaeopsis thomsoni. Ee ee ae oe — " Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 527 Exodromidia bicornis (Studer) Fig. 62, c, d. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 343 (Dromidia (?) b.). Covered with rather short stiff pile, with longer bristles towards edges of carapace and on chelipeds and legs. Carapace about as broad as long, regions not defined. Front with 2 divergent, more or less upwardly directed slender spiniform processes, bearing spinules and setae, median tooth acute, much smaller, at a lower level. Supra- orbital and antero-lateral margins with small white spinules, varying in number; similar spinules scattered over carapace, chiefly towards the margins. Terminal abdominal segment ¢ nearly as long as broad, triangular, ending in a sharp point. Sternal grooves Q ending together on a tubercle on suture between chelipeds and 2nd legs. Third joint of peduncle of ant. 2 with a spinous process, which may be simple or bifid. Chelipeds larger in § than in Q, 2 strong tubercles on upper apex of wrist. 4th—6th joints of chelipeds and 2nd and 3rd legs with scattered conical tubercles and spinules. Fifth leg subequal to 4th, in both 6th joint with a horny spine on inner apex opposing dactyl, but none on outer apex. A strong white spine on coxal joint of 2ndleg §. Noepipods on chelipeds or legs. Eggs large, 1-5-2 mm. In diam., not numerous. Length (to tip of median frontal point) up to ¢ 20, 2 16 mm., breadth § 18,215 mm., cheliped $ 57,225 mm. Reddish (Studer). Localities —South of the Cape, 117 fathoms (Studer); Agulhas Bank, 150 fathoms (Henderson); off Table Bay and Cape Point, 106 and 318 metres, St. Francis Bay (Doflein); off Cape Point, 166 fathoms (Stebbing); from off Saldanha Bay to Cape Point and southern slope of Agulhas Bank, 120-200 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—On the same grounds and associated with E. spinosa, but much less abundant. Like spinosa this species seems to lie buried in the sand and mud. Gen. CryproDRoM1IA Stimpson 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 344 (references, but not the one species thereunder included). 1913. Ihle, l. c., pp. 32 (key to some of the species), 86, 90. 1918. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., 1, p. 56. 1920. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvi, p. 251 (not the n. sp. there described). 328 Annals of the South African Museum. 1923. Id., Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rep. iii (for 1922), Spec. Rep. 3, p. 4. Carapace convex, usually broader than long, regions usually well defined. Front bilobed, with median rostral point at a lower level. Sternal grooves 9 ending apart, behind the cheliped segment. Legs knobbed or ridged. Fifth leg shorter than 3rd. No epipods on chelipeds or legs. Key to the South African Species. 1. Carapace approximately octagonal in outline . ; . oktahedros. 2. Carapace approximately circular ‘ : : . monodous. 3. Carapace pentagonal : , ; . : : . [pentagonalis]. C. pentagonalis Hilg. (1878, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 814, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2) from Ibo, Portuguese East Africa (also Mauritius and India: | Henderson, 1893: Dar-es-Salaam: Ortmann, 1894), is a species which probably occurs also south of 15° S. lat. within our region. Cryptodroma oktahedros Stebb. IPYoe (625 0c.07- 1923. Stebbing; 1. c., p. 4, pl. 12. Front with the median tubercle smaller than the frontal lobes and somewhat depressed. Greatest breadth of carapace in the anterior half, the postero-lateral margins nearly straight and converging. Anterior portion of carapace tuberculate, tubercles also on sub- hepatic region (see Stebbing’s figures). Chelipeds and legs knobbed. 6th joint of 4th and 5th legs very short, with a spine on inner, but not on outer, apex. Sternal grooves 9 ? (the description and figure are not clear on this point). Epipods ?. Length 11-5 mm., breadth 11 mm. (non-ovig. @). Locality.— Durban (Stebbing). Remarks.—There is a certain likeness in the figure to C. nodulifera Hend. (Challenger Rep., xxvii, pl. 1, fig. 3) from the Australian coast. Possibly the same as tomentosa (see Hilgendorf, 1878, |. c., pl. 2, figs. 3-5), of which hirsuta Borrad. 1903 may be a synonym. Cryptodromia monodous Stebb. Hig. 62, 0¢n 1918. Stebbing, lL. c., p. 56, pl. 8. Covered with short pubescence. Carapace strongly convex, smooth. Frontal lobes rounded, not so prominent as the depressed but slightly Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 329 up-turned rostral point. Antero-lateral margin with 6-8 (the type was asymmetrical) small teeth; no supra-orbital tooth. Sternal grooves 2 ending apart between bases of 2nd legs. Chelipeds and legs knobbed. 5th leg longer than 4th, in both 6th joint short, with spine on inner, but not on outer, apex. LHpipods ?. Length 21 mm., breadth 20 mm. (2 with ova in oviducts). Reddish. Locality.—Durban (Stebbing). Remarks.—Cf. octodentata (Rathbun, 1923, Biol. Res. “‘ Endeavour,”’ v, p- 151, pl. 41; and Hale, 1927, 8. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 107, fig. 103; also de Man’s figure of caput-mortuum, 1887, Arch. Naturg., li, ple 17, fe. De Gen. CRYPTODROMIOPSIS Borrad. 1903. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xi, p. 299. 1903. Id., F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., 11, p. 578. Carapace convex, usually broader than long, regions usually ill- defined. Front bilobed, with median rostral point at a lower level. Sternal grooves 2 ending together between chelipeds. Legs knobbed or ridged. Fifth leg shorter than 3rd. No epipods on chelipeds or legs. Remarks.—Separated from Cryptodromia on account of the con- verging sternal grooves in 9. It is doubtful whether a spine on outer apex of 6th joint of 5th leg can be regarded as a generic character. Key to the South African Species. 1. Frontal teeth not prominent. 6th joint of 5th leg more than twice as long as wide. Carapace smooth . ; . spongiosa. 2. Frontal teeth prominent, overhanging the rostral point. 6th joint of 5th leg not twice as long as wide. Carapace areolate, granulate or tuberculate. a. Carapace tuberculate and granulate, covered with setiform hairs . : : : é : . brtuberculata. b. Carapace areolate only, covered with imbricate scales . Jlepidota. Cryptodromiopsis spongiosa (Stimpson) Fig. 63, a-c. ? 1865. Heller, Novara Crust., p. 72 (Dromidea s.). ¢ 1884. Miers, Zool. H.M.S. Alert, Crust., p. 552, pl. 50, fig. A (? var. stumpsonit). 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 343 (Dromidia s.). 330 Annals of the South African Museum. 1913. Balss, Schultze Reise, v, p. 109. 1920. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvu, p. 251, pl. 22 (Crust., pl. 102) (Cryptodromia micronyx). 1921. Balss, Beitr. Kennt. Meeresf. Westafr., 11, p. 47 (Dromidia s.). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 369. g Fic. 63.—Cryptodromiopsis spongiosa (Stimpson). a, carapace, denuded. J, c, 6th joint and dactyl of 4th and 5th legs respectively, with seta from leg. Cryptodromiopsis lepidota Brnrd. d, carapace, denuded, the unshaded triangular area is membranous. e, lateral view of front. /, g, 6th joint and dactyl of 4th and 5th legs respectively, the scaly covering only partly represented, and two scales further enlarged. Covered with a very short close and thick pile (‘‘sponge-like,”’ Stimpson). Carapace globose,smooth. Frontal lobes short, rounded; median rostral point subequal but strongly deflexed. A blunt supra- orbital tooth. Antero-lateral margin with 4 rounded undulations, the hindermost one forming a blunt knob behind branchial groove. Regions ill-defined, but grooves defining cardiac region distinct. Terminal abdominal segment 3 broader than long, triangular, ending in a sharp point. Chelipeds and legs knobbed. Fifth leg longer and Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 331 more slender than 4th, its 6th joint (when denuded) almost 3 times as long as wide; dactyl in both legs very small, a horny spine on inner but not on outer apex of 6th joint. Nospine on coxal joint of 2nd leg d. Sternal grooves 2 ending together between chelipeds. No epipods on chelipeds or legs. Eggs large, 1-5-2 mm. in diam., not numerous. Length up to g 13, 2 13-5 mm., breadth § 16,915 mm. Reddish orange, finger and thumb of chelipeds crimson with white tips. Localities.—False Bay, 10-20 fathoms (Stimpson, Henderson); Luderitzbucht (Balss); off Cove Rock, East London, 22 fathoms (Stebbing); Saldanha Bay, False Bay, Hermanus, Mossel Bay, and off East London, 9-85 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—St. Paul Is., Indian Ocean (Heller; see Henderson’s comment). Remarks.—Two 33 from False Bay agree in all respects with the 2 29 returned by Stebbing as micronyx. Itis probable that if Stebbing had seen examples from False Bay he would have recognized Stimp- son’s species. Stimpson described the 4th leg as “truncate at the tip,” which exactly expresses the appearance of this leg when seen with the naked eye and not denuded of its furry covering; his representation of the 6th joint of the 5th leg is certainly not correct. The explanation seems to be that the right-hand side of the figure is drawn with the setose covering, and with the 6th joint of 5th leg somewhat fore- shortened; the left-hand side is drawn as denuded of the covering, but the legs are drawn as of the same thickness as those on the right side (except the 4th joint of 5th leg), thus giving a false impression. The ventral view of the front corresponds with Henderson’s figure. Miers’ var. stumpsoniz from Mozambique requires further investiga- tion. According to Ihle (I. c., p. 31) this species was studied by Bouvier (1896, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris (8), viii, p. 55). I have not seen the paper. Cryptodromiopsis bituberculata (Stebb.) 1920. Stebbing, /. c., p. 254, pl. 23 (Crust., pl. 103) (Hudromia b.). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 369. Whole surface (including ventral surface of 3rd and 4th joints of mxp. 3) granulate. Carapace, chelipeds and legs with a thin, feeble covering of short stiffish hairs, sometimes nearly obsolete. Carapace pentagonal, areolate; frontal lobes prominent, the median rostral tooth strongly deflexed, small, acute. A pair of prominent rounded tubercles on gastric region (not always as strongly developed as in the 332 Annals of the South African Museum. type), and a less conspicuous pair behind them. Lateral margin with a large conical tubercle behind cervical groove, and a smaller one behind branchial groove. Inner portion of anterior branchial region often surmounted by a small tubercle. Chelipeds and legs nodulose as well as granulate. Terminal abdominal segment g ending in a sharp point (bifid in one case). Sternal grooves 2? ending together between bases of chelipeds. No spine on coxal joint of 2nd leg g. 5th leg shorter than 4th, both with a small dactyl impinging against a spine on inner apex of 6th joint. Anterior margin of 4th joint of mxp. 3 gibbous, white and polished. No epipods on chelipeds or legs. Length (incl. frontal lobes) up to g 14,2 15 mm., breadth g2 17 mm. (incl. lateral processes). Localities.—False Bay, 18 fathoms (Stebbing); Algoa Bay, off Gt. Fish Point, and off East London, 16-22 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—This species conflicts with the diagnosis of Hudroma, as Stebbing himself said (p. 253); it is obviously closely allied to the Indian C. gilesia Alck. (1901, Cat. Ind. Decap. Crust., i, p. 54, pl. 3, fig. 13), but is even more strongly sculptured. Cryptodromiopsis lepidota Brurd. Fig. 63, d-g. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 369. Covered with a soft close tomentum consisting of imbricate, scale-like battledore-shaped “hairs.” Carapace areolate, smooth, not granulate, subpentagonal, about as long as wide. Frontal teeth prominent, triangular, overhanging the small rostral point. No supra-orbital tooth, infra-orbital tooth weak; supra-sutural hump distinct, but region between it and orbital notch concave. Antero- lateral angle rounded; lateral margin distinctly notched at branchial groove, but without tooth. Sternal grooves Q apparently ending together (specimen immature). Chelipeds and 2nd and 3rd legs knobbed. Fourth and 5th legs stout, 5th slightly the longer; 6th joint of 4th leg globose, with spine opposing dactyl; 6th joint of 5th leg oblong, with spine on both inner and outer apices. No epipods on chelipeds or legs. Length (incl. frontal teeth) 6 mm., breadth 6-5 mm. Locality.—Off Hood Point Lighthouse, near Hast London, 49 fathoms, 1 immature @ (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—The imbricate scale-like covering seems to be peculiar to this species and Speodromia platyarthrodes. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 333 Gen. SPEODROMIA Brnrd. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 370. In general like Cryptodromiopsis. Carapace with the gastric and branchial regions gibbous, the branchial region especially inflated owing to a deep cavity in the subbranchial region. This cavity is closed anteriorly by a lobate enlargement of the 4th joint of the cheliped (when flexed) and posteriorly by the 4th jcints of the 2nd—4th legs (1st-3rd walking legs). Upper surface of carapace with sessile scale-like setae arranged more or less in a network or vermiculate pattern; margins of carapace, under surface, 3rd maxillipeds, chelipeds and legs with longer clavate and spiniform setae. Front obscurely tridentate. Sternal grooves 2 ending together between bases of chelipeds. Tips of finger and thumb of cheliped hollowed, with interlocking teeth. The gills are phyllobranchiae, arranged as follows :— Podobranchs. Arthrobranchs. Pleurobranchs. Mxp. 1 epipod 2 1+epipod 3 1+epipod ae Erp. ot “6 2 us 2 1 1 3 1 if + 1 1 5 1 2+3 epipods 5 4=11+3 epipods Remarks.—Stebbing made no comment on the remarkable cavities on the ventral surface of the branchial regions, which, together with the reduced branchial formula, are the reasons for instituting a separate genus. Balss (1938, I. c., infra) has excluded Stebbing’s species platyarthrodes from the genus Dynomene, giving reasons why he considered it a Dromiid. The statement, based on Stebbing’s figures, that the tips of the finger and thumb of cheliped are pointed is not correct; they are typically Dromiid, with small interlocking teeth. 334 Annals of the South African Museum. Speodromia platyarthrodes (Stebb.) Fig. 64. 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., iv, p. 59, pl. 17 (Dynomene p.). 1910. Id., l. c., p. 847 (Dynomene p.). 1938. Balss, Medd. Goteb. Mus., lxxv, p. 6. Upper surface of carapace reticulate and vermiculate with low corrugations which are studded with minute sessile, scale-like setae (fig. 64, 6); margins of carapace, under surface, chelipeds and legs with pedunculate, clavate setae (fig. 64, c) and setiform hairs, those on wrist and hand of cheliped arranged more or less reticulately or in groups. A thick fringe of clavate setae around the anterior margin of the subbranchial cavity (fig. 64, a, right side). Hind margin of 4th joint of cheliped laminately expanded, forming a prominent lobe distally. Uropods visible on external surface of abdomen in (fide Stebbing), but only on internal surface in ¢ and juv. 9. In addition to the phyllobranchiae as given above, there are on the membranous inner wall of the branchial chamber, just above its Junction with the calcified epimera, a group of 5 lobes bearing long setae, and a single lobe farther posteriorly. These lobes appear to be hollow, and connected through two apertures with the body cavity, but the condition of the specimens is too poor to determine with certainty whether they are connected with the circulatory system. Length up to 26 mm., breadth 38 mm. Localities.—** Off Cape Point, 650-700 fathoms” [sc] (Stebbing); Mossel Bay and Algoa Bay, 20-28 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—The type 2 was not returned to the South African Museum. There are, however, one ¢ from Mossel Bay, and | adult d, 1 juv. g, 1 juv. 2 from Algoa Bay, which have been utilized in the above description. | The locality given by Stebbing is so remarkable that it is suggestive of other bottles having been broken in transit besides the one men- tioned by Stebbing (1905, p. 60), with consequent mixing of labels. The Cape Point locality should, in my opinion, be deleted. Famity DYNOMENIDAE. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 346. | 1937, Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 166, pp. 30, 51. Carapace convex or flattish, subcircular. Sternal grooves 9 very short. Only the last pair of legs reduced in size and subdorsal in Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 335 (p TB = 5 Fic. 64.—Speodromia Brnrd., Speodromia platyarthrodes (Stebb.). a, ventral view, left side showing mxp. 3, cheliped, and coxae 2-5 in situ, right side after removal of sternites and appendages. 6, portion of carapace, with sessile scale- setae. c, stalked clavate seta from ventral surface. d, diagrammatic cross-section through branchial chamber and subbranchial cavity. e, view of inner wall of branchial chamber, arthrobranchs cut off short, pleurobranchs removed, setiferous lobes on membranous part of inner wall. jf, 4th leg. g, 5th leg, marginal clavate setae only partly represented. (c 1-5, Ist-5th coxae. m.br., cut edge of membranous inner wall of branchial! chamber. sp., cavity in subbranchial region.) 336 Annals of the South African Museum. position; 6th joint of 4th leg not subchelate, 7.e. without a spine opposing the dactyl. Epipods typically present on chelipeds and next two legs. Vestiges of uropods present. Gen. DyNoMENE Desm. 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., iv, p. 58 (but not-the n. sp. thereunder described). 1911. Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiv, p. 195. 1921. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xvill, p. 456 (Mazillothriz). 1925. Odhner, Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxix, p. 85 (Mazillothriz= Dynomene). 1937. Rathbun, l. c., p. 54. 1938. Balss, Medd. Goteb. Mus., Ixxy, p. 6. 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u, p. 70. Carapace flattish, subcircular, covered with soft pile. Front broadly and bluntly triangular, with medio-dorsal groove. Tips of finger and thumb of chelipeds spooned. Remarks.—The branchial formula (1899, M. Edwards and Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, xiii, p. 10) is said to be the same as that of Homarus vulgaris (v.e. 20+7 epipods). Alcock (1899, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxviii, p. 133, footnote) had insufficient material for complete dissection, but found that the gills were more numerous than in Dromia, etc. One of the South African specimens of D. pilumnoides shows the following formula :— Podobranchs. Arthrobranchs. Pleurobranchs. epipod 1+epipod 1+epipod 1 Mxp. Prp. NOE NOM Ol Om i 1 1 ORF DR De 6 +3 epipods 8 ' | 4=18+43 epipods I failed to find any epipods on the chelipeds or legs. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 337 Dynomene pilumnoides Alck. Fig. 65, a-c. 1899. Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixvii, p. 133. 1901. Id., Cat. Decap. Crust. India, i, p. 35, pl. 1, fig. 2. 1921. Stebbing, I. c., p. 457, pl. 14 (Crust., pl. 109) (Mazillothrix actaeiformis). | 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 371. Covered with a thick tomentum of short club-shaped setae, with groups of longer spiniform setae on various parts of carapace, and on chelipeds and legs. Carapace slightly broader than long, regions fairly well marked. Upper orbital margin with a feeble notch, lower border with a stronger notch near inner angle, and forming a short infra-orbital tooth on its outer side; outer orbital margin rounded. Antero-lateral margin with 5 sharp teeth, the hindmost the smallest and situate just behind the very feeble branchial groove. Chelipeds subequal, with small scattered tubercles on upper surfaces of 4th—6th joints, 2 larger tubercles on outer upper apex of wrist (5th), and a tuberculiform process, sometimes tridentate, on its inner margin (fig. 65, 6). Upper and lower margins of 4th joint, and both upper margins of 5th joint of 2nd—4th legs with a few small denticles; upper apex of 4th joint rather prominent. Terminal abdominal segment 3 and @ broadly rounded. Length up to 11-5 mm., breadth 13-5 mm. Locality.—Natal coast, 50 fathoms (Stebbing). Distribution.—Laccadive Archipelago. Remarks.—Stebbing’s description and figure of five “lobules” instead of sharp teeth on the carapace border were due to his not cleaning off the tomentum. It is probable that pilumnoides is really synonymous with hispida Desm., but Alcock (1901) distinguished his species from hispida and pugnatriz de Man by its non-serrate lower orbital border. As the present specimens also have only one small tooth on the lower orbital border, they are referred to Alcock’s species. Both hispida and pugnatrix have been recorded from Mauritius (cf. Weare cl. Cay. _ In the only ¢ of the four specimens in the South African Museum the abdomen does not agree with Stebbing’s description and figure: the Ist segment is wider than 2nd, which is the shortest (as is also the case in 2). Neither the figure of the ¢ abdomen nor that of the 9 show the very distinct intercalated pieces representing the uropods. The largest specimen is a 2 but with no apparent sternal grooves. VOL. XXXVIII. 22 338 Annals of the South African Museum. Famity THELXIOPEIDAE. 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 347 (Homolidae). 1913. Ihle, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix, b, pp. 52 sqq. (Homolidae part; morphology and key to genera), 88, 92. 1937. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 166, p. 62. Carapace more or less quadrangular. Basal joint of eye-stalk about the same length as distal joint (including cornea). Epipods on chelipeds and 2nd legs, or chelipeds and 2nd and 3rd legs. Flagellum of ant. 2 much longer than carapace. Mxp. 3 pediform. Gills 13-14. Gen. THELXIOPE Raf. 1814. Rafinesque, Précis des Découv., p. 21. 1815. Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xi, p. 324 (Homola). 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 347 (Homola). 1937. Rathbun, -l. ¢., p. 62: Carapace not depressed, hepatic spine some distance behind level of the unbranched supra-orbital spine. Mxp. 3 subpediform, outer margin of 4th joint dilated. Distal joint of eye-stalk (excl. cornea) shorter than the slender basal joint. Flagellum ofant.2long. Dactyl of 5th leg about half length of 6th and closing against a more or less distinct process at base of latter. Hpipods on chelipeds and 2nd and 3rd legs. Gills 14+6 epipods. Remarks.—The linea homolica (fig. 65, d, 1.h.) 1s a dark, feebly calcified groove running dorsal to, and near the lateral margin of carapace, but is not always very distinct. Key to the South African Species. 1. Rostrum bifid. Carapace with tubercles on anterior half. a. Hind margin of 4th joint of 2nd—-4th legs without spines _barbata. b. Hind margin (as well as front) of 4th joint of 2nd—4th legs with spines } Z : 5 5 . orventalis. 2. Rostrum entire, spiniform. Carapace strongly spinose (Moloha) : . : ; : : ; . alcocki. Thelxiope barbata (Fabr.) Fig. 65, d, e. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 347 (Homola .). 1921. Balss, Beitr. Kennt. Meeresf. Westafr., iii, p. 48 (Homola 6.). 1937. Rathbun, l. c., p. 63, fig. 16, and pl. 15 ; P. . 7 Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 339 Carapace pubescent, quadrate, slightly broader in front than behind. Rostrum bifid, with a tubercle at its base on each side. Two teeth, a larger and a smaller, on the lateral border between cervical Fic. 65.—Dynomene pilumnoides Alck. a, carapace, most of setose covering removed. 8, 5th joint (with apex of 4th and base of 6th) of cheliped. c, 4th joint of 2nd leg. Thelxiope barbata (Fabr.). d, carapace. J.h.=linea homolica. e, epistomal spine and anterior part of buccal cavity. Thelxiope orientalis (Hend.). jf, epistomal spine and buccal cavity. Latreillopsis bispinosa Hend. g, carapace. Latreillia pennifera Alck. h, carapace. 1, 6th joint and dactyl of 5th leg. and branchial grooves. No spines on lower (hind) margin of 4th joint of 2nd—4th legs. 6th joint of 5th leg scarcely enlarged basally, but with a double row of stout spines between which the dactyl closes. The raised anterior rim of buccal cavity is interrupted medianly by a rather wide but shallow depression (fig. 65, e). Pleopods 1 and 2 ¢ 340 Annals of the South African Museum. stout; pleopod 2 apically truncate, with slightly expanded rim, like a piston. Length up to 36 mm. (incl. rostrum), breadth 25 mm. Localities.—False Bay, 32 fathoms (Stebbing); False Bay and off Cape Infanta, 46 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mediterranean, Azores, West Indies. Thelxiope orrentalis (Hend.) Higa OommE 1888. Henderson, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xxvii, p. 19, pl. 2, fig. 1 (Homola o.). 1901. Alcock, Cat. Ind. Decap. Crust:, 1, p. 61, pl. 45 meme (H. andamanica). 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 14, pl. 5, figs. 4, 5 (H. barbata orientalis). 1923. Rathbun, Biol. Res. “ Endeavour,” v, p. 143, pl.37 (Homola o.). 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc.S8. Afr., xin, p. 120 (H. andamameca). Differs from barbata as follows: tubercles at base of rostrum, supra-orbital spines, and denticles on hinder half of lateral margin of carapace smaller; only one tooth on lateral margin between cervical and branchial grooves, the first of the series of denticles on lateral margin being immediately behind the branchial groove. Lower (hind) margin as well as the front margin of 4th joint of 2nd—4th legs with spines. The raised anterior rim of buccal cavity medianly expanded into a slightly raised triangular area extending backwards to the median pit, with a small slit anteriorly. Pleopods 1 and 2 g as in barbata. Length 19 mm. (8S. Afr. Mus.), 27 mm. (Alcock). Reddish (Preter Faure log-book). Localities.—Zululand coast, 75-90 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.); Portu- guese Hast Africa (26° 3’ §., 33° 4’ E.), 290 metres (Barnard). Distribution.—Japan, Philippine Is., Kei Is., Andaman Is., 8.E. Australia. Remarks.—Although Henderson refers to the branchial groove as the cervical groove, his figure shows quite clearly that there is only one spine between the (true) cervical and the branchial grooves on the lateral border. Doflein noticed the difference in the anterior rim of the buccal cavity in barbata and orientalis, but did not regard it as of specific value. . 9 measures 38 mm., with rostral formula z Known to the crew of the Survey vessel, and recorded in the Fishery Survey Reports, as the Knife-Prawn: on account of its prominent rostrum. Gen. PLESIOPENAEUS Bate 1881. Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), viii, p. 188 (part). 1888. Id., Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xxiv, p. 309 (Aristeus part). * In this species, more so than in Solenocera (figs. 113, 114), the position of the posterior lobe strongly supports Burkenroad’s suggestion (/. c., 1936, p. 100, footnote) that this lobe represents the appendix interna. 622 Annals of the South African Museum. 1891. Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), viii, p. 282 (Aristaeopsis). 1901. Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep-Sea Crust., pp. 35, 40 (Plesiopeneus [sic] and Aristaeopsis). 1908. Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, fasc., xxxili, pp. 61, 63 (Aristaeopsis and Plesiopenaeus). 1936. Burkenroad, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., v, p. 94. 1938. Ramadan, John Murray Exp., v, p. 49. Carapace with cervical groove distinct or obsolete; post-antennal and marginal pterygostomial spines present; no orbital or hepatic spines; rostrum elongate in both sexes, or long in 2 and short in 4, tridentate (abnormally 2-4 dentate). No lobe or scale on inner margin of basal joint of ant. 1; outer (upper) flagellum short, dorso- ventrally flattened, inner flagellum elongate. Exopods on legs minute (if present). Podobranchs on mxp. 2 and 3, and Ist—3rd legs; epipods on all mxp. and Ist-4th legs. Hxopod of mxp. 2 often very long. Exopods of anterior pleopods long. Remarks.—Sexual dimorphism may occur in the length of the rostrum, and of the antennal scale, the shape of the proximal part of the long inner flagellum of ant. 1, and the terminal joint of mxp. 3. Atlantic and Indo-Pacific. Key to the South African Species. 1. 4th-6th abdominal segments keeled. Inner flagellum of ant. 1 and apical joint of mxp. 3 modified in gf. In 9 a shield-shaped plate on 4th thoracic sternite . : . nitidus. 2. 3rd-6th abdominal segments keeled. Antennal scale produced in a long process in g. In & a shield-shaped plate on 5th thoracic sternite . ; ; ‘ . edwardsianus. Plesiopenaeus nitidus Brurd. Fig. 116. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 383. Carapace glabrous; cervical groove obsolete except in lower part, a shallow groove below hepatic area, continued faintly towards hind margin of carapace; rostrum tridentate, teeth equally spaced or the lst and 2nd nearer to one another, middle one in advance of orbital margin; no post-rostral keel; in some specimens (¢ 2) a minute median tubercle near hind margin of carapace. Inner flagellum of ant. 1 in 3 expanded on ventral margin just beyond apex of outer flagellum. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 623 Exopod of mxp. 2 extending to base of antennal scale; exopod of mxp. 3 about as long as that of mxp. 2, extending nearly to end of 4th joint (of mxp. 3). Mxp. 3 extending ? along antennal scale, and a little farther than 3rd leg, terminal joint modified in ¢ (fig. 116, g). Terminal joint of mandibular palp triangular, inner margin not (or scarcely) emarginate. I1st—3rd legs increasing in length, 3rd extending Fic. 116.—Plesiopenaeus nitidus Brnrd. a, carapace. b, thoracic sternites 3-5 9, with profile of spine between 3rd legs. c, sternite of 1st abdominal segment 9, with profile of median keelin? and g. d, one-half of petasma of g. e, anterior view of left pleopod 2 g, with posterior view (above) and external view after removal of exopod (below). jf, externo-lateral view of right ant. 1 g, proximal part only of inner flagellum shown, with dorsal view of outer flagellum. g, terminal joint of mxp. 3 g. half-way along antennal scale, all slender; 4th and 5th legs equally long, or 5th a little longer, extending nearly to spine on antennal scale; dactyls setiform, 4 length of 6th joint. No spines (other than mobile spine-setae) on proximal joints of legs, but a minute spine on inner distal angle of 3rd joint of mxp. 3. 4th—6th abdominal segments keeled, keels ending in short spines; 3rd segment not keeled, but when viewed dorsally the hind margin is slightly dentiform in middle line. Postero-inferior corners of segments 1-5 rounded, a small tooth below the postero-inferior angle of 6th segment. Telson shorter than inner ramus of uropod, not grooved or keeled, with 3 pairs of lateral mobile 624 Annals of the South African Museum. spines distally. Pleopod 1, exopod extending to base of antennal scale; petasma with the 2 halves rather feebly coupled, but appearing to be fully developed (fig. 116, d); pleopod 1 9 with small digitiform endopod arising midway along peduncle. Pleopod 2 $ with bilamel- late appendix masculina, the posterior lobe ovoid, the anterior sub- triangular, concealed, endopod short. Sternites of last 3 thoracic segments, and sternites of the abdominal segments similar in g and 9, but in g the spine between bases of 3rd legs and the spines on the abdominal segments larger and more acute than in 9; between bases of 4th legs a shield-shaped plate, partly covering (in ventral view) the coxal lobes of 3rd legs in 2; between bases of 5th legs a lateral hollow on each side and a small median setiferous tubercle. Length 2 up to 150 mm., g 110 mm. Locality.—Off Cape Point, 475-630 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—These 3 3g and 3 99 (coll. s.s. Pieter Faure) appear to differ from armatus (Bate), edwardsianus (Johnson), and coruscans (W-Mason and Alck.) in the modified antennular flagellum and 3rd maxilliped of the 3. A. antennatus (Risso) has a modified antennular _ flagellum, and a modified terminal joint on mxp. 2 (Bouvier, 1908, pl. 12, fig. 4), but in the present species there is no modification of mxp.2. Further, the carapace is very smooth. Plesiopenaeus edwardsianus (Johnson) 1867. Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 897. 1878. Miers, abid., p. 308, pl. 17, fig. 3 (mandible). ’ 1892. Illustr. Zool. “Investigator,” Crust., pl. 1, figs. 1 (S), 2 (). 1901. Alcock, t. ¢., p. 36. 1908. Bouvier, l. c., p. 64, pl. 2 (coloured), pl. 13, figs. 13-17, pl. 14, figs. 1-8. 1925. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xx, p. 223. 1938. Ramadan, John Murray Exp., v, p. 51 (edwardisianus [sic]). Post-rostral keel sharp to end of gastric region, then becoming obsolete; middle rostral tooth directly above hind margin of orbit; a strong sharp ridge from orbit to cervical groove, and other ridges and longitudinal grooves well marked. Neither inner flagellum of ant. 1 nor apical joint of mxp. 3 modified in g, but antennal scale produced in a long narrow process in g. Exopod of mxp. 2 very long, rigid, extending to end of (or beyond) antennal scale; exopod of mxp. 3 extending scarcely to end of 4th joint (of mxp. 3). Terminal joint of mandibular palp deeply bifurcate. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 625 narrow lanceolate. 3rd—6th abdominal segments dorsally keeled, the keels ending in short points; postero-inferior corners of 3rd—5th segments each with a small point, and a small point below the postero- inferior corner of 6th segment. Telson distally flattened, obscurely channelled. Exopod of pleopod 1 extending to middle of antennal scale. In 2 thoracic sternite 3 unarmed, on sternite 4 a triangular tooth with sharp forwardly-directed point, on sternite 5 an ovoid tubercle or shield-shaped plate. Median antrorse teeth on abdominal sternites 1 and 2 strong (stronger than in ¢ of nitedus). Length up to 226 (Alcock) and 315 mm. (Bouvier). Deep crimson (Alcock, and Bouvier’s coloured figure). Distribution.—Madeira and Azores, West Indies, Indian Seas, Arabian Sea, east coast of Africa. Remarks.—A single 9, 185 mm. in length, is in the South African Museum. Although it has no locality label, there is very little doubt that it is part of the Preter Faure collection, and in all probability came from a deep-water station off the Cape Point. Gen. ARISTAEOMORPHA W-Mason & Alck. 1891. Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vii, p. 286. 1901. Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep-Sea Crust., p. 38. 1908. Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, fasc. xxxiti, p. 52. Carapace with cervical groove (for most part) distinct; spines as in Plesiopenaeus but with the addition of an hepatic spine; rostrum elongate but often shorter in g than in 9, multidentate. Ant. 1 asin Plesiopenaeus. Exopods on legs absent (? always). Podobranchs and epipods as in Plesiopenaeus. Hxopod of mxp. 2 very long; of mxp. 3short. Exopods of anterior pleopods long. Remarks.—No sexual dimorphism except in the length of the rostrum. Aristaeomorpha foliacea (Risso) Bie. Ey. 1826. Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. merid., v, p. 29, pl. 2, fig. 6. 1892. Wood-Mason, Illustr. Zool. “Investigator,” Crust., pl. 2, fig. 2 (gighionzana, nom. nud. Mediterranean specimen of foliacea figured for comparison, see Kemp and Sewell, 1912, Rec. Ind. Mus., vii, p. 19). 1914. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 24 (rostridentatus) (not the references to W-Mason and Alcock, 1891, Alcock, 1901, Kemp and Sewell, 1912). VOL. XXXVIII. 40 626 Annals of the South African Museum. 1925. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xx, p. 221, figs. 1, 2 (rostridentatus). 1925. Calman, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv. Rep., iv, Spec. Rep. 3, p. 7 (synonymy). 1926. Schmitt, Biol. Res. “Endeavour,” v, p. 313, pl. 57, figs. 1-3. 1933. Yokoya, J. Coll. Agric. Tokyo, xii, p. 8, fig. 1 (Aristeus japonicus, fide Burkenroad). 1936. Burkenroad, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., v, p. 85. 1938. Ramadan, John Murray Exp., v, p. 53, fig. 5, b (carapace with short rostrum). Fic. 117.—Aristaeomorpha foliacea (Risso). a, carapace of g 123 mm. in length (pubescence omitted). 6, 4th and 5th thoracic sternites g. c, one-half of petasma, not fully developed. d, ‘lateral view (from right side) of spine on Ist abdominal sternite. e, thelycum. Carapace finely pubescent; pterygostomial area 3-5-4 times as long as high; cervical groove indistinct dorsally, a well-marked groove below hepatic spine, from its hind end a low ridge to hind margin of carapace; rostrum with double curve, about equal in length (from orbital sinus) to rest of carapace, with (8) 10-12 teeth, of which 5-6 on the arched basal portion are larger than the distal ones; rostrum often shorter in adult g, lacking the distal slender portion (see Kemp and Sewell, 1912, /. c., pl. 1, fig. 5). Apical joint of mandibular palp with inner basal corner produced, inner margin excavate. Exopod of mxp. 2 reaching nearly to spine on antennal scale, exopod of mxp. 3 nearly to end of 3rd joint (of mxp. 3). No exopods on legs. No (fixed) spines on proximal joints of anterior legs: 4th and 5th Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 627 legs very slender, especially the distal joints, dactyls about 4 length of 6th joint (Calman: in the present $ 4 length of 6th). 3rd—6th abdominal segments keeled, each keel ending in a short spine; postero- inferior corners of segments 1-5 rounded, a small spine below postero- inferior angle of 6th segment. Telson not quite reaching to end of inner ramus of uropod, with 3-4 pairs of lateral mobile spines. Outer ramus of uropod produced beyond the external spine for not more than + its length. Petasma of juv. g, fig. 117. Pleopod 2 ¢ similar to that of Plesiopenaeus nitidus (supra). Sternites between 4th and 5th legs each with a shield-shaped plate. Sternites of abdominal segments 1-3 each with an ensiform process, of segments 4 and 5 with a short low medio-longitudinal keel. Length up to 215 mm. (9). Immature ¢ here figured 123 mm. (longirostrate). Red with blue ova (s.s. Pieter Faure log-book); reddish (Bouvier, 1908, coloured figure). Localities —Off East London, 250-310 fathoms (Stebbing, and S. Afr. Mus.); off Durban, 230 fathoms (Calman). Distribution. Mediterranean, eastern N. Atlantic, Fiji Is., Japan, S.E. Australia, East Indies (Balss: figure seems to indicate foliacea rather than wood-masont). Remarks.—Calman has separated the Indian form (rostridentatus W-Mason & Alck., non Bate) under the name wood-masonr. It has a deeper pterygostomial area on the carapace (cf. Kemp and Sewell, 1912, l. c., pl. 1, figs. 5 and 6), and differs in certain other characters, which, it must be admitted, are of rather minor importance. Kemp and Sewell (1912) found no differences in the thelycum or petasma of the two forms. Balss gave a figure showing the petasma in situ, but this is quite useless for indicating any specific details. I have seen no figure of the fully developed petasma. In the South African Museum there is the immature ¢ seen and recorded by Stebbing, and a juvenile 45 mm. in length from a nearby locality. I have seen a large 2 from the Port Elizabeth Museum. It measures 175 mm. with broken rostrum; probably the full length would have been about 215 mm., the maximum given by Kemp and Sewell. Gen. GeNNADAS Bate (restr. Burkenroad) 1881. Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), viii, pp. 171, 191. 1882. 8. I. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., x, p. 86 (Amalopenaeus). 628 Annals of the South African Museum. 1914. Stebbing, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 282 (references). 1922. Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, fasc. lxii, p. 9. 1924. Gurney, “Terra Nova” Rep. zool., viii, p. 52 (larval stages). 1925. Calman, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv. Rep., iv, Spec. Rep. 3, p. 3 (part). 1927. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xxiii, p. 250 (Amalopenaeus). 1936. Burkenroad, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., v, p. 59 (restricted, key to species). 1938. Id., Zoologica, xxiii, p. 57. Carapace with infra-antennal angle (if developed) pointing down- wards; rostrum short, deep, unidentate. 2nd and 3rd peduncular joints of ant. lexpanded. Exopod of mxp. | without distal segmented prolongation; 3rd joint of mxp. 2 expanded. Only a vestige of a gill on mxp. 1; no podobranchs on mxp. 3 or any of the legs. Only the 6th abdominal segment dorsally keeled. Telson apically truncate, with only a single pair of lateral mobile spines. Petasma always with ““‘lobus accessorius”’ (see fig. 118). Appendix masculina on pleopod 2 $ bilamellate. Remarks.—Burkenroad restricts the genus to include only those species which lack podobranchs behind mxp. 2. The species are closely allied and difficult to separate. The ¢ petasma and the 9 thelycum are the two most useful characters. Cosmopolitan; mostly pelagic, in contrast to Benthesicymus which is usually benthic. Key to the South African Species (after Burkenroad). Males (petasma). 1. Median lobe undivided (fig. 118, e). a. External lobe undivided (fig. 118, e). i. Both lobules of internal lobe spinulose, accessory lobe slender, clavate, inserted nearer inner margin . : . : ; : . capensis. ii. Only median lobule spinulose; accessory lobe broad, inserted nearer outer margin . . kempi. b. External lobe divided; inner lobe not extending as far as external lobe, accessory lobe much less than half as broad as external lobe . ; : . elegans. 2. External and median lobes both divided (fig. 118, g). a. Lobules of median lobe subequal in breadth, not hooked or acuminate (fig. 118, g, x). i. Outer lobule of external lobe longer than inner lobule. Lobules of median lobe short and stout. : : , : ; . valens. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. ii. Inner lobule of external lobe longer than outer. Lobules of median lobe long and rather slender b. Lobules of median lobe very Oy ia paualy in brcadths external lobe much shorter than median (fig. 118, 4, 0). i. Outer lobule of median lobe much broader than inner ; ii. Outer lobule of inedian ope each narrower ‘than inner, latter not acuminate Females (thelycum). 1. Orifices of seminal receptacles separate, not included in a common atrium (fig. 118, f, 7). a. Orifices widely separated, not guarded posteriorly by large prominences (fig. 118, f). i. Transverse elevation of hind margin of 3rd sternite W-shaped, 4th sternite without rectangular elevation ii. Transverse elevation of 3rd stents estaned! 4th sternite with conspicuous rectangular elevation, its antero-lateral corners over- lapping hind lips of orifices of receptacles . b. Orifices not widely separated, guarded posteriorly by prominences. Posterior portion of 4th sternite without shield-shaped median elevation 2. Orifices of seminal receptacles lying within a common atrium (fig. 118, /). a. A transverse pair of conspicuous tooth-like projections on 4th sternite; hinder lip of 3rd sternite not much produced; projections of 4th extending towards middle line. i. Projections of 4th not meeting in middle line, not nearly reaching to anterior margin of 4th sternite ii. Projections of 4th nearly meeting in dale fae reaching nearly to anterior margin of 4th sternite . b. No transverse pair of HEpisotionas on 4th sternite, Atrium between 3rd and 4th divided by a well-defined median longitudinal ridge, 4th with distinct anterior and posterior elevated areas. i, Elevated area on 4th weakly separated into a short anterior and a long posterior portion by a transverse groove : : ii. 4th with distinct anterior and Sastorion eleva- tions. A free flap projecting forward from anterior margin of 5th nearly to anterior margin of 4th . gilchristi. talismani. scutatus. capensis. kempt. elegans. valens. gilchristi. talismani. scutatus. 629 630 Annals of the South African Museum. Simplified First-Aid Key. 1. Infra-antennal angle acute. a. 4th joint of 3rd leg longer than 5th joint . ; . capensis. b. 5th joint longer than 4th . ; gilchristi, valens, talismani, scutatus. 2. Infra-antennal angle blunt. 4th joint of 3rd leg longer than 5th . : y : ; ‘ : : ; . kempi, elegans. Gennadas capensis Calman Mites, JIS By ie 1925. Calman, I. c., p. 5, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2 (antennal scale, petasma). 1936. Burkenroad, l. c., p. 67, figs. 51, 53 (antennal scale, thelycum). Antennal and infra-antennal angles pointed, branchiostegal (or pterygostomial) spine distinct, marginal; distance between cervical and post-cervical grooves (cf. fig. 118, a) dorsally about + distance of latter from hind margin of carapace. Apex of antennal scale nearer to inner than to outer margin. 4th joint of 3rd leg slightly longer than 5th joint. Coxae of 4th and 5th legs 9 enlarged, the enlargement on 4th leg being a narrow inwardly directed process. Petasma, fig. 118, 2. Thelycum, fig, Is, if Length up to 40 mm. (Calman). Locality.—Off Cape Peninsula, 1014 fathoms (Calman, also Burkenroad). Distribution.—Bahamas, Bermuda, Gulf of Mexico. Gennadas kempi Stebb. Fig. 118, a-—d. 1914 (June). Stebbing, 1. c., p. 283, pl. 27. 1914 (Dec.). Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 12. 1925. Calman, lI. c., p. 4. 1927. Balss, l. c., p. 260, figs. 14, 15. 1936. Burkenroad, I. c., pp. 64 (in key), 68, 69, figs. 52, 54 (antennal scale, thelycum). Antennal angle pointed, infra-antennal angle rounded, branchio- stegal spine distinct. Apex of antennal scale symmetrically midway between inner and outer margins. 4th joint of 3rd leg longer than 5th joint. Petasma, fig. 118,d. Thelycum, fig. 118, ¢. No spine on sternite of 1st abdominal segment in either sex. Length up to 31 mm. (Stebbing). Localities.—Off Cape Point, 700-1000 fathoms (Stebbing); off Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 631 Cape Peninsula, 755-1014 fathoms (Calman); “Valdivia” St. 89, 31° 21’ §., 9° 46’ KE. (Balss). Distribution.—S. Atlantic. Remarks.—There is no ¢ in the South African Museum, and as Stebbing’s 1914 figure of the petasma is not very good, I have copied Balss’ figure. Gennadas elegans S. I. Smith. Big, 118, m,n. 1910. Kemp, Fish. Ivel. Sci. Invest., 1908, p. 14, pl. 1, figs. 1-16 (Amalopenaeus e.). 1920. Sund, Rep. “Michael Sars” Exp., iii, pt. 2, p. 27. 1927. Balss, l. ¢., p. 253, fig. 3. 1936. Burkenroad, I. c., p. 71, fig. 55 (thelycum). 1938. Heldt, Ann. Inst. ocean. Paris, xviii, pp. 42, etc., figs. 71, ete. (reproduction, development). [not elegans Stebbing 1917. =gilchristv.] Antennal angle pointed, infra-antennal angle blunt, branchiostegal spine distinct. Apex of antennal scale symmetrical. 4th joint of 3rd leg slightly longer than 5th joint. Petasma, fig. 118, m. Thelycum, fig. 118, n. Length up to 38 mm. (Kemp). Red, darker in front, paler on abdomen, eye-stalks with a jet-black spot, blue or purplish patches on mouth-parts and bases of legs, Ist antennae, and on sternites of abdominal segments 1-5 (Kemp). Locality.—Balss quotes Stebbing’s record, which, however, refers to gilchristi. Distribution.—N. and 8. Atlantic, Mediterranean. Remarks.—The blue pigment is considered to be connected with some luminous function (Kemp, 1910, pp. 15, 16). | Gennadas valens (S. I. Smith) Big: 118, k; 0. 1908. Bouvier, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, fasc. xxxil, pp. 28 (in key), 44, pl. 1, fig. 3, pl. 9. 1914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Stidpol Exp., xv, p. 311. 1936. Burkenroad, I. c., p. 75, fig. 57 (thelycum). Antennal and infra-antennal angles pointed, branchiostegal spine distinct; distance between cervical and post-cervical grooves about Fic. 118.—Gennadas kempi Stebb. a, carapace. 0, telson. _c, thelycum. d, petasma (after Balss). Fennadas capensis Calman. e, petasma. ff, thelycum. Gennadas gilchristi Calman. g, petasma. h, thelycum (Stebbings’ specimen: elegans, non Smith). Gennadas talismani Bouv. 1%, petasma (after Bouvier and Lenz & Strunck). 4, thelycum. Gennadas valens (S. I. Smith). k, petasma. /, thelycum. Gennadas elegans 8. 1. Smith. m, petasma (after Smith). 2, thelycum. Gennadas scutatus Bouv. 0, petasma. fp, thelycum, flap on 5th sternite pulled back to show 4th sternite. (e, g, after Calman; f, 7, 1, n. », after Burkenroad; k, o, after Bouvier.) (e, 1, m, external, internal, and median lobes; l.a., accessory lobe; 0.8.7., orifice of seminal receptacle. a, atrium.) Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 633 i distance of latter from hind margin of carapace. 4th joint of 3rd leg shorter than 5th joint. Petasma, fig. 118, k. Thelycum, fig. 118, 1. Length up to 45 mm. (Bouvier). Locality.—35° 39’ 8., 8° 16’ E. (Lenz and Strunck). Distribution.—Atlantic. Gennadas gilchristi Calman Fig. 118, g, h. 1917. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xvii, p. 31 (Amalopenaeus elegans, non S. I. Smith). 1925. Calman, lI. c., p. 6, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4 (antennal scale, petasma). 1927. Balss, l. c., p. 261, figs. 16, 17. 1936. Burkenroad, I. c., pp. 66 (in key), 76, 79, 80, fig. 58 (thelycum). Antennal and infra-antennal angles acute, branchiostegal spine distinct. Distance between cervical and _ post-cervical grooves dorsally about + distance of latter from hind margin of carapace. Apex of antennal scale symmetrical, hardly projecting beyond external spine. 4th joint of 3rd leg slightly shorter than 5th joint. Coxae of 3rd legs strongly expanded. Petasma, fig. 118, g. Thelycum, fig. 118, h. Length up to 25 mm. Localities.—Off Cape Point, 360 fathoms (Stebbing: elegans); off Cape Peninsula, 500-1014 fathoms (Calman). Gennadas talismani Bouv. Big. 11S; 2, 3. 1906. Bouvier, Bull. Mus. ocean. Monaco, no. 80, p. 10 (in key), fig. 15. 1908. Id., l. c., p. 28 (in key). 1914. Lenz and Strunck, /. c., p. 311, pl. 18, figs. 1-14. - 1936. Burkenroad, I. c., pp. 66 (in key), 85, fig. 60 (thelycum). Antennal and infra-antennal angles pointed, branchiostegal spine ?; distance between cervical and post-cervical grooves nearly 4 distance of latter from hind margin of carapace. 4th joint of 3rd leg shorter than 5thjoint. Petasma, fig. 118,72. Thelycum, fig. 118, 7. Locality.—35° 39’ S., 8° 16’ E. (Lenz and Strunck). Distribution.— Atlantic. 634 Annals of the South African Museum. Gennadas scutatus Bouvy. Fig. 118, 0, p. 1908. Bouvier, l. c., p. 42, pl. 8. | 1925. Calman, I. c., p. 4 (references, excl. Kemp, 1910, Rec. Ind. Mus., v, p. 178, subsp. andicus, = propinquus Rathbun). 1936. Burkenroad, I. c., p. 83, fig. 59 (synonymy). BS len Us Coy (Oe DS): [not scutatus indicus Balss 1927.] Antennal and infra-antennal angles acute, branchiostegal spine distinct. 4th joint of 3rd leg slightly shorter than 5th joint (Calman), longer than 5th joint (Bouvier). Petasma, fig. 118, 0. Thelycum, fig. 118. p. | Length up to 23 mm. Locality. Off Cape Peninsula, 1014 fathoms (Calman). Distribution.—N. and 8. Atlantic, Indo-Pacific. Gen. BENTHEOGENNEMA Burk. 1927. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xxiii (Gennadas, non Bate, restr. Burk.). | | 1936. Burkenroad, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., v, p. 56. 1940. Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), vi, p. 37. Differs from Gennadas in having podobranchs on mxp. 3 and Ist-3rd legs; and telson with more than one pair of lateral spinules (but no median apical point). Bentheogennema intermedia (Bate) Fig. 119, a, b. 1925. Calman, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rep. iv, Spec. Rep. 3, p. 7 (Gennadas 1.). 1936. Burkenroad, I. c., p. 56, fig. 50 (references). Rostrum with or without dorsal tooth. Distance between cervical and post-cervical grooves dorsally 4-4 distance of latter from hind margin of carapace. Infra-antennal angle rounded, branchiostegal spine present or absent. Telson with 4 pairs of lateral spines. Petasma, fig. 119, 6. Thelycum, fig. 119, a. Length up to 54 mm. (Calman). Locality. —Off Cape Peninsula, 500-1014 fathoms (Calman). — Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 635 Distribution.—Atlantic, and Hawaiian Is. ? East coast of Africa and Indian Ocean. Gen. Eusicyonia Stebb. 1914. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 25 (nom. nov. pro Sicyonia M. Edw. 1830, preocc.). 1934 (Dec.). Burkenroad, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ixviii, pp. 116 sqq. 1934 (Sept.). Zd., Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., iv, pp. 70 sqq. 1938. Id., Zoologica, xxiii, p. 80. 1939. Id., Bull. Bingham. Ocean. Coll., vi, p. 57. 1943. Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., cxiii, B, p. 1 (larval stages) (Secyonia). Integument firm. Carapace rather deep; rostrum short, somewhat up-turned, dentate dorsally and with 1-2 teeth ventrally, continued backwards as a dentate post-rostral keel to hind margin of carapace. Hepatic spine present, sometimes also a spine on antennal angle. All abdominal segments dorsally keeled. Telson apically trifid, with 1-3 _ pairs of lateral mobile spinules (often minute). No scale on inner margin of basal joint of ant. 1; both flagella of ant. 1 short. Maxilla 2 with only 3 endites. Podobranch only on mxp. 2. Epipods on mxp. 1 and 2 and Ist-3rd legs. No exopods on legs. No gills on segment of 5th leg. Bunches of setae (so-called “cleansing organ’’) on inner apex of 5th joint and base of 6th joint of Ist leg in ¢ only. Pleopods (in adult) without endopods, except the modified Ist and 2nd appendages in <. _ Remarks.—Burkenroad (1946, Ark. Zool., xxxvuii, 2, A9, pp. 1-10) gives reasons for regarding Sicyonia as not being preoccupied, the Lepidopterous genus having been originally spelt, or intended to be spelt, Sycoonia. However that may be, the similarity of the two names might become confusing, and I have retained Stebbing’s name. Key to species: see Addenda. Eusicyonia longicauda (Rathbun) Fig. 119, c-f. 1914. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 26, pl. 9 (Crust., pl. 73). 2 BE. fallax de Man 1907. Integument finely pilose. Carapace with 2 post-rostral teeth behind level of hepatic spine, antennal angle unarmed; rostrum reaching to or 636 Annals of the South African Museum. nearly to end of peduncle of ant. 1, with 3 dorsal teeth, apex bidentate, the actual apex projecting beyond the ventral tooth. Posterior angles of bifurcate dorsal keels on abdominal segments 1-5 quadrate, not produced into spines or sharp points, keel on segment 6 ending in a sharp point, no notch or emargination in keel on segment 2; 6th segment 14 times as long as 5th, its postero-inferior angle sharply Fig. 119.—Bentheogennema intermedia (Bate). a, thelycum (after Burkenroad). b, posterior view of right half of petasma (after Kemp, 1909). Eusicyonia longicauda (Rathbun). c, carapace and first two abdominal segments. d, thelycum. e, posterior view of left half of petasma. ff, pleopod 2 g. pointed; ventral margins of segments rounded, without denticles; a faint horizontal lateral keel or ridge on segments 1-6 (usually only a definite keel on segments 1-3, and a low rounded ridge on segments 4-6), dorsal to which there are no vertical grooves except a faint one on segment 1, ventrally a shallow groove on each segment, a more or less triangular sunken area on segments 2-6 over which the pleurae of the preceding segments slide, becoming less conspicuous posteriorly. Telson a little longer than 6th segment, dorsally channelled between Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 637 dorso-lateral keels, on which there are 2-4 pairs of minute spinules (none on actual lateral margins). A spine on inner apex of 2nd and 3rd joints of 1st leg. Inner ramus of uropod slightly shorter than telson, outer ramus slightly shorter than inner. Petasma, outer margin evenly emarginate without deep notch, both posterior and anterior apical lobes bifurcate. Thelycum, fig. 119, d. Pleopod 2 3, appendix masculina rather stout, apically bifid, inner (median) lobe rather strongly chitinized, obliquely truncate, outer lobe thin and flexible. The antrorse sternal spine between bases of 4th legs present in both ¢ and 9; sternite between 5th legs in § simply concave; the pair of small spines between bases of 2nd legs (on either side of apex of the large antrorse spine) present in 9 only. Length 2 up to 67 mm. Localities.—Off East London, 310 fathoms (Stebbing); off Cape Morgan, 250-320 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Hawaiian Is. (longicauda). Kast Indies (fallaz). Remarks.—There are 8 specimens in the South African Museum (including 2 returned by Stebbing). The smallest is a J, 31 mm. in length, with fully-coupled petasma, not differing in shape from that of another ¢ of 46 mm. Only female specimens of longicauda are known, and only one 2 of the very closely allied fallax de Man 1907 (see Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, p. 115, 1911, and pl. 9, fig. 38, 1913). As regards the relative lengths of the 5th and 6th abdominal segments, the present specimens are more like fallax. Until the 33 of longicauda and fallax are discovered in their type localities, Stebbing’s identifica- tion of the South African specimens may be allowed to stand. Famity SERGESTIDAE. 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., iv, p. 80 (references). TOROS Id lee: pe 380: 1919. Hansen, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxvill, pp. 1-65, pls. 1-5. 1922. Id., Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, fasc. lxiv, pp. 1-232, pls. 1-11 (key to genera) (incl. Luciferinae). 1924. Gurney, “Terra Nova” Exp., zool., vill, pp. 77 sqq. (larval stages). Carapace moderately compressed, rostrum shorter than eye-stalks, small, sometimes rudimentary. Lower flagellum of ant. 1 ¢ modified as a prehensile organ. Flagellum of ant. 2 elongate, with a kink or bend, beyond (distal to) which the joints are setose. Mxp. 1 with 638 - Annals of the South African Museum. well-developed epipod and exopod. Mxp. 3 and all legs without epipods. Mxp. 2 and 3 and all legs without exopods. Gills reduced, no arthrobranchs. Petasma always symmetrical. No thelycum, but sternite between 3rd legs, sometimes also 4th legs, and the coxae of 3rd legs in 9 modified. Pleopod 2 ¢ with unilamellate appendix masculina (Bate’s pl. 69 is incorrect in showing two lobes). Remarks.—Atlantic, Indo-Pacific, more numerous in tropical waters. Key to South African genera: see Addenda. Gen. SERGESTES M. Edw. 1905. Stebbing, l. c., p. 80 (references). 1919. Hansen, l. c., pp. 2 sqq. (key to some of the species). 1922. Id., 1. ¢., pp. 11 sqq. (key to N. Atlantic species). 1935. Gordon, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxix, p. 308 (photophores). 1939, Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 4, p. 498. 1940. Burkenroad, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 6, p. 38. First 3 pairs of legs elongate, slender, with stiff outstanding bristles; Ist leg without proper chela; 3rd leg with very small chela (non- chelate in pectinatus); 4th—6th legs 6-jointed, the dactyls being absent, 5th much shorter than 4th, one or the other natatory. Mx. 1 with palp; mx. 2 with 2 lobes; mxp. 1 with segmented palp. Branchial lamellae as well as pleurobranchs; 2 pleurobranchs on 4th leg. Petasma with the processus ventralis not forked (fig. 120, c, f, 9). Remarks.—The carapace is thin, and the gills usually show through in the branchial region. The petasma is complicated, and forms the best specific character. As Hansen says, each part of it should be mentioned in the specific diagnosis; and a general view of the petasma in situ or without details is more misleading than useful. Luminous organs have been found in several species, but their presence is not easy to determine unless fresh material is available. Larval stages. The first stage is the Protozoea, followed by the Zoea (Elaphocaris), Schizopod (Acanthosoma), and Mastigopus stages. The Mastigopus stage is characterized by the temporary disappearance of the last two pairs of legs, which reappear in the adult. Key to the South African Species (adapted from Hansen). I. Mxp. 3 about the same length as 3rd leg. Middle part and processus uncifer of the petasma long (fig. 120, c, f, 7, 1). Outer ramus of uropod setose for less than half its length. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 639 A. Supra-orbital and hepatic spines well developed (fig. 120, a). 3rd joint of peduncle of ant. 1 slender in both sexes. 5th leg with natatory setae on only one margin of the two distal joints. 3 . arcticus. B. Supra-orbital spine absent (fig. 120, e, h, k). 3rd joint of peduncle of ant. 1 stout. Natatory setae on both margins of distal joints of 5th leg. 1. Denticle on antennal scale not projecting beyond apical margin. ‘Two blunt lobes on 3rd coxa @ (fig. 120, g). Lobus armatus on petasma very long (fig. 120, f) ‘ 5 phorcus. 2. Denticle on antennal scale projecting beyond apical margin. a. No lobus inermis on petasma (fig. 120, 1). No teeth or lobes on 3rd coxa 9. No luminous organs : . splendens. 6. Lobus inermis present (fig. 120, A Two sharp teeth on 3rd coxa 9. Luminous organs present . gloriosus. II. Mxp. 3 much longer and stouter than 3rd Jeg. ‘Middle pare of petasma short and broad, processus uncifer almost rudimentary (fig. 120, 0, p). Outer ramus of uropod setose for at least half its length ‘ : ; . armatus. Sergestes arcticus Kréyer Fig. 120, a-d. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 381. 1922. Hansen, I. c., p. 62, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2 (coloured), pl. 3, figs. 3-5, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2 (references). 1925. Id. in Calman, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv. Rep., iv, Spec. Rep. 3, p- 23. Rostrum short, horizontal, acute; supra-orbital and hepatic spines distinct. Eyes obconic, cornea wider than stalk, no protuberance on ‘latter. Telson with one lateral denticle distally, and 3 on the sub- rounded apex. Petasma, fig. 120, c; ventral process long, distally with more or less reflexed and spiniform projections; lobus armatus long, curved; connecting lobe stout, triangular; terminal lobe with 2 apical “crochets”’; no lobus inermis. Hind margin of 2nd sternite 9 convex and bulbous; coxa of 3rd leg 9 with 2 somewhat unciform teeth. Length 2 up to 65 mm. (Kemp), 3 smaller. Transparent, stomach blackish, other internal organs reddish, red dots on abdominal segments. 1m n k l Fie. 120.—Sergestes arcticus Kréyer. a, carapace. 0b, lower flagellum of ant. 1 g. c, posterior view of left half of petasma. d, anterior view of left pleopod 2 3. Sergestes phorcus Faxon. e, rostrum. f, petasma. g, sternites of 2 (m=mem- branous fold guarding genital openings). Sergestes gloriosus Stebb. h, rostrum. 7, posterior view of left half of petasma. Jj, anterior view of apex further enlarged. Sergestes splendens Sund. k, rostrum. /, one-half of petasma, with apex further enlarged. Sergestes armatus Kroyer. m, rostrum. 7, lower flagellum of ant. 1g. 0, one- half of petasma. p, apex further enlarged. (k-p after Hanser, 1922.) (lam., external lamina. /.a., lobus armatus. 1/.6., lobus basalis. J.c., lobus connectens. J.7., lobus inermis. J/.t., lobus terminalis. med., middle part. p.unc., processus uncifer. .v., processus ventralis.) Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 641 Localities —Off Table Bay, 300 fathoms (Stebbing); N.W. of Table Bay, 500 and 900 fathoms (Hansen); off Cape Point, 310 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—N. and 8. Atlantic, Mediterranean, S. Australia. Sergestes phorcus Faxon Fig. 120, e-g. 1893. Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., xxiv, p. 217. 1895. Id., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., xvi, p. 210, pl. 52 (bisulcatus, non Wood-Mason). 1905. Stebbing, I. c., p. 87, pl. 24, fig. A (bisulcatus, non Wood- Mason). 1910. Id., l. c., p. 881 (bisulcatus, non Wood-Mason). 1919. Hansen, I. c., p. 5. 1922. Id., |. c., pp. 92, 97 (references to bisulcatus Stebb. and phorcus). ? 1925. Id. in Calman, I. c., p. 23 (grandis, non Sund). Rostrum obliquely upstanding, oblong, apex acute, a small denticle on upper margin; supra-orbital spine absent, a small blunt knob in place of the hepatic spine. Hyes obconic, cornea wider than stalk, no protuberance on latter. Telson apically pointed, with 1-3 minute and inconspicuous pairs of lateral spinules distally. Petasma, fig. 120, f; ventral process lanceolate; lobus armatus very long, apex curving inwards, with 3-4 “‘crochets”’; lobus connectens and termin- alis both bifid, the anterior portion broader and more triangular in shape; lobus imermis projecting beyond lobus terminalis. Hind margin of 2nd sternite 2 convex and bulbous, coxa of 3rd leg 2 with 2 large blunt lobes. Lower flagellum of ant. 1 $ as in arcticus (ef. fig. 120, 6). Length 2 up to 86 mm.,¢ 75mm. Red (Stebbing). Localities.—Off Cape Point, 250-300 fathoms (Stebbing); N.W. of Table Bay, 270-1500 fathoms (Hansen); off Natal coast, 820 fathoms (Hansen); off Cape Point and south of Agulhas Bank, 360-560 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Eastern Pacific. Remarks.—In 1919 Hansen considered that Stebbing’s specimen might well be phorcus, but in 1922 he decided that it was more likely to be the Atlantic species grandis, which Sund had shown to be different from phorcus. In 1925 Hansen records grandis but, like Stebbing, he had no male. Two males in the South African Museum from the VOL. XXXVIII. 41 642 Annals of the South African Museum. same haul as Stebbing’s 2 show that the Cape form is most closely allied to phorcus, if not identical with it. Hansen (1922, p. 97) has detailed the differences between grandis and phorcus, but without figuring the petasma of the latter for comparison. The most note- worthy feature of the petasma of phorcus seems to be the enormous lobus armatus. Sergestes splendens Sund Bice (205 ieal 1920. Sund, Rep. “ Michael Sars” Exp., 111, pt. 2, p. 14, figs. 16-21. 1922. Hansen, l. c., p. 98, pl. 5, fig. 4, a—l (crassus nom. nov.). 1925. Id. in Calman, l. c., p. 23 (crassus). | Rostrum ovate, apex acute; supra-orbital spine absent, hepatic spine represented by a rounded knob. Eyes obconic, cornea wider than stalk, latter with a protuberance on inner surface near cornea. © Telson apically acute, lateral spinules minute or absent. Petasma, fig. 120, 1; lobus inermis absent. 3rd coxa 2 without teeth or lobes. Lower flagellum of ant. 1 ¢ similar to that of arcticus. Length 2 up to 39 mm. (Sund), g 37 mm. (Hansen). Locality.—Off Table Bay, 900 and 1014 fathoms (Hansen). Distribution.—N. Atlantic, and Monaco area (not the Mediterranean as a whole). Remarks.—Hansen in 1919 merely gave the name “‘splendens” to a species collected by the “Talisman,” without description as he himself stated in 1920. It is therefore a nom. nud. Sund’s species splendens was published on 30th March 1920, whereas Hansen’s full description of the “Talisman” splendens was later than 24th June 1920 (Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., 1920, no. 6, contains papers presented at the meeting on that date; see no. 7, p. 597). Therefore Sund’s splendens is a valid name, Hansen’s nom. nov. crassus 1922 is not required, Hansen’s splendens is nom. preocc., and a new name was required for the “Talisman” species: S. talisman Brnrd. 1947 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (x1), 13, p. 384). Sergestes gloriosus Stebb. Fig. 120, hy. 1905. Stebbing, l. c., p. 84, pls. 22, 23. 1910, [dite pe oS, 1925. Hansen in Calman, I. c., p. 24. tt —— i a ee ae Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 6435 Rostrum lanceolate, apex acute, a small denticle on upper margin; supra-orbital spine absent, hepatic spine represented by a blunt knob. Eyes obconic, cornea wider than stalk, latter without protuberance. Telson apically acute. Petasma, fig. 120, 2, 7, apparently more strongly chitinized than in other species, distal portion of the middle part forming a rigid sheath along the bases of the processus ventralis and lobus armatus, its outer edges (on anterior and on posterior surface) projecting freely like a knife-edge; lobus armatus bilobed, the lobes curving towards one another; lobus inermis also bilobed, the inner (towards median line of animal) lobe lanceolate, the outer rounded-quadrangular, hidden in posterior view by the lobus termin- alis. 3rd coxa of 2 with 2 sharp curved teeth. Lower flagellum of ant. 1 g as in arcticus (not well shown in Stebbing’s figure). Length up to 50 mm. Localities.—Off Sandy Point (N. of Gt. Kei River), 800 (sie; log- book says 500?) fathoms (Stebbing); off Durban, 260 fathoms (Hansen); off Gt. Kei River, Bashee River, and Kast London, 250-300 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—The luminous organs are not very easy to detect in long- preserved and faded specimens. According to Stebbing and Hansen there are 7-8 on inner surface of carapace at the upper border of the branchial cavity, 18 near lower border of carapace; others on the last 3 thoracic and first 5 abdominal sternites, peduncle of antenna 1 and antennal scale, mouth-appendages and legs, peduncles of pleopods, 6th abdominal segment, uropods, and one on underside of eye-stalk. The numbers of luminous organs along lower margin of carapace and on antennal scale are greater than in any other species (challengeri Hansen 1903, fulgens Hansen 1919, “‘splendens” Hansen 1920 *). Sergestes armatus Kréyer Fig. 120, m—p. 1922. Hansen, I. ¢., p. 174, pl. 10, fig. 6, a—-k. 1925. Id. in Calman, I. c., p. 26. Rostrum apically acute, with denticle on upper margin; supra- orbital and hepatic spines small. Eyes slightly obconic, cornea wider than stalk, latter with protuberance on inner margin. Telson apically rounded, with a pair of minute apical spinules. Petasma, fig. 120, 0, p, middle part short and broad, processus uncifer very * See remarks under splendens Sund. 644 Annals of the South African Museum. small, lobus connectens subglobular. 3rd coxa 2 with a well-developed process. Length 9 up to 47 mm., ¢ 35 mm. Locality.—_N.W. of Table Bay, 755 fathoms (Hansen). Distribution.—N. and S. Atlantic. Remarks.—The long and robust 3rd maxilliped distinguishes this species at a glance from the other South African species. Famity LEUCIFERIDAE.* 1914. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 27 (Leucoferidae). 1919. Hansen, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxviil, p. 48 (Luciferinae). 1922. Id., Res.. Sci. Camp. Monaco, fase. Ixiv, pp. 1059s (Luciferinae). Carapace strongly compressed, anteriorly elongated so that the mandibles are widely separated from the antennae and eyes; rostrum short, acute. Antenna 1 without lower flagellum in both sexes. Mxp. 1 without epipod and exopod; mxp. 2 without epipod. Only the 1st—3rd pairs of legs present, and only the 3rd pair chelate (imperfectly). Sixth abdominal segment with 2 ventral processes in g. Telson in g with strong ventral protuberance. Genital openings in both sexes single (unpaired). Petasma sessile, symmetrical. Appendix masculina on pleopod 2 ¢ unilamellate. Remarks.—Only one genus. Pelagic. The only Decapod Crustacean without gills. Gen. LeucirerR M. Edw.* 1882. Brooks, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc., clxxiu, p. 57 (Lucifer). 1909. Calman in Lankester’s Treatise Zool., vii, pp. 295-297, figs. 172-174, and p. 311 (Leuczfer). 1914. Stebbing, l. c., p. 27 (Leucifer). 1915. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xvi, p. 226 (Luczfer). 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 322 (Lucifer). 1919. Hansen, l. c., p. 48 (key to species) (Luczfer). * Stebbing (1893, Hist. Crust., p. 221, and l. c., supra, p. 27) claims that Lucifer V-T. is preoccupied by Linné 1760. But Sherborne says Lucifer Linn. “non gen. sed triv. est.”’ The Prussian Academy Nomenclator gives “‘ Lucifer Linn. 1763. non bin.’”’ Neave’s Nomenclator does not mention Lucifer Linn. Stebbing gives date of Vaughan-Thompson’s name as 1829, Sherborne as January 1830, Neave also as 1830. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 645 1922. Hansen, I. c., p. 198 (Luczfer). 1927. Gurney, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 246 (development). Remarks.—Hansen (1919) admits only 6 species, divided into two groups according as the eyes are long (about as long as the “neck”’ of the carapace) or short (about half the length of the “neck’’). The first larval stage is the Metanauplius, which is followed by the Protozoea, Zoea, Schizopod, and Mastigopus stages (Calman, I. c., figs. 172-174). As regards the absence of the 4th and 5th legs, Leucifer represents a permanent Mastigopus-form (Calman). Leucifer pemcillifer Hansen Fig. 121. 1914. Stebbing, I. c., p. 28 (typus, non M. Kdw., Hansen). f919: Hansen, {- ¢:, p. 59, pl.d; fig. 2) a=k. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 384. Ds Rae Ss Ky . \W— uy i es oe oa Fie. 121.—Leucifer penicillifer Hansen. Outline of J; petasma, with chitinized portion and processus ventralis further enlarged; appendix masculina on pleopod 2 ¢. Length of “neck” twice or slightly more than twice length of eyes (stalk plus cornea). Ist peduncular joint of ant. 1 extending to or very slightly beyond end of cornea. On 6th abdominal segment ¢ the 2nd process is longer than the Ist, tapering to a narrow subacute apex. Outer ramus of uropod with marginal tooth not or scarcely reaching apex. Petasma: chitinized portion curved, apically expanded, inner margin scabrous; processus ventralis widening distally, with a bipartite apical brush of spiniform projections; protuberance on peduncle (distal to petasma) bluntly digitiform. Length ¢$ up to 95-10 mm., 2 10-8 mm. 646 Annals of the South African Museum. Locality.—Mossel Bay, surface (Stebbing, and 8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—EHast Indies, Bay of Bengal, Philippine Is., China Sea, Gulf of Yeddo (Hansen). Remarks.—Stebbing’s reeord was published before Hansen had shown that the species could be easily distinguished by the petasma. In this species the apically spinose processus ventralis is distinctive. It seems curious that specimens of this Crustacean were captured on only one occasion by the s.s. Pieter Faure (9th February 1904). CARIDEA. 1907. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xix, p. 470 (Carzdes). 1909. Calman, Lankester’s Treat. Zool., vii, p. 311. 1910. Stebbing, lJ. ¢., p. 381. 1924. Gurney, “Terra Nova” Exp. Rep., zool., viii, pp. 103 sqq. (larval stages). 1939. Burkenroad, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 3, p. 310 (super- families). Abdomen generally with a sharp bend at the 3rd segment (figs. 128, 131, 147). Pleurae of 2nd segment overlapping those of Ist segment (figs. 128, 131, 147, 150). Ant. 1 usually with stylocerite. Mandibular palp, if present, straight. Mxp. 1 with lobe at base of exopod, endopod short; mxp. 2 usually with last joint attached like a strip to the margin of penultimate joint, but see key and fig. 122, a-c; mxp. 3 with 4-6 joints. Third pair of legs never chelate. First pair of pleopods g without petasma. Gills phyllobranchiate. Eggs carried by 2 attached to the pleopods. Remarks.—Borradaile grouped the families into seven superfamilies, but Kemp (1910, Fish. Irel. Sci. Invest. [1908], 1, p. 86) considered this premature until the families themselves were more satisfactorily defined. These superfamilies (tribes) were accepted by Balss (1926-7, Kiikenthal and Krumbach, Handb. Zool., 111, p. 1000). Burkenroad has suggested a re-grouping of the superfamilies. Kemp (I. ¢., pp. 35, 36) gave a key to 10 N. Atlantic families. The South African fauna includes representatives of 14 out of the 16 families recognized by Borradaile (excl. Autonomaerdae) and Calman. The family Campylonotidae (Sollaud 1913) has been included in the Oplophoroid series. Campylonotus capensis Bate 1888, off Marion Is. and Pernambuco, can scarcely be reckoned in the South African fauna in spite of its specific name. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 647 Key to the South African Families (adapted from Borradaile and Kemp). I. Mxp. 2 with 7th joint attached terminally to 6th, exopod rudimentary or absent (fig. 122, a). First 2 pairs of legs longer and stouter than the others; exopods on all legs, but no epipods. Rostrum small or absent . II. Mxp. 2 with 2 terminal joints attached side by side to the penultimate joint (fig. 122, 6). Exopods absent from all legs, but epipods present on Ist—4th legs. Chelae of first 2 legs with very short palm and me acl and thumbs. Rostrum elongate : III. Mxp. 2 with short 7th joint attached Rielly more or Tees laterally to 6th joint (fig. 122, c). A. First 2 pairs of legs substantially similar, chelate, wrist unsegmented. 1. Finger and thumb of chelae spoon-like, ending in tufts of bristles (fig. 123, b, c, h, q). Man- dible without palp. Exopods absent from some or all of the legs. Freshwater . 2. Chelae not asin 1. Mandible with palp. Exopods on at least 4 legs. Marine. a. Last 3 legs not abnormally long. Exopods on legs 1-5. Exopod of mxp. 1 with- out flagellum. Mandible ees cleft (fig. 124) . b. Last 3 legs abnormally long. Reopods on legs 1-4. Exopod of mxp. 1 with flagellum. Mandible deeply cleft (fig. Pasiphaéidae. Stylodactylidae. Atyidae, Oplophoridae. MAS) ee : . Nematocarcinidae. B. First 2 pairs of legs more or less feresnilan Mandible deeply cleft, or simple (figs. 125, 2 and 147, c¢ resp.). Exopod on Ist leg only, or entirely absent. 1. Wrist of 2nd leg divided into 2 or more jointlets (figs. 135, d, 136, 2, 141, d). a. Eyes not covered by front margin of carapace. i, Ist legs both simple or both chelate. Rostrum large, spinose' or dentate. a. Ist and 2nd legs slender, Ist simple or minutely chelate; 2nd chelae small. Man- dible with distinct molar and incisor processes, and palp. Mostly deep water . Pandalidae. ——$ * Both Borradaile (1907) and Balss (1925, D. Tiefsee Exp., xx, and 1926-7, I. c.) place the Nematocarcinidae in the HopLoPHOROIDA, with mandible indistinctly cleft! 648 Annals of the South African Museum. . B. 1st and 2ndlegs not veryslender, lst with moderate-sized chelae. Mandible with or without incisor process, with or without palp. Mostly shallow water . Hippolytidae. ii. Ist legs one simple, the other chelate. 2nd legs one much longer than the other. Rostrum short, un- armed . : : ; . Processidae. ili. Ist legs both subchelate. Rostrum long. Telson spiniform. Integu- ment hard and sculptured Glyphocrangonidae. b. Eyes covered by projecting frontal margin (figs. 136-144), except Ogyrides (fig. 135). Ist legs usually robust, chelate . Alpheidae. 2. Wrist of 2nd leg simple, unsegmented (fig. 146, d). a. Rostrum movable (fig. 145). Epipods on legs : ; : . Rhynchocinetidae. b. Rostrum immovable. No epipods on legs. i. Mxp. 3 expanded, operculiform (figs. 146, 147) . ; : : . Gnathophyllidae. ii. Mxp. 3 normal. a. Ist legs with small chelae, 2nd with larger and more robust chelae. Some species fluvia- tile . i : 4 . Palaemonidae. 6. \st legs subchelate, 2nd very thin, often reduced, minutely chelate, or simple Crangonidae. Famity PASIPHAEIDAE. 1901. Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep-sea Crust., p. 57. 1914. Stebbing, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 293 (references and key to genera). 1920. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix a, 3, pp. 1 sqq. (list of species). 1924. Gurney, “Terra Nova”’ Exp., zool., viii, p. 111 (larval stage). 1940. Chace, Zoologica, xxv, p. 121. Rostrum short, sometimes represented by a spine arising behind the frontal margin. Mandibular palp present or absent; molar process absent. Mxp. 2 with 7th joint attached terminally to 6th (fig. 122, a), exopod rudimentary or absent. First 2 pairs of legs longer and much Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 649 stouter than the others, chelae elongate, with slender fingers and thumbs, wrist short, unsegmented. Exopods on all legs, often very long; present (often very small) on mxp. 3; often forming the chief part of mxp. 1. Eggs often large, and development abbreviated. Key to the South African Genera. 1. Mandible with slender 2-jointed palp. Telson apically truncate . : : : ; ; : : . Parapasiphaé. 2. Mandible without palp. Telson apically notched E a Phye- Gen. PARAPASIPHAE S. I. Smith F901 Alcock, f-6:, pp. 58, 64. 1914. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 32. 1940. Chace, I. c., p. 126. Rostrum normal but short; a post-orbital and post-antennal spine may be present. Mandible with slender 2-jointed palp. 4th leg shortest, 5th shorter than 3rd. Gills 11 plus 3 epipods (on mxp. 1-3). Telson apically narrow, truncate. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons 8. I. Smith Fig. 122, d. 1910. Kemp, Fish. Ivei. Sci. Invest. [1908], p. 47, pl. 5, figs. 1-21. 1914. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 33. 1923. Stephensen, Dan. Oceanogr. Exp., I, D. 3, p. 40. 1925. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xx, p. 236, text-fig. 10, and pl. 20. 1940. Chace, Zoologica, xxv, p. 126, fig. 6. 1941. Hale, B.A.N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exp., B, iv, pt. 9, p. 264. Rostrum not extending beyond eyes. Carapace carinate, strongly arched anteriorly, the anterior third sulcate to tip of rostrum; no post-orbital or (conspicuous) post-antennal spines; a lateral inter- rupted carina, bending downwards in front. Abdominal segments dorsally rounded, except 4th which is slightly carinate and ends in a short point. Telson dorsally sulcate, the narrow apex rounded- truncate, with 8 spines, the outermost pair the longest. Cornea of eye not wider than stalk. Length up to 83 mm. Bright scarlet, with darker red pigment specks (Kemp). Locality.— Off Cape Point, 660 fathoms (Stebbing). 650 Annals of the South African Museum. Distribution.—N. Atlantic as far south as 32° N. lat., also 5° 8., 10° EK. (Balss). Balss also records a young specimen from the Indian Fic. 122.—Diagrammatic figures (setae omitted) of maxilliped 2 of: a, Pasiphaé. b, Stylodactylus. c, Pandalus. Parapasiphaé sulcatifrons 8. I. Smith. d, carapace, showing sulcate carina. Phye pacificus (Rathbun). e, carapace. Stylodactylus bimaaxillaris Bate. jf, carapace. g, chela of 1st leg, plumose setae on lower margins omitted. h, endopod of pleopod 1 g of specimens 35 mm. (left) and 58 mm. (right) in length. Ocean, 10° 8., 97° E. Hale records a specimen from 45° 53’ &., 84° 33’ E. . } Remarks.—¥orty specimens were caught and 20 preserved by the s.s. Pieter Faure, but only the one specimen, later sent to Stebbing, came to the South African Museum. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 651 Gen. PHyE Wood-Mason 1901. Alcock, l. c., p. 61 (as subgen. of Pasiphaé). 1914. Stebbing, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 294. 1920. de Man, l. c., p. 5 (= Pastphaea). Rostrum a post-frontal crest or spine; a post-antennal (branchio- stegal) but no post-orbital spine. Mandible without palp. Gills 8 plus a rudimentary epipod on mxp. 3. Telson apically notched. 4th leg shorter than 3rd and 5th, which are subequal, or 3rd the longer. Phye pacificus (Rathbun) Big 3122: 1914. Stebbing, Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 33. foo schmutt. Univ. Calf. Pabl. Zool, xan, p. 29, fig. 14 (Pasiphaea p.). Post-frontal spine not extending as far forward as front, continued backwards as a carina nearly to end of carapace; a conspicuous post- antennal spine; a blunt lateral ridge. Abdominal segments 2-6 dorsally carinate, but without projecting points; 6th segment with a curved lateral ridge. Telson with numerous spines in the deep apical notch. Cornea of eye wider than stalk. Length up to 103 mm. Deep red (s.s. Preter Faure log-book). Locality. Off Durban, 440 fathoms (Stebbing). Distribution.—Alaska to Gulf of California. Remarks.—Seven specimens were caught and preserved, but only one was in the Pieter Faure collection when handed over to the South African Museum. Famity STYLODACTYLIDAE. 1914. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 49. 1925. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxvii, p. 256. Rostrum elongate, serrate dorsally and (usually) also ventrally. Mandible with 2-jointed palp, molar and incisor processes not clearly separated. Mxp. 2 with two terminal joints attached side by side to apex of penultimate joint (fig. 122, 6). Exopods absent from all legs, but epipods present on Ist-4th legs. Legs moderately long, subequal, slender; wrist of first 2 pairs unsegmented, chelae elongate, fingers and thumbs slender, contiguous, palm very short. Telson acute. 652 Annals of the South African Museum. Remarks.—A single genus. For comments on the interpretation of the joints of mxp. 2 see Stebbing. Bate’s figure of the telson is deceptive. Gen. StyLopactyLus M. Edw. 1914. Stebbing, U. c., p. 50. 1920. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix a, 3, p. 31 (list of species). 1925. Kemp, I. c., p. 256 (key to species). Styiodactylus bimaxillaris Bate. Fig. 122, f-h. 1888. Bate, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xxiv, p. 855, pl. 138, fig. 3. 1914. Stebbing, J. c., p. 51, pl. 12 (Crust., pl. 76) (serratus, non M. Edw.). 1925. Kemp, l.’c., pp. 257 (in key), 258. 1925. Calman, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rep. iv, Spec. Rep. 3, p. 16. 1939. Id., John Murray Exp., vi, p. 188. Rostrum longer than rest of carapace, 37-40 spines on dorsal margin, 19-23 (in one case 25) on ventral margin. Carapace not carinate, sparsely setose posteriorly, hind margin costate; small post-orbital, post-antennular and post-antennal (branchiostegal) spines; cervical groove obsolete. Antennal scale nearly as long as carapace (excl. rostrum), its outer margin entire (except for the apical spine). Abdominal segments dorsally rounded, segment 3 longer than the others, distincly humped and produced over base of 4th; inferior margins entire, postero-inferior angle of segments 4—6 with a small sharp point. Telson with 5 pairs of dorsal spines in front of the apical spines. Length 3 up to 58 mm., 2? 77 mm.; smallest ovig. 9 in S. Afr. Mus. 48 mm. Whitish, with orange-coloured eggs (s.s. Preter Faure log-book). Localities. —Off Hast London, 300 fathoms (Stebbing, and S. Afr. Mus.); off Cape Morgan (8S. Afr. Mus.); off Cape Peninsula, 755 fathoms (Calman) and 190 fathoms (8S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Aduiralty Is. and Japan. Remarks.—Although the s.s. Pieter Faure log-book records that many were caught at one station off the Cape Peninsula and 12 preserved, only 2 of these are now available; from the other localities, however, there are 11 ovig. 99 (April), 1 juv. 2, and 1 juv. 3. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 653 Famity ATYIDAH. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 393. 1912. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vii, pp. 113 sqq. (deals chiefly with Xiphocaridina). 1924. Gautier, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afr. Nord., xv, pp. 337 sqq., pls. (development, Atyaéphyra). * 1925. Bouvier, Atyides. Encycl. Entomol., iv, pp. 1-370, 716 text-figs. 1926. J. Roux, Rec. Austral. Mus., xv, p. 237 (Australian forms). 1927. Gurney, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 252 (development, Caridina). 1928. Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 737 (Tanganyika forms). 1929. J. Roux, Faune Col. Frang., i111, p. 293. 1931. Id., Rev. Suisse Zool., xxxvii, pp. 34, 63 (Indian forms). 1938. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxi, p. 67 (Japanese forms). Rostrum well developed. Last 2 peduncular joints of ant. 1 at least as long as broad. Mandible without palp, molar and incisor processes not separated by a cleft. HExopod of mxp. 1 produced inwards at apex, epipod reduced. Mxp. 2 with 7th joint larger than, and attached laterally to, 6th joint (except in Xiphocaris). 1st and 2nd legs subequal, chelate, wrist unsegmented, finger and thumb with apical brush of setae (except in Xzphocaris). Abdominal hump well marked, or obsolete. Telson truncate, without apical median point. Exopods on all legs, or absent from some, or all. Epipods at most on 1st—4th legs, sometimes only on Ist leg. Arthrobranchs on Ist leg, but absent from the others (except in X¢phocaris). Gills 12 (Xipho- caris), or 9, or fewer. Remarks.—All the members of this family inhabit fresh water, and are found all over the world except in the polar regions, but chiefly in the tropical and subtropical zones. Development in many cases abbreviated. Only one genus in South Africa. Key to the African Series and Genera. Chelae with brushes of setae. Gills at most 9 (typical Atyids). I. Supra-orbital spines present. Exopods at least on Ist and 2nd legs. Paratya series, represented in Africa by one genus (Dugastella) in Morocco. * 1925 on title-page. Publisher’s advertisement facing title-page (inside cover) gives 1924. 654 Annals of the South African Museum. II. No supra-orbital spines. No exopods on legs. A. No arthrobranchs on legs. Gills 8,5,or4. Caridella series, represented by 5 genera in the Great Lakes and Upper Nile. B. One arthrobranch on Ist leg. Gills 9 (in African genera). Caridina series. 1. Chelae not cleft to base (fig. 123, b, c, h). a. Wrist of 2nd leg not excavate, of Ist leg usually excavate but not always (fig. IBBS lh, @) : : 2 f . Caridina. [Ortmannia, b. Wrist of both Ist and 2nd legs excavate Mauritius, West Africa, etc. ]. [Atya, Mauri- tius, etc., 2. Chelae cleft to base (fig. 123, q) . . : West Africa, and extra African]. Gen. CartpiIna M. Edw. 1898. Hilgendorf, Deutsch Ostafr., iv, Decap. Crust., p. 34. 1908. de Man, Rec. Ind. Mus., 1, pp. 255 sqq. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 393. 1925. Bouvier, l. c., p. 124. 1925. de Man, Ann. Mus. Congo, ser. 3, sect. 3, fasc. 1. [Not seen by me.] 1930. Gordon, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 33. 1933. Id., J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxviii, p. 351 (Hast African Lakes). 1938. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiil, p. 82. Rostrum smooth or serrate. No supra-orbital spines; antennal spine present, near to or fused with the infra-orbital angle. Wrist of Ist leg usually, of 2nd leg never, excavate; fingers and thumbs of both pairs terminated by a single stylet or unguis, and brushes of setae which are shorter than the fingers. No exopods on legs. Arthro- branch on Ist leg. Epipods on some or all of Ist—4th legs. Gills 9. Remarks.—Variation and plasticity are so great that it is very difficult to define any species with exactitude. Bouvier’s keys to the varieties of a species often employ the same characters as are used in the key to the “species” (cf. A and A’, pp. 145, 146, with C and C’, pp. 136, 137. Also the eggs of nilotica var. paucipara, p. 145, are approxi- mately of the same dimensions as those of africana, p. 137). The present taxonomy, in fact, seems to suffer from almost too much “finesse.” As Dr. Gordon said (J. c., 1930, p. 33): “‘ Previous workers have generally found that each new collection differed somewhat from Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 655 most or all previously described forms, and in many cases definite subspecifie or varietal names have been given.” Dr. Gordon therefore very rightly endeavoured to show the extent of variation of certain structures (rostrum, etc.) in collections from different parts of Africa. The detailed examination of a large amount of material from very many localities in one region, e.g. Natal—Zululand, if carried out taking no account of so-called varieties, should lead to useful and important results.* Moreover, collecting should be done not merely intensively, but with a set purpose; casual collecting of a few specimens here and there is not very helpful. The growth-changes in a colony at any one locality in South Africa have not yet been studied (cf. Gurney, 1927). With the material at hand I have not undertaken any detailed examination, merely separating the three well-marked forms: typus, nilotica var. with large eggs, and a longirostrate form from the Zambesi River. Key to the South African Species and Varieties. 1. Wrist of Ist leg deeply excavate (fig. 123, 6); whole upper margin of rostrum smooth : . . typus. . Wrist of Ist leg not deeply excavate (fig. 193, h). a. Apical portion of rostrum dorsally smooth; rostrum as long as or a little longer than carapace. i. Eggs medium sized: -7—-86 mm. major axis . nilotica. ii. Eggs small: -42—-46 mm. major axis . ‘ . var. natalensis. ili. Eggs large: -9-1-3 mm. major axis. ; . var. paucipara. 6. Dorsal margin of rostrum dentate almost to apex. i. Rostrum much longer (1$ times) than carapace, with ca. 40 dorsal teeth : : : ? endistincta. ii. Rostrum shorter than carapace, with not more than 26 dorsal teeth. Telsonic spines, fig. 123, n : . africana. For Mauritian species and anoles see Bouvier iz C., 1925. Caridina typus M. Kdw. Fig. 123, a-d. 1837. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 363, pl. 25 bis, fi ADE 1897. Weber and de Meijere, Zool. Jahrb., x, p. 167. * See also Woltereck, ‘‘Untersuchungen an Atyiden von Belgisch Kongo,” Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric., xxxvi, 1942, pp. 229 sqq. gs. Jf Qn” Z Fie. 123.—Caridina typus M. Edw. a, carapace (a.t., antennular tubercle). b, wrist and chela of Ist leg (2). c, the same, 2nd leg (). d, dactyl of 5th leg. Caridina nilotica (P. Roux). e, rostrum of specimen from Uvongo River. f, rostrum of abnormal specimen from Vaal River at Warrenton. g, rostrum of juv. 8 mm. long from Zoutpansberg. h, wrist and chela, Ist leg. 1%, dactyls of 5th leg of var. natalensis (left) and var. paucipara (right) (after de Man). 4, eggs of var. natalensis (left) and var. paucipara (right) (after de Man). Caridina “africana”? de Man 1897 (? non Kingsley). k, l, rostrum and dactyl of 5th leg (after de Man). Caridina africana Kingsley. m, rostra (above, after Bouvier; below, after Gordon). , apex of telson (after Bouvier and Gordon). Caridina ? indistincta Calman. Zambesi River. o, rostrum. p, apex of telson, left 1 specimen, right 2 specimens. Atya serrata Bate. gq, wrist and chela, Ist leg. Se FS Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 657 1898. Hilgendorf, J. ¢., p. 34. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 394 (in note on nilotica). 1925. Bouvier, J. c., p. 249, figs. 271-297 (on pp. 126, 127). 1926. J. Roux, Rec. Austral. Mus., xv, p. 246. £9385 Kubo, (96: p. Sa, figs, 13, 14. Rostrum shorter than carapace, reaching to middle or end, or slightly beyond end, of 2nd peduncular joint of ant. 1, narrow lanceo- late, smooth dorsally, ventrally with 1-3 (4) denticles. Infra-orbital angle not developed apart from the antennal spine. Antennular keel or tubercle (between bases of eye-stalks) prominent. Basal process of ant. 1 not reaching end of Ist peduncular joint. Ist legs shorter than mxp. 3, 5th joint (wrist) deeply excavate distally, finger not quite as long as palm. 2nd legs reaching at least as far as mxp. 3, 5th joint longer than chela, finger longer than palm. Dactyl of 5th leg nearly 4 length of 6th joint, with 60-70 spines along margin. Lateral spines on apex of telson usually shorter than the median ones. Epipods on mxp. 3 and Ist—4th legs. Eggs small and numerous, about -5 mm. major axis. Length 2 up to 41 mm. Localities.—Natal: Umhloti, Umgeni, Hlovo and Umbilo Rivers (Weber); Winkel Spruit and Uvongo River (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution (incl. varieties)—Mauritius, Réunion, Rodriguez, Madagascar, Zanzibar, Seychelles, Hast Indies, Bonin Is., New Caledonia, Queensland. Remarks.—-Ovigerous 9? have been taken in March. Caridina mlotica (P. Roux) Fig. 123, e+. 1833. P. Roux, Ann. Sci. Nat., xxviii, p.'73, pl. 7 (Pelsas n.). ? 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 828. 1897. Weber and de Meijere, Zool. Jahrb., x, p. 168 (wycki, non Hickson, and var. paucopara nov.). ¢ 1897. de Man in Weber, ibid., p. 170, pl. 15, fig. 2, a—f (africana, ? non Kingsley). 1908. de Man, I. c., pp. 255, 262, 263, pl. 20, figs. 3, 4 (vars. natalensis nov. and paucipara Weber and de Meijere). 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 394. 1912. Lenz, Ark. Zool., vu, no. 29, p. 5 (vars. natalensis and paucipara). 1914. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 48. 1925. Bouvier, I. c., p. 143, figs. 309-331 (not fig. 308, =africana). VOL. XXXVIII. 42 658 Annals of the South African Museum. @ 1925. Id., abid., p. 214 (africana var. natalensis). 1926. J. Roux, l. c., p. 246 (Australian vars.). 1927. Gurney, I. c., p. 252, figs. 60-62 (larval stages). ee NORTHERN 1930. Gordon, lI. c., p. 33, figs. 1-5, 7-13, b, c (discussion of variable characters). 1933. Id., l. c., p. 351, figs. 1-3. 1933. J. Roux, Senckenbergiana, xv, p. 338. 1935. Barnard, Ann. Transv. Mus., xvi, p. 486. 1942. Woltereck, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., xxxvi, p. 279, figs. 12, 13 (rostra). SIMONE RHODESIA ie : eS obe 2 Pah S : Saami 7 SOUTHERN SS Etosha Pan : os rT RHODESIA BOIS iW \ “o4 SOUTH WEST eg ia ee pa -" Makarikari Ci seen eenes lan ae Swakop R\~.-7 = AFRICA oe” ee ‘\ 3 BECHUANALAND : ‘ es {lt y pe ! CSIR sci seees TRANSVAAL ed : ’ oo : f : ig ry | i ; i j he at ; \l y } ok ed ae ne a H” ORANGE FREE a “1 e STATE > | Orang? S. = 5 ; = NAT A) H¢ela R. : ‘s CAPE PROVINCE | ©, Olifants R: *zimvubu R:. Ver R. ¢ Mens ish R. %, avy “ry 2. 20 25 30 Approximate distribution in South Africa, as far as at present recorded, of Caridina nilotica, africana, and varieties: |||||. Caridina typus: B. 30 86 Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 659 Rostrum as long as or a little longer than carapace, reaching at least to end of peduncle of ant. 1 and antennal scale, or beyond; ensiform, with 16-21 dorsal teeth proximally, the distal portion for a varying distance non-dentate, or with 1-2 teeth, or occasionally completely dentate, apex usually bifid, ventrally with 12-26 teeth; juveniles with fewer dorsal and ventral teeth. Infra-orbital angle well developed, curved inwards above antennal spine. No antennular tubercle. Basal process of antenna 1 not reaching apex of Ist pedun- cular joint. 1st leg shorter than mxp. 3, 5th joint about twice as long as wide, not excavate distally, finger subequal to palm. 2nd leg reaching at least as far as mxp. 3, 5th joint longer than chela, finger longer than palm. Dactyl of 5th leg about + length of 6th joint, with 40-70 spines along margin. Telson usually with apical median point, but sometimes rounded-truncate, 3-4 spines on either side (not counting the small lateral one), the outermost one longer than the median ones. Epipods on mxp. 3 and Ist-4th legs. Eggs small, -42—-46 mm. (var. natalensis), medium, -66--86 mm. (forma typica), or large, -9-1-3 mm. (var. paucipara). Length 2 up to 30 mm., usually 25-26 mm. Semi-transparent with faint pinkish or orange-brown speckling, eyes black. Localities.—Pondoland: Msiwanga and Xura Rivers, near Lusi- kisiki, and Port St. Johns (S. Afr. Mus.). Natal: Illovo, Umgeni, Umbilo, Umhloti and Umhlasine Rivers (Weber); Amanzimtoti (Lenz); Umgeni and Greytown (Gordon); Illovo, Uvongo (south of Port Shepstone), Umbilo, Umlaas, Impolweni(S. Afr. Mus.). Zululand (Lenz); EHshowe, Empangeni, Umbhlatuzi, Pongola River (S. Afr. Mus.). Limpopo system and Hastern Transvaal: Sabie River, and Gt. Letaba River (J. Roux); Zoutpansberg and Louis Trichardt (8S. Afr. Mus.). Lake Ngami (Gordon); Chobe River (Zambesi) (Barnard). Orange River system: Vaal River, Kimberley (Bouvier) ; Vaal River, Parys (Stebbing, and 8. Afr. Mus.); Vaal River at Warrenton, Mooi River at Potchef- stroom, and Orange River above Aughrabies Falls (S. Afr. Mus.). Portuguese East Africa: Guengue, below Tete, Zambesi River (Bouvier); Masiene, between Chai Chai and Inhambane (8S. Afr. Mus.). 660 Annals of the South African Museum. Distribution.—Throughout Hast Africa to Egypt; Mauritius; Madagascar; India, China, Hast Indies, Queensland. Remarks.—I have not considered it worth while to detail separately the localities of the vars. natalensis and paucipara recorded from South Africa, for the reason that both varieties have been recorded from some of the localities. Moreover, all the ovigerous specimens in the South African Museum have large ova as in paucipara, but combined with a short dactyl on 5th leg as in natalensis (see de Man, 1908). As more and more material from numerous localities is examined, the value of these varietal names seems to diminish. Ovigerous 9° (S. Afr. Mus. coll.) were taken in July, September, December, and January (Natal localities), and October (Warrenton). Together with 80 specimens from Warrenton (Vaal River) with normal rostra, there are 3 in which the rostrum is dentate to the apex, and 2 intermediates, 1.e. with one or two spaced teeth on the part which is normally smooth. The fully dentate specimens are very like africana but lack the peculiar telsonic spines said to be characteristic of this latter species. Among 38 specimens from Parys there are 2 intermediates. In two of the large East African Lakes Gordon (I. c., 1930) has shown the presence of a lacustrine form differing from the ordinary fluviatile form by having a more slender rostrum. In Zululand these shrimps were killed in the rivers as a result of the D.D.T. spraying operations against tsetse-fly. Caridina ? endistincta Calman Fig. 12350, p: 1926. Calman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, vol. xvu, p. 244, fig. 3 (rostrum). 1942. Woltereck, 1. c., p. 290, fig. 14 (rostra). Rostrum about 14 times as long as carapace, extending well beyond antennal scale, armed throughout its dorsal margin with about 38-42 teeth, of which 4 are post-orbital, ventrally with 16-22 adpressed teeth. No antennular tubercle. Finger longer than palm in both Ist and 2nd legs. Dactyl of 5th leg about 34 times as long as wide, with 36 spines along margin. Telson in 2 of the specimens with median triangular point, flanked by 3 pairs of spines between the large lateral ones, the innermost pair slender and shortest; in the 3rd specimen apically rounded-truncate, with a median seta flanked by only 1 pair of spines between the large lateral pair. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 661 Length 22 m. Locality.—Victoria Falls, Zambesi River (S. Afr. Mus., ex coll. Dr. Arnold, Rhodesian Mus.). Remarks.—As regards the rostrum the nearest form appears to be nilotica var. stylirostris Bouvier (I. c., fig. 309) from Madagascar. But far more material is required. Two specimens with complete rostra have the telson as in the right-hand figure; a third with incomplete rostrum has the telson as in the left-hand figure. C. indistincta was described from Queensland. Woltereck has referred specimens from Luapula River, Lubumbashi River, and Lake Moeru in the Belgian Congo to this species. Caridina africana Kingsley Fig. 123, m, n. 1882. Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst., xiv, p. 127, pl. 1, fig. 3. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 394 (in note on nilotica). FOZ" henz, Ark Zool., vii, no: 29; p. 5. 1925. Bouvier, /. c., p. 212, figs. 308 (telson, as nelotica), 470-477. 1930. Gordon, I. c., pp. 36, 38, 39, 43, 46, 49, figs. 6 (telson), 13, a (rostrum). 1933. Id., l. c., p. 357, fig. 4 (pleopod 1 8). ¢ 1942. Woltereck, l. c., p. 293, figs. 15-18 (rostra) (togoensis). [2 Not africana de Man 1897, nor africana var. natalensis Bouv. 1925. =nilotica.| Rostrum shorter than carapace (Gordon, 1930, p. 49), extending to end of antennal scale, armed along nearly whole dorsal margin with 13-26 teeth, of which 3-4 are post orbital, ventrally with 4-5 or 8-10 teeth. Infra-orbital angle developed as an incurved lobe. No antennular tubercle. Dactyl of 5th leg longer and more slender than in nlotica (Gordon, J. ¢c.). Telson with rounded-truncate apex, with several plumose spine-setae between the outermost large pair of spines, usually consisting of a short spiniform basal part and a terminal slender plumose part. Localities. —Zululand (Kingsley); Amanzimtoti, Natal (Lenz). Remarks.—de Man’s single (3) specimen (Umhloti River) was 25 mm. long, rostral formula 4°, the upper apical margin being smooth (as in mlotica). The dactyl of 5th leg is very short (contrast Gordon’s statement), about 3 times as long as broad, with 21 spines (fig. 123, leat) 662 Annals of the South African Museum. This form was given the varietal name natalensis by Bouvier. Iam inclined to think that it is really only an aberration of nilotica. Woltereck has assigned specimens with rostra very similar to Bouvier’s and Gordon’s figures, from Lakes Moeru and Bangweulu and other localities in the Belgian Congo, to togoensis Hilg. No mention 1s made of africana. Famity OPLOPHORIDAE. 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., iv, p. 104 (Miersiidae). 1910. Id., l. ¢., p. 394 (Oplophoridae).* 1920. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 3, pp. 41 sqq. (list of species). 1924. Gurney, “‘Terra Nova” Exp., zool., viii, p. 106 (larval stages). 1925. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xx, p. 239 (key to genera). 1936. Chace, J. Wash. Ac. Sci., xxvi, p. 24. 1940. Id., Zoologica, xxv, p. 182. Rostrum usually long. Mandible with 3-jointed palp, molar and incisor process indistinctly separated. Mxp. 2 with terminal joint attached laterally to penultimate. Exopod of mxp. 1 without flagellum. Hxopods and epipods on all legs. Last 3 pairs of legs not abnormally long. Chelae of first 2 legs small. Telson acute. Remarks.—Pelagic forms, sometimes with reduced eyes, or with luminous organs. Oplophorus grimaldi Coutiére is recorded (Lenz and Strunck, 1914) from 30° 21’ S., 14° W. The preparation of the report on the “‘ Discovery” material of this family has been interrupted by the lamented death of Dr. 8. Kemp. Key to the South African Genera (adapted from Chace). A. Exopod of at least mxp. 3 and Ist leg foliaceous and rigid. Outer margin of antennal scale spinose. 2nd—4th or 3rd—5th abdominal segments with long medio-dorsal teeth. Telson apically acute. Eyes large, pigmented. Eggs large : : , ; : : B. None of the exopods foliaceous or rigid. 1. 6th abdominal segment not dorsally carinate. Eggs large. [Oplophorus]. * Etymology demands the aspirate, but the International nomenclatorial rules call for the exact original spelling, viz. Oplophorus as written by Milne Edwards. Agassiz in 1846 emended the name to Hoplophorus, which, however, is preoccupied by Lund, 1838. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 663 a. Eyes very large, well pigmented. Anterior margin of Ist abdominal segment with distinct lobe or tooth overlapping carapace (fig. 124, a). Telson apically acute : : . Systellaspis. b. Eyes very small, feebly Pivnonted. 1st abdominal segment not lobate (fig. 124, 6). Telson apically truncate : . Hymenodora. . At least the last 4 abdominal segments eaurlate, “Rigas small. a. Usually no lateral keel on carapace. Incisor process of mandible toothed along whole cutting-edge (fig. 124,c) . : : . pan. 696 Annals of the South African Museum. ii. Basal joint of ant. 1 with tooth on lower inner margin (fig. 129,d). Epipodson Ist-3rdlegs . ctenifera. 6. Rostrum smooth ventrally ; 3 : : . makrognathus. 2. With 1 supra-orbital spine on each side. Mxp. 3 without exopod (Lebbeus) : d ; ; : : . saldanhae. Sprrontocaris pax Stebb. Hives ab: 1915. Stebbing, J. c., p. 91, pl. 24 (Crust., pl. 88). 1923. Odhner, Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 24. Rostrum short, shallow, with 4 teeth above and 2 below in the type, 5 and 3 resp. in the allotype (Odhner also: 5 above). Carapace deep, antennal tooth well developed, no supra-orbital spine. Incisor process of mandible well developed. Abdomen dorsally rounded, 3rd segment not acutely produced. EHpipod and small exopod on mxp. 3. Epipods on Ist and 2nd legs. Wrist of 2nd leg with 6 jointlets (in allotype basal jointlet obscurely divided). Legs 3-5 with apex of 5th joint overlapping base of 6th, dactyl with apical spine as well as unguis (or the distal spine much shorter than unguis). Telson in allotype with 4 pairs of dorso-lateral spinules (type: 6 on one side, 3 on the other). Length 2 14-5 mm. (carapace 4 mm.); Odhner’s 9 16 mm. Localities.—False Bay, 20 and 30 fathoms (Stebbing); off Cape Barracouda, 72 metres (Odhner). Remarks.—The type, probably dissected and mounted on a slide, is not in the South African Museum. I have seen only the allotype, an ovig. 9, from which the number of epipods, not mentioned by Stebbing, has been determined. The mandible of the allotype resembles Stebbing’s figure. Spirontocaris ctenifera n. sp. Fig. 129, c-k. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 385 (cf. pectinsfera Stmpsn.). Carapace with antero-lateral corner rounded, no supra-orbital tooth, one post-orbital tooth, rostrum shorter than rest of carapace, straight, with 3 teeth above and 2 below. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 as long as 1st joint, latter with strong tooth on lower inner margin, outer apices of Ist and 2nd joints and upper apex of 3rd joint —> — Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 697 each with a spine. Mandible with small 2-jointed palp. Mxp. 3 not (proportionately) larger in ¢ than in 9, with exopod and epipod, exopod about half length of the antepenultimate joint. Finger and thumb of Ist chela nearly meeting throughout their length. Wrist of 2nd leg with 7 jointlets. 4th joint of 3rd and 4th legs in 3 some- what fusiformly expanded, with a comb-like series of close-set short stout spines on distal half of lower outer (posterior) margin, and on the inner surface with a series of small papilla-like denticles; in 2 not expanded, with 4 graduated stout spines distally on outer (posterior) surface; 4th joint in 5th leg without spmes. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs with 4 spines in addition to unguis, the most distal one stouter than the unguis. Epipods (mastigobranchs) on Ist, 2nd, and 3rd legs (and setobranch on 4th leg). Appendix interna on pleopods 2-5 in 9 arising about midway along endopod; appendix masculina on pleopod 2 $ very short, with long setae on truncate apex; endopod of pleopod 1 3 lanceolate, with spaced plumose setae on inner margin, small spinules on outer margin, and coupling-hooks on the narrowed apex. Telson with 4 pairs of dorso-lateral spinules, 3 unequal pairs on apex. Length 9 up to 14 mm., 3 smaller. Localities.—Algoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus. 2 ovig., 2 non-ovig. 99, 2 33); Durban (8. Afr. Mus. 1 ovig. 9). Remarks.—These small specimens were at once conspicuous for the remarkable comb-like structure onthe 3rd and 4th legs of the 3, similar to that of cranchi and occulta (see Lebour, /. c., 1936, pp. 93, 96, pl. 5, figs. 1-6). They differ from occulta in having an epipod (mastigo- branch) on 3rd leg and setobranch on 4th leg, and 2 ventral teeth on rostrum. These specimens were (1947) provisionally assigned to pectinifera Stmpsn. on the assumption that the specific name referred to the pectination on the 4th joint of 3rd and 4th legs. Neither Stimpson’s (1860, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 35) nor Balss’ (1914, Abh. Bayer. Ak. Wiss., II Suppl. Bd., pt. 2, p. 42) papers were available. From Holthuis’ Siboga Report (p. 37), however, it appears that pectinifera is a species of Spirontocaris s.s. with supra-orbital spines, and that the specific name refers to the pectinate lateral margins of the abdominal pleurae. From Rathbun’s synopsis (1904, Harriman Alaska Exp., x, p. 60) the only species with which the present specimens are comparable are pusiola, herdmam, stoneyi, avina, and macilenta. The shape of the rostrum excludes the last three; herdmani is known from the west 698 Annals of the South African Museum. coast of North America, but pusiola is a North Atlantic species recorded as far south as Spain. No description of pusiola is available to me, and Lebour did not | compare occulta with pusiola. I therefore describe these specimens as a new species. Perhaps further material will show that it is synonymous with makrognathus, inadequately described from a single ° which may possibly have been abnormal in having no ventral teeth on the rostrum. The armature of the telson, however, differs. The ovig. 9 from Durban has 4 dorsal teeth on rostrum (in addition to the post-rostral one). Otherwise it agrees with the other specimens. One ovig. 2 from the Natal coast, 40 fathoms, has rostral formula ;, one of the dorsal teeth post-rostral, no supra-orbital tooth, wrist of 2nd leg with 6 jointlets, and other characters as given above. Sprrontocaris makrognathus Stebb. 1921. Stebbing, I. c., p. 19, pl. 4. Rostrum short, shallow, with 5 teeth dorsally, smooth ventrally, no supra-orbital tooth. Mandible with palp (? 2-jointed), imcisor process ?. Mxp. 3 with small exopod, ? epipod. Epipods on legs ?, wrist of 2nd leg with 7 jointlets. Dactyls of legs 3-5 with unguis only. Telson with 2 pairs of dorso-lateral spinules, and only 1 pair of small apical spines. Length of carapace 13 mm. Locality.—Durban (Stebbing). Sprirontocaris saldanhae Brurd. Fig. 129, -n. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 385. 2. Carapace with small point at antero-inferior corner; supra- orbital tooth strong; one post-rostral tooth, preceded by 2 on the short shallowrostrum, which reaches to end of eyes and about half-way along antennal scale; apex acute, one ventral tooth a little distance from it. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 as long as basal joint, latter with 3 spines on upper distal margin, and a tooth on lower inner margin; outer apices of 2nd and 3rd joints each with a spine; outer flagellum stout, setose. Mandible with 2-jointed palp. Mxp. 3 extending well beyond end of antennal scale, without exopod, with epipod. Ist leg extending to or slightly beyond end of antennal scale, finger and thumb meeting throughout their length. Wrist of 2nd leg —— TS oe eS eee = Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 699 with 7 jointlets. 4th joint of 3rd—5th legs without spines; apex of 6th joint of 5th leg with brush of spines; dactyls with 6 spines, the apical one not stouter than unguis. Epipods (mastigobranchs) on 1st—3rd legs, setobranch on 4th leg. Telson with 4 spines on left, and 2 (3) on right side, a short and a long spine at each corner, apical margin evenly convex, with 6 plumose spines between, and shorter than, the large lateral ones. Length 23 mm. Locality.—Off Constable Hill, Saldanha Bay, 145 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus). Remarks.—Differs from occulta Lebour 1936 (which has 7 jointlets _ in wrist of 2nd leg) in having a supra-orbital tooth and a mastigobranch on 3rd leg (with setobranch on 4th), as well as its larger size. The telson also is unusual. Appears to belong to Lebbeus White, if this genus is separated from Spirontocaris s. l., and to the third group of species mentioned by Holthuis (1947, J. c., p. 38). Gen. LEonTOCARIS Stebb. 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. S. Afr., iv, p. 98. Es) fd. be; p. a9. No arthrobranchs on legs. Mandible with incisor process and small l-jomted palp. Mxp. 3 without exopod or epipod. Epipods present only on mxp. 1 and 2. Rostrum long. No supra-orbital spine. 1st legs very slender, 5th joint elongate. 2nd legs strongly asymmetrical, in one of them the 6th joint elongate and robust, dactyl enlarged, chopper-shaped, wrist in both with 4-jointlets. Gills 6 plus 2 epipods. Remarks.—One species in South Africa, one species in the Irish Sea. Leontocaris paulsona Stebb. Fig. 130, a-c. 1905. Stebbing, I. c., p. 99, pl. 26. 19107 td., Wre:, p: 39. Carapace smooth, with sharp antennular angle and a conspicuous buttressed antennal spine; dorsally 6 teeth, of which 2 post-rostral and separated by a distinct gap from the 4 rostral ones, apex of rostrum tridentate, 6-8 teeth on ventral margin. Abdominal segments 700 Annals of the South African Museum. dorsally rounded, 3rd produced in a sharp downwardly curved tooth; segments 5 and 6 each with a spiniform tooth above the rounded postero-inferior corner. Telson rather flattened, with 7 pairs of lateral Fic. 130.—Leontocaris paulsoni Stebb. a, carapace, with tip of rostrum further enlarged. 6, inner view of 2nd leg (3rd joint onwards). c, endopod of pleopod 1 ¢. Hippolyte kraussiana (Stimpson). d, carapace with apex of rostrum and sub- orbital process further enlarged (Knysna). e, rostrum of juv. 13 mm. long (Knysna). f, carapace (Still Bay), with dorsal profile and rostrum of a Knysna specimen. Hippolyte ventricosa M. Edw. g, rostrum, after Kemp. h, rostrum, after Hilgendorf (mossambicus). spinules, and an apical pair. Cornea small, not wider than stalk. Outer margin of antennal scale serrate in distal half, apical spine scarcely extending as far as lameller tip. Mxp. 2 with lobate epipod (cf. L. lar Kemp, 1910, p. 114). Second pair of legs asymmetrical, the enlarged one being either the right or the left (48 and 52 per cent. resp.), the normal-shaped one with 4th joint only a little xs Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 701 longer than 3rd (Stebbing’s figure is not quite accurate, as Kemp 1910 suggested); 4th jomt of the enlarged leg with a keel and some fine serrations on inner surface proximally (Stebbing said “‘grooved”’), _ 6th jomt folding internally (medianly) to the long basal jointlet of 5th joint, its upper margin keel-like, ending in the 3-pronged thumb, finger chopper- (or bill-hook) shaped. Dactyl of 3rd—5th legs short (scarcely, as Stebbing said, “very small”), curved, setose. Pleopod 1 g with endopod broadly oval, excavate proximally on inner margin, which is bordered with simple spine-setae, and farther distally a group of coupling-hooks. Outer margin of outer ramus of uropod serrate in distal half. Length up to 46mm. Smallest ovig.9 28mm. Pink or reddish. Localitues.—Off Cape Peninsula, 131 fathoms (Stebbing); off Cape Peninsula and off Saldanha Bay, 131-145 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Ovigerous 92 were caught in March and April. The epipod on mxp. 2, which Stebbing did not mention, is much more lobate than in Kemp’s figure of lar (1910, pl. 17, fig. 8), and, as Kemp suggested, probably forms a functional podobranch. Parasites—Two of the specimens caught off Saldanha Bay carry parasites of the genus Faba, like those found on Merhippolyte aqul- hasensis (q.v.); one of the specimens has one parasite attached to the Ist abdominal sternite, the other has two parasites attached to the body-wall (both on same side) above the gills within the branchial cavity. Gen. HiprotyteE Leach 1910. Kemp, Fish. Irel. Sci. Invest. [1908], 1, p. 100. 1910, Stebbing, J. ¢., p. 390. | 1914. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 289. 1914. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., x, p. 95, and p. 125 (Indo-Pacific species). : 1936. Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., i, p. 25. 1947. Holthuis, J. c., pp. 14, 53. No arthrobranchs on legs. Mandible with incisor process and molar, but no palp. Mxp. 3 with exopod, but no epipod. Epipods present on mxp. 1 and 2 only. Rostrum long. Supra-orbital spine present. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 acute; 3rd peduncular joint normal (¢.e. without movable plate). Chela of Ist leg rather short and stout. Wrist of 2nd legs with 3 jointlets. 3rd—5th legs in ¢ subprehensile, the 6th joint expanded in the middle. Telson with 2 pairs of dorso-lateral spinules. Gills 5 plus 2 epipods. 702 Annals of the South African Museum. Key to the South African Species. 1. Apex of rostrum tridentate ; : . : : . kraussiana. 2. Apex of rostrum acuminate : ; ; ; ; . ventricosa. Hippolyte kraussiana (Stimpson) Fig. 130, d-f. ¢ 1843. Krauss, Stidafrik. Crust., p. 56 (ensifera, non M. Edw.). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., pp. 390 (ensifera), 391. 1914. Lenz in Lenz and Strunck, D. Stidpol Exp., xv, p. 319, pl. 20, figs. 1-4 (Virbius capensis). 1915. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 89 (kraussianus). Carapace smooth, glabrous, supra-orbital tooth strong, suborbital margin produced in a rounded knob above the antennal tooth, a conspicuous submarginal pterygostomial tooth; rostrum in adult reaching to end of antennal scale, with 1 or 2 teeth above proximally, 4 or 5 teeth below, and a tridentate apex; in juv. reaching not quite to end of scale, with 2 teeth above and 1 below, with tridentate apex (Stebbing did not mention the number of dorsal teeth in 13 mm. juv., but his specimen and another of same size both have 2). Abdominal segments dorsally rounded, 3rd segment distinctly gibbous but not produced, 6th segment 14 times as long as deep; a small tuft of setae just in front of the rounded-quadrate postero-inferior corner of 5th segment (if setae matted together they may look ike aspine). Telson with 2 pairs of dorso-lateral spinules, and 3 graduated pairs on truncate apex. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 extending to end of basal joint, which has no outer distal spine; outer flagellum with 10-12 thick joints and 2 slender distal joints. Antennal scale about 34 times as long as broad, lamellar apex reaching far beyond spine on outer margin. Wrist of 2nd leg with Ist jointlet equal to 2nd plus 3rd (Stebbing), but usually 1st and 3rd subequal, 2nd shorter, distinctly longer than broad. 3rd—5th legs decreasing in length, in adult the posterior surface of 4th joint on 3rd and 4th legs with 4 (3-5) stout spines, on 5th leg with 1 distally, 5th joint in all three legs with 1 spine proximally; dactyl with 8-9 spines (5-6 in juv.) on inner margin in addition to the apical spine and unguis. Adult 3 not seen. Length up to 32 mm. | Localities—Simon’s Bay (Stimpson; Lenz); Knysna and East London (Stebbing); Still Bay (8S. Afr. Mus.); False Bay (Univ. Cape Town EKcolog. Surv.). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 703 _ Remarks.—The above description is based on 7 specimens (2 returned by Stebbing). Although there is little doubt that V. capensis Lenz is the same species, Lenz said the “lower orbital margin” was produced in a tooth as in H. varians; but his figure shows only a single tooth, whereas in varians (Kemp, I. c., 1910, pl. 13, fig. 1) there are 2 sharp teeth, the upper one corresponding with the distinctive rounded process of the present specimens. Neither Stebbing nor Lenz refer to the stout spines on the 4th (and 5th) jomts of 3rd—5th legs. As these are inserted on the flat surface, not on the margin of the limb (as it usually lies when detached from the animal), they are easily overlooked unless the limb be turned to get a surface view. I could not trace them in the two juveniles (13 mm.), so possibly Lenz’s single specimen was also young. The identity of Krauss’ specimens is beyond conjecture; if they are still in existence they should be re-examined. #. ensiferus M. Edw. is the genotype of Latreutes (v. infra). There are also in the South African Museum 20 specimens from Still Bay, mostly ovig. 99. The largest ovig. 2 is only 18 mm. in length. The rostral formula varies, e.g. %, 7, $ (8 specimens), 2, 4 etc. The number of specimens with dorsal teeth 1, 2, 3, 41s resp. 1, 15, 3, 1; and that of specimens with ventral teeth 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 is resp. 1, 3, 9,5, 1, 1,1. Other characters are in agreement with the above description of kraussiana, including the spines on 4th and 5th joints of 3rd—5th legs; the proportions of the jointlets in the wrist of 2nd leg are, mostly, as given by Stebbing (lst = 2rd + 3rd). In two respects, however, these specimens differ. The lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 extends only half-way, or at most 3, along the basal joint; outer flagellum with 6-8 thick and 2-3 thin joints. There are little tufts of 2-3 plumose setae on the carapace and abdomen; they vary in position, but usually there are 2 dorso-lateral pairs and | lateral pair on carapace (fig. 130, f), and dorso-lateral pairs on each abdominal segment, also ventro-laterally on 5th segment, a median tuft at base of telson, and one at its apex. Such plumose setae are figured by Paulson (Red Sea Crust., pl. 18, fig. 1) for his Virbius proteus (? =H. orientalis Heller; see Kemp, l. c., p- 97, and Gurney, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1927, p. 394). Where present they are very conspicuous, and one would have expected Stebbing, or Lenz, or Kemp (1914, for ventricosa) to have remarked upon them. | It would appear, however, that they cannot be used as a specific 704 Annals of the South African Museum. character. The above described specimens from Knysna showed no traces of them, even on 5th abdominal segment where they might perhaps have escaped abrasion. On the other hand, two specimens recently received from Knysna (amongst Zostera, green when alive) have plumose setae on the carapace, and a short basal process on ebm IL. an Lastly, I have seen a few specimens, collected by the University of Cape Town Ecological Survey in False Bay (near Stimpson’s locality), with moderately short basal process of ant. 1, and the smaller number of thick joints in outer flagellum (8, sometimes 9), some of which (22) have the tufts of plumose setae and some (99 and gg) have not. The rostrum has 2 basal dorsal teeth as described by Stimpson (ef. fig. 130, e). Evidently far more material of these small shrimps is required, as Kemp says, before the species can be satisfactorily defined. It may be noted that proteus also has a short basal process on ant. 1. Hippolyte ventricosa M. Edw. Fig. 130, g, h. 1837. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 371. 1861. Heller, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xlii, p. 277 (orientalis). 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 836, pl. 4, fig. 1 (Varbius mossambicus). 1914. Kemp, l. c., p. 96, pl. 2, figs. 1-3 (ventricosus). 1916. Id., Rec. Ind. Mus., xu, p. 391. 1927. Gurney, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., xxii, p. 391, figs. 94, 95 (rostrum, ant. 1). 1947. Holthuis, lJ. ¢., p. 55, figs. 7-9. Rostrum with 1 or 2 dorsal teeth, 2-3 ventral teeth, apex acuminate. Suborbital margin produced above the antennal spine in Holthuis’ figure, but seemingly not soin Kemp’s figure. 3rd abdominal segment gibbous but not produced, 6th segment 1} times as long as deep. Antennal scale not more than 3 times as long as wide (Kemp). Ist joint of ant. 1 with outer distal spine; outer flagellum with 11 thick joints, 6 slender joints. Wrist of 2nd leg with Ist jointlet the longest, 2nd as broad as long, 3rd not as long as Ist (Kemp) or almost as long (Hilgendorf); dactylus of 3rd leg with 16 spines. Telson with 8 apical spines. Length up to 24 mm. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. O05 Locality.—Zambesi (Hilgendorf). Distribution.—Red Sea, Southern India and Andaman Is., Hast Indies; Suez Canal; Australia. | : Fic. 131.—Latreutes mucronatus (Stimpson). a, anterior part of carapace, with rostrum, 9, after Lenz (natalensis). 6, rostrum of 3, after Kemp. Latreutes pygmaeus Nob. c, carapace of 9. Angasia armata (Paulson). d, whole animal 9, with apex of rostrum, and outer and inner views of suborbital process further enlarged. Remarks.—Kemp identified Hilgendorf’s species with M. Edwards’. The locality is probably near the mouth of the river. Kemp’s figure shows no projection of the suborbital margin above the antennal spine; Hilgendorf’s figure is too small to be reliable. Gen. LATREUTES Stimpson 1914. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., x, p. 98, and p. 125 (list of Inde- Pacific species). 1916. Jd., ibid., xii, p. 396. 1936. Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1935, pt. 4, p. 792, pl. 6, figs. 37-41 (larval form). 1937. Id., “Discovery” Rep., xiv, p. 398 (larval form). 1947. Holthuis, l. c., pp. 16, 59. No arthrobranchs on legs. Mandible without incisor process and without palp. Mxp. 3 with exopod. LEpipods present on at least the first 3 pairs of legs. Rostrum rather long, usually deep, often very VOL. XXXVIII. 45 706 Annals of the South African Museum. deep, especially in 9, with a “heel” posteriorly. No supra-orbital spine. Antero-lateral margin of carapace serrate. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 anteriorly rounded. Wrist of 2nd leg with 3 jointlets. Remarks.—The species are mostly based on the character of the rostrum, which, however, is even more variable than in Hippolyte or Spirontocaris (Kemp). Key to the South African Species. 1. Body stout. 2nd legs reaching beyond eyes to apex of rostrum . 5 : ; : : : : » mucronatus. 2. Body very slender. 2nd legs not reaching end of eyes . pygmaeus. Latreutes mucronatus (Stimpson) Rie, Vols 6: 1914. Kemp, l.c., p. 101, pl. 3, figs. 8-15, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2 (synonymy). 1914. Lenz in Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol Exp., xv, p. 320, pl. 21, figs. 1-11 (natalensis). L916: Kemp, ie. pseoo. 1921. Balss, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., lxi, no. 10, p. 10. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 385. Body rather stout. Carapace smooth with 1 post-rostral fixed tooth (rarely 3-4). Rostrum (measured from hind margin of orbit) 14-2 times as long as greatest depth in 9, 24-4 times in 3; dorsal teeth 7-15 in 2, 4-8 in 3, ventral teeth 4-15 in 9, 0-9 in 3 (Kemp); antero-lateral margin of carapace with 11-14 serrations in 9, 6—7 in 3. Upper flagellum of ant. 1 longer and thicker in ¢ than in 9, 1st pedun- cular joint twice as long as wide. Antennal scale narrower proportion- ately to length in ¢ than in 9, but not more than 44 times as long as wide. 2nd legs reaching about to end of rostrum, wrist with lst and 3rd jointlets subequal, each about half length of 2nd. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs spinose on inner margin. Epipods on first 4 legs (Kemp, pl. 4, fig. 1). Telson with 2 pairs of dorsal spinules, and 2 unequal spines on either side of the abruptly narrowed apex. Length up to 135 mm. Locality.—Durban, surface (Lenz). Distribution.—Red Sea, south-east coast of Arabia, Southern India, Andaman Is., East Indies, N.W. Australia, China and Japan. Remarks.—In view of Kemp’s demonstration of the variability of this species, I consider natalensis Lenz an obvious synonym. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. TOT Latreutes pygmaeus Nob. Big. 131 c. 1904. Nobili, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 230. 1906. Jd., Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg., xl, p. 37, pl. 3, fig. 4, a-h. 1914. Kemp, f. ¢., p. 99; pl. 2, figs. 7, 8, pl. 3, figs. 1-7. Oth eld eal. oe P4396: 1921. Balss, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., Ixi, no. 10, p. 10. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 138, p. 385. Body very slender. Carapace with 1 movable post-rostral spine; antero-lateral margin with 4-6 or 7 serrations; a movable spine behind the orbital tooth. Rostrum with tridentate apex; according to Kemp either wholly unarmed, or with 1-3 dorsal and 1-3 ventral denticles, allin the distal third. Basal joint of ant. 1 three times as long as wide. Antennal scale very narrow, at least six times as long as wide. 2nd legs not reaching to end of eyes; middle jointlet of wrist the longest, 3rd the shortest. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs spinose on inner margin. Hpipods on first 4 legs. Telson as in mucronatus. Length up to 22 mm. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. C. J. van der Horst, 1933, 1 ovig. 9). Distribution.—Red Sea, south-east coast of Arabia, Southern India, Andaman Is., N.W. Australia. Remarks.—The movable spine behind the orbital tooth is not represented in Kemp’s figure; it is not mentioned in Nobili’s original diagnosis (1904), but I have not seen his two 1906 papers. In other respects there is complete agreement between the present specimen and the description. Gen. Ancasta Bate 1860. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 26 (Tozeuma [sic], etym. To€evpa). 1864. Bate, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1863, p. 498 (Angasia) (date of public.: fide Neave’s Nomenclator). 1904. Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austral., xxvii, p. 147 (Angasia). 1914. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., x, p. 105, and p. 126 (list of Indo- Pacific species) (Tozeuma). | 1927. Stephensen, Vid. Medd. Dansk naturf. For., Ixxxiii, p. 296 (key to species) (Tozewma). 1927. Hale, S. Austral. Crust., pt.1, p. 52 (Tozewma). 1937. Gurney, “Discovery” Rep., xiv, p. 377 (Tozeuma, larval stages). 1947. Holthuis, l. ¢., pp. 17, 61. 708 Annals of the South African Museum. No arthrobranchs on legs. Mandible without incisor process, without palp. Mxp. 3 without exopod. No epipods on legs. Body slender. Rostrum elongate. No supra-orbital spine (according to Nobili erythraeum has one); antennal spine present and antero-lateral angle of carapace spiniform. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 acute; upper flagellum uniramous. Wrist of 2nd leg with 3 jointlets. Remarks.—It would seem that, because Stimpson unfortunately gave the derivation of his generic name, the spelling Tozewma must be regarded as a printer’s error; the correct spelling should have been Toxeuma. And, as Henderson and Kemp point out, this means the adoption of Bate’s generic name, as Toxewma is preoccupied by Walker, 1833. A. pavonna Bate and other South Australian species are very brilliantly coloured. Angasia armata (Paulson) Kies Usa: 1875. Paulson, Red Sea Crust., p. 99, pl. 15, fig. 2, a-o (Tozewma a.). 1893. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., v, p. 437, pl. 40, figs. 18-20 (A. stumpsonic). 1906. Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat. zool. Paris (9), iv, p. 42. 1914. Kemp, l. ¢., p. 106 (Tozeuma a.). 1916. Id., Rec. Ind. Mus., xii, p. 399, fig. 4 (late larval stage) (Tozeuma a.) 1917. Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd ser. zool., xvii, p. 402 (Tozeuma a.). 1927. Stephensen, l. c., p. 297 (Tozeuma a.). 1947. Holthuis, J. c., p. 61, figs. 10, 11. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 386. Rostrum about as long as carapace plus first 3 abdominal segments, smooth above, with 14 (Kemp: 20-24) teeth enveloped in plumose setae on ventral margin. Abdomen strongly bent, Ist and 2nd segments feebly keeled, 3rd strongly keeled and ending in an uncinate tooth, 4th and 5th keeled and ending in acute points, a lateral acute tooth on 5th segment, 6th segment with a medio-dorsal, a lateral, and a postero-inferior tooth. Telson longer than 6th segment, with 3 pairs of dorso-lateral spines, apex subacute (bifid in Paulson’s figure). Antennal scale half length of rostrum, 6-7 times as long as wide. Wrist of 2nd leg with Ist jointlet distinctly longer than 3rd, which is a little longer than 2nd. 38rd—5th legs with a slender subapical Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 709 spine on lower margin of 4th joint, lower margin of 6th joint with 6—7 spines (each accompanied by a seta or two), dactyls with 4-5 teeth, increasing in size distally. Length ovig. @ (tip of telson to orbit) 42 mm., rostrum 20 mm. (Kemp: 77 mm.). Locality.—Delagoa Bay (8. Afr. Mus., ex Gilchrist’s Survey). Distribution.—Red Sea, Burma, Andaman Is., Ceylon, Maldives, Seychelles and Cargados Carajos Archipelago; Hast Indies; Japan. Gen. Hippotysmata Stimpson 1914. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., x, pp. 112 (key to Indian species), 128 (list of Indo-Pacific species). 1915. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 94 (Exhippolysmata). 1916. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xii, p. 401. 1919. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., 11, p. 119. 1921. %d., abid., im, p. 20. 1933. Balss, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, xix, p. 85. 1935. Gordon, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxix, p. 319 (importance of mouth-parts). 1947. Holthuis, l. c., pp. 19, 67. No arthrobranchs on legs. Mandible without incisor process or palp. Mxp. 3 with exopod and epipod. Epipods, sometimes rudi- mentary, on first 4 legs. Rostrum shorter or longer than rest of carapace, slender. No supra-orbital spine, pterygostomial spine present, or reduced, or absent. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 acute; upper flagellum (7.e. the shorter, thicker one) uniramous (in Lysmata biramous). Wrist of 2nd leg with more than 10 jointlets. Gills 6 plus 2 epipods (4 more or less rudimentary). Remarks.—Kemp (1916) was disinclined to concede full generic rank to Exhippolysmata, and thought that Lysmatella Borrad. 1915 should also be included in Hippolysmata. Balss (1933) wished to retain Exhippolysmata as a genus. Holthuis (1947) adopts the former arrangement. There is need of much more collecting of these small shrimps and revision of the material. Stebbing described two n. spp. from Natal, but further material seems to show that these two forms differ in exactly the characters which Kemp (1914) pointed out as separating kiikenthalt and vittata, and should be identified with these latter species. As regards one of Stebbing’s species (marleyz) Holthuis has come to the same conclusion. — 710 Annals of the South African Museum. Key to the South African Species. 1. Rostrum shorter than carapace. Telson apically blunt (Hippolysmata). a. Antero-lateral angle of carapace with a small spine. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 scarcely half length of basal joint . : : . vutata. b. Antero-lateral corner of carapace without spine. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 as long as basal joint : : : : ; ; kiikenthalr. 2. Rostrum longer than carapace. Telson tapering to a fine point (Exhippolysmaia) 3 i : s : . tugelae. Hippolysmata vittata Stimpson Fig. 132, a-c. 1860. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 26. 1888. Bate, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xxiv, p. 608, pl. 110, fig. 1 (Nauticaris unirecedens). 1907. de Man, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2), ix, p. 423, pl. 33, figs. 49, 50. 1914. Kemp, lJ. c., p. 113, pl. 6, figs. 6-10. 1921. Stebbing, l. c., p. 20, pl. 5 (durbanensis). 1947. Holthuis, l. c., p. 67. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 386. Carapace with small spine at antero-lateral corner; one (or 2) post- rostral teeth, the rostrum proper with 5-9 (usually 6-8) teeth above, and 2-6 (usually 4-5) below; rostrum shorter than rest of carapace, nearly straight. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 scarcely half length of basal joint, latter without tooth on lower inner margin. Finger and thumb of Ist chela meeting only at their tips. Wrist of 2nd leg with 15-24 jointlets. 4th joint of 3rd and 4th legs with 4-5 spines on outer (posterior) surface, extending along whole length of joint, of 5th leg without spines. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs with 2-5 spines in addition to the apical unguis. Apex of telson with 2 unequal pairs of spines (the larger probably broken off in Stebbing’s specimen). Length up to 34 mm. ‘Translucent with narrow longitudinal red stripes on carapace and abdomen, a transverse band on Ist and on 4th abdominal segments dorsally, telson and inner ramus of uropod with red stripes, eggs pale green (Kemp). A specimen in the South African Museum is stated by the collector to have had red longitudinal lines, but no transverse bands. —— Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 711 Locality Durban (Stebbing, and 8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution —Red Sea, Persian Gulf, India, Andaman Is., Hast Indies, to Japan. Fic. 132.—Hippolysmata vittata Stimpson. a, carapace (stripes copied from Stebbing’s figure of durbanensis). 6, lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1. c, chela of Ist leg. Hippolysmata kiikenthali (de Man). d, carapace. e, chela of Ist leg. Hippolysmata (Exhippolysmata) tugelae Stebb. ff, carapace. g, endopod of pleopod 1 (¢ and Q), setae actually plumose. Gelastocaris paronae (Nob.). h, carapace, lower border drawn as if pulled out, normally bent under lateral ridge. 7, chela of Ist leg, with apex of finger further enlarged. 4, dactyl, and apex of 6th joint of 3rd—5th legs. Remarks.—Endopod of mxp. 1 is not quite like Gordon’s figure (l. c., fig. 11, d). as the ultimate joint is not more than half the length of the penultimate; the latter has a few plumose setae on inner surface. 712 Annals of the South African Museum. Hippolysmata kiikenthalt (de Man) Fig. 132, d, e. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenberg. Ges., xxv, p. 850 (Hippolyte k.), and p. 849, pl. 26, fig. 56 (as Merhippolyte orientalis Bate °). 1914. Kemp, J. c., p. 115, pl. 6, fig. 11 (chela) (references). 1919. Stebbing, l. c., p. 120, pl. 18 (marley). 1921. fd., I. ¢., p. 22 (marley). 1947. Holthuis, J. c., p. 69. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 386. Carapace with antero-lateral corner rounded; one post-rostral tooth, rostrum more or less curved, with 4-6 teeth above, 1-3 below. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 as long as basal joint, latter without tooth on lower inner margin. Finger and thumb of Ist chela meeting throughout their length. Wrist of 2nd leg with 19-21 jointlets. 4th joint of 3rd and 4th legs (2) with 2 slender adpressed spines on outer surface distally, 5th leg without spines. Dactyls of drd—5th legs, and telson as in wittata. Length up to 32 mm. “Golden-brown on white with irregular lines and curves” (Stebbing: marleyi). Broadly banded transversely with bright red (Kemp, and 8S. Afr. Mus. specimen). Localitves.—Isezela, Natal (Stebbing); Durban and Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Ceylon, East Indies. Remarks.—The Delagoa Bay specimen has the rostrum less curved than in the Durban specimen here figured, a minute point on the antero-lateral corner of carapace, a minute tooth on lower margin of basal joint of ant. 1, and 2 adpressed spines on 4th joint of 5th as well as 3rd and 4th legs. Otherwise it agrees with the above. The endopod of mxp. | is similar to that of the South African specimens of vittata. Hippolysmata (Exhippolysmata) tugelae Stebb. ig, 152, 7, g: 1915. Stebbing, I. c., p. 94, pl. 25 (Crust., pl. 89). 1916. Kemp, J. ¢., p. 402. Carapace with pterygostomial spine as well as the antennal spine; above the latter the suborbital margin has a small rounded lobe (not indicated in Kemp’s figures of enstrostris, not even in his fig. 7 on —<« = Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 713 pl. 7, l. ¢., 1914); rostrum longer than carapace, gently curved up- wards, with elevated basal crest extending on to carapace, one small tooth on carapace followed by 12-14 (or 15) teeth, closely set but slightly spaced anteriorly, and the foremost one separated by a distinct gap; rest of dorsal edge of rostrum smooth; ventrally with 7-9 teeth (in one case 5, in one other case 11). Finger and thumb of 1st chela when closed in contact throughout their length. 3rd joint of 2nd leg with strongly curved spine-seta on its lower margin, wrist with 12-13 jointlets. 4th joint of 3rd—5th legs with a series of strong spines on lower margin (ca. 8 on 3rd and 4th legs, 6 on 5th), 6th joint of 5th leg with serrate spines distally; dactyls slender, 3-4 spines on inner margin proximally. Rudimentary epipods on Ist-4th legs. Endopod of pleopod 1 narrow, tapering, the apical third not fringed with setae. Telson tapering to a fine point with a pair of subapical spinules, 2 pairs of dorso-lateral spines. Length up to 9 74 mm. (tip of telson to orbit 49, rostrum 25), 3 50 (32 +18 resp.). Localities.—Off Tugela River, Natal, 12 fathoms, and off Cape Henderson (north of East London), 26 fathoms (Stebbing). Remarks.—Only one specimen was caught off Cape Henderson, but 24 were caught off the Tugela River. There are 19 99 (17 of them ovig.) and 3 §¢ from the latter locality in the South African Museum. The 33 have both appendix interna and appendix masculina on pleopod 2, and the endopod of pleopod 1 is similar to that of the 9, and without coupling-hooks. Possibly they are not quite mature. The spines on the 4th joints of 3rd—5th legs were overlooked by Stebbing, but they are shown in Kemp’s (1914) figure of enszrostris. The endopod of mxp. 1 was correctly figured by Stebbing, except that the penultimate joint is stouter, and carries on its inner surface numerous long plumose setae. H. tugelae is very closely allied to ensirostris Kemp, but is dis- tinguished by the perfectly smooth dorsal edge of the rostrum in front of the basal crest, which carries a larger number of teeth than in the Indian species. See also Holthuis, 1947, l. c., p. 74. Gen. GELASTOCARIS Kemp 1914 Kemp G4 106: No arthrobranchs on legs. Mandible without incisor process or palp. Mxp. 3 without exopod. Epipods on first 4 legs. Rostrum in dorsal view triangular, deeply lamellate in lateral view. No supra- 714 Annals of the South African Museum. orbital spine; antero-lateral margin of carapace (below antennal spine) not serrate. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 curving upwards and protecting the small eyes laterally, apical margin of basal joint curving upwards and protecting the eyes anteriorly. Upper flagellum of ant. 1 uniramous. Ist leg slender, chela with apical interlocking spines. Wrist of 2nd leg with 3 jointlets. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs very short, 4-unguiculate (2 in middle line, one on each side). Gelastocaris paronae (Nobili) Fig. 132, h-. 1905. Nobili, Boll. Mus. Torino, xx, no. 506, p. 2, text-fig. (Latreutes p.). 1914. Kemp, !. ¢., p. 107, pl. 5, figs. I-11. WW, Td., tc; pao: 1925 Hid. wileen apa Gane 1947. Holthuis, J. c., p. 63. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 386. Animal robust and depressed. Integument shortly pilose, chiefly conspicuous on anterior part of carapace, telson and uropods. Cara- pace saddle-shaped, a post-orbital tooth and below it a spine, a post- antennal spine, antero-inferior margin rounded (sometimes with a minute denticle), lower margin anteriorly flexed inwards, the ridge from the post-antennal spine appearing to be the lower lateral border of carapace. Rostrum broadly triangular in dorsal view, in lateral view deeply lamellate, apex bidentate. Outer margin of antennal scale spinulose. Finger and thumb of Ist chela spoon-shaped, with 3-4 (Kemp says 2-3) interlocking spines, and lateral tufts of plumose setae. Wrist of 2nd leg with 2nd jointlet longest, Ist slightly longer than 3rd. 3rd—5th legs stout, with plumose setae. Telson broadly triangular, 2 pairs of dorso-lateral spinules, apex with slender median point, flanked on each side by 2 unequal spines. Outer ramus of uropod broadly oval, inner also broad but more ovate. Length 2 up to 21 mm. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. K. H. B. 1912, 2 ovig. 99). Distribution.—Zanzibar, Ceylon, Andaman Is., N. Australia, Hast Indies. Remarks.—The two Delagoa Bay specimens agree with Kemp’s de- scription. His likening of the animal to an Idoteid Isopod is very apt. The specimens were dredged off Lourenzo Marques in about 2 fathoms on a very muddy bottom, together with Alpheus notabilis Stebb. 2 a Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 715 Famitry PROCESSIDAE 1910. Stebbing, /. ¢., p. 387. 1920. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix a, 3, pp. 192 sqq. Rostrum short, unarmed. Mandible without incisor process or palp. Mxp. 2 with 7th joint attached laterally to 6th joint. Mxp. 3 large, pediform, with exopod. Exopods absent from all legs (Processa), or present only on Ist leg (Nekoides). No epipods on legs. Ist pair of legs asymmetrical, one simple, the other chelate. 2nd pair of legs unequal, one much longer than the other, both chelate, 4th and 5th joints multiarticulate. Telson channelled. Gills 5+2 epipods. Gen. Processa Leach 1815. Leach, Mal. Podophth. Brit., text to pl. 41 (1st July). 1816. Risso, Hist. Nat. Crust. de Nice, p. 84 (Nvka). 1905. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. S. Afr., iv, p. 89 (synonymy). ILO Ida, C5 pase: 1920. de Man, l. c., p. 197 (list of species). 1922. Id., Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 4, p. 44. 1923. Gurney, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plym., n.s., xili, p. 245 (larval stages). 1936. Lebour, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 11, p. 609 (specific characters and development). 1937. Gurney, zbed., p. 85 (key to species). 1941. Lebour, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 7, p. 401. With the family characters. No exopods on any of the legs. Remarks.—P. edulis (Risso) is one of the edible shrimps of com- mercial importance in the Mediterranean. Key to the South African Species. 1. Body and 3rd—5th legs slender. 5th abdominal segment with hind corner rounded . : ; : : : . austroafricana. 2. Body and 3rd—5th legs stout. 5th abdominal segment with hind corner dentate . ; : j > : . cf. edulis. Processa austroafricana Brnrd. Fig. 133, a-d. 1905. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 91 (canaliculata, non Leach). 1910. Id., 1. c., p. 387 (canaliculata, non Leach). 716 Annals of the South African Museum. ¢ 1918. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 61 (Processa sp.). 1923. Odhner, Medd. Géteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 24 (canaliculata, non Leach) (? p. 5). 1925. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xx, p. 294 (part canaliculata). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 386. Rostrum about 34 times in length (median line) of rest of carapace, reaching about to end of eyes, apically bidentate, lower point longer Fic. 133.—Processa austroafricana Brnrd. a, carapace, with apex of rostrum further enlarged. 6, lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1. c, endopod of pleopod 13. d, 6th joint and dactyl of 5th leg, with spine further enlarged. Processa cf. edulis (Risso). Algoa Bay specimen. e, postero-inferior corner of 5th abdominal segment, left side. jf, lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1. g, 6th joint and dactyl of 5th leg, with spine further enlarged. than upper, with tuft of setules; antennal spine distinct, antero- lateral corner of carapace rounded. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 short, quadrangular, inner corner rounded, outer acute (cf. australiensis Baker, 1907, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austral., xxxi, p. 185, pl. 25, fig. 2, a); 2nd peduncular joint 14-12 as long as 3rd; inner flagellum at least as long as body. Antennal scale 4—? median length of carapace (excl. rostrum). Eyes large, wider than antennal scale. Mxp. 3 extending beyond antennal scale by at least whole of apical joint, usually by apical joint and half the penultimate joint. Right leg of 1st pair chelate, left simple; 4th joint (measured along its longest margin) of chelate leg subequal to wrist plus chela. Right leg of 2nd Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 17 pair usually longer than left; the mero-carpal bend of the former being beyond apex of shorter (outer) flagellum of ant. 1, of the latter below the eye. 3rd—5th legs slender; 3rd joint of 3rd and 4th legs with 2 spines, 4th joint with 5 movable but more or less adpressed spines; joints of 5th leg without spines; 4th joint of 4th leg longer than 6th, 5th a little more than twice length of 6th, dactyl half length of 6th; in 5th leg 4th and 5th joints subequal, 6th shorter, 6th 24 times length of dactyl, its lower margin with 2 pairs of spines, and 3 at apex, these spines doubly and distinctly serrate (fig. 133, d). All dactyls slender. Endopod of pleopod 1 ¢ oval, apically rounded, the spinulose lobe sometimes more prominent than in fig. 133, c; of 2 lanceolate. Postero-inferior corner of 5th abdominal segment rounded-quadrate, without any denticle. Telson dorsally channelled, with 2 pairs of conspicuous dorso-lateral spines, 3 unequal pairs on apex. Length up to? 38mm. “LHyes blue, ova green” (s.s. Pieter Faure log-book). Localities.—Off Cape St Blaize, 40 fathoms, off Knysna, 30 fathoms, Algoa Bay, 10-16 fathoms (Stebbing); Cape Infanta and St. Sebastian Bay, 61 and 72 metres (Odhner); off Cape Agulhas, 120-126 metres (Balss); Agulhas Bank from Cape Agulhas to Algoa Bay and Gt. Fish Point, 20-26 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—The South African specimens agree in nearly all respects with canaliculata as described and figured by Lebour. They differ chiefly in the basal process (stylocerite) of antenna 1 which resembles that of australiensis, and also the constantly fewer spines on 4th joints of 3rd and 4th legs. They differ from australiensis in having no denticle on hind corner of 5th abdominal segment, and a longer 4th joint on the chelate Ist leg. In these respects they resemble the South Australian gracilis Baker, but without a direct comparison of actual specimens it would be unwise to presume specific identity. Some 300 specimens have been examined, and the above characters appear to be constant. None were observed with both left and right legs of the Ist pair chelate, such as Rathbun (1904, Harriman Alaska Exp., x, p. 110) has recorded. This species is common on the Agulhas Bank, but apparently does not extend very far east of Algoa Bay. Stebbing’s record is the only one from the Natal coast. Ovigerous 99 were taken from June to December. 718 Annals of the South African Museum. Processa cf. edulis (Risso) Fig. 133, e-g. 1936. Lebour, l. c., p. 611, pl. 2, figs. 1-6, pl. 3, figs. 1-8, pl. 4, figs. 8-10 (specific characters, synonymy). 1941. Id., l. c., pp. 408, 409 (differential characters). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 18, p. 386. Amongst numerous slender specimens from Algoa Bay a single ovig. 2 was at once conspicuous on account of its robust form and short legs. It appears to be referable to eduls, but with only a single specimen the identification can be regarded only as provisional. Lateral process of basal joint of ant. 1 apically rounded, the 2nd and ord peduncular joints subequal, and the inner flagellum much shorter than the body. Spines on 4th joint of 3rd and 4th legs 5; 5th joint of 4th leg not twice as long as 6th; 5th joint of 5th leg shorter than 6th, latter with 2 single spines far apart on lower margin and 7 close together distally, each of the proximal two in this series accompanied by a shorter spine (7.e. 2 pairs followed by 5 single ones), the spines obscurely serrulate (fig. 133, g); all dactyls stout, much shorter than 6th joints. Postero-inferior corner of 5th abdominal segment with 1 denticle on right, 2 on left side. Length 25 mm. Locality.—Algoa Bay, 10 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—P. edulis, as defined by Lebour, is known from the Mediterranean, English Channel, and Irish Sea. Remarks.—The University of Cape Town Hcological Survey has recently captured two specimens in 15-19 metres on the west side of False Bay. Lebour (1936) says that at Plymouth the larger, more slender species canaliculata occurs chiefly on the outer ground, whereas the smaller more robust species edulis occurs closer inshore. Famity GLYPHOCRANGONIDAE. 1908. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 36. 1910. Td tee pao 1920. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 3, pp. 212 sqq. Body robust, integument indurated. Rostrum well developed, dorsally flattened, laterally spinose, proportionately longer in young than in adult. Carapace sculptured and carinate. Abdomen usually sculptured, the segments firmly interlocked. Telson strong, spine-like, quadrangular in cross-section. Hye-stalks short. Upper flagellum of Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 1719 ant. 1 basally thickened in 3. Antennal scale broadly oval with thickened midrib. Mandible without incisor process or palp. Mxp. 2 with 7th joint attached laterally to 6th joint. Mxp. 3 stout, pediform, coxal joint interlocking with pterygostomial margin of carapace, with exopod but no epipod. No exopods or epipods on legs. Ist leg stout, subchelate, the claw-like dactyl folding against upper surface of 6th joint, 3rd joint acutely produced medianly. 2nd leg minutely chelate, wrist multiarticulate. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs sexually dimorphic (in some species). Gills 11 or 9 plus 2 epipods. Eggs few and large. Gen. GLYPHOCRANGON M. Edw. 1908. Stebbing, l. c., p. 36. 1920. de Man, l. c., p. 214 (list of species, and key). With the above characters. Glyphocrangon sensu stricto has large, deeply-pigmented eyes, and 11 gills on each side; the subgen. Plastocrangon Alcock, 1901, has small unpigmented eyes, and only 9 gills. Key to the South African Species. 1. Side-plate of 5th abdominal segment trispinose (fig. 134, d). 2 large teeth behind pterygostomial spine . : . sculptus. 2. Side-plate of 5th abdominal segment bispinose (fig. 134, e). a. No tooth behind suborbital spine : : ‘ . longirostris. 6. One tooth behind suborbital spine < : : . dentatus. Glyphocrangon sculptus (S. I. Smith) Fig. 134, a-d. 1908. Stebbing, l. c., p. 37. NOLO Sl xcps Jie 1920. de Man, l. c., p. 218 (in key). Integument finely setulose. Dorsal (1st) keel with 7 teeth in front of cervical groove and 4 behind, somewhat variable in size; subdorsal (2nd) keel with 7-8 teeth behind cervical groove, a group of 4-8 variable teeth in front of it, and a larger post-orbital tooth; dorso- lateral (38rd) keel with several small teeth and usually 2 larger ones behind cervical groove, sometimes almost smooth, a row of 5-8 small teeth between cervical groove and the strong suborbital spine; lateral (4th) keel behind cervical groove smooth or feebly crenulate, in front 720 Annals of the South African Museum. of it with 2 large teeth, sometimes also a small one near the groove; lower part of carapace with low ridges, more or less distinct, dis- connected and reticulate; small denticles scattered between the keels. Fic. 134.—Glyphocrangon sculptus (S. I. Smith). a, carapace. 6, apex of dactyl of 3rd and 4th legs, g and 9. c, endopod of pleopod 1 ¢, posterior view. d, side-plate of abdominal segment 5. Glyphocrangon longirostris (S. I. Smith). e, side-plate of abdominal segment 5. f, lateral and dorsal views of carapace of juv. (carapace 17 mm., rostrum 6 mm.). g, side-plate of 5th abdominal segment of this juvenile. Glyphocrangon dentatus Brnrd. h, carapace. Pterygostomial projection spiniform. Abdomen dentate and tubercu- late, the most prominent teeth being 3 (1 median and 1 dorso-lateral on each side) on Ist segment, a median one on segments 2 and 3, 2 median ones on segment 4, the hind one being keel-like, 2 on segment 5 flanked on each side by a keel-like tooth, 2 on segment 6, keel-like, usually with subsidiary denticles anteriorly, the hinder one ending in a strong eS ee ee Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 721 sharp point. Side-plate of segment 5 tri-spinose (fig. 134, d). Telson with a median tooth at base and denticles on the dorso-lateral and lateral keels proximally. Dactyl of 3rd leg unguiform, flattened dorso-ventrally, apex acute; dactyls of 4th and 5th legs cylindrical and surrounded by a tuft of long spine-setae arising from apex of 6th joint; on these two legs apex of dactyl in g with slight swelling on outside, in 2 swollen distally and bidentate; apex of the dactyl in 3rd—5th legs with a bunch of filiform setae, best developed on 4th and 5th legs in 2 (fig. 134, 6). A small setiferous median tubercle on 5th thoracic sternite. In g a median tubercle on Ist abdominal sternite and a less conspicuous one on 2nd. Upper flagellum of ant. 1 longer and more swollen proximally in § than in 9. Endopod of pleopod 1 larger in ¢ than 9, modified, the band of setae on a ridge on posterior surface apparently forming together with the marginal (inner) setae a kind of channel (fig. 134, c). Length ¢ up to 92 mm., 9 111 mm. (tip of telson to orbit: 76 and 94 resp.); smallest ¢ with both appendix masculina and appendix interna 70 mm. (58 mm.). After many years in formalin the eyes are yellowish or orange-brown. Locality. Off Cape Point, 800-900 and 1000 fathoms (Stebbing, and 8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Kast coast of N. America. Remarks.—Only 3 ovig. 99 amongst nearly three dozen specimens were taken, in July and August. Parasites.—The Bopyrid Isopod Bathygyge grandis Hansen occurs in the branchial cavity. Glyphocrangon longirostris (S. I. Smith) Fig. 134, e-g. 1908. Stebbing, l. c., p. 38. 1910. Kemp, Fish. Ivel. Sci. Invest. [1908], p. 170. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 388. 1920. de Man, l. c., p. 217 (in key). 1925. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xx, p. 295. In general similar to sculptus, but the Ist and 2nd keels on carapace and the sculpturing on abdomen usually more knobbly than dentate; only a very few, if any, denticles on the areas between the keels, the 3rd keel in front of cervical groove obsolete and the 4th keel with only one tooth behind the pterygostomial spine; median teeth and keel-like VOL. XXXVIII. 46 122 Annals of the South African Museum. teeth on abdomen less prominent, the two on segment 6 without subsidiary denticles and separated by only a shallow notch; side-plate of segment 5 bidentate (fig. 134, e). Rostrum in front of foremost tooth dorsally corrugate, giving the lateral margins in dorsal view a shightly crenulate appearance. Except that those of the 4th and 5th legs are enveloped in a brush of spine-setae on apex of 6th joint, the dactyls of 3rd—5th legs are alike, and show no sexual differences; they are dorso-ventrally flattened, more so than in sculptus, apices acute and only minutely setulose. Length g¢ up to 94 mm., 9110 mm. (tip of telson to orbit 74 and 90 resp.); smallest ¢ with appendix masculina as well as appendix interna 73 mm. (59 mm. to orbit); a specimen 62 mm. in length (48 to orbit) has the pleopods not sexually differentiated. Kyes dull orange- brown after many years in formalin. Locality.—Off Cape Point, 660-800 and 900 fathoms (Stebbing, and 8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—East coast of N. America; west coast of Ireland; between Canaries and Cape Verde Is. | Remarks.—Although Stebbing seemed suspicious of the separation of this species from sculptus, there is no doubt that they are two distinct species. The difference in the dactyls of 3rd—5th legs, and the absence of sexual dimorphism in them in longirostris, is alone enough to justify specific rank. Hight out of two dozen specimens are ovig. 99, and were taken in July and August. The smallest specimen examined, apparently belonging to this species and not to sculptus, measures 23 mm. in total length, 17 mm. to orbit; z.e. the rostrum is (approx.) 26 per cent. of the total length, compared with (approx.) 21-26 per cent. in adult. In dorsal view the rostrum is broader, more lanceolate than in adult. Glyphocrangon dentatus Brurd. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 128 (gilesea var. dentata). 1939. Calman, John Murray Exp., vi, p. 217, fig. 8 (mabahissae). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 18, p. 387 (dentarus, typ. err.). Integument closely pitted (possibly pilose when alive), edges of keels more coarsely pitted. Rostrum only a little longer than rest of Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 723 carapace. Ist keel with 3 sharp teeth in front of cervical groove, 3 behind it; 2nd keel with 3 sharp teeth in front of cervical groove, behind divided into 3 low unequal portions (scarcely to be called teeth) ; 3rd keel in front of cervical groove forming a sharp tooth at base of suborbital spine and continued backwards to the groove, behind which it forms a smooth keel very faintly notched behind its middle and ending anteriorly in a small tooth, in front of which is another small tooth; 4th keel in front of cervical groove ending anteriorly in a sharp tooth below the tooth of 3rd keel, behind the cervical groove forming a smooth keel ending anteriorly in a sharp tooth overhang- ing the groove; 5th keel continuous with pterygostomial spine, and forming behind the cervical groove a low reticulate ridge; a similar ridge ventrally. Abdomen with low rounded knobs and sculpturing, but the 3 forwardly directed teeth on Ist segment strong. Antennal scale twice as long as broad. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs as described for assumilis de Man (1920): on 3rd and 5th legs half as long as 6th joint, on 4th leg 2 length of 6th joint, on 3rd leg dorsally grooved in distal half, on 4th and 5th legs grooved for nearly whole length. Length 98 mm. (Barnard, 1926), present specimen ¢ 75 mm. (tip of telson to orbit 74 and 56 mm. resp.). Locality.—Off coast of Portuguese East Africa (25° 59’ 8., 33° 31’ E.), 540 metres (Barnard). Distribution.—Zanzibar area, 640-658 metres. Remarks.—The specimen on which dentata was based (1926), and which differed from gilesi1 W-Mason (see 1894, Illustr. Zool. “‘Investi- gator,” pl. 7, fig. 4; 1901, Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep-sea Crust., p. 132) only by the sharply tridentate posterior part of the 2nd keel, and longer rostrum, is not available to me for re-examination. A smaller S$ specimen from the same locality is described above and figured. My MSS. notes for the 1926 paper show that the longer rostrum was observed, although the fact did not appear in print. This was an unfortunate oversight, because Calman has recently described what appears to be the same form under the name mabahissae. In Calman’s numerous (about 120) specimens the rostrum exceeds the carapace length by one-quarter to one-third. In the present specimen the excess 18 only about one-eighth. The dorsal keel is more sharply serrate than in Calman’s figure, and there are only extremely faint indications of one or two granules between the dorsal and subdorsal keels. It is very likely that between the Zanzibar area and Portuguese Hast Africa intermediate specimens will eventually be captured. 724 Annals of the South African Museum. Famity ALPHEIDAE. Cracker-shrimps. 1899. Coutiére, Thése pres. Fac. Sci. Paris, pp. 1-560, 6 pls. (definition, p. 322). 1905. Id., Fauna Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., u, pp. 852-921, pls. 70-87, and text-figs. 1910. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 388. 1911. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 1, pp. 133-465. 1915. Id., cbid., pls. 1-23. 1915. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 79. 1921. Coutiere, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd ser., xvii, pp. 413-428, 5 pls. 1927. Hale, 8. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 44 (Synalphecdae). 1938. Gurney, Gt. Barrier Reef Exp. Rep., vi, pp. 44 sqq. (development). Rostrum small, reduced, or absent, never spinose. Carapace some- times with supra-orbital and pterygostomial teeth, but no antennal tooth; usually forming a hood over the short-stalked eyes and partially or wholly concealing them in dorsal view (except Ogyrides, where the eye-stalks are long). Mandible with incisor process and 2-jointed palp. Mxp. 2 with 7th joint attached laterally to 6th (less con- spicuously so in Ogyrides). Mxp. 3 with exopod, epipod present or absent. Ist pair of legs usually strong, robustly chelate, often asymmetrical, especially in g. 2nd legs with usually 5 jointlets in wrist (3-4 in Ogyrides, 4 in Arete), minutely chelate. 5th leg with series (variable in the different genera) of spines on the outer (hinder) surface of 6th joint (both sexes); dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple or with not more than 2 accessory denticles. Telson linguiform, usually rather short and broad; anal tubercles may be present. A movable scale at base of uropod in some genera. Gills 5 pleurobranchs (some- times a rudimentary one on mxp. 3), 1 arthrobranch present, rudi- mentary, or absent on mxp. 3, plus 2-8 epipods. Remarks.—Stebbing (1905, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxix, pp. 332-334) has given reasons for not accepting the proposal to substitute the name Crangon for Alpheus. Without access to the original works the question cannot be discussed here. According to Sherborne (Index), Neave (Zool. Nomencl.), etc., Weber (Nomencl. Entom. sec. syst. Fabricii, 1795) used Alpheus on p. 91 and Crangon on p. 94. If Alpheus was used correctly for the Crustacean in question, then it has aoece me men Descriptive. Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 725 page precedence over Crangon, and precedes Fabricius’ own use of it in 1798 (Entom. Syst. Suppl. See also Alpheus, infra). In any case, Hale’s use of ““Synalpheidae” as the family name is quite unacceptable, as there are several genera antedating Bate’s genus. Although free-living forms are found, the majority of the members of this family live more or less concealed under rocks or in crevices of corals, or they make their own burrows in sand and mud-banks. Parasites—Kpicaridean parasites of the genera Hemuiarihrus, Bopyrella, Bopyroides, Argeia, etc. are found in the branchial cavity (see Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxv, 1923, p. 416; Nierstrasz and Brandis, Vid. Medd. Dansk. nat. For., lxxxvii, p. 29). Also the curious parasite Faba (whose systematic position is doubtful; see Nierstrasz and Brandis, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., lxxvu, Art. 9, p. 1, 1930), which has already been recorded here (pp. 692, 701) on Merhippolyte and Leontocaris. Key to the South African Genera. J. Eye-stalks elongate, not concealed (fig. 135, 6). Ist pair of legs symmetrical, not much stronger than 2nd pair . Ogyrides. II. Eye-stalks short, more or less concealed (figs. 136-143). 1st pair of legs usually robust, at least in ¢. A. A movable scale at base of uropod. 1. Rostrum well developed (figs. 136, 137). a. Wrist of 2nd leg with 5 jointlets : . Athanas. 6. Wrist of 2nd leg with 4 jointlets i = » Arete *]. 2. Rostrum absent (fig. 138) . : ; : . Betaeus. B. No movable scale at base of uropod. 1. No epipods on mxp. 3 or any of the legs. No round polished areas on base of finger and apex of 6th joint of Ist legs : . Synalpheus. 2. Epipods on mxp. 3 and all legs (fig. 144, c). Linea impressa and round polished areas distinct on 6th joint of Ist leg (fig. 144, d, n) : . Alpheus. Gen. OGyrRIDEs Stebb. 1860. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., xii, p. 36 (Ogyris, preocc.). 1899. Coutiére, I. ¢., p. 332 (Ogyris). 1911. de Man, l. c., p. 135 (Ogyris) (key to species). 1914. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 31. * Athanas mascarenicus Richters 1880 from Mauritius is synonymous with one of the species of Arete, possibly dorsalis Stimpson (Coutiére, 1. c., 1905, p. 868). 726 Annals of the South African Museum. 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 284. _ 1922. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 4, p. 14. Rostrum very short or obsolete. Eye-stalks elongate, parallel. Ist legs shorter but very little thicker than 2nd legs, symmetrical; wrist of 2nd legs with 3-4 jointlets; 3rd and 4th legs strong, 5th leg slender. Exopods of mxp. 1 and 2 elongate. Mxp. 3 with penultimate (5th) joint longer than the ultimate (6th). Gills 5 plus 3 epipods (Kemp). Remarks.—The elongate eye-stalks and elongate penultimate joint of mxp. 3 are quite exceptional in the family Alpheidae. Key to the South African Species. 1. Antennal scale lanceolate, tapering to a sharp point . . saldanhae. 2. Antennal scale oval, lamellar part extending as far as apical spine A . : . : : ; ; . occidentalis. Ogyrides saldanhae Brurd. Fig. 135. 1914. Stebbing, l. ¢., p. 32 (occidentalis, non Ortmann). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 387. Carapace setulose, with plumose setae along lower margin; (6) 7-9 spines anteriorly (these spines appear to be articulated). Rostrum short, triangular. Eyes extending to end of antennal scale, not quite to ends of peduncles of ant. 1 and 2. Antennal scale lanceolate, with straight outer margin, inner margin obliquely bevelled off from apical point. A patch of strong spines on lower margin near base on 6th joint of Ist leg (fig. 135, e). Wrist of 2nd leg with 4 jointlets, but the basal one often with marginal notch indicating an incomplete division (5 jointlets). 3rd and 4th joints of 3rd leg each with a strong spine on lower margin in distal half. Dactyl of 3rd and 4th legs a thin cultrate plate, elongate oval, narrower in 4th than in 3rd leg, unguis absent, an apical tuft of setules (fig. 135, f). Dactyl of 5th leg ensiform with long, spaced plumose setae (fig. 135, g). A bifurcate sternal plate arising between bases of 4th legs, projecting forwards. Telson with slightly sinuous lateral margins, a long and a short spine in a notch in distal half of lateral margin, apex with long plumose setae, 2 pairs of dorso-lateral spines, and a line of spinules, 3 curved ridges on ventral surface at base. Length up to 18 mm. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 127 Locality.—Saldanha Bay, 10 fathoms (Stebbing, and 8. Afr. Mus.). Remarks—Kemp, and de Man, have drawn attention to several features not described by previous authors, as a result of which a re-examination of the original material (if it exists!) of alphaerostris (Kingsley), orientalis (Stimpson), and occidentalis (Ortmann) would be welcome. The first-mentioned species has been described by Hay and Shore (Bull. Bur. Fish., xxxv, 1918, p. 389), but I have not seen the paper. Yokoya (J. Coll. Agr. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, ix, 1927, p. 171, pl. 7, figs. 1-16) described a specimen assigned to orentalis, and was Fie. 1385.—Ogyrides saldanhae Brnrd. a, carapace. 6, dorsal view of front of carapace and eyes, rostrum and first 2 spines further enlarged. c, antennal scale, setae omitted. d, wristof2ndleg. e,chelaofIstleg. f, dactylof3rdleg. g, dactyl of 5th leg. h, sternal process between 4th legs. 12, telson. of opinion that szbogae should be synonymous. He described and figured the sternal process as a “thelycum,” and, following Hay and Shore, considered that this character might justify a separate family Ogyridae. To judge from descriptions, the present specimens resemble szbogae (de Man) in the antennal scale (de Man, l. c., 1922, pl. 2, fig. 8, 6) and the spines on 3rd leg, but the eyes are not so long in stbogae, and the dactyls of 3rd and 4th legs appear to be different. The shape of the antennal scale at once puts Stebbing’s identification with occidentalis out of court. Many specimens were caught, the largest a non-ovigerous 9; none were obviously males. The Amphipod recorded by Stebbing is not P. mirabilis but P. capensis Brnrd. 1925. 728 Annals of the South African Museum. Ogyrides occidentalis (Ortm.) 1893. Ortmann, Plankton Exp. II. G.b., p. 46, pl. 3, figs. 4, 4, a, ete. 1913. Balss, Schultze Reise, v, p. 107 (Ogyris o.). 1916. Id., Beitr. Kenntn. Meeresf. Westafr., 11, p. 20 (Ogyris o.). Antennal scale oval, the lamella extending as far as the apical spine (Ortmann’s fig. 4, a). Localhity.—Luderitzbucht (Balss). Distribution.—Mouth of the Tocantins, Brazil; Gold Coast, Cameroons, Angola (north of Loanda). Remarks.—Balss’ material both from the West African coast and from Luderitzbucht should be re-examined; in the meantime the Luderitzbucht record should be accepted with reserve. Gen. ATHANAS Leach 1899. Coutiere, |. c., passim, definition on p. 323. 1906. Sars, Arch. Math. Naturvid., xxvii, no. 10 (development). 1911. de Man, I. c., p. 144 (key to species). 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 289. 1922. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 4, pp. 16-22. 1927. Gurney, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., pt. 2, p. 260 (larva). 1935. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., vi, p. 119. 1936. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxi, p. 48. 1940; Wd., thid., xxxivep. 93. Rostrum well developed. Supra-orbital tooth present or absent; infra- and extra-orbital teeth both present. Hye-stalks short, divergent, not wholly concealed by carapace. Upper flagellum of ant. 1 biramous. Antennal scale broadly oval. Ist legs robust, at least in g, often asymmetrical, directed forwards or bent-up, the hand reposing in the grooved 4th joint. Wrist of 2nd leg with 5 jointlets. 5th leg not more slender than 3rd or 4th leg. A movable scale at base of uropod. Gills 5 plus 7 epipods. Remarks.—On account of growth-changes and sexual dimorphism it is often difficult, especially where there is very little material, and often only 99, to determine the specific identity. None of the South African specimens can be definitely assigned to a particular species, and the following key is a key to the specimens, not to species. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 729 Key to the South African Specimens. Infra - orbital tooth @Sf, James (Stebbing) smaller than extra- Ho Aivoa Ba Bast ef. nitescens. orbital = y2 or grimaldii. London, Durban 2 Umblali Supra-orbital or naifaroensis. tooth present Extra - orbital tooth smaller than infra- orbital . : . 6 Mozambique . . ef. djiboutensis. (3g Umtwalumi ) Supra-orbital tooth absent ‘ LoaMorambique, | Supra-orbital tooth not recorded, nor sex. Durban (Stebbing) — cf. grimaldii. ef. minikoensis. Athanas, cf. nitescens Leach, or grimaldi Cout. Fig. 136, a-e. 1915. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 88 (Athanas sp.). 1921. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., iii, p. 18 (gramaldi Cout.). g Algoa Bay. Supra-orbital tooth feeble, infra-orbital also small. Basal process of ant. 1 extending just beyond end of 2nd peduncular joint, a strong tooth on inner lower margin of Ist joint. Ist legs directed forwards, symmetrical, 3rd joint not grooved below, 4th joint 2 and 5th joint 4 length of 6th (excl. thumb), 4th joimt channelled below nearly to base, finger and thumb longer than 5th joint; in 9 and immature ¢ (fig. 136, c) finger and thumb leave no gap when closed, cutting-edge of thumb convex, both cutting-edges crenulate or dentate; at a later stage (detached chela of ? 9, fig. 136, d) the cutting-edges are strongly toothed; in fully adult ¢ (fig. 136, e) finger and thumb widely gaping, each cutting-edge with only one tooth in middle. Wrist of 2nd leg with 1st jointlet less than the other jointlets together, chela equal to last 2 jointlets together, finger and thumb equal to palm. Lower margin of 6th joint of 3rd and 4th legs with spaced spine-setae, of 5th leg with 3-4 similar spines proximally, distally with the spines close-set as in Kemp’s figure (1910, Fish. Itel. Sci. Invest. [1908], pl. xix, fig. 5). Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple, or occasionally with a microscopic denticle at base of unguis. Telson with 2 pairs of dorso-lateral spines. Appendix interna on pleopod 2 not reaching end of endopod. Length, a § 17 mm. in length has the Ist leg (2nd joint to apex) 11-5 mm. in length. Localitues.—False Bay, St. James (Stebbing); Durban (Stebbing); Algoa Bay, East London, Durban (8. Afr. Mus.). 730 Annals of the South African Museum. Distribution.—mtescens : Europe and Mediterranean to Cape Verdes; grumaldu : Cape Verdes to Lagos. . Remarks.—The South African specimens have all been found at Fie. 136.—Athanas cf. nitescens Leach. a, carapace. b, dorsal view of rostrum. c, outer view of Ist leg of 9 and not fully-grown 3, with finger and thumb further enlarged. d, chela of Ist leg of ?9. e, chela of Ist leg of adult ¢. Athanas cf. naifaroensis Cout. f, g, lateral and dorsal views of rostrum. h, Ist leg of 2 (symmetrical). 7, wrist and chela of 2nd leg 2. 4, dactyl of 3rd leg. (€.0., 1.0., 8.0., extra-, infra-, and supra-orbital spines.) shipping centres (St. James is not far from Simonstown). They all belong to the nitescens group, but with so little material it 1s impossible to say whether they are mitescens, grimaldiw, or some other species. Moreover, it can scarcely be claimed that grimaldzw is really distinct from mitescens; e.g. Lenz and Strunck (1914) find the accessory Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 731 denticle on the dactyls of 3rd—5th legs in Mediterranean examples of nitescens as well as in grimaldiw. Athanas, cf. narfaroensis Cout. Fig. 136, fur. 1905. Coutiére, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., 11, p. 859, fig. 131 (2). 1922 oder Mame tlerc=. pa lOsspl.: 2.) te. 19. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (x1), 13, p. 387. Q. Supra-orbital tooth small, not so acute and prominent as in narfaroensis, infra-orbital smaller than extra-orbital tooth. Ist leg (fig. 136, h) symmetrical. Wrist of 2nd leg with 1st jointlet less than the others combined, chela equal to last 2 jointlets together, finger and thumb equal to palm. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs with microscopic denticle. Length 15 mm., 4th-6th joints of Ist leg 7 mm., 6th joint of Ist leg 4 mm. Locality.— Umnhlali, Natal (coll. Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1| ovig. 9). Remarks.—This 2 corresponds very closely with the Algoa Bay 3 described above. As can be seen from Kemp’s table (1915) only naifaroensis (Maldives) and grimaldi have symmetrical and enlarged Ist legs in @. Stebbing’s Durban specimen had asymmetrical Ist legs, but its sex was not recorded. Athanas, cf. minikoensis Cout. Fig. 137, a-d. 1905. Coutiére, J. c., p. 858, fig. 130 (9). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 388. $. Supra-orbital tooth absent, infra-orbital much smaller than extra-orbital tooth (as in minekoensis 9). Ist leg (only the right present) (fig. 137, c), 3rd and 4th joints separate, both ventrally channelled; 5th and 6th joints fused. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs without denticle, though the limits of unguis and joint are fairly distinct. Length 16 mm., 3rd plus 4th joimts Ist leg, and also 5th plus 6th, 6 mm. Locality —_Umtwalumi, Natal (coll. Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1 3). Remarks.—Very like minikoensis (Minikoi Atoll) as regards carapace, but ¢ of Coutiére’s species unknown from the type locality. de Man (1911) compares an East Indies $ with that of dimorphus Ortmann 732 Annals of the South African Museum. (1894, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 12), but the exact character of the cutting-edges of the finger and thumb is not very clear. An ovig. 9 from Mozambique (K. H. B. 1912) agrees as regards the carapace. The Ist legs are symmetrical and scarcely enlarged. Fic. 137.—Athanas cf. minikoensis Cout. a, b, lateral and dorsal views of rostrum. c¢, Ist leg (right) g. d, dactyl of 3rd leg. Athanas cf. djiboutensis Cout. e, carapace. f, inner view of left Ist leg 3, with cross-section of 4th joint, and finger and thumb further enlarged. Athanas, cf. djiboutensis Cout. Hig; 151, 42; 5: 1897. Coutiére, Bull. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, no. 6, p. 233. 1898. Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 1011, pl. 65, figs. 9, 9, a-7 (sulcatipes). 1899. Coutiére, l. c., pp. 62, 177, figs. 4, 107. 1905, Jd. de @. S96, fig. 129: : 1911. de Man, l. c., p. 147 (in key). 1922. Id., Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 4, p. 21. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 733 1938. Gurney, Gt. Barrier Reef Exp. Rep., vi, p. 54, figs. 249-252 (larva). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 388. S$. Supra-orbital tooth present, infra-orbital larger than extra- orbital tooth. Ist leg greatly enlarged, slightly asymmetrical (Coutiére); in present specimen only left leg available (fig. 137, f); srd and 4th joints fused, 4th broadly fusiform, both lower margins forming wide flanges, 5th not fused with 6th, lower margins forming lobe-like flanges; 6th longer than 4th, thumb angularly bent, cutting- edge forming a broad triangle, apex hooked, finger nearly evenly curved, its cutting-edge without any denticles. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple. Length 10 mm., Ist leg (3rd joint to apex as figured) 7mm. Pale claret (K. H. B.). Locality. Mozambique (Island) (coll. K. H. B. 1912, 1 3). Distribution.—Red Sea, Maldive Archipelago. East Indies, Funa- futi Atoll (Ellice Group, Pacific). Gen. BetTaEus Dana 1852. Dana, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., vi, p. 16. 1899. Coutiére, l. ¢., passim, definition on p. 328. 1904. Rathbun, Harriman Alaska Exp., x, p. 108. EYER: de Man, t ¢., p. 175. 1927. Yokoya, J. Coll. Agr. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, ix, p. 178. 1936. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxi, p. 50. Rostrum absent. Front of carapace more or less truncate, or emarginate, concealing the eyes; no supra-orbital spines. 1st pair of legs symmetrical or nearly so, robust, twisted so that the finger of the chela is ventral. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple or with accessory denticle. A movable scale at base of uropod. Telson with anal tubercles (except in one species). Gills 5 plus 1 arthrobranch, and (usually) 8 epipods. Richters described B. utricola (1880, Beitr. Meeresf. Maurit., p. 154, pl. 17, figs. 34, 35) from Mauritius. Betaeus jucundus Brurd. Fig. 138. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 388. Carapace truncate and very slightly convex in front in dorsal view, surface faintly hollowed but no median V-shaped groove, hind lateral 734 Annals of the South African Museum. margin with a notch. No tooth or projection on inner side of cornea on eye-stalk, no ophthalmic scales. Ocellar tubercle inconspicuous. lst and 2nd joints of ant. 1 subequal (measured along inner margin), basal process extending almost to outer apex of 2nd joint, a strong ventral tooth on Ist joint. 2nd joint of ant. 2 with short dorsal and ventral spines, the dorsal smaller than the ventral; scale extending e Fie. 138.—Betaeus jucundus Brnrd. a, carapace and Ist leg. 6, dorsal view of anterior part of carapace, with base of Ist antenna, and antennal scale. c, upper flagellum of antenna 1. d, inner view of chela of Ist leg. e, lower (inner) view of 4th joint of Ist leg. jf, dactyl and apex of 6th joint of 5th leg. g, dorsal view of outer ramus of uropod. to end of 3rd joint. Mxp. 3 reaching slightly beyond middle of antennal scale. Ist legs symmetrical, 4th joint channelled below, both margins with blunt serrations and a larger blunt tooth in middle of the channel distally; palm with 3 little tubercles on inner surface each with a seta at its base, finger with a low tooth on cutting-edge. 1st jointlet of wrist of 2nd leg not quite equal to the others combined, 5th equal to 3rd plus 4th. 3rd joint of 3rd and 4th legs with strong spine on lower margin near apex; 4th joint of 3rd—5th legs with prominent spine in middle of lower margin; 5th joint with an apical spine; 6th joint with 4 spines on lower margin on 3rd leg, 3 on 4th leg, only 2-3 fine setae on 5th leg, but distally 4 series of finely serrulate spines and an apical brush of long spines; dactyls elongate, slender, curved, finely pointed, unarmed. Epipods on mxp. 3 and Ist-—4th legs. No arthrobranch on mxp. 3 observed. Lower margins of Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 735 abdominal pleurae rounded, postero-inferior angle of 5th rounded- quadrate; a movable scale at base of uropod. Telson broadly linguiform, not quite twice as long as greatest breadth, 2 pairs of dorsal spines, the anterior pair in the anterior half, 2 unequal spines laterally, the curved apical margin with 16 plumose setae; anal tubercles distinct. Outer ramus of uropod with strong spine arising from ventral surface of diaeresis which is straight. Gills 5 plus 8 epipods (? arthrobranch). Length213mm. Pale buff, semi-transparent, eggs green (K. H. B.). Locality.—Keurbooms River estuary, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., Jan. 1931, 1 ovig. 9). Remarks.—This species is clearly distinct from indicus de Man (eyes, dactyls, etc.) and other species of which descriptions or figures are available: The dactyls seem to correspond with those of harrimani Rathbun. Gen. SYNALPHEUS Bate 1899. Coutiere, /. c., definition on p. 334. 1909. Id., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxvi, pp. 1-93 (key to groups and to American species). 1911 and 1915. de Man, l.c., pp. 185 sqgq. (list of Indo-Pacific species, and key) and plates. 1915. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 85. 1921. Coutiére, /. c., p. 414. 1922. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 4, pp. 26-32. 1927. Gurney, l. c., p. 261 (larva). 1938. Id., 1. ¢., p. 48 (larva). 1940. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiv, p. 87. Eyes concealed. Rostrum short, spiniform. Supra-orbital spines smaller than or about equal to rostrum. Upper flagellum of ant. 1 feebly biramous; Ist peduncular joint long, its basal process well developed. Antennal scale narrow. Ist legs robust and symmetrical, at least in $; no round polished areas on base of finger or apex of 6th joint (see Alpheus), linea impressa (see Alpheus), if present, feebly developed. Wrist of 2nd leg with 5 jointlets. No epipods on mxp. 3 or any of the legs. No anal tubercles. No scale at base of uropod. Gills 5 plus 1 arthrobranch on mxp. 3, and 2 epipods (on mxp. 1 and 2). Eggs often large, and the development abbreviated. Remarks.—All three South African species possess the ventral prolongation of the frontal margin below the rostrum. This character 736 Annals of the South African Museum. is used in Coutiére’s 1909 group-key to separate the paulsona and brevicarpus groups. That, however, does not imply that it does not occur in other groups. Reference to Coutiere’s 1899 work (p. 76, fig. 35) shows that it is found in certain species of the neomeris and bunguiculatus groups. But, as Stebbing remarked (1915, I. c., p. 86, in regard to the relative lengths of ant. 1 and 2), there seems to be a “conspiracy of silence” in the descriptions of species to omit all reference to the subrostral character. Key to the South African Species. Rostrum with ventral prolongation (fig. 139, e). 1. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs biunguiculate, the ventral tooth shorter than the dorsal one (fig. 1389, d) . : . anisocheir. 2. Dactyls biunguiculate, the ventral tooth obviously larger than the dorsal one (fig. 139, 2, k). a. Both teeth on dactyl acute . ; : : . cf. gedanensis. b. Both teeth spatulate . . : : : . charon. Synalpheus anisocher Stebb. Fig. 139, a-d. 1915. Stebbing, U. ¢., p. 86, pl. 23 (Crust., pl. 87). Rostrum with ventral prolongation. Supra-orbital spines almost as prominent as rostrum. Ist joint of ant. 1 subequal to 2nd plus 3rd, basal process extending to middle of 2nd joint. 2nd joint of ant. 2 with outer and inner (lower and upper) spines, spine of antennal scale extending almost to end of 3rd peduncular joint, and beyond apex of the lamellar part. Wrist of smaller Ist leg not longer than its apical width; small chela without brush of setae on finger. No projecting tooth on apex of 6th joint (overhanging articulation of finger) of larger Ist leg in type and some specimens, but in others (irrespective of age or sex) a well-marked triangular tooth; in one Durban specimen this tooth is acute and curves downwards towards the finger (cf. fig. 139, h). [st jointlet of wrist of 2nd leg about as long as 2nd—4th jointlets together, 5th longer than any of the 3 preceding ones. 3rd—5th legs without spines on 4th joint; 6th joint of 5th leg in addition to marginal spines with oblique series of serrate spines in distal 2 of outer (hinder) surface; dactyls biunguiculate, the ventral tooth shorter than but approximately as wide at base as the dorsal one. Telson with 2 pairs —— oa Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 737 of dorso-lateral spinules, anterior pair at middle of length, 2 unequal spines in notch on either side of the gently convex apical margin. Length 2 up to 26 mm., ova 2 mm. diam. mS J f Fic. 139.—Synalpheus anisocheir Stebb. a, carapace. 0, dorsal view of rostrum and bases of Ist and 2nd antennae. c, inner view of chela of Ist leg 9, with tooth at end of hand as developed in some specimens. d, posterior view of dactyl and apex of 6th joint of 5th leg. Synalpheus, cf. jedanensis de Man. e, lateral view of rostrum and supra-orbital spines, ventral prolongation dotted. jf, view obliquely from in front and from below of rostrum, showing ventral prolongation, and eyes. g, dorsal view of aberrant rostrum. h, apex of ist chela. 7, dactyl of 3rd—5th legs. Synalpheus charon (Heller). 9, antennalscale. k, inner view of dactyl of 3rd—5th legs, with ventral view of apex further enlarged. Localities —Gordon’s Bay, False Bay (Stebbing); Durban, and Natal and Zululand coast, littoral to 40 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). The University of Cape Town Ecological Survey has found this species at Langebaan, Saldanha Bay. Remarks.—A few dissected parts of Stebbing’s type specimen remain, and I have seen several juv. and ovig. 99 from the other localities. The species is not unlike hululensis Cout. 1909. VOL. XXXVIII. 47 738 Annals of the South African Museum. Synalpheus, cf. jedanensis de Man Fig. 139, e-1. 1911 and 191bivde Man 7. cs p:'222, pl) ip tesa 212i ae Pelle, Me 65 10. 26 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 389. Rostrum with ventral prolongation, and supra-orbital spines as in anisocher. Antennae and chelipeds as in anisocheir, but larger chela of Ist leg with an acute tooth on apex of 6th joint overhanging articulation of finger. 3rd—5th legs, including serrate spines on 6th joint of 5th leg, as in anisocheir, but 4th joint of 3rd leg with 4 spines and 4th joimt of 4th leg with 3 spines on lower margin. Dactyls biunguiculate, but the ventral tooth obviously larger than the dorsal one. Telson with the anterior pair of spines in front of middle. Length 2 up to 17 mm. Locality.—Delagoa Bay, 4 fathoms (Gilchrist’s Survey, 2 ovig. 99 and one with aberrant rostrum). } Remarks.—One of the specimens, otherwise in agreement with the 2 ovig. 29, has the rostrum much shorter than the supra-orbital spines (fig. 139, g). I think this is to be regarded as a casual aberration or the result of an early injury. Synalpheus charon (Heller) hie, We an 12: 1861. Heller, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xliv, p. 272, pl. 3, figs. 21, 22 (Alpheus c.). 1875. Paulson, Red Sea Crustacea, p. 104, pl. 13, figs. 4, 4, a-g (Alpheus c.). 1899. Coutiére, I. c., p. 263, figs. 331, 332, 332 bes. 1905, 1d;, 1. ¢:, p.. Sia. 1911 and 1915. de Man, J. ¢., p. 245, pl. 8, figs. 37, 37, a-c. 1921. Coutiére, l. c., p. 416. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 389. Rostrum and supra-orbital spines as in anisocherr. Antennae also as in anisocheir, but lamellar portion of antennal scale broader, and no upper (outer) tooth on 2nd joint. Ist legs missing. No spines on lower margin of 4th joint of 3rd and 4th legs; 6th joint of 5th leg as in anisocheir; dactyls stout, with 2 unguiform or cowl-like teeth, Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 739 the smaller upper one with small subapical point on inner side. Telson with anterior pair of spines at middle of length. Length 9 22 mm. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (presumably) (Lourenzo Marques Mus., 1 9). Distribution.—Red Sea, Maldives and Laccadives, Chagos, Kast Indies, Hawaiian Is. Remarks.—The dactyls of 3rd—5th legs seem to be quite distinctive, but the unguis proper is not quite like Coutiére’s figs. 332, 332 bes, or Paulson’s. Gen. ALPHEUS Fabr. 1784. Fabricius, Mantissa Insect (fide Coutiere, |. c., 1899, pp. 6, 55). 1795. Weber, Nomencl. Entom. sec. syst. Fabr., p. 91. 1798. Fabricius, Entom. Syst. Suppl., pp. 380, 404. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 829, pl. 4, fig. 2 (epipods). 1891. Brooks and Herrick, Mem. Nat. Ac. Sci. Washington, v (development). 1899. Coutiere, |. c., passim, definition, p. 336; division into groups, p. 351. 1901. Alcock, Cat. Ind. Deep-sea Crust. Macrura, p. 139. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 388. 1911 and 1915. de Man, l. c., pp. 299 sqq. (key to groups, list of Indo-Pacific species and key), and plates. 1927. Gurney, l. c., p. 263 (larva). 1935. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., vi, p. 126. 1938. Gurney, l. c., pp. 44 sqq. (larvae). Rostrum absent, or if present small. Front more or less rounded, supra-orbital spines if present small, hind margin of carapace notched. Eyes completely concealed, orbits more or less complete. Ant. 1 short, lst joint and basal process reduced. Antennal scale not strongly developed, sometimes reduced to the spine only. Ist pair of legs unusually large, robust, and more or less strongly asymmetrical; 6th joint with impressed line (linea ampressa) proximally delimiting an oval-triangular space (fig. 144, d, e); finger more or less external, always a small round polished area above the articulation fitting against a similar area on apex of 6th joint when the finger is extended (Coutiére: plaques adhesives) (figs. 140, A,1; 144,d,n). No movable scale at base of uropod. Telson with well-developed anal tubercles (fig. 144, 6). Gills 5, plus 1 arthrobranch, and 8 epipods (sometimes also a rudimentary pleurobranch on mxp. 3 (fig. 144, c)). Eggs 740 Annals of the South African Museum. é h m Fic. 140.—Alpheus frontalis M. Edw. Mauritius. a, dorsal view of front of 2, with outline of same of ¢. -b, lateral view of same, 2. c, front view of same, 2. Alpheus insignis Heller. Mauritius. d, dorsal view of front (after de Man, 1902). Alpheus macrochirus Richters. Mauritius. e, dorsal view of front. jf, upper surface of large chela, setae omitted (both figures after Coutiére, 1899). Alpheus villosus (Oliv.). Mauritius. g, dorsal view of front. h, lower surface of large chela (both figures after Coutiére, 1899). Alpheus hippothoé de Man. Zanzibar. 7, lower surface of large chela (after de Man, 1888). Alpheus gracilipes Stimpson. Dar-es-Salaam. Jj, upper surface of large chela (after Coutiere, 1899). Alpheus leviusculus Dana. Mauritius. k, upper surface of large chela (after de Man, 1915). Alpheus deuteropus Hilg. Zanzibar. 1, m, upper and lower surfaces of apical portion of large chela (after Coutiére, 1899). (p.a., polished areas, plaques adhesives.) moderate or sometimes rather large; in most species a Zoea larva, but in some cases this stage is passed within the egg and the development is abbreviated. 7 Remarks.—The epipod on mxp. 3 consists of a short rod with hooked apex; the epipods on 1st—4th legs consist each of an anterior Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 1741 setiferous tubercle and a posterior rod (Coutiére: a and f resp.); the epipod on 5th leg consists only of the setiferous tubercle (not counted as an epipod by Alcock). One or more of the long filiform setae on one leg may be clasped by the hook on the preceding leg (fig. 144, c). In some species the finger of the small chela is described as “‘ Balaeni- ceps’’-like (fig. 144, f). The lateral margins curve upwards and meet on the upper surface some little distance from the actual apex, and are densely clothed with setae, thus resembling the upper jaw of a Baleen-whale. Habits, etc.—Cracker-shrimps derive their name from the noise produced by suddenly closing the finger and thumb of the large chela (Coutiére, l. c., 1899, p. 536). All the species live concealed, either in definite burrows in mud- banks, or under rocks and amongst the crevices of corals. A. frontalis M. Edw. (Cuvier, Regne Anim. Crust., pl. 53, fig. 2), from Mauritius, lives in felted tubes made by Oscillariae (Richters, 1880). The genus has not been recorded from the west coast of South Africa south of the Cameroons. On the south coast of South Africa the most westerly locality is Breede River estuary. Classification.—Coutiére (1899, l. c., p. 351) and de Man (1911, I. c., p- 307) have grouped the very numerous species into 5 groups, one of which is subdivided into 3. As these groups are characterized more by combinations of characters than mutually exclusive characters, they are not utilized here for purposes of the key. A list of the Species, grouped according to the divisions of Coutiére and de Man, is given. In the key I have endeavoured to include also the species recorded from Mauritius (Richters, 1880) and Zanzibar (Hilgendorf, 1878), as some of these have already been recorded from South Africa, and eventually perhaps others also will be found within our limits. The identification of specimens is no easy matter, particularly because the chelae so often break off and are lost, and collections often contain two or more species mixed up in one bottle with detached chelae and legs. Hence in the key the characters of the chelae are subordinated as far as possible to the less deciduous characters of the rostrum and hinder legs. A. gracilis is not included, because I consider Stebbing’s identifica- tion very uncertain. Certain features only, and those not all of great importance, are mentioned by Stebbing, and his figures do not supply the deficiencies (1919, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 123, pl. 20). The true gracls has biunguiculate dactyls on 3rd—5th legs. Stebbing’s 742 Annals of the South African Museum. specimen is not unlike facetus de Man. I have seen a specimen from St. Lucia Bay which apparently corresponds with Stebbing’s specimen. It has a white medio-dorsal stripe, alternately broad and constricted, on the abdomen; spine on outer ramus of uropod pale; dactyls of 3rd—5th legs*simple. But the chelae are missing; there are no supra-orbital spines. Some other specimens, also from St. Lucia Bay, may be the true gracilis. They have 2 brown transverse bands on the carapace, a transverse brown band on each abdominal segment, and the spine on outer ramus of uropod black. The dactyls of 3rd—5th legs are biunguiculate, and supra-orbital spines are present; but the chelae are missing. To help identification of the Mauritian and other species included in the key, and which may later be found in South African waters, figures are given of most of the species included in the key. Inst of Species. South African Species marked *. GROUP megacheles. deuteropus Hilg. Zanzibar. GROUP macrochirus. * lottunt Guer. (ventrosus M. Edw.). villosus (Oliv.). Mauritius. macrochirus Richters. Mauritius (Coutiere, 1899, p. 32, ?=sulcatus Kingsley). * luciae Brnrd. ? gracilis Heller. GROUP crinitus—obesomanus. obesomanus Dana. Mauritius. GROUP crinitus—insignis. * dissodontonotus Stebb. gracilipes Stimpson. Dar-es-Salaam. insignis Heller. Mauritius. GRovuP crinitus—crinitus. * longecarinatus Hilg. frontalis M. Edw. Mauritius. tn ee, Clr Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 743 Group brevirostris. * rapacida de Man. * notabilis Stebb. ? in this group. GRovuP edwardsii. * bisincisus de Haan. * crassimanus Heller. * edwardsii (Aud.). * malabaricus Fabr. * parvirostris Dana. * rapax Fabr. * strenuus Dana. hippothoé de Man. Zanzibar (Hilgendorf: pacifica, non Dana. See Coutiére, p- 32). leviusculus Dana. Mauritius. Key to the South African [Mauritian, etc.] Species. Frontal margin broad, no rostrum (fig. 140, a—c) Rostrum, or at least a rostral point, present. I. 2nd jointlet of wrist of 2nd leg at least twice as long as Ist jointlet (fig. 141, d). A. Front rather broad. Apical joint of mxp. 3 oval (fig. 141, c) : : : : : B. Front narrow. Apical joint of mxp. 3 narrow. Finger of large chela hammer-head-shaped II. 2nd jointlet of wrist of 2nd leg not longer than Ist jointlet. A. Telson constricted in distal half. Chela (presumably the smaller chela) slender and elongate, palm 14 times as long as finger . 2 B. Telson not markedly constricted, more or less broad. 1. Supra-orbital spines present (fig. 141, e). a. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs peculiar, short, stout (fig. 141, h, 2) b. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple c. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs biunguiculate 2. No supra-orbital spines. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs biunguiculate . : ‘ 5 3. No supra-orbital spines. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple. a. A flat tooth on either side of base of ros- trum behind eyes (fig. 141, k) b. No tooth flanking rostrum. i. Outer margin of hand of large chela entire, not grooved ii. A narrow furrow across outer margin of hand of large chela (figs. 140, j, 142, h). [frontalis]. longecarinatus. [obesomanus]. notabiiis. lottini. [deuteropus]. gracilis. [macrochirus]. dissodontonotus. rapacida. 744 Annals of the South African Museum. a. Rostral keel flanked by open grooves (fig. 140, g). Fin- ger of small chela ¢ subulate ; f. Rostrum arising from a tri- angular flattened base be- tween orbital hoods (fig. 140, d). Finger of small chela J Balaeniceps-like. * 4th joint of 3rd leg with apical tooth . ** Ath joint of 3rd leg without tooth iii. An open groove across outer margin of hand of large chela (figs. 143, 144), sometimes feeble. a. 4th joint of 3rd leg with tooth on lower distal margin. * Carapace villose. An acute tooth on rostral keel at base of orbital hoods (fig. 140, g) ** Carapace glabrous. Ros- tral keel unarmed. § Basal joint of ant. 2 with ventral spine §§ Basal joint of ant. 2 without ven- tral spine f. 4th joint of 3rd leg without tooth. 4th joint of large chela with apical (or sub- apical) tooth on inner (upper) margin. * Small chela Balaeniceps- like in 3 only. § Rostrum subu- late, © more or less keeled dorsally. + Margins of palm of large ‘chela ending bluntly rapax. [insignis]. [gracilipes]. [villosus].* parvirostris. [hippothoe]. crassimanus. * Minute supra-orbital spines present. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 745 +t Margins of palm ending more or less acutely edwardsit. §§ Rostrum dorsally flattened . bisincisus. ** Small chela_ Balaeni- ceps-like in both sexes . : . strenwus. *** Small chela not Bal- aeniceps-like. § Transverse groove on inner surface of palm of large chela extending as a longitudi- nal groove (fig. 142,m). malabaricus. §§ Transverse groove U-shaped, not extend- ing into a longitudinal groove (fig. 140, k) . [leviusculus]. y- 4th joint of 3rd leg without tooth. 4th joint of large chela without apical tooth oninner margin. . luciae. Alpheus longecarinatus Hilg. Fig. 141, a-d. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 833, pl. 4, figs. 3-7. 1911. de Man, l. ¢., p. 315 (in key). 1921. Coutiére, lf. ¢., p. 426. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 389. Frontal margin broad, evenly convex, rostrum short, triangular, keel extending backwards 2 length of carapace, flanked on orbital hoods by shallow depressions. Carapace with scattered setae, chiefly anteriorly. No supra-orbital spines. Basal process of ant. 1 short, 746 Annals of the South African Museum. Fie. 141.—Alpheus longecarinatus Hilg. a, dorsal view of front. 6, antennal scale, setae omitted. c, apical joint of mxp. 3, setae omitted, but one seta further enlarged. d, wrist of 2nd leg. Alpheus lottini Guer. e, dorsal view of front. jf, inner (upper) surface of chela. g, outer (lower) surface of smaller chela. h, outer surface of dactyl of 3rd and 4th legs. 1, dactyl of 5th leg, with full view of ventral surface, and apex of a spine on 6th joint further enlarged. 4, outer ramus of uropod, plumose setae cut short. Alpheus dissodontonotus Stebb. k, dorsal view of front. J, upper (inner) view of 4th and 5th joints of large chela. m, lower surface of large chela, true profile of hand, but finger in oblique view. n, view of large chela from outer (lower) edge, showing true profile of finger and thumb, palm edge-on. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 747 not reaching end of Ist joint. Basal joint of ant. 2 without ventral (external) spine; spine of antennal scale extending to end of 5th joint, lamellar portion a little shorter. Apical joint of mxp. 3 ovate- lanceolate but apically obtuse, with long setae. 4th joint of larger cheliped with tooth on inner margin, hand without transverse or longitudinal grooves; finger and thumb of smaller chela shorter than palm, not gaping. Wrist of 2nd leg with 2nd jointlet twice (Hilgen- dorf) or thrice (present specimen) as long as Ist, 5th a trifle longer than Ist, 3rd and 4th subequal, chela subequal to 4th plus 5th. 3rd-— 5th legs rather stout, movable spine on 3rd joint of 3rd and 4th legs unusually conspicuous, 4th joint with apical tooth, 5th joint with 3-4 spines and an apical tooth on lower margin; 6th joint on 5th leg with 5 spines on lower margin and only 2-3 small groups of serrulate spines distally; dactyls simple. Telson 14 times as long as basal width. Diaeresis of outer ramus of uropod curving towards base and then straight across towards inner margin. Arthrobranch on mxp. 3 smaller than in other species, no rudimentary pleurobranch. Hggs moderately large. Length g 20 mm., ovig. 9 22 mm. (Hilgendorf: 9 25 mm.). Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Gilchrist’s Survey). Distribution.—Zanzibar; Amirante and Providence Groups. Remarks.—Apparently this species has not been observed since its original description. It is therefore particularly unfortunate that neither of the present specimens has either the large or small chelae. The identity, however, is scarcely in doubt. The description of the chelae above is taken from Hilgendorf. He said there was a spine on the “trochanter” (3rd joint) of all legs. Such spines are present normally in Alpheus species on the 3rd and 4th legs, but I have not observed them on either the 1st, 2nd or 5th legs. _ A. alcyone de Man 1902 (syn. aculipes Cout. 1905) is closely allied and very likely synonymous; it has biunguiculate dactyls on 3rd and 4th legs, and the lamellar portion of antennal scale much shorter than the spine. Alpheus notabilis Stebb. 1915. Stebbing, [. c., p. 80, pls. 20, 21 (Crust., pls. 84, 85). 1919. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 122. Stebbing (1915) compared the chela with Bate’s longimanus (Japan), and later suggested that notabilis might be the same as acutocarinatus de Man (Kast Indies). The imperfection of the single specimen leaves its specific identity uncertain. T48 Annals of the South African Museum. Rostrum subulate, setose, its keel extending $ length of carapace. No supra-orbital spines. Basal joint of ant. 2 with very short ventral spine; spine of antennal scale as long as the narrow lamellar part. Only one, presumably the smaller, of the 1st pair of legs known, palm nearly 14 times as long as finger, 8 times as long as wide, finger and thumb slender, subulate. No tooth on 4th joint in 3rd and 4th legs. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs slender, acute. Telson 23 times as long as basal width, constricted in distal half, apical width half the basal width, apical margin strongly convex. Length 30 mm. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Stebbing, and S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Two non-ovigerous 99, smaller than the type and in poor condition, were collected by Gilchrist’s Survey. With them, but disconnected, are two of the 3rd (or 4th) legs, and a slender chela resembling Stebbing’s figure. | Alpheus lottent Guérin Fig. 141, e~. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 834 (laevis Randall). 1888. Bate, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xxiv, p. 555, pl. 99, fig. 3 (laevis). 1899. Coutiere, I. c., p. 429, pl. 5, fig. 1 (laevis) (Zoea stage). 1911. de Man, l. c., pp. 311 (in key), 339 (ventrosus) (references). 1915. Stebbing, /. c., p. 82 (references). 1919. Id., Ann. Durban Mus., 11, p. 123. 1938. Gurney, l. ¢., p. 44, figs. 193-198 (ventrosus) (larva). Rostrum acute, somewhat triquetral in cross-section, more or less flattened dorsally, flanked by rather deep grooves. Supra-orbital spines present. Basal process of ant. 1 extending beyond apex of Ist joint. Lamellar portion of antennal scale extending to end of 5th joint, spine a little beyond. 1st pair of legs, no great difference in size between larger and smaller chelae, both chelae relatively smaller in § than in 4, 4th joint stouter in smaller than in larger chela, in both with tooth on inner apex, outer apex sharply rectangular but not produced, palm in both chelae smooth on both inner (upper) and outer (lower) surfaces, without transverse grooves, margins entire, “molar”’ process of finger of larger chela subcylindrical and obliquely truncate, finger of smaller chela subtriquetral. Wrist of 2nd leg with Ist jointlet longest, 2nd, 3rd and 4th subequal, or 2nd slightly longer or 4th slightly shorter than either of the other two resp., 5th a little Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 749 longer than 4th, chela subequal to Ist jointlet. 3rd—5th legs stout, especially the 3rd and 4th, no tooth on 4th joint of 3rd or 4th legs; dactyls of 3rd and 4th legs short, stout, grooved on outer surface causing a bidentate apex; dactyl of 5th leg grooved ventrally, with (in lateral view) subacute apex; 6th joint of 5th leg with only 4 groups of serrulate spines distally. Telson 14 times as long as basal width, latter 24-24 times apical width. Outer ramus of uropod with strong spine (usually dark in colour) on outer margin at diaeresis, the line of which is scalloped. No rudimentary pleurobranch on mxp. 3. Kegs small and numerous. Length 2 up to 41 mm., smallest ovig. 2 19 mm. Pale olive or yellowish, with a darker orange or purplish stripe medio-dorsally, chelae deep orange with reddish spots on both upper and lower surfaces, especially towards the outer margin. Localities—Durban and Delagoa Bay (Stepbmay: Delagoa Bay (coll. K. H. B. 1912; C. J. van der Horst). ; Bi eiinion —Maaritius, Madagascar, Zanzibar, Red Sea, Seychelles, Indo-Pacific to California. Remarks.—Distinguished from all other South African species by the dactyls of 3rd—5th legs and the presence of supra-orbital spines. It seems to prefer living among corals, where both Dr. C. J. van der Horst and myself found it at Delagoa Bay. Stebbing (1915) thought that Bate’s Challenger figure could not be easily reconciled with this species; but Bate’s figures are known to be slightly inaccurate sometimes, and the synonymy is accepted by de Man. Bate’s figure of the chela with its spots agrees with the present specimens. Alpheus dissodontonotus Stebb. Fig. 141, k-n. 1915. Stebbing, J. c., p. 83, pl. 22 (Crust., pl. 86). Rostrum spiniform, keeled, the keel extending back 3 length of carapace, flanked on either side by a deep but rather broad groove, from the hind end of which projects a flat tooth extending forwards to level of hind margin of eye, an inconspicuous tubercle on the keel between bases of the two dorsal teeth. No supra-orbital spines. Basal process of ant. 1 reaching to end of Ist joint, latter without apical teeth. Spine of antennal scale extending slightly beyond lamellar part, which reaches to or slightly beyond apex of 5th joint. Ist pair of legs similar in both sexes (large and small chelae resp.), but 750 Annals of the South African Museum. smaller in ¢ than in g; 4th joint with spiniform tooth on inner apex in larger chela, outer apex acutely produced in large and small chelae; owing to torsion (about 40°), finger and thumb of large chela lie in a different plane from that of palm, finger opening obliquely downwards (and outwards), palm with deep narrow transverse groove across outer margin, from which a shallow longitudinal groove runs proximally on inner (upper) surface, finger apically blunt, “molar” process flattened ; small chela as in crassimanus 9, finger and thumb subequal to palm, finger terete, slightly triquetral owing to a slight ridge on outer margin, less marked in 9 than in g. Ist jointlet of wrist of 2nd leg a little longer (in type, but very little so in 2 other specimens) than 2nd, 3rd and 4th subequal, each shorter than 5th, chela very slightly shorter than Ist jointlet. 3rd—5th legs as in crassimanus, but a subapical tooth on lower margin of 4th joint in 3rd and 4th legs; dactyls simple. Telson as in crassemanus. Eggs rather large. (Rudimentary pleuro- branch on mxp. 3 not determined with certainty.) Length 9 up to (approx.) 44 mm. Localities.—Algoa Bay, 20 fathoms (Stebbing); Algoa Bay, 10 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.); from stomach of Brotulid fish (Bedenschthys capensis), Still Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Differs from bidens (Oliv.) and praedator de Man in the dorsal teeth extending to level of hind margin of eyes, and the absence of denticles on upper apex of Ist peduncular joint of antenna | (cf. de Man, J. c., pl. 17, figs. 80, 81). Alpheus rapacida de Man Fig. 142, a-f. 1908. de Man, Notes from Leyden Mus., xxx, p. 105. 1911 and 101d. Ids 1. c, p. 394, pl. 20) fis, Ol: 1921. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., 1u, p. 18. Rostrum sharply triangular, flanked anteriorly by rather deep grooves, keel extending backwards to about middle of carapace. No supra-orbital spines. Basal process of ant. 1 extending to end of Ist joint. Lamellar portion of antennal scale extending distinctly beyond apex of 5th joint, but the spine only just exceeding the lamellar portion. Larger cheliped, 3rd and 4th joints serrulate on inner margin, the latter joint with apical tooth on inner and on outer margin, all topped with movable spinules; palm (to base of finger) about twice as long as wide, whole chela 34 (to nearly 3 according to de Man) times as long as wide, no transverse or longitudinal grooves, outer Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 151 edge somewhat flattened distally between a slight ridge from finger- hinge to the linea impressa and the narrow setiferous groove which extends the whole length of margin, a similar setiferous groove on SSS . 142.—Alpheus rapacida de Man. a, dorsal view of front. 6, inner (upper) view of large chela g. cc, outer surface of 4th joint of same. d, lower surface of 3rd and 4th joints of same. e, outer (lower) view of small chela g. ff, outer edge of finger of same, with cross-section. Alpheus rapax Fabr. g, dorsal view of front. h, apex of large chela J. 7, apex of small chela g, with cross-section of finger. j, k, outer edge of finger of large and small chelae respectively. Alpheus malabaricus Fabr. 1, dorsal view of front. m, lower (outer) view of large chela 2. x, lower view of small chela 9. inner margin extending to apex of thumb, and a similar one on finger, “molar” process very little projecting, concave; 4th joint granulate on lower surface and on edge of margin bordering the narrow groove (fig. 142, d), 5th granulate on upper surface, 6th and base of finger granulate on both surfaces, tips of finger and thumb smooth; smaller 752 Annals of the South African Museum. chela, 3rd and 4th joints as in larger chela, palm about 14 times as long as wide, and half length of finger, finger and thumb ensiform, slender, gaping, inner margins setose, especially proximally, outer and inner margins of hand with setiferous groove and granulation as in larger chela. Wrist of 2nd leg with 2nd jointlet slightly longer than Ist, 5th only slightly longer than 3rd or 4th, which are subequal, chela a little longer than 5th jointlet. 3rd and 4th legs without tooth on 4th joint; dactyl of 3rd leg half length of 6th joint, shorter in 4th leg; 5th leg with serrulate spines on 6th joint extending half-way to base of joint. Telson twice as long as its greatest width, latter not twice the apical width, apical margin convex. Length g 60 mm., large and small chelae (3rd joit to apex) resp. 42 and 40 mm. _ 4 brownish pink, irrorated with paler marks, cephalic groove paler, abdomen with 3 longitudinal sublateral and lateral stripes on each side of the darker median stripe; upper (inner) surfaces of chelae greenish brown mottled with paler, lower surface pale, finger and thumb of large chela orange; wrist and chela of 2nd legs violet; longer flagellum of antenna 1, and setae on mxp. 3. orange- sienna; 3rd—5th legs buff (Delagoa Bay specimen in formalin). Locahties—Durban (Stebbing); off Zululand coast, 26 fathoms, and Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—East Indies, 0-36 metres. Remarks.—Closely resembling rapax Fabr., but distinguished by the absence of a transverse groove on larger chela, and the outer edge of finger in both chelae sharp-edged with only a single row of setae in a fine groove. Alpheus rapax Fabr. Fig. 142, g-k. 1798. Fabricius, Syst. Entom. Suppl., p. 405. 21878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 832 (malabaricus, non Fabr.). 1909. de Man, Mem. Soc. zool. Fr., xxii, p. 147, pl. 7, figs. 1-8 (synonymy). 1911. Zd., 1. c., pp. 822 (in key) and 385. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xii, p. 121 (laps. cal. credited to de Haan). | [Not rapax de Haan, nor Bate, nor Coutiere, 1905.] Very like rapacida. Rostrum short, triangular, flanked by rather deep grooves, but keel not extending back beyond limits of orbital Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 753 hoods. The spine of antennal scale extending beyond the lamellar portion, and both extending beyond 5th joint, the lamellar portion very narrow, scarcely as wide as spine. Larger cheliped, inner margin of 4th joint feebly serrulate, no apical tooth, no tooth on outer apex, hand similar to that of rapacida, but less elongate, with a distinct transverse groove or furrow on outer edge distally, outer edge of finger distinctly flattened and smooth between 2 rows of setae; smaller chela in general similar to that of rapacida but finger in 3 feebly ‘““Balaeniceps”’-like, the setose edges approaching but not meeting near the apex, the outer edge flattened between 2 rows of setae as in larger chela. Finger of the smaller chela in cross-section quite different from that of rapacida (cf. fig. 142, f, 7, k). Rudimentary pleurobranch present on mxp. 3. Length § 30 mm. (de Man: $51 mm., 2 46 mm.). Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. K. H. B. 1912). Distribution.—Zanzibar (if Hilgendorf’s record is correctly inter- preted), Red Sea, Mergui Archipelago, Hast Indies. Remarks.—\ have seen only 1 g and 1 non-ovig.9. These specimens appear to correspond with rapaz as described by de Man, but Coutiére’s figure of the smaller chela (1899, l. c., fig. 284), with which de Man said his specimens corresponded, seems to be more noticeably ‘“‘Balaeniceps”’-like than in the present g. The outer edges of the fingers of both chelae is a feature not figured (unfortunately) by de Man. Alpheus parvirostris Dana. Fig. 143, e-. 1852. Dana, U.S. Explor. Exp., Crust., p. 551, pl. 35, fig. 3. 1905. Coutiére, J. c., p. 906. 1911 and 1915. de Man, J. ¢., pp. 330 (in key) and 482, pl. 23, figs. 106, 106, a (frontal region and small chela). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 389. Rostrum narrow, acute, on either side of which the frontal margin is obtusely prominent, keel feeble, not extending backwards beyond orbital hoods. No supra-orbital spines. Basal joint of ant. 2 with strong inferior spine extending at least to middle of 2nd peduncular joint of ant. 1; spine of antennal scale extending at least to end of 5th joint (of ant. 2), lamellar portion narrow and considerably shorter. 4th joint of both large and small chelipeds ($) with a sharp tooth on inner upper margin, not at but a little distance proximal to VOL. XXXVIII. 48 a, b, dorsal view of front of g and 2 respectively. c,d, upper and lower surfaces respectively of large chela g. Alpheus parvirostris Dana. e, dorsal view of front. jf, antennal scale. g, small chela J. h, 71, lower and upper surfaces respectively of large chela ¢. Alpheus luciae Brnrd. J, dorsal view of front. k, lower surface of small chela g. l, m, upper and lower surfaces respectively of large chela g, with vertical views of outer and inner edges of hand. Fie. 143.—Alpheus bisincisus de Haan. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 155 apex, outer apex rectangular, not produced; hand of large chela with open transverse groove on outer edge, outer and inner margins ending bluntly (not produced), a deep longitudinal groove on lower (outer) surface between the transverse groove and the linea impressa, no longitudinal groove on inner (upper) surface; finger strong, blunt, ‘“‘molar’’ process very strong; hand of small chela with nearly entire margins, finger and thumb about equal to palm, a rather prominent tooth on inner (upper) surface overlapping base of finger, finger rather strong, triquetral in cross-section, not “Balaeniceps”’-lke. Wrist of 2nd leg with Ist jointlet nearly twice as long as 2nd, 5th slightly shorter than 2nd, 3rd and 4th shortest, subequal, chela subequal to Ist jointlet. 3rd—5th legs with simple dactyls; 4th joint of 3rd and 4th legs with subapical tooth on lower margin. Telson with apical margin only slightly convex. Length 13 mm. Locality.— Mozambique (Island) (coll. K. H. B. 1912). Distribution.—Red Sea, Maldives and Laccadives, Indo-Pacific to Japan. Remarks.—Coutiere (1905) stated that the species is widely dis- tributed in the Indo-Pacific “depuis le Cap jusqu’aux iles Sandwich.” I have not traced a record from “the Cape.” I have not seen Dana’s original description and figures. Three 3 specimens were taken amongst coral in rock-pools together with 99 of edwardsu (K. H. B.). Coutiére (1899, J. c., p. 32) identified Hilgendorf’s pacificus (non Dana) with hippothoé de Man, but it might just as well be identified with parvirostris until Hilgendorf’s material is re-examined. Alpheus luciae Brurd. Fig. 143, j—m. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 389. Rostrum very short, setose, separated by deep but short grooves from the orbital hoods, which do not extend far backwards and are separated from pterygostomial portion of carapace only by shallow grooves. No supra-orbital spines. Basal process of ant. 1 reaching to end of Ist jomt. Basal joint of ant. 2 with strong ventral spine; lamellar portion of antennal scale not extending as far as spine, the latter not quite reaching end of 5th joimt. Apical joint of mxp. 3 elongate. Ist leg, no tooth on inner margin of 4th joint, hand of large chela with short deep longitudinal groove on both lower and upper 756 Annals of the South African Museum. surfaces, inner margin with pairs of rounded tubercles near base of thumb, outer margin with 7-8 similar tubercles distally (the proximal ones obscure), finger strong, outer margin forming a smooth blunt keel between tufts of setae, whole chela with tufts and single setae, especially on upper surface. Wrist of 2nd leg with Ist jointlet sub- equal to 2nd plus 3rd, 3rd and 4th subequal, 5th shorter than 2nd, chela subequal to 2nd jointlet. 3rd—5th legs stout, especially the 3rd and 4th, 4th joint of 3rd and 4th legs without tooth on lower margin, 6th joint with 7 strong spines on lower margin; 6th joint of 5th leg with 6 spines, serrulate spines extending # towards base; all dactyls simple. Telson 14 times as long as basal width. Diaeresis on outer ramus of uropod scalloped. Rudimentary pleurobranch present on mxp. 3. Length 32 mm. Locality.—St. Lucia Bay, nlilier (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—From the robustness of the chelae the single specimen would appear to be a 3g, but there is no appendix masculina on pleopod 2. Apparently closely allied to macrochirus Richters (Mauritius, etc.), but with simple (not biunguiculate) dactyls. It resembles zdiocheles Cout. 1905 in the stout 3rd and 4th legs, but the rostrum is different, and the large chela entirely different. Alpheus crassumanus Heller Fig. 144. Common Cracker-shrimp. ¢ 1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 55 (edwardsw, non Aud., non M. Edw.). 1888. Bate, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xxiv, p. 554, pl. 99, figs. 2, 2, k (large [sic] chela). 1899. Coutiere, J. c., pp. 238, etc., fig. 293 (small chela), p. 434 (development). 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 880, pl. 27, figs. 62, 62, a (large chela). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 389 (also edwardsiz Krauss). 1911. de Man, l. ¢., pp. 328 (in key) and 417. 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 299. | 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 121. Rostrum short, triangular, its keel extending only a little beyond \ \ \ NS N \ Y Fie. 144.—Alpheus crassimanus Heller. a, dorsal view of front. 6, ventral view of telson to show anal tubercles, spines on dorsal surface dotted. c, bases of mxp. 3 and Ist leg, to show arthrobranch and rudimentary pleurobranch on former, and epipods, apex of rod and a portion of a filamentous seta further enlarged. d, e, outer and inner views of large chela. /f, g, inner surface and outer edge of small chela §. h, small chela 9. 7, 9, outer (lateral) and ventral views of dactyl of 3rd and 4th legs. k, pleopod 2 g. Aberrant specimen from Knysna. J/, m, upper and lower surfaces of large chela (right side) g. m, outer edge of finger of same, upper surface to the left. 0, small chela of same specimen. ar., arthrobranch. a.t., anal tubercle. end., ex., endopod and exopod of mxp. 3. l.2., linea impressa. .a., polished area. pl., pleurobranch (rudimentary). prp. 1, Ist leg. 758 Annals of the South African Museum. hind margin of eyes, with shallow open groove on either side. No supra-orbital spines. Basal process of ant. 1 not reaching apex of Ist joint. Spine of antennal scale reaching apex of 5th joint, lamellar part slightly shorter than spine. Large chela similar in ¢ and 9, but smaller in the latter, 4th joint with sharp tooth on inner apex (fig. 144, e), outer apex not produced, outer and inner margins of palm ending bluntly before the transverse grooves, groove on inner (upper) surface extending proximally as a triangular depression, “molar” process of finger very strong, bluntly conical; small chela in 3 “Balaeniceps’’-like, no tooth on apex of 4th joint, finger flattened, beak-like, oval in external view, with thick marginal brushes of © setae meeting behind the pointed apex, inner surface with sharp median keel, flanked with setae, thumb with thick marginal brushes, inner surface with sharp, slightly convex cutting-edge; in 9 finger and thumb slightly longer than palm, terete, each with a sharp cutting-edge. 2nd leg about 14 times length of carapace, wrist with Ist jointlet longest, 2nd longer than 5th, 3rd and 4th shortest, sub- equal, each shorter than 5th, chela subequal to 2nd jointlet. 3rd—5th legs becoming successively more slender; 3rd and 4th legs with a movable spine on lower surface proximally on 3rd joint, lower apex of 4th joint not acute or prominent, lower margin of 6th joint spinose and setose; dactyls on 3rd and 4th legs slender, ventrally concave; on 5th leg the 6th joint with transverse series of serrulate spines extending more than half-way from apex to base, dactyl narrower and more terete than on 3rd and 4th legs. Telson about 13 times as long as broad, 2 pairs of dorsal spinules, anterior pair at about middle of length, postero-lateral corners not spiniform, with 2 unequal spines, apical margin gently convex. Diaeresis across outer ramus of uropod straight. Rudimentary pleurobranch present on mxp. 3. Eggs small and numerous. Length g up to 52 mm.,9255 mm. Ina g 50 mm. long the large chela (base of 6th joint to apex of closed finger) measures 30 mm. with a width of 14 mm., in a 2 of equal size 22 and 11 mm. resp. Smallest ovigerous 9 observed (Delagoa Bay) 33 mm. Greeny-brown, olive-green, or smoky-grey, anterior parts of abdominal segments often white (producing a banded appearance), with or without longitudinal stripes (a median and 2 lateral) on each segment, the lower lateral stripe runs along the lower margins of the pleurae and is often edged with black, a black spot in middle of the side on segments 2 and 4; telson and uropods apically blackish (turning red in alcohol); chelae greeny-orange or greeny-brown, finger and thumb of large chela Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 759 orange, tips dull violet, palm with a more or less brilliant cobalt-blue patch on inner (upper) surface; other legs dull pinkish (K. H. B., ef. Kemp, 1915). Localities—Zwartkops estuary, Algoa Bay (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (Barnard); estuaries of the Breede River (Port Beaufort), Kaffirkuils River (Still Bay), Keurbooms River (Plettenberg Bay), and Zwartkops River, Knysna lagoon and estuary, Port St. Johns, Umzimkulu River (Port Shepstone, Natal), Durban Bay, Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Nicobar Is., coasts of India, East Indies, Red Sea, N. Australia. Remarks.—Bate has mistaken the small chela for the large one; Heller figured only the smaller chela of d. As this is the commonest species of Cracker-shrimp on the South African coast, it is probable that Krauss’ material should be identified as Crassumanus. Aberration (fig. 144, -o).—Along with many normal specimens from Knysna lagoon there is one 3 specimen which appears to be an aberration of crassimanus; or it may represent a stage in regeneration after injury (cf. Wilson, 1903, Biol. Bull., iv, pp. 197-210). 3 52 mm. large chela 24 mm. (on right side); no spine on inner apex of 4th joint of 1st leg (as in normal small cheliped), finger beak-like with strong median keel and a lateral keel on each side; small chela as in normal small chela of 2, but finger with only a slight indication of the lateral ridges and no marginal brushes of setae. Alpheus edwardsi (Aud.) 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 830, pl. 4, fig. 2 (epipods). 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 880, pl. 27, fig. 62, b, c (large chela). 1905. Coutiére, J. c., pp. 911, 912, pl. 86, figs. 50, 50, a, 6. 1911. de Man, l. c., pp. 327 (in key) and 414 (notes under audowinz). 1927. Hale, S. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 47 (Crangon e. var.). [Not edwardsu M. Edw., nor Dana, nor Bate; probably not Krauss.] Differs from crassumanus in having both margins of palm of large chela ending acutely (and more or less overhanging the transverse grooves; see de Man’s figure (1902), and cf. bisincisus), and the margins of palm of small chela (3) almost straight (not notched in profile). Length smallest ovig. 9 (Mozambique) 14 mm. 760 Annals of the South African Museum. Localities.—Mozambique and Inhambane (Hilgendorf); off Zulu- land coast, 13 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.); Durban, St. Lucia Bay, Delagoa Bay, Mozambique (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—At Mozambique the specimens were found amongst corals in rock pools (K. H. B. 1912). Parasites.—A branchial parasite (Bopyrella sp.) was found in a specimen from Delagoa Bay. Alpheus strenuus Dana 1852. Dana, U.S. Explor. Exp., Crust., p. 543, pl. 34, fig. 4. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 831. 1901. Lanchester, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 11, p. 563 (lobsdens, non de Haan). 1905: Coutiere, 1. c., p. 913, plasi lisse as, 5a.) 0,,0- 1911. de Man, l. c., pp. 329 (in key), 425. Differs from crassimanus in having a more prominent rostrum, the 2nd leg more than 14 times length of carapace (sometimes twice length of carapace), and the small chela in 2 resembling that of 3 (i.e. “Balaeniceps”’-like). Locality.—Mozambique (Hilgendorf). Distribution.—Red Sea, Maldives and Laccadives, East Indies, Pacific Islands. Alpheus bisincisus de Haan Fig. 143, a-d. 1849. de Haan, Fauna Japon., Crust., p. 179, pl. 45, fig. 3. 1905. Coutiére, 1. c., pp. 910, 911 (var. malensis, pl. 86, figs. 48, 48, a-d). 1911 and 1915.. de Man, 7. ¢., p: 405, pl. 22, fis) 95, andyvam variabilis, p. 406, pl. 22, fig. 95, a. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (x1), 13, p. 390. Rostrum flattened and feebly concave dorsally, no median keel, apex acute, setose, longer and narrower in g than in Q, flanked by deep grooves. No supra-orbital spines. Basal process of ant. 1 reaching apex of Ist joint. Large chela as in crassimanus but both margins of palm ending in blunt projections, “‘molar”’ process of finger flattened ; similar in both sexes, but smaller in 2; small chelae as in crassumanus $ and 2 respectively. Chela of 2nd leg subequal to Ist jointlet of wrist. Other characters as in crassumanus. Length g 23 mm., ovig. 99 16-32 mm. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 761 Localities.—Off Umtwalumi (north of Port Shepstone), Natal, 25 fathoms, and Durban Bay (8S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution (including varieties)—Japan, New Caledonia, Hast Indies, Maldives and Laccadives. Remarks.—Variation in the proportions of the chelae have led to the institution of two or three varieties. The typical form, with which the present specimens seem to agree best, has the length of large chela 2-2-2-5 times the length of the finger. Neither Coutiére nor de Man indicate any sexual difference in the size of the rostrum. Alpheus malabaricus Fabr. Fig. 142, [-n. 1798. Fabricius, Syst. Entom. Suppl., p. 405. 1893. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd ser. zool., v, p. 434, pl. 40, figs. 1-3. 1911 and 1915. de Man, I. c., p. 429, pl. 23, figs. 105 (varieties). 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 301. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 390. [Not malabaricus de Haan, nor Ortmann, nor Hilgendorf.| Rostrum very small, scarcely extending beyond level of the rather prominent rounded orbital hoods, no keel. No supra-orbital spines. Basal process of ant. 1 not quite reaching apex of Ist joint. Lamellar portion of antennal scale rather broad, reaching to apex of 5th joint, spine scarcely projecting farther. Large chela 9, 4th joint with tooth on inner apex, margins of palm ending bluntly, “molar” process of finger large, bluntly conical; small chela 9, 4th joint without tooth on inner apex, palm about 14 times as long as wide, finger and thumb at least 22 times as long as palm, straight or nearly so, sometimes slightly gaping, terete, finger with 1 largish tooth in middle of inner surface basally, thumb with several denticles in the corresponding position. Wrist of 2nd leg with Ist and 2nd jointlets subequal, 5th slightly longer than either 3rd or 4th, which are subequal. 3rd—dth legs, no spine on 4th joint of 3rd or 4th legs, all dactyls simple. Telson about 12 times as long as greatest width. Rudimentary pleurobranch present on mxp. 3 (2). Eggs small and numerous. Length $ 30 mm. (Henderson), 2 (Delagoa Bay) 27 mm. Semi- transparent with reddish transverse bars, 4 on carapace and 7 on abdomen, internal organs showing through integument as blackish- green masses, tip of telson and uropods deep blue, chelae dull greenish, 762 Annals of the South African Museum. dotted with reddish brown, tips of fingers and thumbs fawn or pink, 3rd—5th legs yellow (Kemp). Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Gilchrist’s Survey). Distribution.—Coasts of India, East Indies, Japan. Remarks.—The tooth at base of finger of small chela is not always present. Both large and small chelae are alike in the 3 and 9, though relatively smaller in the latter. = is é ua \ a ENG yes vy BN Ne ee WN: e iN iN b ("oe") Fic. 145.—Rhynchocinetes durbanensis Gordon. a, front of carapace with rostrum. 0, apex of chela of Ist leg of adult 3. c, Ist leg of juv. g. d, e, inner view of apex of finger and thumb of chela of juv. g. jf, apex of thumb of chela of 2nd leg. g, 2nd and 3rd thoracic sternites. h, endopod of pleopod 1 3. Famity RHYNCHOCINETIDAE. 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., 11, p. 26. 1939. Burkenroad, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (x1), 3, p. 310 (systematic position). Rostrum compressed, dentate, more or less movably articulated with front of carapace. Lateral (horizontal or oblique) pleural sutures on anterior abdominal segments often present (in adult). Antennal spine present, supra-orbital present or absent. LHyes conspicuous, on short stalks. Mandible with incisor process and 3-jointed palp. Mxp. 2 with apical joint attached laterally to 6th joint. Mxp. 3 with exopod and epipod. Exopods absent from all legs; epipods present on all except the 5th. 1st pair of legs robust, (Et lS Fae Oe oes —— Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 763 equal or unequal, chelate. 2nd pair of legs slender, equal, chelate, wrist not segmented. Telson tapering. Gills 10-11 plus 7 epipods. Pleopod 1 with appendix interna on endopod in J, sometimes also (abnormally) in 9. Gen. RHYNCHOCINETES M. Edw. 1917. Stebbing, J. c., p. 26 (references). 1925. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxvii, p. 263. 1927. Hale, S. Austral. Crust., pt. 1, p. 54. 1936. Gordon, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., i, p. 75 (revision, key to species). 1939. Burkenroad, l. c., p. 310 (habits and larval stages). 1941. Gurney, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xli, p. 113, figs. 8-10 (larval stages and systematic position). 1941. Hale, B.A.N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exp., B, iv, pt. 9, p. 269. The only genus, with the above characters, is remarkable for the articulated and movable rostrum. This feature is paralleled by Pantomus in the Pandalidae. In the Madeiran species rigens Gordon the articulation is incomplete and movement restricted. An appendix interna on Ist pleopod ¢ is also an unusual feature. The 3rd maxilli- peds and Ist pair of legs are often elongated in old males (Kemp, p- 264). Five species are known from the Indo-Pacific (incl. west coast of S. America) and one from the Atlantic. Brightly coloured with spots or linear markings. Rhynchocinetes durbanensis Gordon Fig. 145. 1917. Stebbing, J. c., p. 27, pl. 6 (typus, non M. Edw.). 1986. Gordon, l.¢., p. 83; figs. 5, b, ¢, 7; ¢, d: Integument finely striate. Carapace with 2 post-rostral teeth, supra-orbital, antennal and pterygostomial spines present, orbit bounded below by a small angular projection above the antennal spine. Rostrum with 3 spaced teeth proximally and 7 distally above, 16-17 teeth below. Abdomen strongly humped at 3rd segment, no lateral sutures on Ist-3rd segments, no tooth on hind margin laterally on 4th and 5th segments. Spiniform tooth on outer apex of Ist peduncular joint of ant. 1 reaching to end of 2nd joint, basal process not reaching so far, about to middle of 2nd joint. Exopod of mxp. 3 764 Annals of the South African Museum. extending to middle of antepenultimate joint (of mxp. 3). Ist leg, upper apices of 4th and 5th joints acute, upper margin of 6th bluntly carinate, finger and thumb gaping when closed, apices with dark stout spines, 3 on thumb, several decreasing in size proximally on finger, 3rd—6th joints granulate especially in adult g. 2nd leg slender, finger and thumb armed as in Ist leg but spines relatively longer, those on thumb almost as long as thumb itself. 3rd—5th legs, 3rd and 5th joints each with 1 movable adpressed spine on lower surface, 4th joint with 4 spines; dactyls biunguiculate, with 3 spinules on lower margin. Pleopod 1 ¢ with appendix interna, with coupling-hooks; pleopod 2 S$ with the appendix interna longer than the appendix masculina. Telson with 3 pairs of dorso-lateral spinules. No arthrobranch on segment of 4th leg. 2nd and 3rd sternites each with 2 slender tri- angular teeth, set transversely, those on 3rd sternite farther apart than those on 2nd. Length g up to 77 mm. (Gordon). A Durban specimen after a month in formalin was pinkish with linear markings and ocelli (as in Stebbing’s figure) of a darker red or red-brown, the colour deepest on the bands converging on the hump of 3rd abdominal segment; eye-stalks red, cornea black; antennal scale white with red external margin; uropods pink with darker external margins; legs pink, basal joints with darker bands; peduncles of pleopods red. Locality.—Durban (Stebbing, Gordon; and 8. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Stebbing’s figure shows a specimen, presumably 4, in which the right Ist leg is robust, with relatively short wrist, and expanded hand, the finger almost semicircularly curved (whether the left was similar was not mentioned). A 3, 75 mm. long, has the Ist pair of legs equal, granulate, with the finger curved, and a strong tooth-like process on the thumb (fig. 145, b). Famitry GNATHOPHYLLIDAE. 1917. Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd ser. zool., xvii, p. 408 (characters). 1920. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxix a, 3, p. 187 (list of genera and species). Carapace broad, abdomen humped. Rostrum compressed, serrate. Only the antennal spine present on carapace. Basal process of ant. 1 well developed; outer flagellum thickened basally, with very short cleft at end of thick part. Antennal scale apically rounded. Man- dible simple, without incisor process or palp. Mxp. 2 with 7th joint v , st sac Rail? Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 765 attached laterally to, or fused with, 6th joint. Mxp. 3 with some or all of the joints broadly expanded, with exopod and epipod. No exopods or epipods on legs. lst and 2nd pairs of legs chelate, more or less dissimilar, the 2nd pair the larger, with unsegmented wrist. Telson with 2 pairs of lateral spines, apex with 2 pairs of unequal spines and a median pair of plumose setae. Grills 6 plus 3 epipods (a vestige of a pleurobranch on mxp. 3, as well as the arthrobranch, in Hymenocera). Key to the South African Genera. 1. 3rd and 4th joints of mxp. 3 fused, broad. Outer flagellum of ant. | thick but not foliaceous : : . . Gnathophyllum. 2. 3rd and 4th joints of mxp. 3 articulated, the three terminal joints (4th—6th) foliaceous. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 foliaceous. Hand of 2nd leg with foliaceous expansion Hymenocera. Gen. GNATHOPHYLLUM Latr. 1819. Latreille, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., 2nd ed., xxx, p. 72 (Gnato- phyllum [sic], emend. Desmarest 1823). 1917. Borradaile, l. c., p. 409. 1920. de Man, 1. c., pp. 187, 188. 1920. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., 1, p. 275. 1940. Armstrong, Amer. Mus. Novit. no. 1096, p. 6 (key to species). Rostrum short. 3rd and 4th joints of mxp. 3 fused, with notch on inner margin, broadly expanded, 5th and 6th joints small. The 2nd, ord, and 4th joints of mxp. 2 thick and muscular, the sutures obscure, 7th jot obsolete or indistinguishably fused with the scimitar-like 6th, inner margin of which bears a double row of palisade-like spines. No foliaceous expansions on 2nd legs. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 thick but not foliaceous. Mandible cylindrical. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs biunguiculate. Gnathophyllum fasciolatum Stimpson Zebra Shrimp. Fig. 146. 1860. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 28. 1880. Richters, Meeresf. Mauritius, p. 161, pl. 17, figs. 18-20, 22 (zebra). 1917. Borradaile, l. c., p. 409, pl. 59, figs. 8, a-d (mouth-parts). 1920. de Man, l. c., p. 189, pl. 16, figs. 48, 48, a-e. (1920. Stebbing, l. c., p. 275 (americanus Guérin). 766 Annals of the South African Museum. 1925. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xx, p. 294 (americanum). 1940. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiv, p. 84, figs. 7-9 (americanum). 1940. Armstrong, l. c., pp. 6, 7, 8 (in key), fig. 4, A, B (ant. 1, scaphocerite) (americanum). Rostrum compressed, on a broad triangular base, 5 teeth dorsally excluding the apex, the hindmost tooth in front of hind margin of Fic. 146.—Gnathophyllum fasciolatum Stimpson. a, front of carapace and rostrum. 6, 2nd maxilliped, with portion of margin of apical joint further enlarged. c, 3rd maxilliped. d, 2nd leg §. e, endopod of pleopod 1 ¢. orbit, often a minute denticle near the tip ventrally. Antennal spine distinct, antero-lateral corner of carapace prominent. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 thicker and more densely setose in ¢ than in 9. 1st legs extending beyond antennal scale by about the length of chela. 2nd legs much longer, especially in g, hand elongate, finger and thumb in 2 and immature (or small-sized) § with entire or feebly denticulate cutting-edges, in large ¢ each with 2 strong teeth, the proximal one on thumb being serrate. Length up to 20 mm. (Stimpson), Mauritian specimens 15 mm. Buff or brownish or reddish with darker (dark red to blackish) trans- verse bars, 6 on carapace; 6th abdominal segment and tail-fan pale, legs and hands of large chelae with dark bands across middle of the joints, cornea black. , Localitves.—Port St. Johns (S. Afr. Mus.); Durban (Stebbing); St. Lucia Bay, and Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.). | =—— _—=-_ Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 767 Distribution.—Mauritius, Seychelles, Chagos, Red Sea, Hast Indies, Pacific. Remarks.—Regarded by some authors as synonymous with ameri- canum from the Gulf of Mexico. Armstrong has compared specimens from the Pacific and West Indies and finds no significant difference, and therefore follows Nobili (1907) and Rathbun (1901) in regarding americanum as circumtropical. See Holthuis, 1949, Zool. Med., xxx, p. 244, figs. 5, 6 (americanum). Gen. HymEnocerA Desm. 1823. Desmarest, Dict. Sci. Nat., xxvii, pp. 259, 275. 1917. Borradaile, J. c., pp. 409, 410. 1920. de Man, J. ¢., pp. 188, 191. Rostrum well developed. Mandible flattened. 3rd joint of mxp. 3 narrow, movably articulated with 4th, 4th—6th joints (or only 5th and 6th) expanded, foliaceous. 2nd and 3rd joints of mxp. 2 not clearly distinct, but 4th—7th distinctly articulated. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 folaceous. Ist legs with hand slender, styliform, finger and thumb short and feeble. 2nd legs strong, hands with foliaceous expansions oninner margins. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs biunguiculate. Hymenocera elegans Heller Fig. 147. 1861. Heller, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xliv, p. 264, pl. 3, figs. 9-14. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 828. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 822, pl. 25, fig. 52 (spines on mxp. 3). | 1917. Borradaile, J. c., p. 410, pl. 59, fig. 10, a—f (mouth-parts). 1920. de Man, l. c., p. 191, pl. 16, fig. 49 (tail-fan). 1942. Ward, Mauritius Inst. Bull., u1, p. 58. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (x1), 13, p. 390. Rostrum with 7 (6-8) teeth above, the hindmost 3 in adult (2 in juv.) being really post-rostral (on the carapace), 1 or 2 below (excl. apical point). Basal process of ant. 1 reaching to middle or nearly to end (excl. spine on outer apex) of Ist peduncular joint. 4th—6th joints of mxp. 3 foliaceous, 4th wider than 3rd, 5th widest, shape not exactly alike on the two sides. 4th and 5th joints of 2nd leg with 2 apical spines, 6th joint with spine on outer apex, finger serrate, whole inner margin of palm and thumb with foliaceous expansion (not symmetrical on the two legs). Pleurae of 1st and 2nd (and to a lesser extent 3rd Fie. 147.—Hymenocera elegans Heller. a, dorsal view, lobes of the 3rd maxil- lipeds lightly dotted, projecting pleurae of 1st and 2nd abdominal segments partly omitted on right side. 6, lateral view. c, mandible. d, 2nd maxilla. e, 2nd maxilliped with marginal spines further enlarged. f, 3rd maxilliped (right side), with marginal spine further enlarged. g, hand of 1st leg, with finger and thumb further enlarged in lateral view. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 769 also) abdominal segments curved outwards, somewhat foliaceous, with irregular margins. Length 3 up to 40 mm. (de Man), 2 up to 55 mm. (Hilgendorf). Semi-transparent with dirty grey spots (Heller); with blue ocelli (Hilgendorf). Locality.—Delagoa Bay (coll. C. J. van der Horst, 1 g, 1939). Distribution.—Red Sea, Seychelles, Chagos, Matemmo (presumably Matema Is., near Ibo, Portuguese East Africa), Hast Indies. Remarks.—Hilgendorf recorded his specimens from under stones. Professor van der Horst also found his specimen under a stone: “it was a most beautiful animal and moved its chelae, etc., slowly and constantly, making an impression of floating leaves.” Famity PALAEMONIDAE. 1900. Coutiére, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 8, xu, p. 249 (wrongly dated in Stebbing, 1910 and 1915). 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 383. HOLS. 1d, AnnoS. Ate, Mus:, xv, p. (2. 1917. Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd ser. zool., xvii, pp- 323 sqq. (Pontoniinae). 1922. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxiv, pp. 113 sqq. (key to genera of Pontoninae). 1923. Sollaud, Bull. Biol. Fr. Belg., Ivu, p. 509 (development of Palaemoninae). 1924. Gurney, “Terra Nova” Rep., zool., vii, p. 120 (larval stages). 1925. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxvu, pp. 284 sqqg. (key to genera of Palaemoninae). 1938. Gurney, Gt. Barrier Reef Exp. Rep., vi, pp. 1-44 (larval stages). 1941. Gurney and Lebour, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xli, p. 135 (larval stages). Rostrum compressed, usually dentate. Carapace with antennal, with or without hepatic and branchiostegal spines. Eyes well developed. Mandible with or without palp, incisor process and molar separated by acleft. Mxp. 2 with 7th joint attached laterally to 6th. Mxp. 3 with exopod, with or without arthrobranch and pleurobranch. lst legs with small chelae (in one Pontoniine genus, Thawmastocaris, the wrist is segmented). 2nd legs with larger and more robust chelae, wrist unsegmented. No epipods on legs. Telson tapering. Gills 6-7 plus 2 epipods. VOL. XXXVIII. 49 770 Annals of the South African Museum. Remarks.—The family includes marine, estuarine, and purely fluviatile species. The River Prawns are tropical and subtropical. Key to the South African Genera. I. Ant. 1 with 3 flagella. Mxp. 3 with pleurobranch. Telson with 4 apical spines (Palaemoninae). A. Mandible with palp. 1. Hepatic spine usually present, branchiostegal spine absent (fig. 148, a, 7). Fluviatile and estuarine . : 4 : : : . Palaemon. 2. Hepatic spine absent, branchiostegal spine usually present (fig. 149, a, 1). Marine, estuarine, fluviatile . zsh Saye ‘ " ; . Leander. B. Mandible without palp. Hepatic and branchiostegal spines present. Rostrum dentate : . [Palaemonetes]. II. Ant. 1 with 2 flagella (outer one only slightly cleft). Mxp. 3 without pleurobranch. Telson with 6 apical spines (Pontoniinae). Mandible without palp in 8S. African genera. A. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple or biunguiculate, with- out basal protuberance (fig. 151, e). 1. Rostrum curving downwards, smooth (fig. 150, a). In bivalve Mollusca (Pinna) : : . Anchistus. 2. Rostrum straight, dentate. a. Carapace not depressed. Free-living or associated with Sea Anemones . Periclimenes subgen. Ancylocaris. b. Carapace depressed. 3rd—5th legs stout. Associated with corals : 3 . Harpilius. B. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple or biunguiculate and with basal protuberance (fig. 151, /, m, 0). a. Rostrum compressed, dentate. Dactyls of 3rd- 5th legs with single claw, protuberance hoof- shaped (fig. 151, 7, m). In corals : . Coralliocaris. b. Rostrum depressed, non-dentate. Dactyls of 3rd- 5th legs biunguiculate, with flat basal protuberance (fig. 151, 0). In_ bivalve Mollusca (T'ridacna and Meleagrina) . . Conchodytes. Gen. PatarmMon Fabr. River Prawns. 1898. Hilgendorf, Deutsch Ostafrika. Decap. Crust., p. 25 (key to Kast African species). 1900. Coutiére, l. c., p. 249. | Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 771 1904. de Man, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd ser. zool., ix, pp. 299-324 (West African species). 1908. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 39 (Macroterocheir). 1910. Id., 1. c., pp. 384, 385 (Palaemon, Eupalaemon, Parapalaemon, Macroterocheir). 1910. Henderson and Matthai, Rec. Ind. Mus., v, p. 277 (Indian species). 1912. de Man, Rev. Zool. Afric., 1, p. 413 (Congo species). 1915. Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 265 (Chilka Lake species, and habits). 1926. Schmitt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., lin, p. 27 (Macro- brachium, Congo species). 1940. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiv, p. 5 (Japanese species). Carapace with antennal and hepatic spines, but no branchiostegal (pterygostomial) spine. Ant. 1 with 3 flagella, the outer flagellum being cleft almost to base. Mandible with 3-jointed palp (1 exception). Mxp. 3 with pleurobranch. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple. Telson with 4 apical spines. Appendix interna on pleopods 2-5, also appendix masculina on pleopod 2. Gills 6 plus 2 epipods. Remarks.—The species of this genus are found in rivers and estuaries. They seem to be subject to considerable variation, and the separation of the species is often a puzzling and difficult matter. P. lepidactylus is a distinct and easily recognizable species; but I am not at all sure that the specimens of the other species which I have seen are correctly identified. I have given descriptions of them, and indicated the points in which they seem to differ from other descriptions of the species to which they have been assigned. Far more intensive collecting is necessary before the taxonomy of the South African species can be satisfactorily elucidated. Nothing is known about the life-history or the growth-changes. At present one can only describe specimens, not species. Key to the South African Species. J. 2nd legs robust (fig. 148, b, c), unequal in 3, slightly so in 9, 5th joint shorter than 4th. A ventral tooth between bases of uropods in both sexes. Hand, finger, and thumb of both 2nd chelae with scale-like granules, distinctly imbricate in ¢ (fig. 148, d), less so in 9. 3rd—5th legs stout . é : . ; ; . lepidactylus. 172 Annals of the South African Museum. II. 2nd legs slender (fig. 148, 4), similar or unequal in 9, 5th joint as long as or longer than 4th. No ventral tooth between bases of uropods.* 3rd—5th legs slender. A. Carapace smooth. 1. 3 finger and thumb of 2nd leg subequal to palm (fig. 148, h) : ““ sundaicus.”’ 2. § finger and thumb of ond leg choi Shortet fHen palm ; delagoae. B. Carapace granulate or minutely spannilocey an nee anteriorly (fig. 148, 7). 1. One of the 2nd legs larger than the other in ¢, 5th joint short, scarcely longer than 4th. a. finger of 2nd leg longer than palm, only the palm with felty pubescence . dolichodactylus. b. 3 finger of 2nd leg shorter than palm, whole leg except finger and thumb with felty pubescence (cf. fig. 148, h) . 5 petersir. 2. 2nd legs subequal in 3g, 5th joint long, longer fan Ath. a. Rostrum shorter than antennal scale. Finger and thumb of 2nd leg ¢ without denticles on inner edge (except 1 or 2 near base) : : | adaee b. Rostrum as long as atonal seal: Finger and thumb of 2nd leg g with a double row of denticles along inner edge . rudis. Palaemon (Macroterocheir) lepidactylus Hilg. Scaly-armed River Prawn. Fig. 148, a-d. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 838, pl. 4, figs. 14-16. 1880. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 384 (sed loc. ?). 1898. Hilgendorf, 1. c., p. 32, fig. B (P. (Macrobrachium) 1.). 1900. Coutiére, l. c., p. 272, pl. 10, pl. 11, figs. 18, 13, a. 1908. Stebbing, I. c., p. 40 (Macroterocheir 1.). 1910. Id., l. c., p. 8386 (Macroterocheir 1.). 1913. Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 926. Carapace smooth. Rostrum in ¢ 24-23 times, in 2 2-24 times in post-orbital length of carapace, depth Hour teeth) less than (3—%) the width of basal joint of ant. 1; with 10-13, usually 11-12, teeth (excl. tip of rostrum) above, of which 4-5 are post-orbital, and 1-3, usually 2, below. 2nd legs stout, subequal in §, but very robust and unequal in 3 * Present, however, in the East African P. lar. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 773 Fic. 148.—Palaemon lepidactylus Hilg. a, front of carapace and rostrum. b, chela of larger 2nd leg g, only the larger tubercles drawn in. c, chela of smaller 2nd leg g. d, detail of imbricate scale-like granules. Palaemon “‘sundaicus.” e, f, g, rostrum of a juv. 60 mm. total length, of a Q 88 mm., and of a ¢ 112 mm. respectively. h, 2nd leg of 3. Palaemon “‘idae.” 3, Isipingo. 7, rostrum and part of carapace. 7, chela of right 2nd leg. k, outer surface of junction of 6th joint and finger of same. /, inner edge of thumb of same. TT4 Annals of the South African Museum. (either the right or the left the larger), 5th joint shorter than 4th; the larger one in ¢ tuberculate and granulate, the granules on the upper and outer surfaces of wrist and hand, and on finger and thumb, becoming flattened scale-like and imbricate; finger and thumb a little longer than palm, sparingly setose on their opposed margins; thumb with 1-4 blunt teeth on inner margin proximally, a strong tooth slightly before the middle, and a double row of 12-14 (sometimes as many as 24) tubercular teeth distally, mostly in pairs but often irregular; finger similar, the big tooth slightly beyond middle, a double row of 6-12 (or more) tubercles distally; smaller cheliped in $ similarly granulate, finger and thumb nearly twice as long as hand, more or less gaping, opposed margins without teeth but usually densely setose. In 9 2nd legs nearly alike, with granulation similar to that of 3S but the scale-like granules not so close as to be imbricate, finger and thumb in both legs subequal to palm, not gaping, sparsely setose, opposing margins cultrate, entire. 3rd—5th legs stout, 6th joint of 5th leg equal to the distance between the antennal spines on carapace. Telson with medio-dorsal tuft of setae near base. A laterally com- pressed tooth ventrally between bases of uropods. Length g up to 140 mm., 2 87 mm.; larger chela ¢ 190 mm. (a specimen in South African Museum 117 mm. in length has the larger cheliped from base of 3rd joint to tip of finger 130 mm.), 2 (from base of ord joint) 50 mm. Male from Umgeni Lagoon (preserved a short while in formalin) buff with dark blue-green markings on carapace, a diffuse band of same colour along side of abdomen continued on to telson, similarly coloured but more diffuse markings medio-dorsally on anterior abdominal segments, eyes ultramarine. Localities—Quilemane and Tete, Portuguese East Africa (Hilgen- dorf); Umgeni River, Durban (Stebbing, and 8. Afr. Mus.); Amati- kulu River, 20 miles inland, Zululand (Natal Mus.); Barberton, Transvaal (Stebbing); Levubu River, a tributary of the Limpopo River (coll. C. J. van der Horst); Olifants River, Transvaal (S. Afr. Mus.); Nahoon River, East London, and Kei River (Kast London Mus.). Distribution.—Tanganyika Territory. The closely allied, if not identical (see Calman, I. ¢., 1913), hilgendorfi Cout. inhabits Mada- gascar; and the Malaysian lepidactyloides de Man is regarded by Roux (1923, Cap. Zool., II, 2, p. 11) as a variety. Remarks.—Two ovigerous 99 from Umgeni River were taken in March. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 775 Palaemon (EHupalaemon), cf. sundaicus Heller Smooth River Prawn. Fig. 148, e-h. 1897. Weber and de Meijere, Zool. Jahrb., x, p. 165. 1898. Hilgendorf, J. c., p. 30. 1900. Coutiére, J. c., pp. 250, 251, 273, pl. 14, figs. 44-46, a. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 384. Ste Sa Pies py TS: 1918. Kemp, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vi, p. 261. 1925. Roux, Cap: Zool., Il, 2, p. 6. 1923. Stebbing, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rep. iii (1922), Spec. Rep. 3, p. 8, pl. 14 (Urocaridella borradailer). 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xii, p. 121 (sundaicus). 1940. Kubo, l. ¢., p. 20, fig. 11. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 18, p. 390. Carapace smooth, feebly pitted on branchial region, less so in juv. and 2? thanin g. Rostrum in ¢ 14 times, in 9 14-1, mm post-orbital length of carapace, in juv. equal to or slightly longer than carapace, extending beyond end of peduncle of ant. 1, in ¢ to end of antennal scale, in juv. and Q slightly beyond, apex slightly up-turned, depth (incl. teeth) subequal to width of basal joint of ant. 1; with 10-13, usually 11-12, teeth above, of which 2 are post-orbital, 3-4 below. 3rd joint of Ist legs setose. 2nd legs slender, subequal in both sexes, 5th joint longer than 4th; in ¢ longer than body, all joints smooth (non-granulate), but covered with a short felt-like pubescence, finger and thumb subequal to palm, not gaping, thumb with 1 tooth, finger with 2 teeth near base, rest of opposing margins with a rowof tubercles on either side of a median keel or cutting-edge; in 9 shorter than body, similar to ¢ but glabrous or with very feeble development of the felt on the palm, finger and thumb with a minute denticle near base, cutting-edges relatively more prominent and not flanked by rows of tubercles. 3rd—5th legs slender, 6th joint of 5th leg equal to distance between the hepatic spines on carapace. Telson as in lepidactylus. No ventral tooth between bases of uropods. Length ¢ up to 112 mm., 9 105 mm.; 2nd leg § 130 mm., 9 77 mm. Smallest ovigerous 2 67 mm. Semi-transparent, slightly pinkish (as preserved in formalin), speckled with pinky-brown dots, a series of darker spots in middle of side of abdomen (one on hind margin of each segment), 2nd legs brownish, eyes black. 776 Annals of the South African Museum. Localities.—Durban (“in See,” probably = harbour or upper end of Bay) and Umgeni River (Weber and de Meijere); Umlaas River (Stebbing); Umbhlotuzi River (Stebbing, as Urocaridella); Durban harbour, Umkomaas River, and mouth of Mtunzini River, Zululand (S. Afr. Mus.); Delagoa Bay (Barnard); Port St. Johns (8. Afr. Mus.); Buffalo River, East London (EH. Lond. Mus.). Remarks.—Ovigerous 99 were taken from January to March. Apparently Coutiére himself saw no specimens from Natal. I have not seen his paper, and cannot compare the present specimens with his description of sundaicus. One of the $¢ was reported on by Stebbing, and there is also in the Museum a @ identified by him as sundarcus. : Hilgendorf (1898) and de Man (1904, p. 306) say the 2nd legs are not covered with woolly pubescence. Hilgendorf says that sundaicus adult ¢ is distinguished from mossambicus by the smooth carapace, no felt on 2nd leg or 3rd joint of Ist leg, shorter chelae without rows of tubercles. Except that the carapace is not rough (even antero-laterally) these specimens therefore resemble mossambicus. Henderson and Matthai (I. c.) agree with von Martens that sundaicus and idae are synonymous, but in Hilgendorf’s key (1898) zdae has finger and thumb shorter than palm, and a shorter rostrum. The Delagoa Bay specimen (Barnard, 1926) is no longer available to me for checking the identification. From Stebbing’s description and figures it is perfectly clear that his “‘ Urocaridella”’ was a Palaemon, and from the shape of the rostrum it should probably be identified with the present species. The fluviatile habitat ought to have given Stebbing a hint as to its identity. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) delagoae Stebb. 1915. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 74, pl. 16 (Crust., pl. 80). 3. Carapace apparently smooth, but with scattered microscopic spinules antero-laterally, and obscurely pitted on branchial region. Rostrum extending beyond antennal scale, slightly up-turned (apical point broken), depth (incl. teeth) slightly less than width of basal joint of ant. 1; with 9 teeth above, of which 3 (Stebbing said 2, but the 4th last is directly above hind margin of orbit) are post-orbital, 5 below. 2nd legs slender but decidedly unequal (right 106 mm. from base of 3rd joint, left 88 mm.), 4th joint 1? times (larger leg) or 14 times (smaller leg) in length of 5th joint, palm shorter than 5th joint, finger Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 177 and thumb in smaller leg equal, 14 times in palm, in larger leg thumb 12 in palm, finger shorter; both legs with rows of little granules and tubercles arranged more or less longitudinally, as far as end of palm, a few on outer surface of base of finger and thumb; finger and thumb covered with fur both on inner and outer surfaces, thumb with 2-3 small teeth followed by a larger one at base, finger with 2 moderate teeth at base (all teeth less conspicuous in smaller leg), rest of inner margin without denticles, but a feeble median cutting-edge. 3rd—5th legs slender, 6th joint of 5th leg greater than distance between hepatic spines on carapace. Abdomen dorsally feebly pitted, and also pleurae of segments 1-3, pleurae of segments 4 and 5, and lateral parts of segment 6, telson, and exposed parts of uropods minutely but distinctly granulate. Telson with median tuft of setae near base. No ventral tooth between bases of uropods. Length g 75 mm. (measured straight.) Locality. Delagoa Bay (Stebbing). Palaemon (Eupalaemon), cf. idae Hell. var. idella Hilg. Rough-shelled River Prawn. Fig. 148, 2-I. 1898. Hilgendorf, /. c., p. 28 (¢dae) and p. 29, fig. A (var. della). Carapace closely granulate over nearly whole surface, more so in g than in 9, hinder part of branchial region pitted in both sexes. Ros- trum extending to end of peduncle of ant. 1, but shorter than antennal scale, nearly symmetrically lanceolate, dorsal margin evenly convex, apex not curving upwards, about 1? in post-orbital length of carapace; with 10-12 teeth above, of which 2-3 are post-orbital, 3-4 below. 2nd legs § elongate, slender, not very unequal, 5th joint longer than 4th, longer than palm, finger and thumb shorter than palm (in the Isipingo S$ the finger is shorter than thumb), 3rd—6th joints (excl. thumb) covered with felty pubescence, when denuded without granules (but the numerous little pits from which the setae and pubescence arise appear like granules on a cursory glance), finger and thumb covered all over with tufts of short setules, with a few longer setae (fig. 148, 4), finger with 2 denticles, thumb with 1, near base, no other denticles, no proper cutting-edge but proximally a narrow groove which passes over gradually into a slight indication of a cutting-edge distally. In Q, 2nd leg shorter than body, 4th, 5th, and palm of 6th joint increasing slightly in length, finger and thumb subequal to 4th joint, each with 778 Annals of the South African Museum. a single row of denticles and 2-3 larger ones basally, glabrous except for a few setae, rest of leg with felty pubescence. 3rd—5th legs slender, 6th joint of 5th leg in § (missing in Q) equal to (smaller specimen) or greater than (larger specimen) distance between hepatic spines. Abdomen obscurely pitted dorsally, in $ granulate on all pleurae, telson and exposed parts of uropods, feebly so in 9. No ventral tooth between bases of uropods. Length ¢ 105 mm., larger cheliped (base of 3rd joint to end of thumb) 170 mm.; ovig. 2 54, cheliped 32 mm. Localities.—Isipingo River, and Umgeni River, Natal (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—idae: Mauritius, Seychelles, Zanzibar, East Indies. idella: Tanganyika Territory. Remarks.—The large 3 is from Isipingo, the smaller g (69 mm., both 2nd legs lost) and ovig. 2 from Umgeni River. The large cheliped is described by Hilgendorf, and also Henderson and Matthai, as rough, with felty pubescence confined to the finger and thumb, which are considerably shorter in cdae and idella than in the present g specimen. The variety zdella has large eggs. Palaemon (Eupalaemon) rudis Heller Furry-armed River Prawn. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 839, pl. 4, fig. 17 (mossambicus). 1898. Id., l. c., pp. 27 (in key), 29 (mossambicus). 1908. Stebbing, l. c., p. 41. POLO dy 1.10., p. a8: 1910. Henderson and Matthai, l. c., p. 291, pl. 17, fig. 5, a—h. Ola imemip, 1-/¢:, p. 208: Carapace granulate antero-laterally, smooth on hinder part dorsally, pitted on branchial region. Rostrum extending to end of antennal scale, 14 in post-orbital length of carapace, similar to that of “swn- daicus,” 1.€. dorsal profile slightly concave apically, with 11 teeth above, of which 2 are post-orbital, and 3 below. 2nd leg slender, wholly covered with felty pubescence, including thumb (finger missing), 5th joint longer than 4th and than palm, latter a little longer than 4th joint, thumb scarcely as long as palm, 1 tooth and 2 denticles at base, followed by a double row of denticles, cutting-edge Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 779 obscure and concealed in pubescence. Abdomen, telson, and exposed parts of uropods pitted. Length of carapace 48 mm., of cheliped (from base of 3rd joint) 152 mm. Locality Quelimane and Mozambique (Hilgendorf); Durban (Stebbing, and 8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—rudis: Ceylon, India, Madagascar. mossambicus: Tanganyika Territory. Remarks.—The South African Museum has only pieces of a g specimen (formerly in the exhibited collection), which appears to belong to this species. The chelipeds have been painted blue (cf. Kemp). Hilgendorf said the felt covers whole of cheliped except finger and 4th joint, and that under the felt there is a fine granulation. Palaemon (Parapalaemon) dolichodactylus Hilg. Strong-arm River Prawn. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 840, pl. 4, fig. 18. 1898. fd., l. c., pp. 27 (in key), 31. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 385. 1910. Henderson and Matthai, I. c., p. 300, pl. 18, fig. 8, a, b. 1913. Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 926. Carapace g granulate anteriorly, pitted posteriorly. Rostrum extending to or nearly to end of antennal scale, apex scarcely up- turned, 13-15 teeth above, of which 3-5 are post-orbital, 2-4 below. 2nd legs $ decidedly unequal, 5th joint short, scarcely longer than 4th in the larger, slightly longer in the smaller leg, palm a little longer than 4th joint, finger and thumb in larger leg much longer (14 times) than palm, in smaller leg shorter than palm, larger leg with fine granulation and sparsely setose, palm and bases of finger and thumb with long felty pubescence, finger and thumb each with a single row of denticles decreasing in size distally, one or two near base larger than the others. No ventral tooth between bases of uropods. Length 3 93 mm. Localities.—Zambesi River at Tete, and Quelimane (Hilgendorf). Distribution.—Tanganyika Territory; India; Madagascar. Remarks.—Henderson and Matthai found this species and scabri- culus living together, and incline to the view that they are different 3 forms of one species. 780 Annals of the South African Museum. Palaemon (Parapalaemon) peters Hilg. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 841, pl. 4, fig. 19. 1897. Weber and de Meijere, Zool. Jahrb., x, p. 166. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 385. 1910. Henderson and Matthai, l. c., p. 300 (note). ANGOLA RHODESIA Kunene 5 A se eed Deqeerope sd evcceteresB ease ne tens EA SOUTHERN Etosha Pan : i ; aS RHODESIA SOUTH WEST - oe? = SUzEOR EN 2 AFRICA . \ TRANSVAAL - ORANGE FREE fe, Orang? e CAPE PROVINCE 6, Olifants ® "zimuubu Re. Recorded localities of the species of Palaemon, J, and of Leander capensis, @. Similar to dolichodactylus, but rostrum not extending beyond apex of peduncle of ant. 1, larger 2nd leg completely covered with felty pubescence except finger and thumb, which are polished, with scattered pits, and shorter (?) than palm. Rostrum with 12 teeth above, 3 below. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 781 Length g§ 50 mm. (Hilgendorf), 82 mm. (Weber and de Meijere), ovig. 2 55 mm. (Weber and de Meijere). Localities.—Zambesi River at Tete (Hilgendorf); Umhloti River at Verulam, Umgeni River at Durban, and Illovo River, Natal (Weber and de Meijere). Remarks.—Among 18 large $3 from the Umhloti River, Weber and de Meijere found one in which the larger leg corresponded with that of dolichodactylus (finger and thumb longer than palm), but which in other respects (rostrum, finger and thumb without felt) resembled peters. As these two forms were originally found in the same locality, possibly petersic will eventually have to be regarded as a synonym or variety of dolichodactylus. Henderson and Matthai suggested that petersia was a connecting link between dolichodactylus and scabriculus. Gen. LEANDER Desm. 1900. Coutiere, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 8, x11, p. 336 (wrongly dated in Stebbing). 1910. Doflein, Festschr. R. Hertwig, i, pp. 1-76, pls. 1-4 (habits, coloration, reactions). 1910. Stebbing, U. c., p. 386. 1914. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 286. 1917. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xii, pp. 203 sqq. 1925. Id., ibid., xxvii, pp. 287 sqq. (synopsis of species). 1924. Gurney, “Terra Nova” Exp. Rep., zool., vii, p. 121 (larval stages). 1938. Id., l. c., p. 3 (larval stages). 1939. Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 3, p. 120, figs. (late larval stage). 1942. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst., xxxv, pp. 17 sqq. Carapace with antennal and branchiostegal (pterygostomial) spines, but no hepatic spine (in 2 Indian species branchiostegal spine absent, and rostrum with elevated basal crest). Antenna 1 with 3 flagella. Mandibular palp 3-jointed (three exceptions, the European squilla being one). Mxp. 3 with arthrobranch and pleurobranch. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple. Telson with 4 apical spines. Gills 7 plus 2 epipods. Remarks.—In contrast with Palaemon, the species of this genus are mainly marine and estuarine, though certain species ascend rivers and others are known only from fresh waters. 782 Annals of the South African Museum. Key to the South African Species. I. Wrist (5th joint) of 2nd leg longer than chela ee with finger and thumb) . maculatus. II. Wrist not longer than chela (in foaled suntia® a very little longer) (fig. 149, c, 0). A. Fused part of outer flagellum of ant. 1 at least half as long as free part. 1. Mandibular palp 2-jointed. Finger of 2nd leg scarcely more than half length of palm . squilla. 2. Mandibular palp 3-jointed. Finger much more than half length of palm . : affinis. B. Fused part of outer flagellum of ant. 1 less ‘hem half length of free part (fig. 149, 6, ). 1. Rostrum apically curving upwards (normally). a. Wrist of 2nd leg slightly shorter than 4th joint, and not more than 2 length of chela (fig. 149, c). Marine and estuarine pacificus. b. Wrist subequal to 4th joint, and 2-3 length of chela. Estuarine . ; . pacificus var. 2. Rostrum almost symmetrically inwenolate: scarcely, if at all, curving upwards. Wrist of 2nd leg subequal to 4th joint, and nearly as long as chela (fig. 149, 0). Fused part of outer flagellum of ant. 1 very short (4 of free part) (fig. 149, p). Fluviatile . : - capensis. Leander quoianus, a New Zealand species, was recorded by Krauss from Natal (as Palaemon quoianus; see Stebbing, 1910, l. c., p. 384). My field experience of the Natal fauna is not extensive enough to permit a guess as to what species of shrimp Krauss actually collected, unless it be L. pacificus var. (see infra) or possibly a species of Hippo- lyte; but Leander does not seem to be common on the Natal coast. L. conconnus Dana is recorded from Mozambique and Zanzibar by Hilgendorf (1878, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 842). Leander maculatus Thallwitz 1891. Thallwitz, Abh. Zool. Mus. Dresden, iii, p. 19, fig. 4. 1916. Balss, Beitr. Kenntn. Meeresf. Westafr., ii, p. 26, figs. 7, 8 (edwardsw, non Heller). 1925. Kemp, l. c., p. 290 (in key), and footnote. 1926. Schmitt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., lili, p. 25, fig. 65 (Palaemon m.). Rostrum with 7 teeth above, of which one is post-orbital, a long bare interval between the foremost tooth and the next, 3 teeth below. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 783 Branchiostegal spine on margin of carapace. Mandibular palp 3-jointed. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 with the fused part much shorter than free part (14 times in free part: Balss, fig.). 5th joint of 2nd leg 14 times as long as chela. 3rd leg distinctly shorter than 4th and 5th legs. Locality.— Gt. Fish Bay, Angola (Balss). Distribution.—West Africa, to Congo River mouth. Remarks.—The above description is taken from Kemp’s synopsis and Balss’ and Schmitt’s figures. Kemp is responsible for the synonymy. Distinguished by the length of the wrist of 2nd leg. Leander squilla (Linn.) 1910. Kemp, Fish. Irel. Sci. Invest. [1908], p. 132, pl. 20, fig. 3, a-e. 1913. Balss, Schultze Reise., v, p. 107. HOUG! Td; toe. ps 24. 1925. Kemp, l. c., p. 292 (in key), and footnote 7 on p. 291. 1926. Schmitt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., li, p. 24, fig. 64 (Palaemon s.). 1943. Héglund, Sv. Hydrogr. Biol. Komm. Skr., n.s., ii, no. 6 (biology and larval development). [Not squilla Stebbing, 1910. =pacificus.] Rostrum with 6-10 teeth above, of which 2-3 are post-orbital, and 2-4 teeth below. Branchiostegal spine on margin of carapace. Mandibular palp 2-jointed. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 with fused part shorter than but at least half as long as free part. 5th joint of 2nd leg a little longer than 4th, subequal to chela, finger and thumb scarcely more than half length of palm. Localities —Swakopmund and Luderitzbucht, South West Africa (Balss). Distributton.—Mediterranean and eastern Atlantic, from Norway to the French Congo and Angola. Remarks.—Distinguished by the short finger and thumb of 2nd leg, and the 2-jointed mandibular palp. Leander affinis M. Edw. 1914. Stebbing, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 287 (references). 21914. Lenz and Strunck, D. Siidpol Exp., xv, p. 322 (affinis Bate). 1922. Verrill, Trans. Connect. Ac. Arts Sci., xxvi, p. 142, pl. 43, figs. 3-3, 6, pl. 47, fig. 7. 1925. Kemp, l. c., p. 282 (in key). 784 Annals of the South African Museum. ~ Rostrum with 8-9 teeth above, of which 2-3 are post-orbital, and 3-4 below, the apex bifid. Branchiostegal spine on margin of carapace. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 with fused part shorter than but at least half as long as free part. Mandibular palp 3-jointed. 5th joint of 2nd leg shorter than chela, finger and thumb much more than half length of palm. Length up to 70 mm. (Stebbing). Localities.—Saldanha Bay and Reitz Bay (Stebbing); Cape Town harbour (Lenz and Strunck). Distribution.—West Indies; New Zealand. Remarks.—Until the above two records are checked, this species must be included in the South African fauna-list. The s.s. Peter Faure captured no examples of Leander in the Saldanha Bay area, nor are there any in the South African Museum. The above descrip- tion is taken from Kemp’s synoptic key. Leander pacificus Stimpson Sand-shrimp. Fig. 149, a-k. 1906. Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat. zool. (9), iv, p. 73. 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 386 (squilla, non Linn.). 1915. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 75 (affints, non M. Edw.). 1915. Id., ibed., p. 75, pl. 17 (Crust., pl. 81) (peringueyi, specimen with malformed rostrum). 1915. Id., cbid., p. 76, pl. 18 (Crust., pl. 82) (gulchriste, specimen with abnormal rostrum). 1917. Id., wbed., xvii, p. 34, pl. 4, fig. B (Crust., pl. 93, fig. B). 1925. Kemp, l. ¢., pp. 293 (in key), 307 (references). 1938. Gurney, Gt. Barrier Reef Exp. Rep., vi, p. 3, figs. 1-7 (larva). 1942. Kubo, I. c., p. 42, figs. (animal, appendages). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 390. Rostrum curving slightly upwards apically, reaching to end of antennalscale (or slightly beyond in specimens with rostral formula 4,°), 7-10 teeth above (usually 8-9), of which 2, sometimes 3, are post- orbital; 3-5, usually 4, below; the interval between the foremost dorsal tooth and the next one is usually longer than any of the other intervals; the tip may also be minutely bifid. Branchiostegal spine on margin of carapace. In adult the fused part of outer flagellum of ant. 1 is 3 to nearly 4 times in the lengthof the free part, but less in juv. JOdustsnace. Q SAN _—= ss EUGDeatee5 Fie. 149.—Leander pacificus Stimpson. a, front of carapace and rostrum. b, outer flagellum of antenna 1, setae omitted. c, 2nd leg. d, posterior surface of 6th joint of 5th leg. e, endopod of pleopod 1g. ff, 9, h, 7, three malformations of rostrum from St. James (False Bay) and one from Port Elizabeth. Jj, k, outer view of chela of (right and left respectively) 2nd legs of a f from Cape Town docks. Leander capensis de Man. I, front of carapace and rostrum of specimen from Baakens River (Stebbing’s “‘serrifer”). m, n, rostra of specimens from other localities. o, 2ndleg. p, outer flagellum of antenna 1], setae omitted. g, endopod of pleopod 1 ¢. VOL, XX XVaIr. 50 786 Annals of the South African Museum. and immature (e.g. in specimens 18-25 mm. long, fused part only 14 in free part), fused part with 7-8 segments and free part with 20-24 segments in adult (juv. 18 mm. has 3-4 and 7-8 segments resp., one 25 mm. has 5-6 and 12-13 segments resp.); outer margin of free part conspicuously serrate. Mandibular palp 3-jointed. Ist legs reaching sightly beyond apex of antennal scale, 5th joint a little longer (14 times) than 4th, 14 (juv.)—2 (adult) times as long as chela, palm and finger subequal. 2nd legs, 4th joint slightly longer than 5th, the latter a little more than half length of chela, palm a little longer than finger. 6th joint of 5th leg with spaced spines on lower margin, the distal 2 (or 3) being on the anterior surface, postero-inferior surface distally with a series of doubly-serrate spines (often slightly more extensive than shown in fig. 149, d). No appendix interna on pleopod 1 ¢ (fig. 149, e); endopod about half length of exopod. Mxp. 3 with large arthrobranch and small pleurobranch. Between bases of 5th legs in g a forwardly directed process, usually linguiform and flattened, sometimes with bifid apex, sometimes bluntly spiniform; a median sternal process on each of abdominal segments 1-3, flattened fore and aft and apically bifid on segments 1 and 2, conical on segment 3; in ° these sternal processes very obscure or obsolete. Length dup to61mm.,966mm. Smallest ovig.937mm. Trans- parent, with streaks composed of greyish or pinkish dots, longitudinal and oblique on carapace and 6th abdominal segment, transverse on abdominal segments 1-5; eyes brownish grey; orange spots on legs, chiefly conspicuous at the junctions of 4th and 5th, 5th and 6th joints, and at bases of finger and thumb of 2nd leg, base of dactyls on 3rd—5th legs; orange dots on peduncles of pleopods, an orange spot on either side of 6th abdominal segment near base of telson, and one on outer margin of outer ramus of uropod; eggs grey (K. H. B., False Bay specimens) (cf. Doflein, 1. c., 1910, pl. 1, fig. 4). Localities.—Muizenberg Vlei (“squilla”), Algoa Bay (peringueyt), Kast London (gilchristi),* and Mossel Bay (Stebbing); Table Bay, False Bay, St. Sebastian Bay, Mossel Bay, Ruigte Vlei near Knysna, Knysna Lagoon, Plettenberg Bay, Algoa Bay, Kasouga Lagoon, and Hast London, 0-25 fathoms, entering estuaries but rarely fresh water (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Red Sea, Indo-Pacific to Japan. Remarks.—Kemp has already stated (I. c.,.p. 294) that peringueyr was founded on a specimen with malformed rostrum; and he did not include gilchristi in his synopsis. The latter “species” is likewise * Stebbing’s locality should read ‘‘ East London, collected by Mr. Wood.” Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 787 founded on a specimen with unusual, if not malformed, rostrum. Amongst a hundred specimens from St. James (False Bay), 3 speci- mens were found with malformed rostra, which are here figured (fig. 149, f-h). In 85 specimens from Zwartkops River estuary, Port Elizabeth, there were three with malformed rostral tips, one of which is figured here (fig. 149, 2). Tabulation of the rostral formulae of the specimens at hand shows some remarkable results, although these must be checked on a very much larger number of specimens before they can be accepted as indicating definite facts. Only specimens with well-formed rostra were counted. The numbers of specimens with some extreme rostral formulae are added. Thus, while 4 is the most frequent number of ventral teeth in all L. pacificus. Nes Table | False | Mossel ere Port East [| Nahoon 3 Bay. | Bay. | Bay. ysne- | Elizabeth.| London. | River. Number of specimens SOF 200 60 (3) 85 50 14 examined | Percentages with: T 5 6 8 8 10 10 14 TeEell Suie22 29 38 56 67 70 50 a 60 57 49 32 23 20 29 LOM is 8 5 zs ~ B ie w an ie & T eae = " 1 2 7 vy ere lua 25 4. 2 3 6 . 50 raecah 58 76 75 71 80 78 43 a elit 20 23 24 12 22 | (Oe ae ae 1 Number of specimens with rostral formula: = 3 1 4 a - £ U - 8 1 I 10 5 2 2 2 Number of specimens with malformed rostra: 788 Annals of the South African Museum. areas, the preponderance of 9 dorsal teeth in the Table Bay area decreases and eventually gives place to 8 at Knysna, and the pre- ponderance of 8 becomes successively greater farther eastwards. Similarly there is a decrease in the number of specimens with 10 dorsal teeth, and an increase in the number of those with only 7. Stebbing at first identified the Muizenberg Vlei specimens as squilla, a species with a 2-jointed palp, afterwards as afinis. The proportions of the joints of the 2nd legs, and the outer flagellum of ant. 1, preclude the specimens from being either of these species. But curiously there is amongst the duplicates not sent to Stebbing one specimen in which the mandibular palp is 2-jointed (on both mandibles). Possibly one of the specimens sent to Stebbing had this peculiarity, thus leading to his original identification; but I have found no other specimen (except in “‘serrifer,” v. infra). Amongst the Table Bay specimens there is a 48 mm. 92 in which both 2nd legs are regenerating from the 3rd joints onwards, their length from base of this joint being 6 mm. Also a 50 mm. ¢ in which the finger of the chela of left 2nd leg is falcate, crossing the thumb externally; in the right chela the finger also crosses the thumb, but both are malformed (fig. 149, k, 7). Also a 48 mm. 9 in which the fingers and thumbs of both chelae are more or less crossed. A juvenile from Plettenberg Bay has one of the pair (the other is missing) of 2nd legs with finger and thumb crossed. The present specimens agree with Kemp’s description except that the 5th joint (wrist) of lst leg is a little longer than the 4th (merus) instead of shorter, and attains in the adult twice the length of the chela (Kemp gives 1-4—1-65 times). This is the common Sand-shrimp of the rock-pools and estuaries around the coast. It occurs in the brackish parts of estuaries, but the only specimens which the South African Museum has from purely fresh water are juveniles from Ruigte Vlei near Knysna. Ovigerous 9? have been taken: in Table Bay in July and November, at St. James (False Bay) in January and February, in Mossel Bay in March and July, at Knysna in August and October, at Port Hlizabeth in November, and at Hast London in April, July and December. No parasites were found on any of the specimens. Leander ? pacificus var. Fourteen ovigerous and non-ovigerous 9? from the Nahoon River, near Kast London (? from purely fresh part or from the estuary), show certain features of pacificus as detailed above. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 789 The rostrum curves slightly upwards apically, with the following formulae (number of specimens of each in brackets): 4 (1), 2 (1), $ (1), $ (4), $ (2), 2 (1), 2 (3), 4 (1). In the last-mentioned one, two of the teeth are small and obviously supernumerary. The percentages of the teeth are given in the above table for what they are worth. The branchiostegal spine is on the margin and projects beyond it. The 2nd leg, however, differs from that of typical pacificus: the 5th joint (wrist) is a trifle longer than 4th joint, and nearly as long as the chela (= distance from base of palm to distal third of finger). The fused part of outer flagellum of ant. 1 is relatively longer; it contains 8-10 joints, its length is not more than 14 times in the free portion, which contains 11-18, usually 13-15, feebly serrate joints. With so few specimens no decision as to the specific identity of this form is justifiable. Four specimens from Isipingo Lagoon, Natal, seem to indicate that these specimens are merely variants of pacificus. The rostral formulae are § (2), 8 (1), and one with short rostrum and 4 teeth, evidently due to injury. The outer flagellum of ant. 1 of the 2 smaller $¢ are like those of the Nahoon River specimens, but those of the 2 larger 99 are like typical pacoficus. The 2nd leg has the wrist nearly as long as the chela, as in the Nahoon River specimens. Sternal processes as in pacificus. Leander capensis de Man Cape River Shrimp Fig. 149, l-gq. 1897. de Man in Weber, Zool. Jahrb., x, p. 174, pl. 15, fig. 3, a—g. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 386 (authorship wrongly credited to Weber). 1914. Zd., Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 31 (serrofer, non Stimpson). 1925. Kemp, I. c., p. 291 (in key). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 391. Rostrum straight, with gently and evenly convex dorsal and ventral profiles, sometimes with a slight upward trend apically, extending to end of antennal scale, 9-12 teeth above, usually 11, of which 2 are post-orbital, 1-4 below, usually 3 or 4, the lower teeth not promi- nently outstanding, often scarcely projecting beyond the general profile. Branchiostegal spine smaller than antennal spine, arising 790 Annals of the South African Museum. within, and its point not projecting beyond, margin of carapace. Fused part of outer flagellum of ant. 1 relatively very short, with 5-7 joints, 6-7 times in length of free part which has 35-45 joints, and is serrate on outer margin. Palp of mandible 3-jointed. Ist legs reaching beyond antennal scale by a little more than length of chela, 5th joint 1} times as long as 4th, and twice as long as chela, finger and thumb subequal to palm (or a trifle shorter). 2nd legs, 5th joint subequal or a very little longer than 4th, and almost equal to chela; in some large specimens length of 5th joint may reach only to distal third of finger, in one case only half-way along finger; finger and thumb slightly shorter than (14 times in) palm. 6th joint of 5th leg with serrate spines as in pacificus. No appendix interna on endopod of pleopod 1 3; endopod about % length of exopod, 7.e. relatively larger than in pacificus, similar in shape but with a shorter setae around distal margin. Mxp. 3 with large arthrobranch and small pleurobranch. No sternal process between bases of 5th legs, a small conical tubercle on hind margin of 1st and 2nd abdominal sternites mane Length ¢ up to 48 mm., 966mm. Semi-transparent, with minute pinkish speckling over carapace and abdomen, 3-4 obliquely longi- tudinal stripes on carapace composed of pinkish-brown dots, the hinder margins of the abdominal segments and outer margins of rami of uropods darker pink, a small grey spot in middle of side on hind margin of abdominal segments 1, 2, and 4-6; 2nd legs pinkish, apex of 4th joint, whole of the wrist, and finger and thumb yellowish, apex of palm at base of finger grey (2 dark dots in this position remain visible for a long time in specimens in alcohol), eyes dark brown. Localities —Knysna River (de Man); Baakens River, Port Eliza- beth (Stebbing: as serrifer); Palmiet River near Kleinmond (Cape) and River Zonder End near “Lindeshof” (Caledon Division), Buffels- jagt River near Swellendam, Duivenhoks River near Heidelberg (Cape), Gt. Brak River (Mossel Bay), Gamtoos River near Patentie (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—Well distinguished from the marine and estuarine pacificus by the nearly symmetrical lancet-shaped rostrum, with its almost regularly spaced teeth, the shortness of the fused part of outer flagellum of antenna 1, and the position of the branchiostegal spine. In 65 specimens the frequency of the numbers of dorsal and ventral rostral teeth is as follows: dorsal 9, 10 per cent., 10, 26-5 per cent., 11, 53-5 per cent., and 12, 10 per cent.; ventral 1, 3-5 per cent., 2, 18-5 per cent., 3, 39 per cent., and 4, 39 per cent. ic ae Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 791 Stebbing’s specimen from the Baakens River, identified by him as serrifer, is really capensis with an unusually strongly arched dorsal rostral profile (fig. 149, }). Its mght mandible has a 2-jointed palp, the left is normal. I have not seen any more specimens from this locality, but a couple of specimens from the Duivenhoks River have similarly arched rostra. The River Zonder End locality is some 60 miles above tidal limit of the Breede River (of which the River Zonder End is a tributary). Ovigerous 2° were taken in the Palmiet River in mid-November, and in the Gamtoos River at the end of October. The Cape River Shrimp is almost certainly to be found in other southern Cape rivers. None were captured during fish-netting operations in the Zwartkops River near Uitenhage, and the Baakens River is up to the present the most easterly recorded locality. Nor have any been taken im the Berg River or the Olifants River (Clan- william), which I have extensively examined in the course of fish- netting operations. The tentative comparison may thus be made between the distribution of Freshwater Eels (Anguilla) and that of the River Shrimp. The hydrogen-ion concentration in the recorded localities (no observation in the Baakens River) varies from pH 4-5 (Palmiet River) to 8-5 (Gamtoos River). Gen. PALAEMONETES Heller 1925. Kemp, l. ¢., pp. 285 (in key), 314. Distinguished from Leander by the absence of the mandibular palp. Mostly inhabitants of fresh and brackish water. P. africanus Balss 1916 occurs in Nigeria. Kemp (I. ¢., pp. 317, 327) considers that P. natalensis Stebb. 1915 is probably a species of Periclimenes (v. infra). Subfamily PonToNTINAE. 1917. Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd ser., zool., xvii, pp- 323 sqq. 1922. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxiv, pp. 113 sgg. (key to genera). 1924. Gurney, “Terra Nova” Rep., zool., viii, p. 127 (larval stages). 1935. Gordon, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxix, pp. 339 sqgq. (position of Anchistioides, key to species). 792 Annals of the South African Museum. 1938. Gurney, Gt. Barrier Reef Exp. Rep., vi, pp. 15 sqq. (larval stages). 1940. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiv, p. 31 (Japanese species). Gen. AncuHiIstuUS Borrad. 1898. Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), i, p. 387. UTS) LG Is Gan 10y Ble 1922. Kemp, l. c., pp. 120 (in key), 247. 1925. Id., Rec. Ind. Mus., xxvu, p. 327. Rostrum curved downwards, distally compressed, not dentate except sometimes at apex. Carapace smooth, antennal spine some- times present. Hyessmall. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 not deeply cleft. Antennal scale broad. Mandible without palp. Inner lobe of mx. 1 broad, setose. All three maxillipeds with exopods; the 2 distal joints of mxp. 3 always slender, not twisted. 2nd legs with robust chelae, often unequal. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs curved, simple or biungui- culate, without basal process. Postero-lateral corner of abdominal segment 6 more or less rounded. Dorsal spinules on telson very small. Commensal in bivalve Mollusca (Pinna). Anchistus inermis (Miers) Fig. 150, a-d. 1884. Miers, Crust. H.M.S. Alert, p. 291, pl. 32, fig. B (Harpilius 2.). 1894. Ortmann, Semon’s Austral. Reise, v, p. 16, pl. 1, figs. 3, 3, a, 3, n(Pontoma pinnae). 1921. Tattersall, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxiv, p. 391, pl. 27, fig. 4. 1922. Kemp, J. c., p. 249, fig. 81. 1925, Id., 1. ¢, p. 322. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xi, p. 121. 1927. Hale, Crust. S. Austral., pt. 1, p. 57, fig. 52. 1940. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiv, p. 48, figs. 15-17. Rostrum apically rounded and toothless. Antennal spine some- times represented by a minute process. Basal process of ant. 1 apically rounded, with a small subapical denticle on outer margin. Antennal scale with convex outer margin ending in a small spine not reaching the rounded apex of lamellar part. Antepenultimate joint of mxp. 3 much broader than the 2 distal joints. Chela of 1st leg with margins produced like flaps, setose, the hand in cross-section semi- circular. 2nd legs unequal, the right or the left the larger, chela Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 793 robust. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs strongly hooked, simple, basal width about half the distal width of 6th joint. Length up to 25 mm. (Kemp: one 9 39 mm.). Pale translucent buff, yellowish or pink, the colour formed by numerous stellate specks Fie. 150.—Anchistus inermis (Miers). a, rostrum. 6b, mxp. 3. c, chela of Ist leg, with cross-section through palm. d, 2nd leg, larger chela. Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) brevicarpalis (Schenkel). e, carapace of adult Q. f, dorsal profile of carapace, and rostrum, g. g, pleurae of abdominal segments 1-3. h, apices of telson and uropods, to show colour pattern. on a translucent (white) ground colour, eyes dark brown, chelae pinky- white, deepest apically. Kemp says the body and legs in @ are covered with minute white dots. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Barnard; and coll. C. J. van der Horst). Distribution.—Dar-es-Salaam, Red Sea, Indian Seas, Australia, Polynesia, Japan. Remarks.—The specimens taken by Professor van der Horst were found in Pinna shells. It is a matter for conjecture to what use the remarkable Ist chela may possibly be put. 794 Annals of the South African Museum. Gen. PERICLIMENES Costa 1922. Kemp, lJ. c., p. 134 (references, synonyms, discussion on subdivision). 1927. Gurney, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., pt. 2, p. 264 (larvae). 1938. Id., Gt. Barrier Reef Exp. Rep., vi, p. 16 (larvae). Rostrum dentate. Carapace not depressed, with antennal spine, supra-orbital and hepatic spines present or absent. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 not deeply cleft. Hyes well developed. Mandible without palp. Inner lobe of mx. 1 narrow. All three maxillipeds with exopods. 2nd legs with stout chelae. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple or biunguiculate, without basal process. Remarks.—As noted above (p. 791), Kemp (1925) considered that Stebbing’s “ Palaemonetes”’ natalensis (1915, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xv, p- 78, pl. 19 (Crust., pl. 83)) was a species of Periclimenes. The depth at which it was caught (440 fathoms) is certainly against its being a Palaemonetes. The single specimen was defective (1st legs), Stebbing did not give the gill-formula, and no further specimens have come to hand. It must therefore be regarded as a species dubia. Subgen. Ancylocaris Schenkel 1922. Kemp, l. c., pp. 137, 167 (key to species). 1940. Kubo, l. c., p. 41. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple. Hepatic spine usually present. Perclimenes (Ancylocaris) brevicarpalis (Schenkel) Fig. 150, e-h. 1893. Saville-Kent, Gt. Barrier Reef, pp. 33, 145, chromo pl. 2 (““ Palaemon’’). 1902. Schenkel, Vern. naturf. Ges. Basel, xii, p. 563, pl) 13; fig. 21, a—m. 1905. Lenz, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxvii, p. 380, pl. 47, figs. 14, 14, a—-c (Harpilius latirostris). 1906. Nobili, Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg., xl, p. 52, pl. 4, figs. 9, 9, a=B (A. aberrans). 1914. Rathbun, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 655, pl. 1, figs. 1-3 (P. hermitensis). 1917. Borradaile, J. c., pp. 355, 356. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 195 1922. Kemp, I. c., p. 185, figs. 40-42, and pl. 6, fig. 8. 1940. Kubo, l. c., p. 46, figs. 13, 14. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 391. Carapace strongly swollen in adult 9, in juv. and ¢ dorsal profile nearly straight; hepatic spine at a lower level than antennal spine, no supra-orbital spine. Rostrum not extending to end of antennal scale, lanceolate, 5-7, usually 6, teeth above, 0-2, usually 1, below. Lamellar part of antennal scale extending well beyond spine on outer margin. Ist leg extending beyond end of scale by the length of chela, 4th joint slightly longer than 5th, which is distinctly longer than chela, finger and thumb nearly or quite as long as palm, cutting-edges entire. 2nd legs subequal, in ¢ extending beyond end of scale by length of chela or chela plus wrist, shorter in juv. and 9; no teeth on 3rd, 4th, or 5th joints, 5th joint less than half length of palm in ¢, nearly or quite equal to half in 9, finger and thumb at least = length of palm, cutting-edges with small denticles proximally in 3, obscure or obsolete in 9. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs simple, broad at base, curved. 6th abdominal segment 14 times length of 5th; pleurae of abdominal segments 1-3 large in ovig. 9. Telson with 2 pairs of minute spinules in distal half. Length ¢ up to 23 mm., 2 39 mm. Coloration brilliant. Trans- parent (Kemp: with pure white patch on either side of carapace in §), hepatic and other internal organs dull reddish; on sides of each of abdominal segments 1-3 oval patches of white outlined with reddish brown (Kemp: black, violet, blue, or orange); Kemp seems to imply that there is only one patch on each segment, but in the present specimens there were (when fresh) two patches on the 2nd segment, 2.e. 4 in all (Rathbun also says 4); at the ends of both rami of uropods and the telson there is a yellow or orange spot, bordered proximally with white, then yellow; in Kemp’s description and Saville-Kent’s picture the yellow spots are bordered with black, purple, or red-brown; legs with blue or violet rings at ends of the joints, especially of the 4th and 5th joints and palm of 2nd legs; a subapical band of same colour on the finger and thumb of 2nd leg. Young specimens may lack the lateral abdominal patches and the spots on the tail-fan. Locality.—Delagoa Bay, associated with the Giant Anemone Stoichactis (coll. C. J. van der Horst). Distribution.—Mauritius?, Zanzibar, Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Indian Seas, N. and N.E. Australia, Polynesia. Remarks.—The association of this shrimp with the Giant Anemone (Discosoma or Storchactis) has been described by Saville-Kent, Kemp, 796 Annals of the South African Museum. Kubo, and others. Kemp (1916, Rec. Ind. Mus., xii, pp. 389-390) records the occurrence of a fish, Amphiprion, also with white patches or streaks, similar to that figured by Saville-Kent. Professor van der Horst also found an Amphiprion in association with the Anemone. Kemp says that there is no sexual difference in the 2nd leg, and in the key and fig. 41, 6, the wrist is less than half the length of palm. This applies for the g and young 9, but in the adult 92 it is at least equal to half the palm. Gen. Harpitius Dana 1852. Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust., p. 575. 1917. Borradaile, l. c., pp. 379, 380 (Harpiliopsis and Harpilius). 1921. Tattersall, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxiv, p. 388. 1922. Kemp, l. c., pp. 120 (in key), 226 (key to species). 1940. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiv, p. 1. Differs from Periclimenes only in its more clumsy and depressed form. Distal spine of basal joint of ant. 1 usually very long; ante- penultimate joint of mxp. 3 often broadened; 2nd legs heavily built, with 4th joint apically flattened or hollowed for reception of the wrist when folded; 3rd—5th legs stout, without spines on 6th joint, and with simple strongly hooked dactyls. This combination of characters produces a distinct facies, though each character separately may be paralleled in the species of Periclumenes (Kemp). Differs from Coralliocaris, which is also found associated with corals, in the simple 3rd—5th dactyls without basal protuberances. Key to the South African Species. 1. Hepatic spine on a lower level than antennal spine. Antepen- ultimate joint of mxp. 3 narrow (fig. 151, c) . ; . depressus. 2. Hepatic spine on same level as antennal spine. Antepen- ultimate joint of mxp. 3 broad (fig. 151, g) . 5 . beaupresi. Harpilius depressus Stimpson Fig. 151, a-e. 1860. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 38. 1906. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, p. 920, fig. 68, and pl. 24, fig. 12. 1917. Borradaile, l. c., p. 380, pl. 56, fig. 22, e-2 (mx. 1, 2, mxp. 1-3) (Harpiltopsis d.). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 797 1921. Tattersall, J. c., p. 389, pl. 28, fig. 7:(3rd leg). 1922. Kemp, I. c., p. 231, figs. 69, 70, and p= 234, fig. 71 (var. gracilis). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 391. Carapace strongly depressed, no supra-orbital spine, hepatic spine at a lower level than antennal spine; rostrum not extending to end of antennal scale, with 5-7 (usually 6 or 7) teeth above, none of them post-orbital, 2-5 (usually 3 or 4) below. Antepenultimate joint of mxp. 3 narrow (Kemp, typ. err.: broad), about 6 times as long as wide. 2nd leg, 3rd joint with apical spine on lower margin, 4th with apical spine on both upper and lower margins, 5th with apical spine on lower margin, outer margin of finger convex, no longitudinal keel on lower surface. 3rd—5th legs stout, 5th joint apically produced over base of 6th, dactyls stout, curved, hollowed below. Postero-inferior angles of 4th and 5th abdominal segments acutely pointed. Posterior pair of dorso-lateral spinules on telson nearer to the anterior pair than to apex. Length 2 up to 24 mm. Striped with deep blue on a pale grey ground-colour, a narrow mid-dorsal yellow stripe on 3rd abdominal segment, and a yellow stripe near lower margins of pleurae of 1st—3rd segments, uropods blotched with blue, with milk-white tips, chela of 2nd leg greenish, with yellow finger and thumb, basal joints and other legs spotted with blue, dactyls of 3rd—5th legs reddish. Eggs pale brown (Kemp). Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Lourenzo Marques Mus., | ovig. 9). Distribution.—Red Sea, Seychelles, Madras, Andaman Is. (var. gracilis), Loyalty Is., Hawaiian Is. Remarks.—The single specimen has lost both of the 2nd legs, but appears to be in agreement with the description of this species in other respects. Harpilius beawpresi (Audouin) Fig. 151, fh. 1829. Audouin in Savigny, Descr. d’Egypte, p. 91, pl. 10, fig. 4 (Palaemon b.). 1917. Borradaile, J. c., p. 379, pl. 55, fig. 21 (mxp. 3) (Harpiliopsis b.). 1921. Tattersall, 1. c., p. 389, pl. 28, fig. 8 (dactyl, 3rd leg). 1922. Kemp, I. c., p. 229, figs. 67, 68 (carapace, 2nd leg). 1938. Gurney, I. c., p. 18, figs. 67-74 (larva). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 391. | ib] | | a ae ee * Fie. 151.—Harpilius depressus Stimpson. a, front of carapace and rostrum. b, peduncle of ant. 1. c, antepenultimate joint of mxp. 3. d, 2nd leg (after Kemp). e, inner view of dactyl of 3rd—5th legs. Harpilius beawpresi (Audouin). f, front of carapace and rostrum. g, ante- penultimate joint of mxp. 3. h, lower surface of finger and thumb of chela of 2nd leg (after Kemp). Coralliocaris lucina Nob. 1, front of carapace and rostrum. j, Ist leg. k, outer view of chela of smaller 2nd leg. /, m, lateral and ventral views of dactyl of 3rd—5th legs. Conchodytes meleagrinae Peters. n, mx. 1. 0, dactyl of posterior legs (both figures after Borradaile). iin Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 799 Differs from depressus as follows: rostrum shallower, with 4-7 (usually 4 or 5) teeth above, 2—4 (usually 2 or 3) helow; the antennal spine remote from suborbital angle, supported by a keel extending to the hepatic spine, which is about on the same level; antepenultimate joint of mxp. 3 broad, about 3 times as long as wide, strongly curved; 3rd joint of 2nd leg with 1 apical spine above, 2 below, outer margin of finger straight or concave, with a longitudinal keel on lower surface; hinder pair of spinules on telson midway between anterior pair and apex. Length up to 16 mm. Locality — _Delagoa Bay (coll. C. J. van der Horst. 1 specimen in coral). Distribution.—Red Sea, Chagos Archipelago, Seychelles, Maldives, Andaman Is., East Indies. Remarks.—The present specimen has lost both the 2nd legs. Gen. CoRALLIOCARIS Stimpson 1860. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 38. 1917. Borradaile, l. c., p. 381 (part: excl. Onycocaris). 1922. Kemp, l. c., pp. 121 (in key), 268 (key to species). Carapace depressed, with or without hepatic spine; rostrum com- pressed, usually dentate. Inner lobe of mx. 1 slender. Distal endite of mx. 2 narrow, with setae only at tip. All three maxillipeds with exopods. 2nd legs similar or dissimilar. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs with single claw, but with a large swollen, hoof-shaped basal protuber- ance. Associated with Madrepore corals. Key to the South African Species. 1. Hepatic spine present. 2nd legs dissimilar : : . lucina. 2. Hepatic spine absent. 2ndlegs similar. : : . graminea. Coralliocaris lucona Nobili Fig. 151, a-m. 1901. Nobili, Ann. Mus. Univ. Naples, n.s., I, no. 3, p. 5. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 842, pl. 26, figs. 55, 55, a-h (lamellirostris Stimpson). 1917. Borradaile, 1. c., p. 384, pl. 56, figs. 23 (swperba var. japonica and lucina). 800 Annals of the South African Museum. 1922. Kemp, l. c., p. 276, fig. 102 (mxp. 3). 1925. Ids; Ree: Indeiusr scat, pae22: 1935. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., vi, p. 174, pl. 47 (lamells- rostris). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 13, p. 392. Rostrum with 3-6 (usually 4 or 5) teeth above, 1-3 (usually 2 or 3) below; antennal spine strong, supported by a keel extending to the hepatic spine. Mxp. 3 slender, antepenultimate joint 4 times as long as wide. Ist leg very slender, 5th joint longer than chela, finger and thumb less than length of palm. 2nd legs unequal and dissimilar, finger of larger chela angulate on outer margin, carinate; finger and thumb of smaller chela excavate on outer surface, with straight cutting-edge on inner side. 3rd—5th legs very stout, dactyl (fig. 151, l-m). Length up to 16 mm. Transparent, carapace and abdomen longitudinally streaked and speckled with bright red, chelae colourless (Kemp). Locality.— Delagoa Bay (coll. C. J. van der Horst. 1 specimen in coral). : Distribution.—Red Sea, Arabian coast, Ceylon, Chagos Archipelago, Maldives, Andaman Is., Nicobars, East Indies. Remarks.—The present specimen has lost the larger chela. Coralliocaris graminea (Dana) 1852. Dana, U.S. Explor. Exp., Crust., 1, p. 573, pl. 37, fig. 3, a-e (Oedipus g.). 1884. Miers, Zool. H.M.S. Alert, p. 563. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 840. 1905. Lenz, sbid., xxvii, p. 381. 1922. Kemp, 1. c.,p. 269) figs. 96, 97 (mxp.3, 2nd les): 1925. Id:, Rec. Ind. Mus! xxv, p. 322: 1935. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., vi, p. 176, pl. 48. 1938. Gurney, Gt. Barrier Reef Exp. Rep., vi, p. 20, figs. 81-89 (larval stages). 1940. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiv, p. 70, figs. 33-35. Rostrum with 4-6 teeth above, 1 or 2 below, usually 5 and 2 resp. Hepatic spine absent. Mxp. 3 stout, antepenultimate joint 3 times as long as wide. 2nd legs equal or unequal but similar in structure, 4th joint in full-grown specimens with 1—2 denticles on upper apex and a larger one on lower apex, wrist with denticles on its upper border as n, e . é ? . Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 801 well as a large tooth on its lower border, outer margin of finger semi- circular, inner surface with deep hollow to receive a large blunt process on thumb. Length up to 23 mm. (Kemp). Pale green, dotted with yellow and dark brown, 2 with red streaks on sides of abdomen (Kemp). Locality.St. Juan de Nova, Mozambique Channel (Lenz). Distribution.—Red Sea, Zanzibar, Seychelles, Indo-Pacific to Japan. Gen. CoNCcHODYTES Peters 1851. Peters, Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 18th February. 1852. Id., MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 588. 1917. Borradaile, l. ¢., p. 392. 1922. Kemp, l. c., pp. 121 (in key), 279. Rostrum depressed, toothless, without dorsal carina, little if at all longer than antennal scale, carapace smooth, lower angle of orbit produced. Flagella of ant. 1 short. Mandible without palp. Inner lobe of mx. 1 very broad, setose. Distal endite of mx. 2 broad, setose along whole of inner margin. All three maxillipeds with exopods. 2nd legs unequal, with robust chelae. Dactyls of 3rd—5th legs biunguiculate, with flat basal protuberance. Commensal in bivalve Molluscs. Conchodytes tridacnae Peters 1851. Peters, l. c. 1878. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 835. 1917. Borradaile, J. c., p. 393. 1922. Kemp, I. c., p. 283, fig. 105 (ant. 1 and telson). 1931. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxui, p. 306. 1940. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiv, p. 62, figs. 26, 27. Conchodytes meleagrinae Peters Fig. 1) a eatoy 1851. Peters, l. c. 1878. Hilgendorf, l. c., p. 836. 1888. Bate, Rep. H.M.S. Challenger, xxiv, p. 707, pl. 124, figs. 1, 2 (Pontonia m.). 1917. Borradaile, I. ¢., p. 393, pl. 57, fig. 26. 1922. Kemp, J. c., p. 285. 1940. Kubo, J. Imp. Fish. Inst. Tokyo, xxxiv, p. 58, figs. 24, 25. VOL. XXOSyViibE: on 802 Annals of the South African Museum. Remarks.—Both these species are recorded from Ibo, Portuguese Kast Africa, by Hilgendorf, and will probably be found to occur within our limits (lat. 15° S.). Both are distinguished from other species of the genus by the shape of the basal process on dactyls of 3rd—5th legs which is rounded and without a small tooth. For characters supposed to distinguish the two species see Hilgendorf, Borradaile, Kemp, and Kubo. C. tridacnae lives in the Giant Clam (Tridacna), and meleagrinae in the Pearl Oyster (Meleagrina) and occasionally also in Tridacna. Famity CRANGONIDAE. 1900. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., i, p. 46 (key to genera at that date). 1910. Kemp, Fish. Ivel. Sci. Invest. [1908], p. 134 (key to British genera). | 1910. Stebbing, I. c., p. 382. 1920. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 3, pp. 247 sqq. (key to genera and list of species). Rostrum short or spiniform. Carapace sometimes more or less sculptured. Hyes well developed (but in Argis concealed by carapace, and in Prionocrangon eye-stalks modified, cornea absent). Mandible simple, without palp (except in Coralliocrangon and Naushonia). Mxp. 2 with 7th joint small, attached obliquely at apex of 6th. Mxp. 3 with exopod, epipod present or absent. Ist leg strong, subchelate. 2nd leg slender, sometimes reduced, in one genus absent. 3rd leg slender; 4th and 5th legs more robust, sometimes with dilated dactyls. Telson tapering. No epipods on legs (but see infra). Exopods on legs; if present, on Ist leg only. Gills 5-8 plus 2-3 epipods. Remarks.—The strong subchelate Ist pair of legs is a distinctive character. A feature, which is not mentioned in the few books of reference available to me, is the presence of an epipodial process on the dorsal surface of the basal joint of 2nd leg in some species. It occurs in Crangon vulgaris as a blunt-ended process, but in Sclerocrangon bellmarleyt and Pontophilus gracilis as an acute process (figs. 152, c, 153, d). It is not present in any of the other South African species mentioned below. It is figured by Stebbing for P. gracilis (1905, pl. 25), but not by de Man for P. occidentalis var. indica (1920, pl. 21, fig. 63, k), but the figure here seems to be cut off at the critical part. . { q ' Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 803 Sars (Norw. N. Atl. Crust., pl. 2) does not figure it for Sclerocrangon salebrosus. The proposal to use Crangon instead of Alpheus and to substitute Crago for Crangon (and Cragonidae for Crangonidae) has been referred to under the family Alphe:dae (see Stebbing, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxix (1905), pp. 332-334). Key to the South African Genera. 1. Exopod on Ist leg, if present, rudimentary, minute (fig. 153, c). Gills 5-7 with lower apices curving backwards. : a. 2nd leg as long as the others, finger and thumb shorter than palm. i. Carapace smooth : : : : : . Crangon. ii. Carapace carinate and dentate . ; . Sclerocrangon. b. 2nd leg shorter, often much shorter, than the ee finger and thumb as oe as, or much longer than, palm : : : . Pontophilus. 2. Exopod on Ist leg well ceveloped, setone: Gills 8, with lower apices curving forwards . : ; d . Aegeon. Gen. CrRANGON Fabr. EOLOe Kemp; (ve. pa l36. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 382. 1916. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xii, p. 379. 1920. de Man, I. ¢., p. 249 (list of species only). 1931. Lebour, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., i, p. 3 (larva). Rostrum depressed. Carapace without dentate keels. Eyes well developed. Basal process of ant. 1 apically acute. Ist leg without exopod. 2nd leg as long as Ist, chelate, finger and thumb less than half length of palm. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs not dilated. Endo- pods of last 4 pleopods shorter than exopods, divided into 2 segments, without appendix interna. Gills 5-6 plus 3 epipods, lower apices of the gills curving backwards. Remarks.—The genus is confined to the northern hemisphere with the exception of C. antarcticus Pfeffer (subgen. Notocrangon Cout.), and the following species. Crangon capensis Stimpson 1860. Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 93. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 382. Description inadequate. Length 22-5 mm. Simon’s Bay, 12 fathoms. Not since recorded. 804 Annals of the South African Museum. Gen. SCLEROCRANGON G. O. Sars 1910) Kemps inc p39: 1914. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 29. 1920. de Man, l. c., p. 251 (list of species only). Rostrum compressed and expanded below, or spiniform. Carapace sculptured, dentate and keeled, antero-lateral angle large. Eyes well developed. Basal process of ant. 1 apically acute. Mxp. 3 without epipod or arthrobranch. Ist leg without exopod. 2nd leg nearly as long as Ist, finger and thumb less than half length of palm. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs not dilated. Endopod of last 4 pleopods as in Crangon. Gills 5 plus 2 epipods (Kemp, 1910), lower apices of gills curving backwards. Eggs large. Development abbreviated. Remarks.—With the exception of the South African species, the genus has been found only in the northern hemisphere. Sclerocrangon bellmarleyx Stebb. Fig. 152. 1914. Stebbing, J. c., p. 29, pl. 10 (Crust., pl. 74). Integument minutely and sparsely granular or villose. Rostrum spiniform, directed upwards. A large upturned tooth behind rostrum, and a smaller one on the cardiac region; no denticle between these two teeth; hepatic spine and another between it and the dorsal cardiac tooth; a small denticle on lower (incurved) margin behind the antero-lateral spine, concealed by a series of plumose setae. Abdomen not carinate, 6th segment medio-dorsally channelled between blunt ridges, with a blunt dorso-lateral ridge on either side. Telson feebly concave dorsally, with small apical point and 2 pairs of minute dorso-lateral spinules distally. A pointed (epipodial) process on base of 2nd leg (fig. 152, c). Endopods of pleopods about half as long as exopods in 9, less in ¢, becoming relatively shorter in 4th and 5th pleopods, no appendix interna; peduncle of 1st pleopod 3 with very long spine-setae on inner margin proximally and distally, endopod with a single long spine-seta attached to posterior surface and projecting inwards (when appendage is in situ); in 3 correspond- ing spines are present, but shorter and thicker, margins of endopod without long plumose setae. No sternal processes or spines on thorax or abdomen in 9, in g one spine on each of thoracic sternites 2-5 and abdominal sternites 1-5, those on 3rd and 4th thoracic sternites less Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 805 spiniform than the others, that on 5th abdominal sternite merely a small tubercle. Length $ up to 35 mm., 9 37 mm. (Stebbing: 9 40 mm.). Localities.—Off Cape Natal (Durban), 440 fathoms (Stebbing); Natal coast, 400 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—One 9, returned undissected by Stebbing, and a large ¢ not seen by him form the basis of the above description. Db on ae Fic. 152.—Sclerocrangon bellmarleyi Stebb. a, carapace, with ventral view of antero-lateral spine to show denticle on lower margin (r=rostrum). 6, chela of Ist leg, outer view. c, base of 2nd leg with epipodial process. d, peduncle and endopod of pleopod 1 9, ordinary setae omitted. e, endopod of pleopod 1 g. Gen. Pontropuitus Leach 1900. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., 1, p. 48 (Phzlocheras). 1905. Id., ibid., iv, p. 93. 1910. Kemp, l. ¢., p. 143 (Philocheras) and p. 159 (Pontophilus). 1911. Id., Rec. Ind. Mus., vi, pp. 5 and 8 sqq. 1915. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, p. 71 (Philocheras). 1916. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xu, pp. 355-374 and 381-384. 1920. de Man, l. c., pp. 252, 257 sqq. (list of species, key to species). Rostrum depressed. Carapace with or without dentate keels. Eyes well developed. Basal process of ant. 1 truncate or rounded (Philocheras) or acutely pointed (Pontophilus). Mxp. 3 with or 806 Annals of the South African Museum. without epipod and arthrobranch. Ist leg with or without exopod. 2nd leg shorter than Ist, finger and thumb longer or shorter than palm. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs not dilated. Endopods of last 4 pleopods variable (see Kemp, 1916, p. 381), composed of 1 or 2 segments, with or without appendix interna. Gills 6-7 plus 2-3 epipods, apices of gills curving backwards. Remarks.—Philocheras is now merged in Pontophilus for reasons given by Kemp in 1911 and 1916, and the proposal was accepted by de Man without comment. Key to the South African Species. 1. Rostrum spiniform. 2 medio-dorsal teeth on carapace. A process (epipodial) on upper margin of basal joint of 2nd leg (fig. 153, d) : ; : : . gracilis: 2. Rostrum short, blunt or bitwonte! No process on base of 2nd leg. a. Outer margin of antennal scale without a tooth. Rostrum apically rounded-truncate. i. Rostrum shorter than its basal width (fig. 153, 7). Animal 20-23 mm. ; 5 : . megalocheir. ii. Rostrum as long as basal iden (fig. 153, 1). Animal 9-10 mm. : hendersoni. b. Outer margin of antennal scale with a corn Ge. 158, a Rostrum apically bifurcate . : 3 . sculptus. Pontophilus gracis 8. I. Smith Fig. 153, a—-h. 1905. Stebbing, l. c., p. 94, pl. 25. 1910: fd., 1. c.,p. 38a. 1920. de Man, l. c., p. 260 (in key), pp. 264-269 (comparison). 1925. Balss, D. Tiefsee Exp., xx, p. 296. Rostrum slender, usually slightly curved downwards, | or 2 pairs of minute denticles near base. Carapace with 1 gastric and 1 cardiac tooth on middle line, 1 hepatic and 1 epigastric laterally. Abdomen not carinate, 6th segment and telson slightly flattened or feebly channelled medio-dorsally. Mxp. 3 with epipod and arthrobranch. Basal process of ant. 1 lanceolate, apex acute; outer flagellum of ant. 1 thickened in 3. Ist leg with rudimentary exopod (fig. 153, c); a spine on upper apex of 4th joint; a spine on lower, one on upper, and a third and larger one on middle of outer margin of 5th joint (see Stebbing’s figure prp. 1, outer view). 2nd leg extending to middle se p q a, carapace, with dorsal view of Fie, 153.—Pontophilus gracilis 8S. I. Smith. rostrum further enlarged. 0, basal process of Ist joint of ant. 1. c, base of Ist leg with exopod. d, base of 2nd leg with epipodial process, setae omitted. e, inner — view of 5th joint, with apex of 4th and base of 6th, of 1st leg (long plumose setae omitted). jf, 2nd and 3rd thoracic sternites, with profile. g, endopod of pleopod 1g. h, endopod of pleopod 2 ¢. Pontophilus megalocheir (Stebb.). 2%, carapace, with dorsal view of rostrum. j, thumb-like process of hand of Ist leg. &, apex of telson. Pontophilus hendersoni Kemp. 1, dorsal view of rostrum. m, apex of telson, setae not fully drawn in. 2, profile of Ist—-5th thoracic and Ist abdominal sternites. Pontophilus sculptus (Bell). 0, carapace, with dorsal view of rostrum further enlarged, and 2 setae. p, hand of Ist leg. gq, antennal scale. 808 Annals of the South African Museum. of 4th joint of Ist leg, its base dorsally with a pointed process (fig. 153, d), finger and thumb subequal to palm, gaping. 3rd leg very slender. Endopods of pleopods ¢ and 9 well developed, with appendix interna, endopod of pleopod 1 ¢ (fig. 153, g), appendix masculina on pleopod 2 ¢ stout, shorter than appendix interna (fig. 153, h). A low rounded knob with forwardly-directed point on sternite between bases of 2nd legs, followed by a less conspicuous knob on 3rd sternite; both less conspicuous in 9 than in g. Gills 7 plus 3 epipods. Eggs small, numerous. Length 2 up to 38 mm., ¢ smaller. Bright red (s.s. Pieter Faure log-book). Localitves.—Off Cape Peninsula, 250 fathoms (Stebbing); off west coast of Cape Peninsula, 190-470 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—EHast coast of N. America; Bay of Bengal and Andaman Sea, Indian Ocean, Hawaiian Is. Remarks.—The most that can be said of these specimens is that, as Stebbing said, they resemble gracilis very closely; and that they are not occidentalis var. indica of which de Man has figured the ¢ Ist and 2nd pleopods. Whether they are really gracilis or one of the closely allied species such as junceus, profundus, abyss, must remain uncertain until the ¢ pleopods of these other species are described. Calman (1939, John Murray Exp., vi, p. 219) has compared one of Stebbing’s Cape specimens with material from Aden, Zanzibar, and the Maldives, but says nothing about the ¢ pleopods. Ovigerous 99 were taken by the s.s. Pieter Faure in April to June. Pontophilus megalocheir (Stebb.) Fig. 153, 2k. 1915 (September). Stebbing, J. c., p. 71, pl. 15 (Crust., pl. 79) (Philocheras m., part: excl. the specimens No. A1316). 1920. de Man, I. c., p. 262 (in key). 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 127. 2. Rostrum short and broad, scarcely as long as basal width, the subtruncate apex curved downwards. Carapace smooth, one gastric tooth in middle line, no lateral teeth. Abdomen not truly carinate, a slight indication of a short ridge near hind margin of 3rd segment, and segments 4-6 bluntly ridged. Telson ending in a narrow point, slightly or considerably longer than its basal width, flanked by a minute spinule on each side at base, with 2 pairs of long plumose Descriptive. Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 809 setae arising from ventral surface (exaggerated and incorrectly described and figured by Stebbing). Mxp. 3 with arthrobranch. Apex of lamellar portion of antennal scale nearly rectangular, pro- jecting slightly beyond the spine (slightly exaggerated in Stebbing’s figure). Ist leg without exopod; spinous process (“thumb’’) of 6th joint (hand) apically bifid. 2nd leg without process on basal joint, 3rd and 4th joints slender, each about 5 times as long as wide; finger and thumb longer than palm, not gaping. Endopods of pleopods 9 well developed, a little more than half length of exopods, no appendix interna. A slender spiniform sternal process projecting forwards between bases of Ist legs (2), 2nd—5th thoracic and all abdominal sternites smooth. Length 2 23 mm. Localities.—Off Cove Rock, East London, 25 fathoms (Stebbing; S.A.M. No. A1317); Delagoa Bay (Barnard). Remarks.—Both the type and the Delagoa Bay specimens are 99. Stebbing’s description and figure of the telsonic apex are incorrect, and his figure of the projecting lamellar portion of the antennal scale is exaggerated. The hand of Ist leg does not seem unduly large for a Crangonid. I have seen 3 specimens, not in very good condition, collected in False Bay by the University of Cape Town Kcological Survey, which may be referable to this species. Pontophilus hendersoni Kemp Fig. 153, Ln. 1915 (September). Stebbing, J. c., p. 72 (P. megalocheir part: specimens No. A1316). 1915 (December). Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 261, pl. 13, fig. 8, and text-fig. 25. 19165 Pd:, l: ¢:, pp. 357 (im key), 372. 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (xi), 18, p. 392. Very closely allied to megalocheir, but distinguished by the smaller size, relatively narrower rostrum (fig. 153, 1), shorter apical point on telson (fig. 153, m), less prominent lamellar portion of antennal scale, and relatively broader 3rd and 4th joints of 2nd leg (each about 3 times as long as wide). A spiniform process on Ist thoracic sternite (relatively stronger than in megalocheir 2) in both $ and 9; in ¢ only 2nd-5th thoracic 810 Annals of the South African Museum. sternites with dentiform keels, and abdominal sternites 1-4 each with a spiniform projection (fig. 153, n). Peduncles of pleopods broader in § than 9; endopods in both sexes moderately well developed on last 4 pairs, about half length of exopods but shorter in g than in 9; on Ist pleopod small in g, at most 4 length of exopod; no appendix interna. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 thickened in 3. Length up to 9-10 mm. (¢ and ovig. 9). | Localities. —33° 13’ §., 27° 39’ E. (south of Hast London), 37 fathoms (Stebbing; §8.A.M. No. A1316, as megalocheir part); off Cape St. Blaize, from stomach of gurnard (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Chilka Lake and Orissa coast, India, 0-44 fathoms. Remarks.—Kemp made no mention of sternal spines on the abdominal segments, and the present specimens do not show the dorsal tubercle on 3rd abdominal segment. Possibly the South African specimens represent a distinct species. Pontophilus sculptus (Bell) Fig. 153, o-g. 1910. Kemp, J. c., p. 148, pl. 21, fig. 6, a, b (Philocheras s.). 1920. de Man, I. c., p. 263 (in key). 1923. Odhner, Medd. Géteb. Mus., xxxi, p. 6. 1933. Monod, Bull. Com. Et. sci. Afr. occid. Frang., xv, p. 10, fig. 1, F (antennal scale) (pagination of separate copy). 1947. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (x1), 13, p. 392. 9. Integument pubescent. Rostrum apically bifurcate, curved downwards, dorsally concave. Carapace with transverse depression behind rostrum, a medio-dorsal keel with 4 teeth, of which the fore- most is prominent and the 2nd small or minute, a dorso-lateral series of partly disconnected short keels, the 1st rounded, behind orbit, 2nd and 3rd dentiform, below and slightly behind 1st medio-dorsal tooth, followed by 3 dentiform keels, a lateral keel divided into 2, both dentiform anteriorly; on hinder part of carapace between dorso- lateral and lateral keels an oblique row of 3-4 obscure short keels. Orbit fringed with long setae. Basal process of ant. 1 transversely oblong, the outer apex acute, upper apices of 1st and 2nd peduncular joints (viewed from the side) dentiform, 3rd joint with upper margin produced into 2 teeth. Antennal scale with tooth in middle of outer margin, lamellar portion not extending as far as apical spine. Mxp. 3 with arthrobranch. Ist leg, 4th joint with small tooth on upper apex, 5th with blunt tooth on inner lower margin, a sharp one on lower Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 811 outer margin, and a smaller one on outer upper margin, 6th joint widest proximally, thumb-like process strong, slightly sunken at base and mobile. 2nd leg extending to basal } of hand of Ist leg, finger and thumb longer than palm, not gaping. A sternal spiniform process between bases of Ist legs. Abdomen sculptured, 3rd—5th segments medio-dorsally carinate, 6th segment channelled, no sternal processesin 2. Telsonic apex as in henderson (cf. fig. 153, m). Endo- pods of pleopods about half length of exopods, both exopod and endopod shorter in 5th pleopod, appendix interna on 2nd and 3rd, reduced on 4th, absent on 5th. Length ovig. 92 14 mm. and 21 mm, Localities—Off Cape Recife (Algoa Bay), 52 fathoms; off Gt. Fish Point, 30 fathoms; and off Cape Natal (Durban), 54 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Mediterranean; N.W. Europe; Cape Blanco; Port Alexander, Angola. Remarks.—Kemp neither mentioned nor figured the short keel behind the orbit. Nevertheless there seems no reason to separate these specimens from sculptus. The pleopods of the 9 agree with Kemp’s statement (1916, I. c., p. 381), but a ¢ from South Africa is not available for comparison. In the present specimens the “thumb” on hand of Ist leg is mobile, as it is in the Indian species candidus Kemp and plebs Kemp. The 2nd medio-dorsal tooth is minute (fig. 153, 0) in the two smaller 29, as in Odhner’s Angolan specimens, but in the larger 9 is merely smaller than the 1st and 3rd teeth. Kemp (1910, J. c., p. 149) said the outer apex of 4th joint of Ist leg was without a spine in Irish specimens. | The ovigerous 99 were taken in August, November, and December. Gen. AEGEON (Guér. Men.) Kinahan 1900. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. S. Afr., 1, p. 49 (references). £910: Kemp, l.c., p: 155: 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 383 (authorship of genus, as spelt above, attributed to Kinahan). 1916. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xu, p. 374 (key to Indian species). 1920. de Man, l. c., pp. 254 (list of species), 290 (key to species). 1947. Holthuis, Zool. Med., xxvii, p. 319 (Pontocaris). Rostrum depressed. Carapace with longitudinal dentate keels. Abdomen sculptured, with keels and/or knobs. Eyes well developed. 812 Annals of the South African Museum. Basal process of ant. 1 apically pommted. Mxp. 3 with arthrobranch, without epipod. Ist leg with setose exopod. 2nd leg a little shorter than or nearly as long as Ist leg, finger and thumb shorter than palm. Dactyls of 4th and 5th legs not dilated. Endopods of last 4 pleopods nearly as long as the exopods, composed of only one segment, with appendix interna, no appendix masculinain g. Gills 8 plus 2 epipods, apices of gills curving forwards. Remarks.—To judge by the figures of the species of this genus, there appear to be two types of “thumb” on hand of Ist leg: the one spiniform and corresponding with that found in the species of Ponto- philus; the other blunt, not outstanding, and appearing as a separated part of the thin cutting-edge of the hand (cataphractus and lacazet). Kemp (1916, J. c., p. 374) examined all the then known species of Aegeon, but made no comment on this difference in the shape of the “thumb.” Key to the South African Species. — . Most of the teeth on the 3 lateral keels flattened. An oblique row of 1-3 small tubercles between the medio-dorsal and dorso-lateral keels : é : : : . cataphractus. 2. All teeth on the 3 lateral keels sharply dentiform. Areas between keels smooth : : : : F . lacazet. Aegeon cataphractus (Olivi) Fig. 154. 1900. Stebbing, I. c., p. 50 (references). 1910. fd., l-¢., p. 383. 1916. Balss, Beitr. Kenntn. Meeresf. Westafrik., 11, p. 31. 1916. Kemp, I. c., p. 375. 1920. de Man, I. c., p. 292 (in key). 1925. Calman, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rep. iv, Spec. Rep. 3, p. 17 (Miers’ Senegambian specimen). 1939. Id., John Murray Exp., vi, p. 222. Integument firm, pilose. Rostrum very short, bifid. Carapace with 4 teeth on medio-dorsal keel, separated from rostrum by a transverse depression which is continued laterally as an hepatic groove dividing the 2 lateral keels; of these, the dorso-lateral one has 2 post-orbital teeth and 7 behind the hepatic groove, the lateral keel has 1 tooth behind the antennal angle and 7 teeth behind the groove; a ventro-lateral ridge from the antennal angle with 13-14 teeth; most Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 813 of the lateral teeth are flattened and slightly concave, and often inconspicuous in juveniles; on either side of 3rd medio-dorsal tooth a line of 1-3 tubercles or granules running obliquely forwards; one or two similar granules near the hepatic groove above the lateral keel. Abdominal segments 1, 5, and 6 each with a submedian keel on either side of median line, those on segment 6 divided into 8 short keels, segments 2-4 with median keel, which is posteriorly cleft on segments 2 and 3; lateral portions of the segments sculptured with blunt knobs and short ridges; pleurae angular below. In both sexes a spiniform Fie. 154.—Aegeon cataphractus (Olivi). Carapace, and cutting-edge of hand : of Ist leg. forwardly-directed process between bases of 3rd legs, a blunt knob on hind margin of 5th thoracic sternite, and a spiniform process on each of abdominal sternites 1-5. Hand of Ist leg subcylindrical, the distal sharp cutting-edge oblique, non-setose, with a notch proximally, in other words the thumb-like process is blunt and not outstanding, finger only slightly curved. 2nd leg extending to basal third of hand of Ist leg. Telson trapezoidal in cross-section. Length up to 41 mm.; smallest ovig. 2 29 mm. Localities—Near East London, 40 fathoms (Stebbing); off Gt. Fish Point, and coast of Natal and Zululand, 24-54 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution. Mediterranean; Senegambia; west coast of India, Ceylon, south Arabian coast. Remarks.—The oblique series of tubercles or granules between the medio-dorsal and dorso-lateral keels is often reduced to a single granule, and often inconspicuous. 814 Annals of the South African Museum. Ovigerous 99 were taken by the s.s. Pieter Faure from December to February. Aegeon lacazei (Gourret) 1888. Gourret, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Marseille, iti, p. 143, pl. 12, figs. 19-23, pl. 13, figs. 1-10. 1910. Kemp, I. c., p. 156, pl. 22, figs. 1-5. 1920. de Man, I. c., p. 293 (in key). 1925. Calman, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rep. iv, Spec. Rep. 3, p. 17. 1939. Id., John Murray Exp., vi, p. 222. 9. Integument (as preserved) not very firm. Rostrum bifid. Carapace with 4 subequal teeth on medio-dorsal keel, a feeble hepatic depression laterally below the dorso-lateral keel, the latter with 8 sharp teeth, the anterior 2 near the orbit, lateral keel with 7-9 sharp teeth (decreasing in size posteriorly) behind hepatic depression and 1 in front of it; behind the antennal angle a smaller (but distinct) tooth and a minute one, followed by indications of some (about 10) flat teeth or little ridges (so feeble that they cannot be exactly counted). Abdominal segment 1 with 2 submedian keels, a dorso-lateral divided into two parts, and a lateral keel, all of which (incl. both parts of the dorso-lateral keel) end anteriorly in projecting teeth; segment 2 with a medio-dorsal keel ending anteriorly in a projecting tooth; 3rd and 4th segments with 3 keels, the dorso-lateral keels divergent posteriorly, 5th and 6th segments with a pair of keels, those on 6th segment bearing 2 denticles; pleurae rounded below. A small sternal spine between bases of 3rd legs, and a small sternal process on each of abdominal segments 1-5. Antennal scale twice as long as broad, outer margin slightly concave. Ist leg with exopod, cutting-edge of hand similar to that of cataphractus. 2nd leg reaching to middle of hand of Ist leg, no process on basal joint, 4th joint slightly shorter than 5th, 5th slightly longer than chela, finger and thumb a little shorter than palm, slightly gaping. Endopods of pleopods well developed, with appendix interna on 2nd-5th. Length ovig. 2 23 mm. (Kemp: up to 32 mm.). Localities.—Natal coast, 205 fathoms (Calman); off Umhloti River, Natal, 100 fathoms, and off Cape St. Blaize, 90 fathoms, 2 ovig. 99 and 1? gresp.; stockfish grounds off Table Bay, 1 mutilated specimen from stomach of Macrurus (8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Gulf of Marseilles, Bay of Biscay, 8.W. Ireland; Zanzibar area; New Zealand. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 815 Remarks.—The 2 ovig. 92 and 1 ? g agree with Kemp’s description and figures. One of the 2 anterior teeth of the dorso-lateral keel in the above description corresponds with the “spinule”’ at base of rostrum in Kemp’s description. The “thumb” of hand of 1st leg is proportion- ately shghtly larger than shown in Kemp’s figure 5. The species differs from orientalis Hend. in having only 4 medio- dorsal teeth on carapace, antennal scale longer than broad, and a definite hepatic depression. Famity ? (CARIDEA). Gen. PROBLEMACARIS Stebb. 1921. Stebbing, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), viii, p. 626. hat ids Ann. So Ate. Mus., xix, p. 9. Mandibles without palp, no cleft between incisor process and molar. lst and 2nd maxillae normal. Maxillipeds and legs with long flagellate exopods. Mxp. 2 with 7th joint attached apically to 6th. Mxp. 3 slender, pediform. Ist and 2nd legs chelate, wrist of 2nd leg not sub- divided. 3rd—5th legs simple. Telson linguiform, apically truncate. Problemacaris spinetum Stebb. 1921. Stebbing, l. c., p. 626. No2f aid- ac. p. Os pls. 6) 7 (Crust., pls. 121, 122). Rostrum pointed, without ventral teeth, dorsally with 4 large spines, followed by 2 on the carapace, a small denticle behind the last. Antero-lateral angle of carapace produced ina long spine, postero- inferior angle shortly acute. Abdominal segments with numerous spines. Ant. 1 with short acute basal process, and a long spine on upper margin of Ist peduncular joint. Peduncle of ant. 2 spinose, antennal scale with 2 apical spines. Pleopod 1 with short endopod; other pleopods with endopod nearly as long as exopod, with short appendix interna. Length 15 mm. Locality.—Off Cape Peninsula, 300 fathoms (Stebbing). 816 Annals of the South African Museum. ADDENDA. Page 31, Platymaca turbyner Stebb. The following supplemental characters may be given. First abdominal segment ¢ as long as wide, in 2 a little wider than long; distal margin slightly protuberant, with indications of a median spine. Cheliped hand nearly parallel-sided, with long stiff (but pliable) bristles between the spines on inner and lower surfaces (as in Miers’ figure of wyville-thomson, and Doflein’s pl. 22, but not shown in the latter’s excellent photograph on pl. 23). | Fringes of setae on 6th and proximal part of 7th joints of 4th and 5th legs along the lower front margin and upper hind margin; on the 5th joint on upper margin only; 6th joint narrow throughout its whole length. I have recently (1948) seen a g specimen, carapace 45 x45 mm., caught by the Fisheries Survey vessel s.s. Africana, 29° 53’ &., 31° 13’ E., 369 metres. This specimen corresponds with the smaller specimens described on p. 3l, except the carapace is granular and the spines greatly reduced; lst abdominal segment nearly twice as wide as long with 3 spines on hind margin; cornea elongate oval (Doflein, I. c., pl. 50, figs. 5, 6); 6th joints of 3rd—5th legs shorter than 4th joints and broader relatively to their length. The conclusion can scarcely be avoided that this is an older example of turbynev. But it seems impossible to separate it from the Hast African examples described by Doflein as wyville-thomsom, renamed alcockt by Rathbun (1916, 1918). If turbynez and alcocki (the former of course having priority) be regarded as one species, it means that the assumption of the adult characters proceeds at a slower rate relatively to the increase in size in the Natal area than farther north (Dar-es-Salaam). P. turbynei and alcocki are sharply distinguished from the true wyville-thomsom by the absence of an outwardly directed spine on inner upper orbital margin (Rathbun, 1918). Page 108. Tylodiplax blephariskios (Stebb.) A large number of specimens of both sexes collected at St. Lucia Bay, Zululand, by the University of Cape Town Ecological Survey (July 1948) provides the following supplemental details. The cheliped of g is much more robust than in Stebbing’s figure Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 817 (presumably that of an immature 3g); the hand is almost as broad as its length (exclusive of thumb); the finger and thumb are widely gaping, so that the square tooth on the former does not meet the inner margin of the latter. The most remarkable feature of the ¢ is the thick brushes of yellowish-brown fur on the forwardly directed surfaces (upper margin, upper half of outer surface, and whole of inner surface) of the 4th and 5th joints of 2nd—4th (1st-3rd walking) legs. Pleopod 1 3, distal 4 bent inwards against the basal 3, which is gently curved and fringed on outer margin with plumose setae; on the distal 4 in the bend is a triangular projection; apex truncate with a small projecting ovate lobe, and on the outer margin (but projecting medianly when the appendage is folded 2m situ) a slender sinuous apically acute process, with 3 spines midway along its margin. Page 122. After Varuna litterata insert the following two genera belonging to the subfamily Varuninae:— Ptychognathus onyx Alcock See Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 234, fig. 11 ($ chela), 1915. St. Lucia Bay, 1 ¢ (Univ. Cape Town Ecol. Surv., 1949). Pseudograpsus erythraeus Kossmann See Tesch, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixc, p. 97 (key to genus), 1918. Kosi Bay, 2 dg (Univ. Cape Town Ecol. Surv., 1949). Page 131. After Sesarma eulimene insert: Sarmatium sp. St. Lucia Bay and Kosi Bay (Univ. Cape Town Kcol. Surv., 1949). Page 146. Inssocarcinus laevis Miers Distinguished from orbicularis by the notched front. One from 28° 28’ 8., 32° 25’ E., 27 metres (Fisheries Surv., 1948). Page 152. After Ovalopes punctatus insert: Elliptodactylus rugosus Doflein 1904. Doflein, D. Tiefsee Exp., vi, p. 94, text-figs. 7, 8, and pl. 30, figs. 1-3, pl. 32, fig. 7. VOL. XXXVI. 52 818 Annals of the South African Museum. Seven specimens ($3 $9) collected by the Fisheries Survey, 26° 36’S., 14° 37’ H., 130 fathoms, agree with Doflein’s description, except the 4th joint of mxp. 3 1s not squarely truncate as in his fig.7, but produced in a rounded lobe; the position of the sutures on the fused 3rd—5th abdominal segments is faintly indicated. $ 35 x 53 mm., 9 28 x 38 mm. (length to tip of median rostral tooth, and breadth incl. lateral teeth). Brick-red, under surface greyish; bright iridescent patches as follows: on antero-lateral margin between each pair of teeth, and a larger crescentric patch behind the last lateral tooth, in the smooth grooves between the regions of the carapace, anterior surface of the palp of mxp. 3, on the smooth distal portion of upper surface of arm of cheliped, the spine and other smooth areas on wrist, the smooth areas on upper surface of hand, and in the groove on upper margin of finger. In the key to genera on p. 141 this genus falls into II.A.1, inal 18 distinguished from Ovalipes by the basal joint of ant. 1 not being visible in dorsal view. The tridentate front distinguishes it from Ovalipes punctatus, but not from the North American O. ocellatus. Pages 163, 164. Gomioneptunus smithi (McLeay) Leene and Buitendijk (1949, Bijdr. Dierk., xxviii, p. 296, figs. 3, 4,c¢) have renamed the Goniosoma truncatum of Milne Edwards, Charybdis (Gonmohellenus) edwardsi. If Ward is correct in considering smithiw to be the same as truncatus M. Edw. (non Fabr.), then McLeay’s name smith must be accepted, and edwardsi L. & B. will fall into synonymy. Leene and Buitendijk (p. 298) state that truncatum was described from specimens from Malabar and Port Natal [ = Durban]. Page 201. Add to the genera of Hyperolissa: Halimede de Haan. A single specimen of a species of this genus found in Delagoa Bay (Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Page 248. Menippe rumphi (Fabr.) A specimen from Delagoa Bay submitted by the Lourenzo Marques Museum. Euriippellia annulipes (M. Edw.) Kosi Bay (Univ. Cape Town Ecol. Surv., 1949). Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 819 Page 252. After Lybia plumosa insert: Ozus rugulosus Stimpson Kosi Bay (Univ. Cape Town Ecol. Surv., 1949). Page 281. Gen. QUADRELLA Key to the South African Species. 1. One spine on lateral margin . : : . : . . coronata. 2. Two spines on lateral margin . : : : : : . bispinosa. Quadrella bispinosa Borrad. 1902. Borradaile, F. Geogr. Mald. Laccad., i, p. 266, fig. 58. Specimens from off Chai Chai, Portuguese Hast Africa. Largest specimen (@) length 14 mm., breadth 15 mm. (Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Page 387. Leucosia marmorea Bell One 5, 42x46 mm. Natal (Fisheries Surv., 1948). Pleopod 1 ¢ stout, calcified, corkscrew-like, seminal groove winding round spirally to the slender horny falcate apical projection; the apex of the calcified part forms a rounded setose knob ventro-laterally at the base of the horny apical projection. Carapace and upper surface of arms, wrist and hand of chelipeds mauvy-russet, hinder part of carapace pale, with 2 pale brownish rings or oval spots, legs tinged with salmon. Page 472. Gen. PoRCELLANELLA White 1852. White, Voy. Rattlesnake, ui, p. 394. Porcellanella triloba White, 1852 See Lenz, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxvii, p. 375, 1905. One specimen, 28° 28’ S., 32° 25’ E., 27 metres (Fisheries Surv., 1948). Zanzibar, Indian Ocean to China and Australia. A frequent habitat is between the leaf-like branches of Pennatula. Porcellanella quadrilobata Miers Off Inhambane, Portuguese Hast Africa, in Aleyonarian (Lourenzo Marques Mus.). First described from Port Denison, N.E. Australia. 820 Annals of the South African Museum. Page 546. After Palonustus mossambicus add the following genus :— Gen. LINUPARUS Gray 1847. Gray in White, List Crust. Coll. Brit. Mus., p. 70. 1901. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vi, p. 21 (Avus). 1909. Calman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), i, p. 442. 1911. Gruvel, Ann. Inst. oceanogr., 11, 4, p. 26. 1916. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, 2, pp. 33, 36. Carapace nearly quadrangular in cross-section, sides behind cervical sroove vertical. Rostral processes fused. Flagellum of ant. 2 stout, not whip-like, not longer than body of animal. Pleopod 2 9 similar to those of the three following segments, endopod narrow and appendix interna large. Innuparus trigonus (von Siebold) 1824. von Siebold [quoted from de Man]. 1850. de Haan, Fauna Japon., p. 157, pls. 39, 40, L and M [quoted from Ortmann]. 1911. Gruvel, l. c., p. 26, text-fig. 10, and pl. 1, fig. 5. Exp. 1-3 as described by Gruvel, except that exopods of mxp. 2 and 3 are setose, especially distally where the setae are plumose (the Paris Museum specimen is probably dry and the setae not very obvious). Sternite of abdominal segment 1 with a median denticle, sternites of segments 2-6 each with 2 denticles, the pair on 6th segment further apart than those on preceding segments, and followed by a second pair closer together, and some additional denticles laterally (in front of the soft anal membrane). Pleura of Ist abdominal segment with a single tooth, pleurae of segments 2-6 each with 3 main teeth and some smaller ones posteriorly, on segment 2 the Ist and 2nd teeth are equal but widely separated, the 3rd smaller and close to the 2nd, on segments 3-6 the teeth are equidistant, but the middle one © (2nd) is noticeably larger than the Ist and 3rd, especially on segments 3-5. Claws of Ist and 2nd legs convex externally, with lateral and medio-internal fringes of setae. Claws of 3rd leg triquetral, with 3 fringes of setae; of 4th and 5th legs flattened externally, with 2 lateral fringes of setae. Genital openings ¢ on prominent coxal projections which nearly meet in the middle line. Length of carapace 140 mm., of abdomen to end of telson 210 mm., total 350 mm. Breadth of carapace across outer antero-lateral angles 80 mm., behind cervical groove 70 mm. Flagellum of 2nd antenna 255 mm. Colour as preserved reddish brown. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 821 Locality. Off Inhambane, Portuguese Hast Africa, 180 fathoms, on rocky ground (Lourenzo Marques Mus., 1 3). Distribution. Japan; New South Wales. Remarks.—The discovery of this Crayfish off the East African coast is noteworthy. Unfortunately there is little probability of obtaining further specimens, as the Director of the Lourenzo Marques Museum informs me that trawling has been discontinued in that area owing to the rocky nature of the ground. In Japan the species occurs 7n locis sazosis (de Haan, quoted by Ortmann). Another specimen of apparently the same species has recently been obtained off the coast of New South Wales (1949. McNeill, Austral. Mus. Mag., ix, p. 337, fig.), but misidentified as Puerulus carinatus. Page 635. Eusicyonia Stebb. Key to the South African Species. 1. Two post-rostral teeth. No abdominal sternal spines : . longicauda. 2. Five to seven post-rostral teeth. Sternal spines on abdominal segments 1-5 . : : ‘ : : 3 : . cf. lancifer. Eusicyona cf. lancifer (Oliv.) 1913. de Man, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxixa, p. 123 (references). Three 2 specimens from Delagoa Bay, submitted by the Lourenzo Marques Museum, appear to be this species. Two, 50 and 57 mm. in length, have 3 rostral and 7 post-rostral teeth. Pleurae of abdominal segments 1-3 are unidentate, of 4 and 5 tridentate. Fingers of chelae 14 times as long as palm. The third specimen, 55 mm. in length, has 4rostral and 5 post-rostral teeth, the hindmost of the latter has a longer posterior slope than the hindmost tooth in the other two specimens. Pleurae of abdominal segments 1 and 2 unidentate, of 3-5 tridentate. All three specimens have a pair of sternal spines between the bases of both Ist and 2nd legs; and a strong sternal spine on each of abdominal segments 1-5, those on segments 1-3 inclined forwards, that on segment 4 vertical, and that on segment 5 inclined backwards. No horizontal keels on the sides of the abdominal segments. E. lancifer is recorded from Japan, East Indies, Indian Seas and Ceylon. A correct identification can only be made by examination and comparison of the ¢ petasma. 822 Annals of the South African Museum. Page 638. Sergestidae. Key to the South African Genera. 1. 4th and 5th pairs of legs present . . NSergestes. 2. 4th and 5th pairs of legs absent, 5th pair in 3 represented by coxal protuberances an 5 : . Acetes. Gen. AcretEes M. Edw. 1830. Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., xix, p. 350. 1917. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., xiii, pp. 47 sqq. 1919. Hansen, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxviii, p. 31. 1928. Okada, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (x), 1, p. 308 (tail organs). 1933. Menon, Bull. Madras Govt. Mus., iu, 3, p. 2 (development). 1934. Burkenroad, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., iv, 7, p. 99. 1935. Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., vi, p. 101. 1940. Colefax, Rec. Austral. Mus., xx, pp. 341 sqq. 1948. Morris, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., lxxiii, pp. 1 sqq., text- -figs. (life-history). Rostrum short, acute, with 1 or 2 denticles dorsally. Supra- orbital and hepatic spines present. Mx. 1 without palp, mx. 2 with a single lobe, mxp. 1 without palp. I1st—3rd pairs of legs with minute chelae; 4th and 5th pairs absent, but 5th pair represented in g by coxal protuberances. Remarks.—Atlantic and Indo-Pacific; coastal, frequently estuarine, or even fluviatile. The 92 are sometimes considerably larger than the 3d. Acetes erythraeus Nob. 1905. Nobili, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 394, fig. 1. 1906. Id., Ann. Sci. Nat. (9), iv, p. 23, pl. 1, figs. 5, 5, a-f. 1917. Kemp, l.'c., p. 51, figs! 1, c-e, 2, b, 8,6, 4, 6, 5, a, dy tine: 1933. Menon, l. c., p. 2, pls. 1-3, figs. 1-38 (larval stages and adult). Rostrum with 2 dorsal denticles. Outer flagellum of ant. 1 subequal to Ist peduncular joint, its shaft obscurely (?3) jointed, flagellar portion also obscurely jointed, in ¢ with a notch proximally, on the proximal slope of which are 4 short blunt curved spines directed forwards, and on the distal slope 1 spine directed backwards; a single long curved spine, distally serrulate, opposed to a row of 6 spines = Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. 823 on the flagellar portion. A curved antrorse spine between bases of lst pleopods in both sexes. Uropodal organs present (cf. Okada). Length ¢ 32 mm., 9 40 mm. Locality.x—Richards Bay, Natal (Univ. Cape Town Ecol. Surv., 1948, 1949, gs 99, and immature). Distribution.—Red Sea to Siam. Remarks.—Although living a considerable distance from ali the hitherto recorded localities, these specimens agree so well with erythraeus that they must be identified as this species. 824 A aberrans (Ancylocaris) abyssorum (Parapagurus) Acanthephyra acanthitelsonis (Acanthephyra) acanthomerus (Pilumnoplax) Acanthonychidae Acanthonyx Acanthophrys acanthopus (Dehaanius) Acanthosoma acanthus (Axius) acclivirostris (Parapenaeopsis) Acetes , ; , Achaeopsis Achaeus Achelous . Achelous . Actaea. : actaeiformis (M awillothria) ; Actaeodes . : Actaeomorpha . Actumnus : aculeata (Micippa) adactyla (Hippa) admete (Thalamita) Aegeon aegibotus (Dromidia). Aegle ; aeneus (Zosimus) aequabilis (Clibanarius) affinis (Achaeus) affinis (Kucrate) affinis (Geryon) affinis (Leander) affinis (Leander) affinis (Metapenaeus) . affinis (Sesarma) affinis (Xantho) africana (Caridina) africana (Caridina) africana (Upogebia) E africanum (Macropetasma) . africanum (Solenocera) africanus (Gonioneptunus) . agulhasensis eae Albunea ; Albuneidae ' aleocki (Calocaris) Annals of the South African Museum. INDEX Synonyms in italics. 360, 361 248, 271 63 404. Bade 803, 811 alcocki (Eupagurus) . alcocki (Latreillopsis) alcocki (Thelxiope, Moloha) algoense (Solenocera) Alope Alpheidae Alpheus : alphonsi (Heterocarpus) Amalopenaeus americanum (Gnathophyllum) Amphion . Amphitrite anaglyptus (Etisus) Anapagurus anatum (Philyra) Anchistus Ancylocaris PAGE 460 341 341 . 616 687, 693 648, 724 725, 739 684 627 . 765 567, 574 155, 156 . 247 416, 465 . 383 770, 792 770, 794 andamanensis (Penaeopsis coniger, VWatoe lee andamanica (H omola) andamanica (Nephrops) andersoni (Pilumnus) Angasia angolensis (Actaea) angulata (Goneplax) . angulata (Heteronucia) Aniculus . é aniculus (Aniculus) anisocheir (Syne p haus) Anisopus . annulata (Charybdis) . annulipes (Eurtppellia) annulipes (Uca) ANOMURA , antarcticus (Inachus) . Antilibinia arabicus (Inachus) Arcania arcticus (Sergestes) arcuata (Uca) arcuatus (Xantho) areolata Sar atasies Arete argentata (Monomia) . Aristaeopsis Aristeomorpha . Aristeus ; armata (Angasia) armata (Mursia) 593 340 528 . 266 687, 707 - 227 283 . 363 415, 430 431 736 Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. armatum (Cardisoma) armatus (Sergestes) arrosor (Pagurus) ‘ artificiosus (Conchoecetes) . asiatica (Emerita) asper (Cancer) asper (Pagurus). asper (Schizophrys) aspera (Eurynome) aspera (Schizophrys) . asperrimus (Neolithodes) Assecla : assisi (Upogebia) Astacidae é ASTACURA Astacus : astathes (Calcinus) Atelecyclidae Atelecyclus Atergatis . Atergatopsis Athanas atlantica (Nephropsis) Atya Atyidae audouinii (Cyclograpsus) auriculatus (Notostomus) australis (Alope) austroafricana (Emerita) austroafricana (Processa) Autonomaeidae Avus Axiidae Axius ids 195, 201, 201, 725, 647, 497, B bahamensis (Petrochirus) balssi (Pomatocheles) Banareia . banksii (Matuta) barbata (Thelxiope) barbatus (Cyclograpsus) barnardi (Calocaris) barnardi (Ebalia, Lithadia) bate: (Acanthephyra) . bayonianus (Potamon) beaumontii (Polycheles) beaupresi (Harpilius) . bellmarleyi (Sclerocrangon). bellus (Liomera) Bentheocaris Bentheogennema Benthesicymus . Betaeus bevisi (Euryplax) bicornis (Exodromidia) bicornis (Gomeza) bicristimana (Mursia) bidentatus (Xantho) 569, 582, 725, PAGE 109 643 423 308 825 PAGE biguttatus (Portumnus) 142 bimaxillaris (Stylodactylus) 652 bipustulatus (Ovalipes) 150 bisincisus (Alpheus) 760 bispinosa (Latreillopsis) 343 bispinosa (Quadrella) 819 bisulcatus (Sergestes) . 641 bituberculata (Cryptodromidi- opsis) . , 331 bituberculatus (Acanthophrys longispina, var.) . : alOZ biunguiculatus (Polyonyx) . 480 Blastidae . ; : 10, 48 Blastus . ; 39 blephariskios (Tylodiplax) ‘ 108, 816 borradailei (Urocaridella) 775 boscii (Macrophthalmus) 103 bottegoi (Potamon) 192 | bouviert (Corycodus) . 393 bouviert (Parapagurus) 450 bovis (Rhynchoplax) . sibh £02 BRACHYGNATHA . 4 ‘ 9 BRACHYRHYNCHA 9, 75 brachytelsonis rece a 667 BRACHYURA : 9 brasiliensis (Penaeus) . 584 brevicarpalis (Periclimenes, Ancylocaris) . 794 brevifalcatus (Achaeus) 20 brevirostris (Diogenes) 440 brevirostris (Diogenes) 443 brevirostris Pandalina) 676 brevis (Macrophthalmus) Alok brevispinosa (Charybdis varie- gata, var.) 170 brunneo-pictus (Paguristes ocu- latus, var.) A : 418 birgeri (Panulirus) 548 C caecus (Eryoneicus) , . O75 caelata (Chlorodopsis) 3 . 214 caeruleus (Penaeus) 584 Calappa . 346 Calappidae . 346 Calastacus Ff 498, 502 calcaratus (Potamon) . 193 Calcinus 415, 436 Calcinus . 435 Calliactites -- 4512 Calliadne . 515, 522 Callianassa =) 505 Callianassidae 497, 504 Callichirus 506 Callinectes . 156 calmani (Merhippolyte) » ,692 Calocaris . 498, 502 Camposcia 11, 12 Campylonotus . 646 826 PAGE canaliculata (Processa) 715 canaliculatus (Penaeus 590 canaliculatus (Penaeus) . 590 Cancellus . 415, 446 Cancridae 77, 194 capensis (Astacus) . 526 capensis (Campylonotus) 646 capensis (Crangon) 803 capensis (Gennadas) . 630 capensis (Leander) 789 capensis (Mamaia) 59 capensis (Neolithodes) 410 capensis (Plagusia) 136 capensis (Upogebia) 515 capensis (Upogebia) 519 capensis (Virbius) 702 Carcinaspis 370 Carcinides 3, 140 Carcinoplax 282, 286 Cardisoma . 109 CARIDEA 576, 646 Caridina . . 654 carinata (Myra) . 373 carinatus (Penaeus) 584 carinimanus (Macrophthalmus) 103 carinipes (Zozymodes) 211 cariosus (Carpilodes) . . 240 Carpilius . 201, 203 Carpilodes 4 ai carnifex (Cardisoma) . eG) Carupella . 141, 146 Catapaguroides . 416, 467 cataphractus (Aegeon) BT acoll74 catenata (Sesarma) 128 catenata (Sesarma) 130 CATOMETOPA. 76 cavimana (Tetralia) 280 cavipes (Actaea) 229 cavipes (Coenobita) 470 caystrus (Pseudozius) 253 cellulosa (Actaea) : 229 ceratophthalmus ( Ocypode) 86 chabrus (Plagusia) : 136 charon (Symalpheus) . ; =| 7a8 Charybdis , 142, 161, 165 Chiromantes ; . E26 Chlorinoides 61 Chlorodius 213 Chlorodiella 202, 213 Chlorodopsis 202, 214 chlorophthalmus (Uca) 95 chlorophthalmus (Uca) 94, 97 Chlorotocus 3 676, 685 cinctimanus (Liomera) 238 Cleistostoma 83, 104 Clibanarius : 415, 431 clibanarius (Clibanarius) . 433 clypsydra (Dotilla) 99 coalita (Myra) 373 Coenobita 468 Coenobitidae 406, 468 Annals of the South African Museum. comatum (Solenocera) complectens (Pseudocollodes) compressipes (Atergatis) Conchodytes Conchoecetes coniger (Penaeopsis) consobrinus (Dehaanius) convexa (Menippe) convexus (Carpilius) . coppingert (Paramithrax) Coralliocaris cordimanus (Ocypode) cornuta (Dromidiopsis) coronata (Quadrella) . Corycodus Corystidae Cosmonotus costatus (Diogenes) costatus (Diogenes) Crago : Crangon Crangon Crangonidae crassicornis (Chlorotocus) crassimanus (Achelous) crassimanus (Alpheus) crassus (Sergestes) 770, 801 ” 593 648, 802 crebripunctata (Matuta lunaris, Var.) : crenata (Thalamita) crinvpes (Geograpsus) cruciata (Charybdis) . cristata (Mursia) . cristimanus (Mursia) . crucifera (Charybdis) . cruentatus (Atelecyclus) Cryptodromia Cryptodromidiopsis ctenifera (Spirontocaris) cuanensis (Hupagurus) cultrifer (Scyllarus) cultrimanus (Xanthias) cupheus (Persephona) . cursor (Ocypode) cursor (Ocypode) Cycloblepas Cyclodius . Cyclodorippinae Cyclograpsus CYCLOMETOPA cymbifer (Glyptoxanthus) cymodoce (Trapezia) . Cymonomus Cyrtomaia Daira Dairoides . Daldorfia . 307, 327 308, 329 462, 465 . 248 247, 258 64. Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. PAGE dama (Schizophrys) 61 danae (Thalamita) 174 Dardanus 422 dasypus (Panulirus) 549 debilis (Systellaspis) . 663 deformis (Pagurus) 428 dehaanii (Porcellana) 476 dehaani (Porcellana) 474 dehaanw (Xantho) . 216 Dehaanius 35, 43 delagoae (Palaemon) . : . 716 delagoae Cuma gilchristi, WEES) ‘ . 543 delagoae (Thalamita) . 3 178 demani (Polycheles) 570 dentata (Ranina) 397 dentatus (Dehaanius) 44 dentatus (Enoplometopus) . 532 dentatus (Etisus) 244 dentatus (Glyphocrangon) . 722 dentatus (Grapsillus) . 276 dentatus (Menaethius) 43 dentifrons (Chlorodius) 245 depressa (Actaea) 229 depressa (Plagusia) 134 depressus (Harpilius) . 796 depressus (Menaethius) 43 depressus (Pagurus) 427 depressus (Potamon) . 190 deprofundis (Eupagurus) 464 deuteropus (Alpheus) 743 diacanthus (Halimus) . 53 diadumena (Ebalia) 367 difficilis (Hapaloptyx) 496 digitalis (‘Trapezia) 278 dimorphus (Parapagurus) 452 Diogenes . 415, 439 disjunctipes (Corycodus) 393 dispersa (Galathea) : 486 dissodontonotus (Alpheus) . 749 dissothrix (Dromidia) 321 distinguendus (Xantho) 219 diverticulatus (Hypocolpus) 209 djiboutensis (Athanas) 732 Doclea 48, 49 dodone (Lophozozymus) e218 dofleini (Pinnotheres) a an ES) dolichodactylus ee. 5. tag) Dorippe . 388 Dorippidae 346, 387 Dorippinae . 387 dormia (Dromia) 310 dormia (Dromia) . 322 dornica (Dromia, typ. err.). 310, 322 dorsalis (Heterocarpus) 684 dorsettensis (Inachus) 29 dorsipes (Dorippe) 390 Dorynchus 23 Dotilla 83, 98 Dromia . : 307, 309 DROMIACEA . 9, 305 827 PAGE Dromidia . 307, 319 Dromidiopsis 307, 311 Dromiidae 306 Dromiidea : ; 306 dubius (Potamon) . 5 OE dubtus (Potamon) : : 189 duorarum (Penaeus) . 584 durbanensis (Hippolysmata) 710 durbanensis (Rhynchocinetes) . 763 durbani (Penaeus) . . 584, 589 dussumiert (Uca) : 3 ek ee Dynomene 336 Dynomenidae 306, 334 K Ebalia. : ; . 361, 363 Echinoplax : : : . 84 edulis (Processa) . 718 edwardsi (Charybdis) . 818 edwardsianus (Plesiopenaeus) 624 edwardsii (Alpheus) 759 edwardsii (Alpheus) 756 edwardsii (Cleistostoma) 105 edwardsii (Jasus lalandii, var.) 540 edwardswi (Leander) 782 Elamena . 67, 73 Elaphocaris 638 electra (Etisus) . : . 245 elegans (Atergatis) . : eas elegans (Calcinus) 438 elegans (Eurynome) . ; snl Od elegans (Galathea) 487 elegans (Gennadas) 631 elegans (Hymenocera) 767 elegans (Latreillia) 344 elegans (Marestia) 136 elisabethae (Scyllarides) 561 Elliptodactylus . 817 Emerita : 402 emeritus (Emerita) 403 engyops (Paguristes) . F 42] Enoplometopus 497, 525, 531 ensifera peeepolyte) . 703 Epialtus . : : ee 3) Epixanthus : . 247, 259 Lrgasticus ‘ c : . 34 Eriphia : 248, 273 erosa (Actaeomorpha) 361 Eryoneicus 567, 574 Eryonidae 535, 565 erythraeus (Acetes) 822 erythraeus (Pseudograpsus). 817 espinosus (Chlorodius) 244 Ethusa 348 Ktisodes 243 Etisus 203, 243 Kualus . 695 eucheir (Xeinostoma) o395 Eucrate 282, 295 Eudromia 314 828 PAGE Eudromidia 307, 314 eulimene (Sesarma) ay 130 euopsis (Pagurus) 427 EKupagurinae . 416 EKupagurus 416, 458 Eupalaemon 775 ELuplax 103 Kuriippellia . 248 Eurycarcinus 247, 260 Kurynome 48, 54 Euryplax . 2 282, 283 eurysternus (Clibanarius) . 434 EKusicyonia 582, 635, 821 Euxanthus 248 Evaxius 499 exanthematosa (Calappa) 352 exaratus (Xantho) 223 Exhippolysmata ; 709 eximia (Acanthephyra) . 667 Exodromidia . 307, 324 exsculptus (Hypocolpus) 209 exsulcatus (Penaeus semisulcatus, Var.) yo . 584 extricatus (Diogenes) 445 exuens (Acanthephyra) 666 F Faba 692, 701, 725 fabimanus (Pagurus) . : . 427 falcifera (Macropodia) é Sh LG fasciatus (Panulirus) . : . 553 fascicularis (Menaethiops) . Ayes) fasciolatum Weber ar gna) 765 faxoni (Eryoneicus) 575 fenestrata (Dotilla) . : Ae) ferruginea (Trapezia) . fissurus (Parapenaeus) . flammea (Calappa) . ‘ 3, 347 flavipes (Grapsus) 115 flavo-maculatus (Atergatopsis) 206 flavopunctata (Trapezia) 278 floridus (Atergatis) 207 foliacea (Aristaeomorpha) 625 fordu (Eriphia) . 273 formosa (Macropodia) cay fornasinii (Menippe, Myomenippe) 256 fossulatus (Cancer) . 229 fragifer (Pilumnus) 269 frontalis (Actaeodes) 245 frontalis (Alpheus) 743 frontalis (Epixanthus) 259 frontalis (EKudromia) 315 fugax (Myra) 373 Funchalia 581, 608 furcata (Stenocionops) 3, 58 G gaimardii (Calcinus) . 439 Galacantha 482, 494 Galathea . 482 Annals of the South African Museum. PAGE Galatheidae % 471, 481 GALATHEIDEA 401, 470 Galene 259, 261 gallus (Calappa) 350 gamianus (Paguristes) . 418 garstangi (Portumniodes) . . 142 Gecarcinidae . : é 76, 109 Gecarcinus : E - 109 Gelasimus ; ; ‘ Be ves) Gelastocaris 688, 713 Gennadas 582, 627 Geograpsus 111, 115 geometricum (Hymenosoma) ~ 68 Geryon 282, 290 gighoniana (Aristaeomorpha) 625 gilchristi (Callianassa) . 509 gilchristi (Gennadas) . 633 gilchristi (Leander) . 7184 gilchristi (Palinurus) . 542, 554 gilesia (Glyphocrangon) +.0 122 glaberrima (Tetralia) . 280 glabra (Psaumis) 232 glacialis (Hymenodora) 665 gladiator (Monomia) . 156 Glaucothoé . 416, 417, 425, 449, 453 globosa (Philyra) 380 globosus (Pinnotheres) : » 180 globulosa (Philyra) 383 glomus (Ebalia) . 365 gloriosus (Sergestes) . . 642 Glyphocrangon . ss eg Glyphocrangonidae 648, 718 Glyptoxanthus ~ (220 Glypturus . 505 Gnathochasmus . /. dell Gnathophyllidae 648, 764 eaten aus . 7165 Gomeza 302, 304 Goneplacidae 77, 281 Goneplax 282, 283 Gonioneptunus . 141, 161 gracilipes (Alpheus) : 744 gracilipes (Metopograpsus messor, Vile) | Xe 118 gracilis (Harpilius depressus, var. ) 797 gracilis (Pontophilus) 606 graminea (Coralliocaris) 800 grandidiert (Kurycarcinus) . 261 grandidiert (Huenioides) . . AL grandidieri (Macrophthalmus) 102 grandirostris (Galathea) 487 grandis (Sergestes) 641 granulatus (Cancer) 231 granulatus (Pilumnus) 229 granulatus (Polycheles) 569 granulosa (Ebalia) 368 granulosa (Platypodia) 208 granulosus (Medaeus) : Ber it) Grapsidae ‘ : 4 76, 110 Grapsillus : 276 Grapsus 111, 112 Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. grapsus (Grapsus) grayi (Geograpsus) grayii (Cosmonotus) . Grimaldiella : grimaldii (Athanas) grimaldii eter one) Grimothea : guerinit (Albunea) guntheri (Inachus) guttata (Sesarma) guttata (Trapezia) guttatus (Pagurus) Gymnopleura H haeckelii ibe alae ee Halimede . : Halimede . Halimus Haliporoides Haliporus Hapaloptyx Harpiliopsis Harpilius . hastatoides (Hellenus) Hellenus . helleri (Actaea) Hemipenaeopsis hendersoni (Anapagurus) hendersoni (EKudromia) hendersoni (Pontophilus) hepatica (Calappa) herbstii (Calcinus) hermitensis (Periclimenes) hertwigi (Scyramathia) Hetairocaris : Heterocarpus . heterochir (Pilumnoplax) heterodon ea Heteronucia Heteropilumnus Hexapus . hibernicus (Eryoneicus) hilarulus (Penaeopsis) ‘ hilgendorfi io cele ee) Hippa : : hippeus (Ocypode) Hippidae . : HIPPIDEA Hippolysmata Hippolyte Hippolytidae hippothoé (Alpheus) . hirsutissima (Actaea) . hirsutissima (Dromidia) hirsutus (Pilumnus) hirta (Naxioides) hispida (Dynomene) . hispidus (Stenopus) Holometopus 495, 770, Vad PAGE 113 115 400 608 729 662 488 405 27 126 277 428 396 829 PAGE Homaridae 524 Homarus . 525 Homola sas Homolidae : 306, 338 HOMOLIDEA . 2 306 Hoplophoridae 662 Hoplophorus j 662 horrida Bey ee) : 64 Huenia : 35, 40 Huenioides 35 Hyastenus : : 48, 53 hydrophilus (Xantho) .- 223 Hymenicus : ou meal Hymenocera 765, 767 Hymenodora 663, 665 Hymenopenaeus 582, 619 Hymenosoma 67 Hymenosomatidae 11, 66 Hyperolissa 200, 201 Hyperomerista . 200, 247 Hypocoelus 209 Hypocolpus 210, 209 1 Ibacus 557, 563 idae (Palaemon) : 777 idella (Palaemon idae, var.) Tad impressus (Xantho) . 220 Inachidae TO, TE Inachus LF incerta (Munida) 492 incertus (Chlorotocus) 685 incisus (Ibacus) 563 indica (Callianassa) 512 indicus (Carcinoplax longimanus, var.) 287 indicus (Gennadas scutatus, subsp.) . : 634 indicus (Penaeus) : 588 indicus (Petrolisthes) . 479 indistincta (Caridina) . 650 inermis (Anchistus) 792 inflatus (Potamon) 90 infraciliaris (Pilumnus) 269 inhacae (Thalamita) . 179 insignis (Alpheus) 744 integra (Thalamita) LIZOPE integrifrons (Pseudodromia) 316 intermedia (Bentheogennema) 634 intermedia (Galathea) 483 inversa (Uca) ‘ 94 investigatoris (Parapenaeus) 602 ippeus (Ocypode) 88 ischurodous (Geryon) 292 J jallae (Potamon dubium, var.) 191 japonica (Calappa) : 352 japonica (Coralliocaris swper ba, var.) : : 799 830 Annals of the South African Museum. PAGE PAGE japonicus (Anapagurus pusillus, Leontocaris : . 687, 699 var.) . : 3 . 467 | lepidactylus (Palaemon) ‘ . 172 japonicus (Aristeus) ‘ ; . 626 | lepidota (Cryptodromidiopsis) . 332 japonicus sinec longi- leptochelis (Lybia) . 2 = el manus, var. Me : . 287 | Leptodius ; : a . 220 japonicus (Panulirus) ‘ . 550 | lessuert (Matuta) 4 d . 358 japonicus (Penaeus) . : . 590 | Leucifer . ; , : . 644 Jasus 4 4 . 537 | Leuciferidae : ' . 580, 644 jedanensis (Synalpheus) , . 738 | Leucisca . . 861,370 johnstoni (Potamon) . P . 194 | leucodactyla (Trapezia) : eh pails) jucundus (Betaeus) . ; . 733 | Leucosia . 2 i . 9615385 Justitia . : , : . 544 | Leucosiidae : ; . 346, 360 leviusculus (Alpheus) . . 745 K limbatus (Cancer) : 2 . 208 : : Linuparus ; . 537, 820 kempi (Eryoneicus) . 2 Ome Pana (Pylopagurus) AB kempi (Gennadas) . : . 630 TOA alleval ‘i : AAT : yphus . ; . 38 kingsleyi (Litocheira) 5 EOE ae eon 902. 237 kraussi (Callianassa) . : - 906 : 3a : : : ’ s 195 Lissocarcinus . : . IAI, 145 SESE 0 ay te ithadia. . >. ee kraussiana (Hippolyte) : . 7102 cane 407 kraussi (Hippolyte) . ‘ . 688 TE Rialto : a: ‘ 989 993 kraussii (Pachygrapsus) . Pape Ee ee ; f : ? Vee 87 litterata (Varuna) : : oa lz kuhlii (Ocypode) ieee ae lividus (Geograpsus) . : «2 LLG kiikenthali (Hippolysmata) lividus (Xanthias) . . . 242 L lobidens (Alpheus) . ‘ . 760 longecarinatus (Alpheus) . . 745 labidolepta (Galathea) ‘ . 483 | longicauda (Eusicyonia) . 25635 lacazei (Aegeon) j 2 . 514 | longicornis (Nematopagurus) . 467 lacertosus (Achaeus) . 5 . 19 | longicornis (Penaeus) . : . 589 Lachnopodus . ; . 202, 236 | longicornis (Pilumnus) ; . 265 lactea (Uca) . 5 . 96 | longimana (Eurynome) i oes laevigatus (Heterocarpus) A . 684 | longimana (Philyra) . é .* 382 laevimanus (Calcinus) : . 437 | longimanus (Carcinoplax) . est laevimanus (Eriphia) . F . 273 | longimanus (Palinurus) ; . 544 laevimanus (Etisus) . ; . 244 | longipes (Panulirus) . : . 550 laevioculis (Achaeus) . ; . 20] longipes (Sesarma) . 124 laevis (Alpheus) : : . 748 | longirostris (Elamena, Trigono- laevis (Eucrate) : 5 2 295 plax, unguiformis, var.) . ye laevis (Lissocarcinus) . ‘ . 817 | longirostris (Enoplometopus) - 533 lagostoma (Gecarcinus) : . 109 | longirostris (Glyphocrangon) «) 2 lalandii (Jasus) j . 538, 554 | longirostris (Nematocarcinus) . 671 lamarckii (Petrolisthes) : . 477 | longirostris (Penaeus indicus, var.) 589 lamarckii (Xanthias) . ; . 242 | longirostris (Plesionika) . . 681 Lambrus . . 65 | longispina (Acanthophrys) . ~) 62 lamellirostris (Coralliocaris) . 799 | longispina (Meticonaxius) . . 500 lanata (Dorippe) ; : . 389 | longispinis (Calocaris) A . 603 lanceopes (Nematocarcinus) . 671 | longitarsus (Clibanarius) . . 434 lancifer (EKusicyonia) . : . 821 | Lophactaea ; ; ; . 208 latens (Calcinus) : : . 438 | lophopus (Liomera) . : . 238 latens (Pseudodromia) ; . 316 | lophos (Calappa) : ‘ . 3851 latirostris (Harpilius) . ‘ . 794 | Lophozozymus . ; . 202, 218 latreillei eae . 102 | lorina (Achaeus) : ; ol eee Latreillia . f 342, 344 | lottini (Alpheus) ‘ : . 748 Latreilliidae . : . 3806, 342 | luciae Pet) ; ‘ . Op Latreillopsis f J , 342, 343 | Lucifer . p " . 644 Latreutes ; 3 : ot 705 | Luciferinae ; ; . 644 latus (Scyllarides) ; : 562 | lucina (Coralliocaris) . E soe leachii (Cleistostoma) : 107 | lunaris (Matuta) , : 358 Leander . ; ; : 770, 781 | Lupa : ; . : 141, 152 Lebbeus . 7 5 . 695, 696 | Lupocyclus : : . 141, 157 Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. PAGE 247, 248 Lybia ‘ : Lydia ; : : : . 248 M mabahissae (Glyphocrangon) dae macgillivrayt (Xantho) ‘ 5 2Al® macleatt (Dehaanius) . : AT Macrobrachium . 5 : st wal macrochirus (Alpheus) ‘ . 7143 macrodactylus (Etisus) : . 244 Macropetasma . 581, 605 Macrophthalmus 83, 101 Macropodia WE 13 Macroterocheir . d : sy a maculata (Trapezia) . : 5 ae maculatus (Carpilius) : . 203 maculatus (Grapsillus) : eZ maculatus (Grapsus) ‘ = Sls maculatus (Leander) . 2 5 Ther maenas (Carcinides) 3, 140 major (Nautilograpsus) : a 120 major (Upogebia) : é . 515 makrognathus (Spirontocaris) . 698 makrothrix (Cancellus) : . 447 malabaricus (Alpheus) : iol malabaricus (Alpheus) ; 5 UB maldivensis (Pilumnus) A . 264 malensis (Alpheus bisincisus) _ Dol Mamaia . : , : he LOS Mamaiidae s 11, 58 Marestia . ; 136 margaritatus (Dairoides) : . 258 marginatus (Atergatis) : a 207 marginatus (Carcinaspis) . gol marionis (Uca) : eo) marleyr (Hippolysmata) ‘ 6 marmoratus (Saron) . ‘ . 688 marmorea (Leucosia) 386, 819 martensi (Callianassa) ‘ . 506 martensit (Menippe) . ; eels martensii (Scyllarus) . ; . 558 martia (Plesionika) . ; « 7) Mastigopus , ; : . 638 mathaei (Elamena) . ; LA Nie mathaet (Elamena) . : i etn Matuta 3 346, 357 Matutinae : . 346 mauritanicus (Palinurus vulgaris, Wars) : . 644 mauritiana (Callianassa) : . 506 mauritianus (Lupa) . : . 153 mauritianus (Palinurus longi- manus, var.) . 541, 544 mawsoni (Marestia) . : SA 136 Mazxillothrix 199, 336 mcleayi (Portumnus) . : . 143 Medaeus . 2 202; 218 megalocheir (Pontophilus) . 2) S08 megalochewr Cae ‘ 5 tel) Megalops . ; 5 a ts6 831 PAGE megistos (Pagurus) 425 meinerti (Sesarma) 125 meleagrinae (Conchodytes) . 801 Melia 248 membranaceus (Penaeus) 612 Menaethiops 35, 38 Menaethius 35, 41 Menippe 247, 248, 256 M enippe ‘ 254 merguiensis (Charybdis) las Merhippolyte ; 687, 690 messor (Metopograpsus) 118 Metapenaeopsis - 592 Metapenaeus 581, 596 Metaxius . 499 Meticonaxius 498, 499 Metopograpsus . 111, 118 Micippa 58, 62 micronyx (Cryptodromia) 330 Microprosthema 577 Miersiidae 662 miles (Diogenes) 440 minikoensis (Athanas) 731 minutus (Planes) 120 minutus (Planes) 294 modestus (Pandalus) 676 moebii (Xenophthalmodes) 297 mogiensis (Metapenaeus) 595 Moloha 341 monoceros (Menaethius) 43 monoceros (Metapenaeus) 597 monodon (Penaeus) 584 monodon (Penaeus) : 588 monodous (Cryptodromia) . - 328 Monomia . : 141, 155 monticulosus (Liomera) . 240 monticulosus (Phymodius) . 217 mosambicana (Lambrus serratus, Vara 2 65 moseleyi (Pleistacantha) 34 mossambicus (Palaemon) 778 mossambicus (Palinustus) . 545 mossambicus (Petrolisthes) . A479 mossambicus (Virbius) 704 mucronatus (Latreutes) 706 multispinosa (Latreillopsis) . 343 Munida : : 482, 488 Munidopsis 482, 493 muricata (Doclea) 49 murigera (Xanthasia) 81 murrayi (Cyrtomaia) . . 33 Mursia 346, 353 mutica (Megalops) 136 Myomenippe 247, 256 Myra 361, 372 N naifaroensis (Athanas) | doll nana (Stereomastis) 573, 575 Nasinatalis 393 832 Annals of the South African Museum. PAGE PAGE nasutus (Platyonichus) ? . 142 | Ocypodidae 2 ; 76, 82 natalensis (Callianassa) ; . 511 | ocyrce eae) : A 207 natalensis (Caridina nilotica, var.) 687 | Oedipus . : ; . 800 natalensis (Carupella) ; . 147 | Ocidea ‘ j 4 3 . 304 natalensis (Eurycarcinus) 261 | Ogyrides . ; : : . 425 natalensis (Galene) . , . 209 \Oauriss MIDs natalensis (Latreutes) : . 706 | oktahedros (Cryptodromia) . 328 natalensis (Pachycheles) . . 472 | Ommatocarcinus : 282, 285 natalensis (Palaemonetes) . 791, 794 | onyx i ae : 2 Oe natalensis (Palinurus gilchristi, Oplophoridae . . 647, 662 var.) 542 | Oplophorus : . 662 NATAN TIA : 575 | orbiculare (Hymenosoma) : 68 natator (Charybdis) . 169 | orbicularis (Achelous) 2 +59 Naupliosoma 536, 538 | orbicularis (Lissocarcinus) . 145 Nautilocorystes . 3802 | orbitospinis (Pilumnus) . 264 Nautilograpsus . 120 | orientalis (Actaea riippellii, var.) . 235 Naxia 52 | orientalis (Alope) ; . 693 Naxioides 48, 52 | orientalis (Charybdis) 170 Neaxius . 498 | orientalis (Hippolyte) 704 Nematocarcinidae 647, 670 | orventalis (Merhippolyte) 712 Nematocarcinus . 671 | orientalis (Parathranites) 148 Nematopagurus 416, 467 | orientalis (Thelxiope) 340 Neoliomera 203, 240 | orientalis (Thenus) 565 Neolithodes 407 | orientalis (Thenus) 558 Neoxanthias . 221 | orientalis (Uca annulipes, var. .) 7 Nephrops 525, 527 | ornatus (Panulirus) , 552 Nephropsidae . 524 | ornatus (Petrolisthes) 479 Nephropsis 525, 529 | ortmanni (Menippe) 254 Neptunus . 153-159 | Ortmannia 654. nexa (Galathea) . 486 | Ostracotheres ‘ "78, 81 niger (Chlorodius) 213 | ostrearius (Eimnophores) 79, 80 nigrifrons (Tetralia glaberrima, Ovalipes . ; 141, 150 var.) : . 280 | ovalis (Remipes) 404. Nika ; 715 | OXYRHYNCHA 9 nilotica (Caridina) 657 | OXYSTOMATA 9 345 nilotica (Potamon) ; L898) Ozins 819 Nisto . 556, 561, 567 nitescens (Athanas) ‘ 2 TS) Pp nitida (Uca) : 91 nitidus (Plesiopenaeus) 622 | Pachycheles . 471, 475 nitidus (Sphaerozius) 254 | pachydactylus (Xantho) . 236 nitidus (Uroptychus) . 495 | Pachygrapsus 111, 116 nodipes (Actaeodes) 232 | pacifica (Huenia) 4] nodulosa (Actaea) 228 | pacificus (Hippa) 404 notabilis (Alpheus) 747 | pacificus (Leander) 784 Notosceles . 399 | pacificus (Phye) 651 Notostomus 663, 669 | padavensis (Clibanarius) 433 Nursia . 368 | paederus (Marestia) . 136 Paguridae ; 406, 414 O PAGURIDEA . 401, 406 Pagurinae 415 obesomanus (Alpheus) 743 | Paguristes 415, 417 obesus (Potamon) 192 | Pagurus 415, 422 obscurus (Phymodius) 217 | Palaemon 770 obtusus (Xantho) 238 | Palaemonetes 770, 791 occidentalis (Enoplometopus) 532 | Palaemonidae 648, 769 occidentalis (Ogyrides) 728 | Palaemoninae 770 ocellata (Nautilocorystes) 303 | PALINURA 535 octodentatus (Nautilocorystes) 303 | Palinurellus 537 oculatus (Paguristes) . 418 | Palinuridae . 535 7 83 | Palinurus 537, 541 Ocypode . Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. PAGE Palinustus 537, 544 Pandalidae 647, 675 Pandalina . 676 Panulirus 537, 547 Paracleistostoma ; . 104 Paramithrax . : : NGL Parapagurus 416, 450 Parapalaemon 780 Parapasiphaé . 649 Parapenaeopsis . 581, 604 Parapenaeus 581, 600 Parapilumnus 248, 269 Parasesarma SAAT) Parathranites - 141, 148 parazebra (EKupagurus) 459 parkeri (Jasus) . ‘ 540 paronae (Gelastocaris) . 714 Parribacus . 557, 565 Parthenope : : ‘ . 64 Parthenope é : f on OS Parthenopidae . 11, 63 parvula (Actaea) — 234 parvula (Actaea) 229 parvidentatus (Nematocarcinus) . 674 parvirostris (Alpheus) 753 Pasiphaé . ‘ . 651 Pasiphaéidae . 647, 648 paucipara (Caridina nilotica, var.) 657 paulensis (Geryon) 291 paulsoni (Leontocaris) 699 pavimentatus (Pagurus) 426 pax (Spirontocaris) 696 pectinifera (Spirontocaris) . 696 pedunculatus (Pagurus) 429 pelagica (Lupa) . 153 Pelagopenaeus . 581, 608 Pelias Oo Penaeidae : 5 OID PENAEIDEA . 576, 579 Penaeopsis 581, 592 Penaeus 581, 582 penicillatus (Panulirus) 550 penicillifer (Leucifer) . 645 pennifera (Latreillia) . 344 Pentacheles , 568 pentagonalis (Cryptodromia) 8745) Perecnon . 112, 138 Periclimenes , 770, 794 peringueyt (Leander) . . 7184 perlatus (Chlorodius) . 214 perlatus (Coenobita) 469 perlatus (Pilumnoides) 257 perlatus (Potamon) 183 peronii (Glaucothoé) . 417 peronit (Ibacus) 563 Persephona 373 Petalomera 307, 312 petersii (Palaemon) : . 780 peterstt (Podopisa) . : wesos Petrochirus : 3, 416 Petrolisthes 472, 477 VOL. XXXVIITI. 833 phaenomma (Leucisca) : phalangium (Stenorhynchus) > 14 philippui (Penaeopsis) 592 philippinensis (Penaeopsis) 592 Philocheras : 805 Philonicus ‘ : . 619 Philyra_ . ; : > S61, 376 Phlyxia : 363 phorcus (Sergestes) 641 Phye . 649, 651 Phyllosoma 536, 554, 556 561, 562, 566 Phymodius : 202, 215 picta (Matuta) 359 picta (Sesarma) 127 picta (Thalamita) 175 pictus (Enoplometopus) 532 pilosimanus (Parapagurus) . . 450 Pilumnoides ; : 2) 247, 256 pilumnoides (Dynomene) 337 Pilumnoplax 282, 288 Pilumnus . : 248, 262 pinnae (Pontonia) 792 Pinnotheres : é : aS Pinnotheridae 76, 77 pisifer (Parapilumnus) 269 pisum (Pinnotheres), and footnote to fig. 16 : ; ; = es0 placens (Eupagurus) . . 462 Plagusia 112, 133 Planes 111, 120 planipes (Matuta) . 3d7 planissimum (Percnon) 138 Plastocrangon . 719 platyarthrodes (Speodromia) . 334 platyceros (Cyrtomaia) : 2) hoo platychira (Plilyra) 382 Platylambrus 64, 65 Platymaia : : 12, 30 Platyonichus. : . 142, 195 Platyonychus 3 : Rae 30) Platypodia . : ee sZ0US 208 Platyozius : 295 plebejus (Penaeus) 583 Pleistacantha 12, 34 Pleoticus . 619 Plesionika 676, 679 Plesiopenaeus 582, 621 plicata (Sesarma) ‘ Sta plicatus (Pachygrapsus) 117 plumosa (Lybia) 252 Podopisa . : ; . we 52 polita (Philyra) . : 380 politus (Petrolisthes) . 478 pollicaris (Kupagurus) . 460 Polycheles 567, 568 Polycheles : ‘ = of0 polyodous (Pachygrapsus) : a MLS Polyonyx 472, 480 polyphagus (Panulirus) . 548 Pomatocheles : 413 53 iq 834 Annals of the South African Museum. Pomatochelidae Pontocaris Pontoniinae Pontophilus Porcellana Porcellanella Porcellanidae Portumniodes Portumnus Portunidae Portunus postulans (NN: ursia) Potamon : Potamonautes . Potamonidae pransor (Platylambrus) Problemacaris ; Processa . Processidae proporcellana (Kraussia) proteus (Hippolyte) proteus (Huenia) , prymna (Thalamita) . Psaumis Pseudibacus Pseudocollodes . Pseudodromia Pseudograpsus . Pseudozius Pseudozius Ptychognathus . pubescens (Lupa) pubescens (Neoliomera) Puerulus . , pugil (Lybia) pugilator (Diogenes) . pugnatrix (Dynomene) pulchella (Actaea) 406, 770, 803, 472, 472, 141, 77, 77, 648, 231, 556, 307, 247, 536, 554, pulchella (Xarva, Portumnus) pulchellus (Lissocarcinus) pulcher (Ommatocarcinus) . pulchricaudatus (Penaeus) . punctata (Myra) . ; punctata (Persephona) punctata (Philyra) punctata (Philyra) punctatus (Cyclograpsus) punctatus (Ovalipes) . punctulatus (Pagurus) . pungens (Echinoplaz) . purpurea (Acanthephyra) pusilla (Micippa) pusillus (Anapagurus) pygmaeus (Latreutes) Pylochelidae , Pylopagurus Q quadrata (Sesarma) Quadrella 416, 248, 280, PAGE 413 811 791 805 473 819 471] 142 142 139 152 413 453 127 819 PAGE quadridens (Pugettia) . . 44 quadridentata (Dorippe) ‘ » 280 4-dentatus (Dehaanius) : . 46 quadridentatus (Mithrax) . . 60 quadrilobata (Porcellanella) simple (fig. 2, a). Sub- median keels on 4th abdominal segment end- ing in spines : ‘ ** Posterior half of kee double (fig. 2, b). Sub- median keels on 4th abdominal segment not ending in spines . fp. Cornea very oblique on stalk. Surface smooth and polished. Anterior bifur- cation of median keel on carapace faint or obsolete. ii. Raptorial dactylus with 13-16 (10- 18) teeth ; : : : 3. Lateral margin of 5th thoracic segment with 2 processes, both acute, but the anterior one at a lower level (subventral). Lateral keels (submarginal, not the actual marginal keels) of abdominal segments 1-5 bicarinate II. Upper edge of propodus of raptorial claw with stiff spines, large and small ones alternating (fig. 1, 9) . Squilla desmarestit Risso Mica sta: 1895.+ Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, p. 515. nepa. holoschista. woodmasoni. investigatoris. mikado.* raphidea. 1910. Giesbrecht, Faun. Flora Golf. Neapel., xxxili, pp. 25 sqq., pp. 87 sqq., pp. 138 sqy., pl. 1, figs. 6, 7, pl. 6, figs. 59-68 (juv.), pl. 10, figs. 1-99 (pelagic stages). * Squilla mikado Kemp and Chopra, 1921, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxii, p. 301, fig. 2. A specimen of this Japanese species, caught off the coast of Portuguese East Africa, submitted by the Lourenzo Marques Museum, 1949. + Stebbing (1910), Kemp (1913), and Bigelow himself (1931) quote the date of Bigelow’s paper as 1894. The table of contents of vol. xvii gives the date of publication as ‘‘ February 5, 1895.” Fig. 1.—a, Squilla desmarestii Risso, telson. 06, S. nepa Latr., telson. c, S. raphidea Latr., telson. d, S. armata M. Edw., telson. e, S. latrezlle: (E. & S.), telson. f, S. armata M. Edw., raptorial claw. g, S. raphidea Latr., raptorial claw. 844 Annals of the South African Museum. Rostrum as long as basal width, triangular, sides gently tapering to a rounded apex. Carapace smooth, without keels, only the reflexed portion of the marginal keel developed. Lateral margin of 5th thoracic segment, viewed dorsally, with a subacute twisted process projecting laterally; when viewed from side a sinuous edge runs down almost to the sharp spine on ventral surface. Segments 6 and 7 laterally rounded. On segments 6-8 only the intermediate keels developed. On abdomen, submedian keels on segment 6 ending in spines; intermediate, lateral and marginal keels on all segments, all 3 pairs of keels ending in spines on segment 5, the intermediate and lateral ones ending in spines on segment 6. Telson broader than long, with strong median keel ending in a sharp point; submedian teeth ending in movable spines; 5-6 submedian, 11 intermediate denticles and 1 lateral one, all rather long and spiniform. Cornea oblique to axis of peduncle, its width about equal to lengthof peduncle. Peduncle of antennule longer than the longest flagellum, Ist peduncular joint subequal to 2nd or 3rd, middle joints of the sensory flagellum twice as long as broad, the portion bearing sensory setae nearly half the total length of the flagellum. Mandibular palp absent. Raptorial dactylus with 5 teeth including the terminal one. Epipods on first 4 pairs of thoracic legs only. Inner margin of bifurcate process of uropod crenulate or feebly serrulate. Spinous process (coupling-hook) on endopod of 1st abdominal appendage of ¢ shorter than the tubular process (Réhrenfortsatz). Length up to 100 mm. Brownish, more or less mottled and speckled (Giesbrecht, pl. 1, figs. 6, 7). Locality.—124 miles off Cape Natal (Durban), 85 fathoms, 1 g 31 mm. (s.s. Preter Faure, December 1900). This small specimen agrees in all respects with Giesbrecht’s descrip- tion, and with an actual Mediterranean specimen, except in the relative lengths of the antennular peduncle and its longest flagellum, the length of the joints of the sensory flagellum, and the relative lengths of the two processes on the endopod of Ist abdominal appendage in ¢; in these characters the specimen resembles pallida. It is impossible to say whether this one specimen was a chance importation by ship from Europe. SS. pallida, which in spite of the small differences from desmarestii seems to be a good species, 18 recorded from the coast of Morocco and Mauretania, as well as the Mediterranean and English Channel (Monod, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc., v, p. 87, 1925). Descriptive List of South African Stomatopod Crustacea. 845 Squilla latreilles (Kyd. & Soul.) igeieie: 1913. Kemp, l. c., p. 24, pl. 1, figs. 1-4. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 121. 1934. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxvi, p. 20. 1938. Gravier, Mem. Inst. d’ Egypte, xxxvii, p. 164, fig. A (carapace). 1938. Dollfus, cbed., p. 194, fig. 4 (telson). Rostrum twice as broad at base as median length, margins slightly raised, apex rounded. Cornea of eyes very small, width less than width of peduncle. Mandibular palp present. Lateral margin of Sth thoracic segment, viewed dorsally, produced in a slightly forwardly directed point, of segments 6 and 7 rounded, of 8 anteriorly subacute; no pair of spines on ventral surface of 5th segment. First 5 abdominal segments with faint but distinct submedian keels; the 6 keels on 6th segment swollen in adult 3; a small transversely grooved medio- dorsal tubercle on each of segments 2-5. Telson broader than long, median keel and bases of marginal teeth swollen in adult J, prelateral tooth present; 2 submedian, 4-7 intermediate denticles, and 1 lateral one; ventral surface smooth on either side of post-anal keel. Raptorial dactylus with 5 (sometimes 4) teeth, including the terminal one. Inner margin of bifurcate process of uropod with several spines. Length up to 71 mm. Brownish or pinkish, a dark dot on the eye- stalk touching the cornea. Kemp says the hind margins of last 3 thoracic and first 5 abdominal segments are narrowly bordered with black. Locality. Delagoa Bay (Barnard). Distribution.—Gulf of Suez, Persian Gulf, Indian coast, Singapore, Japan. | Squilla armata M. Edw. De wll Chai fc 1895. Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, p. 515, figs. 9, 10. 1902. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. S. Afr., u1, p. 45. 1910. Id., l. c., p. 405. 1913. Kemp, I. c., p. 41, pl. 2, figs. 28, 29. 1914. Stebbing, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 50, p. 257. 1916. Balss, Beitr. Kenntn. Meeresf. Westafr., 1, p. 51. 1940. Schmitt, J. c., p. 150, fig. 4 (after Bigelow). Rostrum tapering to a rounded apex, without medio-dorsal keel. Cornea of eyes greatly expanded, breadth equal to (or nearly) length 846 | Annals of the South African Museum. : of whole organ. Mandibular palp absent. Ocular segment with a pair of sharp, forwardly directed spines. Antennular segment with a sharp, forwardly curving spine on each side. Fifth thoracic segment with a sharp, laterally directed process; 6th and 7th segments laterally rounded in front and produced in a point posteriorly (feeble in juv. up to 80 mm.). Abdominal segments with the submedian keels obsolete in adults, except on segment 6, where they end in spines. No spines between the submedian and intermediate keels on hind margin of segment 5 (in this respect the Cape specimens differing from those described by Bigelow and Kemp, who mention a group of 1-4 spines). Telson with 6 marginal teeth, the submedian pair ending in movable spines; between these there are two rounded lobes separated by a narrow slit; 8-12 intermediate denticles and 1 lateral one. Wrist of raptorial claw with a dorsal keel ending in a spine; dactylus with 7 (rarely 6 or 8) teeth, including the terminal one. Epipods on first 4 thoracic legs only. Inner margin of bifurcate process of uropod finely serrulate, outer edge of inner spine with a rounded tooth beyond the middle. Length up to 170 mm. A living specimen was horny-amber, the hind margins of the abdominal segments red, more intense posteriorly, a squarish purplish spot on each abdominal segment between the intermediate and lateral keels, telson with orange-red margin, cornea green with black tips, basal margin of wrist of raptorial claw crimson, dactylus white, endopod and 2nd joint of exopod of uropod orange, the row of spines on Ist joint of exopod crimson-orange. Localities—Off Cape Point and off Dassen Island (Stebbing); Luderitzbucht (Balss); Table Bay harbour, Saldanha Bay, Luderitz- bucht, 0-45 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). Numerous young specimens from Cape Point to Paternoster Point (Saldanha Bay), 27-100 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Chile and Patagonia; New Zealand; New South Wales. Squilla hveroglyphica Kemp Wig ode: 1911. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vi, p. 96. 1913. Zd., l. ¢., p. 51, pl. 3, figs. 38-41. Rostrum as long as basal width, triangular. Anterior width of carapace half the (median) length (excl. rostrum), smooth, median keel without anterior bifurcation. Lateral margin of 5th thoracic segment bilobed, anterior lobe forming a strong antrorsely curved Descriptive List of South African Stomatopod Crustacea. 847 spine, the posterior lobe rounded. No spines on ventral surface of 5th segment. Segments 6 and 7 laterally not-bilobed; segment 8 with sharp, but small, antero-lateral point. Segments 6-8 with submedian, intermediate and lateral keels. On abdomen submedian and marginal keels ending in spines on segment 6; intermediate and lateral keels ending in spines on segments 5 and 6. Telson slightly broader than long, with median keel ending in a sharp point; no movable spines; 5 or 6 submedian denticles, 11 or 12 intermediate, and 1 lateral, all spmiform. No prelateral denticle. No sharp post-anal keel on ventral surface. Cornea oblique to axis of stalk (as in laevis). Ophthalmic segment not projecting prominently between bases of eye-stalks. Mandibular palp absent. Raptorial dactylus with 6 teeth (incl. terminal one) (as in laevis); propodus without tooth at lower distal corner. Epipods on first 4 thoracic limbs only. Inner margin of bifurcate process of uropod feebly crenulate, distal margin between the spines with 2 rounded lobes; outer margin of basal joint of exopod with 5 (left) or 6 (right) movable spines. Length 40 mm. Creamy-white, with scattered black chromato- phores arranged more or less in longitudinal series on carapace and abdominal segments, but on the latter also transversely; a black median line on rostrum; a line of chromatophores on upper apical margin of 4th joint of Ist leg; one dot in middle of antennal scale, 2 on upper surface of eye-stalk and a third on lower surface; scattered chromatophores on uropods, chiefly along inner margin of 2nd joint of exopod; on telson as in fig. 2, ¢. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Dr. C. J. van der Horst, Witwatersrand University, 1939. 1 immature.) Remarks.—The type and hitherto only known specimen of hiero- glyphica (2 53 mm.) was from an unknown locality, but assumed to be most probably Indo-Pacific. The present specimen agrees more closely with it than with any other species, although it differs in having two features found in laevis: the setting of the cornea on the eye-stalk, and the number of teeth on the raptorial dactylus. There are certain other minor differences between it and Kemp’s specimen. Squilla nepa Latr. Figs. 1, 6, 2, a. ? 1869. Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mosamb., p. 344. (“Squilla mantis Rond.”; see note in Kemp, I. c., 1913, p. 205. The date in Kemp’s 848 Annals of the South African Museum. work is typ. err. Bianconi’s work first appeared in Mem. Ac. Bologna, with different pagination.) ~ 1895. Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, p. 535, fig. 21. ? 1908. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 44. | ? 1910. Id., 1. ¢., p. 405. 1913. Kemp. l. ¢., pp. 60, 195, pl. 4, fig. 49. 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ii, p. 28. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xii, p. 121. 1934. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxvi, p. 23. | 1941. Holthuis, Temminckia, vi, p. 245 (references). a b ve ! Fic. 2.—a, S. nepa Latr. and b, S. holoschista Kemp, median keel in front of cervical groove on carapace. c, S. hieroglyphica Kemp, telson. d, right uropodial process. e, right lateral process of 5th thoracic segment. Rostrum triangular. Cornea of eyes at right angles to peduncle, width less than length of whole organ. Mandibular palp present. Median keel of carapace distinct, bifurcate in front for half or a little more than half its length anterior to the cervical groove. Lateral margins of 5th—7th thoracic segments bilobed, the anterior process on 5th segment acute and curving forwards, the anterior process on 7th segment much smaller than the posterior process. Submedian keels on 4th abdominal segment ending in spines. Telson with median keel ending in a spine which overhangs a blunt tubercle; prelateral tooth present; 3-4 submedian, 7-9 intermediate denticles, 1 lateral one. Epipods on first 4 pairs of thoracic legs only. Raptorial dactylus with 6 teeth including the terminal one, the outer margin sinuous in both sexes. Length up to 166 mm. A living specimen was pale biscuit-colour, Descriptive List of South African Stomatopod Crustacea. 849 keels on carapace, abdomen and telson orange-red, distal parts of uropods blackish, outer margin of the exopod bluish. Localitves—Durban (Stebbing); Delagoa Bay (Barnard). Distribution.—Indo-Pacific. Remarks.—As Kemp (p. 61) points out, there is a possibility of confusion with holoschista in Stebbing’s 1908 record, as at that date the latter species had not been distinguished from nepa. The same applies to the 1910 catalogue reference, and probably also to Stebbing’s 1917 record. | A Durban specimen in the South African Museum may be this species, but the critical features are damaged. Squilla holoschista Kemp. Fig. 2, 0b. 1911. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vi, p. 97. 1913. Id., l. c., p. 64, pl. 4, figs. 50-53. 1921. Kemp and Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxii, p. 301. 1934. Chopra, abid., xxxvi, p. 23. 1941. Holthuis, Temminckia, vi, p. 246. Distinguished from nepa as follows: the median carina on carapace in front of cervical groove is bifurcate anteriorly for less than a third of its length, and is finely bicarinate (double) throughout the greater part of its length; the submedian keels of the 4th abdominal segment do not end in spines. Kemp mentions other differences which are more easily appreciated if actual specimens are at hand. The dark patches on the 2nd and 5th abdominal segments, which are frequently found in nepa, are always absent in holoschista. Locality.—Off Tugela River mouth, 12-14 fathoms (8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—EKast coast of India to Ceylon; Sunda Straits. Remarks.—The single specimen, 60 mm. in length, was taken by the Cape Government trawler s.s. Pieter Faure in January 1901. Squilla investigatoris Lloyd 1907. Lloyd, Rec. Ind. Mus., i, p. 10. 19085 Wd> ibid:, 11, ps29, pls. 25 3: 1913. Kemp, l. c., p. 80, pl. 6, figs. 67, 68. 1921. Kemp and Chopra, I. c., p. 298. 1939. Chopra, John Murray Exp., vi, p. 151, fig. 6 (telson). Rostrum as long as basal width, lateral margins very slightly VOL. XXXVIII. 54 850 Annals of the South African Museum. converging to broadly rounded apex. Anterior width of carapace half the median length (excl. rostrum), smooth, anterior half of median keel very feeble or obsolete, 2 feeble ridges near anterior margin. Lateral margin of 5th thoracic segment bilobed, anterior lobe forming an antrorse curved spine, the posterior small, acute. Lateral margin of 6th segment bilobed, anterior lobe acute, much smaller than posterior lobe; anterior lobe of 7th segment also acute, smaller than that of 6th segment; antero-lateral lobe of 8th segment square (not acute). Segments 6-8 with submedian, intermediate and lateral keels, the submedian ones feeble on segment 6, and obsolete on segment 5. Abdominal segments 1-5 with 8 keels, segment 6 with 6; keels ending in spines as described by Kemp. Telson with median keel notched near base, intermediate marginal teeth slightly inturned; (3) 4-5 submedian denticles, 8-11 (12) inter- mediate, and 1 lateral; prelateral lobe distinct. Post-anal ventral keel not strong, slightly denticulate proximally. Cornea wide, one- third median length of carapace, slightly oblique to axis of stalk. Mandibular palp present. Raptorial dactylus with 11-18 teeth (incl. the terminal one) (S. African specimens). Epipods on first 4 thoracic appendages only. Inner margin of bifurcate process of uropod feebly crenulate, outer margin of the longer spine with one rounded lobe. Length up to 94 mm. (tip of rostrum to hind margin of telson) (up to 105 mm. Chopra, 1939). Greyish, the keels slightly darker, telson darker brownish, hind margin paler; endopod, bifurcate process, basal joint and proximal half of 2nd joint of exopod dark brownish or blackish, distal half of 2nd joint of exopod (and less noticeably the extreme tip of endopod) pale ochraceous (possibly reddish when alive). Locality.—North-west of Table Bay (stockfish grounds), 28th December 1944 (Drs. Molteno and Roux, Vitamin Oils Ltd., Cape Town). The skipper of the vessel reported that “during darkness the surface was swarming withthem.” 3 $d, 5 99 were preserved. Distribution.—South coast of Arabia, 110 fathoms; Persian Gulf; Gulf of Aden, 183-220 metres. Remarks.—These eight specimens have been compared with Kemp’s detailed description, and no specific differences can be found. If this really is a case of specific identity, the geographical distribution is remarkable; at least it seems so at present; there is always the possibility of this species being discovered at some intermediate locality. | Descriptive Inst of South African Stomatopod Crustacea. 851 The remarkable feature of anvestigatoris, as discussed by Lloyd, Kemp, and Chopra, is the variation in the number of teeth on the raptorial claw; in other species of the genus exceptions to the specifi- cally characteristic number are veryrare. Chopra, using material from the Indian Museum and the John Murray Expedition, tabulated the variation in 68 claws, and found that the number varied between 10 and 18. In three-quarters of the examples the number ranged between 13 and 16, and a few examples showed asymmetry. Among the 8 South African specimens the gg are asymmetrical, having 15 /16, 17/16, and 18/16 teeth on the left and right dactyli respectively, while all 5 99 are symmetrical (11, 16, 16, 16, and 17). Squilla raphidea Latr. Wise Iemeen a: 1910. Balss, Abh. Bayer Ak. Wiss., Suppl., Bd. IT, p. 8, fig. 2, a-b (and var. africana). HgIS. Kemps lcs pace; pl. 7, fe.11. 1934. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxvi, p. 27. 1939. Id., John Murray Exp., vi, p. 158. 1941. Holthuis, Temminckia, vi, p. 256 (references). Rostrum rather variable, triangular, tapering to an acute apex, lateral margin thickened and raised. Cornea of eyes at right angles to peduncle, wider than length of whole organ. Mandibular palp present. Lateral margin of carapace with angular lobe in the hinder third of its length. Fifth thoracic segment laterally obtuse; 6th and 7th segments with an acute point on postero-lateral corner. Sub- median keels of 5th abdominal segment (if visible) not ending in spines. Telson thick, margins often inflated in large specimens of both sexes, the strong median keel ending in a spine (often worn away), and projecting beyond as a median tubercle on hind margin; 4-6 submedian, 7-13 intermediate denticles, one lateral one. Raptorial dactylus with 8 (rarely 9) teeth including the terminal one. Epipods on first 5 pairs of thoracic legs. Length up to 335 mm. A narrow blackish transverse line on hind margins of 6th thoracic to 6th abdominal segments inclusive; usually 2 black spots on upper margin of merus of raptorial claw, a spot on either side of propodus at distal end, and a round spot on either side of median keel on telson at base; ends of uropods suffused with black, the black coloration on the 2nd joint of exopod being confined to the inner longitudinal half. eo 852 Annals of the South African Museum. Locality.—Durban (8. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—EKast coast of Africa; Indo-Pacific. Gen. PskuDOSQUILLA Dana 1913. Kemp, l. ¢., p. 94. 1940. Schmitt, Allan Hancock Pac. Exp., v, p. 170. Carapace with gastric grooves, but cervical groove usually absent, never visible mid-dorsally; antero-lateral angles rounded. Cornea rarely bilobed. Mandibular palp 3- (rarely 2-) jointed. Epipods — present on first 5 thoracic limbs. Upper margin of propodus of raptorial claw finely pectinate. First 5 abdominal segments without — keels. Ventral process of uropod ending in 2 spines, with or without additional spines on inner margin. Telson with median keel, and 3 pairs of strong marginal teeth, the submedian pair with movable tips. Key to South African and [Mauritian] Species. Basal process of uropod ending in 2 large spiniform teeth, its inner margin smooth. 1. Telson with 3 (incl. the mLareEt) keels on either side of median keel. ; a. Eyes long, cylindrical, cornea set abate: Upper surface of process at base of antenna flat. Inner tooth of aah process slightly longer than outer . . ciliata. b. Eyes short, fatrencal cornea see fonamprscly: Wapet ’ surface of antennal process deeply channeled . [ornata]. 2. Telson with 4 (incl. marginal) keels on either side of median keel") -. . ‘ : : : E ‘ . [oculata]. Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabr.) Fig. 3, 4. 1869. Clark, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 3 (colour, habits, etc.) (S. stylifera). 1913. Kemp, I. c., pp. 96, 196 (references). 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xiii, p. 121. 1926. Hansen, I. c., p. 17. 1931. Bigelow, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Ixxii, p. 152, figs. 5, 6 (references). 1934. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxvi, p. 39. ey 2 ie BY he x: -¢ f Fic. 3.—a, Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabr.), telson. 06, Lysiosquilla crassispinosa Fukuda, telson. c, L. insignis Kemp, last abdominal segment and telson in dorsal view, and ventral view of telson (after Kemp). d, L. maculata (Fabr.), telson. e, Gonodacitylus demanit Hend., telson. f. G. glabrous Brooks, telson. 854 Annals of the South African Museum. Larval Form. 1895 Hansen, Plankton Exp., II, G.c., p. 84, pl. 8, figs. 5, 5, b (Pseuderichthus communis). 1926. Id., l.c¢., p. 42. 1938. Dollfus, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, xxxvu, p. 198, fig. 8 (telson). 1939. Chopra, John Murray Exp., vi, p. 160 (monodactyla stage). 1939. Foxon, zbid., vi, p. 260. 1941. Holthuis, Zool. Meded., xxii, p. 35 (references). 1941. Id., Temminckia, vi, p. 261 (references). Antero-lateral angle of carapace rounded. Rostrum much broader than long, broadly rounded in front. Eyes cylindrical, cornea set very obliquely on, and scarcely wider than, peduncle. Basal joint of antenna with an acute process, flat dorsally, its lower keel concave in lateral view. 5th thoracic segment with deep groove laterally; 6th and 7th thoracic segments laterally rounded-truncate; 8th narrowly rounded, with apical notch. Submedian, intermediate, and lateral keels on 6th abdominal segment ending in spines, the submedian and lateral ones especially strong. Postero-lateral angle of 4th abdominal segment usually not spinous in Indo-Pacific specimens; of 5th segment always ending in a sharp point, with a notch above it. Telson with strong median keel, submedian feeble (especially in juv.), intermediates slightly divergent, laterals oblique; — submedian teeth ending in strong movable spines. Raptorial dactylus with 3 teeth including the terminal one. Length up to 87 mm. Gamboge yellow, uniform, or greenish with a grey medio-dorsal stripe, and sides of carapace and abdomen speckled with grey; a dark spot laterally on 2nd free segment behind carapace, Ist abdominal segment, and at base of telson. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Barnard; also Dr. C. J. van der Horst, and Lourenzo Marques Museum). Distribution.—Red Sea, Indo-Pacific; south-east coast of United States, Bahamas, Bermuda, West Indies, Brazil. Gen. LystosquiLLaA Dana 1910. Stebbing, /. c., p. 406. 1913. Kemp, I. c., p. 109. 1926. Hansen, J. c., p. 18. Descriptive Inst of South African Stomatopod Crustacea. 855 1937. Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., ser. B, pp. 323-326, figs. (larval stages). 1940. Schmitt, Allan Hancock Pac. Exp., v, p. 184 (Key to Pacific American species). Carapace with gastric grooves, but cervical groove absent (or scarcely traceable); without longitudinal keels; antero-lateral angles rounded. Cornea either small or considerably expanded. Mandibular palp 3-jointed. Epipods on first 5 thoracic limbs. Thoracic and abdominal segments depressed, without keels. Ventral process of uropod with 2 large spines, the inner longer than the outer. Telson with hind margin either nearly smooth with small blunt teeth, or with large sharp spines. Key to the South African Species. 1. Upper margin of propodus of raptorial claw with close-set and even pectination, no long spines (except the 4 movable ones at base). Cornea bilobed. a. Telson dorsally smooth, without strong marginal teeth. i. Raptorial claw with 9-11 teeth including the terminal one. Body with black cross- bands . maculata. ii. Raptorial claw with 15-16 toot ieclidiaa fie terminal one. No cross-bands . ‘ capensis. 6. Telson with dorsal keels, and a median lobe, 2 pairs of strong marginal teeth . : imsignis. 2. Upper margin of propodus of raptorial claw with numerous spinules not closely set, and with 10 or more stiff spines. Cornea subglobular . 5 : , . crassispinosa. Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabr.) Hig55,¢d: 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 910. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., 406. 1913. Kemp, l. c., p. 111, pl. 8, figs. 86-91. 1931.* Bigelow, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., lxxii, p. 169, fig. 9. 1934. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxvi, p. 28. 1939. Id., John Murray Exp., vi, p. 161. * Quoted throughout Chopra’s 1934 paper as issued in “1932.” Part 4 of vol. 72, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., bears date “‘September 1931.” 856 Annals of the South African Museum. Larval Form. Fig. 4, ¢, d. 1895. Hansen, Plankton Exp., II, G.c., pp. 65, 74 (Lysierichthus duvaucelli). 1904. Jurich, Wiss. Erg. D. Tiefsee Exp., vii, p. 393, pl. 26 (2), fig. 7. 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 408. 1926. Hansen, I. c., p. 40. 1939. Chopra, John Murray Exp., vi, p. 161. 1939. Foxon, zbid., p. 261. 1940. Schmitt, J. c., p. 190, fig. 21. 1941. Armstrong, Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1137, p. 14. 1941. Holthuis, Temminckia, vi, p. 269, fig. 5 (abnormal carapace) (references). Rostrum cordiform, usually widest just in front of its base, sides sinuous, apex more or less acute. Cornea as wide as whole length of ocular organ, very oblique. Ocular segment with a pair of blunt lobes upstanding one on either side of rostral point, and a ventral keel ending in a sharp point anteriorly. Shorter ramus of the last 3 pairs of thoracic legs linear. Telson broader than long, a feeble medio- dorsal swelling, laterally with large shallow foveoles or pits, postero- lateral margin with 2, 3, or more usually 4 small blunt lobes (sharper in juv. than adult). Ventral process of uropod with the inner spine much longer than the outer. Length up to 300 mm. Whole body with black or bluish-black cross-bands, the bands usually broad, but somewhat variable; bands usually remain distinct in spirit specimens for a long time. Localities.—Durban (Stebbing); Natal coast, and Delagoa Bay (S. Afr. Mus.); Z. duvaucellic, Bathurst coast (S. Afr. Mus.). Distribution.—Indo-Pacific to Equador. West Indies (but see footnote by Kemp, l. c., p. 116, also Schmitt, J. c., p. 191). Remarks.—Armstrong records a ¢ (155 mm.) taken at surface near a submerged light at 8 p.m. at Penrhyn Island (Central Pacific). Lysiosquilla capensis Hansen 1895. Hansen, l. ¢., p. 74. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 406. 1913. Kemp, l. c., p. 117. d Fig. 4.—a, Alima. 6b, Alima paradoxa Jurich, Agulhas Bank, 57 mm. c, Lysierichthus duvaucellii (Guerin), median length of carapace 85 mm. d, L. duvaucellii, specimen in South African Museum, median length of carapace 28 mm., with lateral view of carapace, telson and uropod. e, L. pulcher Hansen, median length of carapace 15 mm., with lateral view of carapace. (a, after Calman; 6, c, e, after Jurich.) 858 Annals of the South African Museum. Larval Form. Fig. 4, e. 1895. Hansen, J. c., p. 74 (Lysierichthus pulcher, sine descr. 1904. Jurich, Wiss. Erg. D. Tiefsee Exp., vii, p. 390, pl. 29 (5), figs. 2, 2, a, b. 1910. Stebbing, J. ¢., p. 409. Rostrum cordiform, as wide as median length, the sinuous margins converging to a sharp median point in front, dorsally smooth. Cornea as wide as whole length of ocular organ. Ocular segment with a pair of sharp, forwardly directed spines (very similar to those in S. armata), and a ventral keel ending in a sharp point anteriorly and posteriorly. Three soft, pointed, subequal papillae on basal joint of antenna (as in maculata). Shorter ramus of last 3 pairs of thoracic legs narrow-oval (length nearly thrice width). Postero-lateral angles of abdominal segments rounded. Telson twice as wide as median length, similar to that of maculata, dorsally very convex, with very slight triangular swelling medianly and very shallow foveoles laterally, outermost 2 teeth distinct and sharply pointed. Ventral process of uropod with inner spine considerably longer than outer one. Length up to 96 mm. As preserved uniform buff or pinkish, without any trace of cross-bands. Localities.—Port Elizabeth (Hansen); False Bay and Agulhas Bank to Algoa Bay, 10-48 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus.). Remarks.—All the smaller examples (40-51 mm.) have a distinct tooth or a small denticle at the base of the raptorial claw, making the total number of teeth 16. In the largest specimen (96 mm.) the rostrum is semicircular, twice as wide at base as median length, without any median point; although showing no sign of injury, it would appear to be abnormal; Hansen would certainly have noticed and mentioned it if the type specimen had a semicircular rostrum. Genital opening 2 as in maculata; a short more or less sharp median longitudinal ridge on sternum of 8th thoracic segment in both sexes, and no spinous process on hind margin of sternum of 6th segment. Lysiosquilla insignis Kemp Fig. 3, ¢. 1911. Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vi, p. 94. 1913. Id., l. c., p. 126, pl. 9, figs. 99-102, 1929. Gordon, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), iv, p. 462. Descriptive Inst of South African Stomatopod Crustacea. 859 Rostrum narrowly triangular, the feebly sinuous margins converging to a very finely pointed apex. Cornea oblique, width about equal to length of whole eye. Raptorial claw with 7-8 teeth, including the terminal one, the penultimate tooth distinctly shorter than the antepenultimate, outer margin with an acute tooth at base; propodus with 4 movable spines on inner (upper) edge. Shorter ramus of 6th thoracic limb broadly oval, those of 7th and 8th limbs successively narrower. Postero-lateral angles of abdominal segments 4—6 acute. Telson not quite twice as broad as long, with 4 pairs of keels, the outermost pair bifurcated proximally; a trilobed median prominence, a sharp intermediate spine and an angular lateral lobe, connected by a sharp transverse ridge; on the margin the intermediate and lateral teeth very large, 2 movable submedian spines, and between the latter 6 pairs of denticles; 4 short spines between the movable one and the intermediate tooth, and one between the latter and the lateral tooth. Ventral process of uropod with outer spine not much shorter than the inner one. Length up to 52 mm. Locality.—North of Durban, 150 fathoms (Gordon). Distribution.—Andaman Is., 235 fathoms. Remarks.—Besides the type only the single Natal specimen is known. Both are males. Lysiosquilla crassispinosa Fukuda Fig. 3, 0. 1910. Fukuda, Annot. Zool. Jap., vii, p. 146, pl. 4, figs. 4, 4, a. 1913. Kemp, J. ¢., p. 117. 1927. Komai, Mem. Coll. Sci. Kyoto Univ., B, in, p. 331. 1929. Gordon, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), iv, p. 462, figs. 1, 2. 1932. von Bonde, Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rep. 9, p. 62 (locality record). Rostrum triangular, median length greater than basal width, sinuous margins converging to a long slender apical point, dorsal surface medianly concave. Cornea subglobular, oblique, width sub- equal to length of outer margin of peduncle. Ocular segment without dorsal spines, ventrally with a (subacute) spinous process. No papillae on basal joint of antenna. Propodus of raptorial claw with numerous spinules on upper outer edge, each pair separated by a distance 860 Annals of the South African Museum. about equal to the length of the spinules; on inner edge 3 movable spines and a jointed, but immovable, one proximally, followed by 9-10 (or more) stiff upstanding immovable spines; lower distal corner of propodus with a subacute denticle; dactylus with (10) 11 teeth including the terminal one (the proximal one being very small in the g specimen). Shorter ramus of last 3 pairs of thoracic legs linear. Postero-lateral angles of all abdominal segments with sharp points. A prominent spine on the hind margins of the sterna of 8th thoracic and Ist-5th abdominal segments in male. Ventral process of uropod with inner spine much longer than outer. Telson, see fig. 3, b. Length up to 297 mm. Localities.—North of Durban, 150 fathoms (Gordon); off Durban (Fish. Surv. St., 67 A, 29° 42’ S., 31° 29’ E.), 132 fathoms (S. Afr. Mus. don. Fish. Survey). Distribution.—Japan. Remarks.—The specimen (245 mm.) in the South African Museum is a g, both the type (297 mm.) and the Natal specimen (200 mm.) being females. The “‘jointed”’ spines on the propodus of raptorial claw are jointed in the sense that they are not non-articulated spinous projections of the integument; they are not, however, movable like the large proximal spines, though possibly they may be in young specimens. The South African Museum specimen has several sessile catenulate Polyzoan colonies on the telson and 6th abdominal segment. Gen. GonopactyLus Latr. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 406. 1913. Kemp, l. c., p. 145. 1923. Odhner, Medd. Goteb. Mus., xxx, pp. 8 sqq. 1926. Hansen, l. c., p. 24, and (larval stages), p. 46. 1940. Schmitt, Allan Hancock Pac. Exp., v, p. 208 (key to Pacific American species). Carapace without longitudinal keels, cervical groove completely absent. Cornea of eyes sometimes indistinctly bilobed. Mandibular palp present (2- or 3-jointed) or absent. Epipods present on all of the Ist—5th thoracic legs. Ventral process of uropod ending in 2 spines, the inner usually shorter than the outer. Telson with variable sculpturing. Descriptive List of South African Stomatopod Crustacea. 861 Key to the South African Species. 1. Median portion of telson with 3 longitudinal keels. a. Median keel on telson not very strongly arched. No spinules on dorsal surface of telson . : . chiragra. 6b. Median keel very strongly arched. Dorsal surface with spinules : é : A 4 demanit. 2. Median portion of telson with 5 longitudinal keels. . glabrous. Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabr.) 1878. Hilgendorf, M.B. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 846. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 912 (with vars.). 1903. Lanchester, Fauna Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., 1, p. 445, pl. 23, figs. 1-5, 10, 11, 18, 14 (part: varieties). 1910. Stebbing, J. c., p. 406. 1913. Kemp, /. c., p: 155, pl. 9, fig. 107, and text-figs. 1, 2. 1916. Shelford, Naturalist in Borneo, p. 302 (habits). 1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., ui, p. 28.* 1923. Odhner, l. c., p. 8. 1926. Hansen, /. c., p. 24. 1931. Bigelow, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., lxxu, pp. 107 sqq., pl. 2, fig. 1. 1938. Gravier, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, xxxvu, p. 178. 1938. Dollfus, zbid., p. 205, figs. 14, 15 (telson). 1939. Chopra, John Murray Exp. Rep., vi, p. 179. 1941. Holthuis, Temminckia, vi, p. 277, fig. 7 (abnormal telson) (references). Antero-lateral angles of carapace in advance of base of rostrum, which has its antero-lateral angles subacutely rounded, and a stout median spine. On the ocular segment 2 large subtriangular processes separated distally by a narrow cleft. Propodus of raptorial claw with a single movable spine at base of inner (upper) edge. 2nd—5th abdominal segments quite smooth, without any pits. Outer spine of ventral process of uropod without a tooth or lobe on its inner margin. Inner ramus of uropod narrow-oval, with fringe of plumose setae around whole margin. Length up to 105 mm. Colour variable: greenish, yellowish, pinkish, buff, etc. (see also Stebbing, 1917). Localities —Durban, Natal (Krauss, Stebbing); Mozambique * The reference to Kemp is wrongly given as “Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.” instead of ““Mem. Ind. Mus.” 862 Annals of the South African Museum. (Hilgendorf); St. Lucia Bay (S. Afr. Mus.); Umtwalumi, Natal (Professor Stephenson, 1938; specimen seen by me). Distribution.—Mauritius, Zanzibar, Madagascar, Gulf of Suez, Indo-Pacific, Australia. Remarks.—Stebbing (1910) remarks that Krauss’ form seems to correspond best with Lanchester’s var. twmidus (I. c., fig. 1), which according to Bigelow (1931, l. c., pp. 110, 111) is identical with var. platysoma Wood-Mason. Since Krauss’ time the only records of this species in South African waters are Stebbing’s 1917 record, the St. Lucia Bay specimen, and the specimen taken by Professor Stephenson. Gonodactylus demaniw Henderson Nig sonne: 1893. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., zool. 2, v, p. 455, pl. 40, figs. 23, 24. 1913. Kemp, I. c., p..164, pl. 9, figs. 108-111 (demanz), with vars. spinosus Big. and espinosus Borrad. 1921. Tattersall, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., zool., xxxiv, p. 359. 1921. Kemp and Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxi, p. 309. 1926. Hansen, I. c., p. 26 (as var. of chiragra). 1938. Dollfus, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, xxxvil, p. 213, fig. 16 (demanz, telson), and fig. 17 (var. sponosus, telson). 1939. Chopra, John Murray Exp., vi, p. 172 (demani var. spinosus) and p. 176 (var. ? espinosus). 1941. Holthuis, Temminckia, vi, p. 282, fig. 8 (telson vars.) (references). Distinguished from chiragra by the very small dorsal processes on the ocular segment, the very strongly convex median keel of telson, all the keels on telson being much more swollen and not separated by smooth interspaces, and the presence of small spinules or tubercles in varying number on the telson. Length up to 40 mm. Localities. Mozambique Island (Barnard coll. 1912); Delagoa Bay (Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Ibo, Portuguese East Africa (Kemp), Zanzibar, Red Sea, Indian Seas, East Indies. Remarks.—In the Mozambique specimen the inner margin of inner ramus of uropod possesses a fringe of setae, thus agreeing with Kemp’s Descriptive List of South African Stomatopod Crustacea. 863 specimen from Ibo; it also confirms Kemp and Chopra’s remarks that this form usually has only a few spinules on the telson. In the typical form as figured by Henderson the inner ramus of uropod has no setae on inner margin. Hansen, after a lengthy discussion, regards demani as a variety of chiragra. Gonodactylus glabrous Brooks BIG os yi: 1886. Brooks, Challenger Rep., xvi, p. 62, pl. 14, fig. 5, pl. 15, figs. 7 and 9. 1902. de Man, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxv, p. 913, pl. 27, fig. 67. 1903. Lanchester, Fauna Geog. Mald. Laccad. Archip., i, p. 448, pl. 23, figs. 8, 9, 15 (as var. of chiragra). 1913. Kemp, l. c., p. 167, pl. 9, fig. 113, and text-fig. 2 on p. 170. 1923. Odhner, !. c., p. 8. 1926. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xii, p. 121. 1926. Hansen, l. c., p. 29. 1931. Bigelow, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., lxxii, p. 127, fig. 1. 1934. Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxvi, p. 40. 1937. Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., ser. B, p. 321, pl. 1, figs. 1-16, pl. 2, figs. 17-26 (larval stages). 1938. Gravier, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, xxxvul, p. 179, figs. D (telson) and 5. 1938. Dollfus, cbid., p. 217, figs. 18, 19 (telson) (glaber). 1941. Holthuis, Temminckia, vi, p. 284, fig. 9, a (abnormal telson) (references) (falcatus Forsk.). Distinguished from chiragra and demaniw by the 5 keels in the middle of the telson, the absence of the movable spine at base of propodus of the raptorial claw, and the presence of a distinct pit on the sides (dorso-laterally) of each of 2nd—5th abdominal segments, and a small lobe at base of inner margin of outer spine of the ventral uropodial process. The processes on the ocular segment are longer than in demanii and much narrower than in chiragra. Length up to 78 mm. Various shades of green or blue-green, uniform or mottled with darker patches on abdomen. Locality.—Delagoa Bay (Barnard; also coll. Dr. C. J. van der Horst, and Lourenzo Marques Mus.). Distribution.—Ibo, Portuguese Hast Africa (Kemp); east coast of Africa, Red Sea, Indo-Pacific, Australia. 864 Annals of the South African Museum. Larval Forms. 1886. Brooks, Challenger Rep., xvi, pp. 15-20, 81-114. 1895. Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, p. 543 (key to larvae). 1904. Jurich, Wiss. Erg. D. Tiefsee Exp., vil, pp. 377 sqq. 1910. Giesbrecht, Fauna Flora Golf. Neapol., xxxiil, pp. 47-231. 1910. Stebbing, l. c., p. 407. 1926. Hansen, I. c., p. 39. 1932. Foxon, Gr. Barrier Reef Exp., iv, p. 375. 1937. Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., ser. B, cvii, p. 319, pls. 1-8. 1939. Foxon, John Murray Exp., vi, p. 251 (key to adults and larvae). The larvae are hatched at a stage later than the Nauplius. The pelagic larval stages are of considerable duration. As there is no adequate material in the South African Museum, and as no special studies have been made on the pelagic stages in South African waters, it will suffice to refer to Stebbing’s 1910 list of records, adding to his bibliography Bigelow’s 1895 paper (containing the key incorporated below), Jurich, 1904; Hansen, 1926; Foxon, 1932 and 1939; Gurney, 1937; and also one species which Stebbing omitted. © Key to Larval Stages (after Bigelow). 1. Telson with 4 or more spines (denticles) between the 2nd lateral tooth and the postero-lateral corner (fig. 4, a) 3 : Bom ees : Alima, larva of Squilla. 2. Telson with only 1 spine in the above-mentioned position (fig. 4, c). a. Body short, carapace wide with prominent ventral angles, the postero-lateral angles widely separated from the middle line : . Lysierichthus, larva of Lysiosquilla. b. Carapace without prominent ventral angles. i. Abdomen very long, telson longer than wide. Carapace short and narrow, rostrum and postero-lateral angles short . Pseuderichthus, larva of Pseudosquilla. ii. Postero-lateral angles of carapace long . . Gonerichthus, larva of Gonodactylis. Alima paradozxa Jurich Fig. 4, b. 1904. Jurich,-I.¢., p 387, pl. 27 (3), figs. 2,.2;faNb Shallow water, northern part of Agulhas Bank, St. 93 [sic, probably should be St. 96]. The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material becomes available. devoted exclusively to a particular subject (Zoology, Botany, etc.). volumes may be in course of publication concurrently. As far as possible each volume is Two or more Most of the Geological and Palaeontological papers are issued in conjunction with the Geological Survey of the Union of South Africa. _ Some volumes and parts are out of print, and others are only sold as parts of a set, or volume, respectively. Out of print: Vols. I, II, VIL (Part 2), VIII, TX (Part 1). Geology, Palaeontology, Zoology, hie nconalory Palaeontology ae Coolant ae ee and ee ere Pare 2) .. (excl. Part 1) Anthropology ahd thology INDEX of papers, authors, and subjects, pubiated: in Veils. I-XXXx Palaeontology. Part 1, he Part 2, a Part 3 pet 1 Reserved for conclusion of iduegranie in “Vol. XXXIV. Vol. IiI. 1903-1905 Zoology IV. 1903-1908 Palaeontology V. 1906-1910 VI. 1908-1910 Zoology VII. 1908-1913 Palaeontology IX. 1911-1918 Botany X. (1911-1914 Zoology XI. 1911-1918 Zoology XII. (1913-1924 XITi. 1913-1923 XIV. 1915-1924 Zoology XV. 1914-1916 Zoology XVI. 1917-1933 Botany XVII 1917-1920 Zoology XVIII 1921 Zoology XIX. 1924-1925 Zoology XX. 1924-1926 Zoology XXII. 1925-1927 Zoology XXII. 1925-1928 Dalasontgiae XXIII. 1925-1926 Zoology XXIV. 1929-1938 XXV. 1927-1928 Zoology XXVI. 1928 Zoology XXVII. 1929 Anthropology XXVIII. 1929-1932 Palaeontology XXIX. 1929-1931 Zoology XXX. 1931-1935 Zoology XXXII. 1934 XXXII. 1935-1940 Zoology XXXITI. 1939 Zoology XXXIV. 1938 Zoology XXXV. XXXVI. 1942-1947 Zoology XXXVII. 1947- Archaeology XX XVIII. 1950 Zoology Messrs. WHELDON & WESLEY, Lrp., 2, 3, and 4 Arruur Street, New Oxrorp Street, Lonpon, "Part 1 Copies may be obtained from— The LIBRARIAN, Soutu Arrican Musrtum, Care Town. DEF NOOWNNRFRKE ENF HE NYO NYONWNHNWNHNHRNYKP NY NYY YEH bo W.C. 2; S — NJrerowa no Se or CO 11 15 or, COC Mf MOO RCO CO OBO MOC OO moO OCB OCC AO MOA CO eo oS ooo Except the Geological and Palaeontological parts which are obtainable from the GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PRETORIA. | SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES “WATE 3 9088 01206 5728